Revised Laws of Saint Lucia (2021)

Schedule 2

(Section 2)

CODE OF SAFETY FOR SMALL COMMERCIAL VESSELS

OPERATING IN THE CARIBBEAN

PREAMBLE

The aim of this Code is to prescribe standards of construction, and emergency equipment for small commercial vessels operating in the Caribbean Region. The regulations are based on the United States Coast Guard Code of Federal Regulations 46 Sub-Chapter T (certification of small passenger vessels) which are regarded as equivalent to IMO Convention requirements for such vessels, Sub-Chapter C (Uninspected vessels) and The United Kingdom Code of Practice for the Safety of Small Workboats and Pilot Boats.

It should be noted that requirements for small commercial vessels of 24 metres and over in length, on international voyages, or those under 24 metres in length which carry more than 150 passengers or provide overnight accommodation for more than 50 passengers, are given in the Code of Safety for Caribbean Cargo Ships and the International Convention on the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended, (SOLAS) for cargo and passenger ships respectively. Nevertheless, small commercial vessels of 24 metres and over in length engaged on voyages in national waters only, could be allowed to operate under the provisions of this Code by the Administration.

Administrations that are party to SOLAS, who notify IMO that the Code has been determined to be equivalent to the provisions of SOLAS under regulation I/5, for passenger vessels of less than 24 metres in length on international voyages, can issue such vessels with a SOLAS Passenger Ship Safety Certificate along with a copy of the notification of equivalency to IMO.

Model Training Courses for Boatmasters and Boat Engineers are available from the Office of the Regional Maritime Adviser (Caribbean). These courses provide a blueprint for the training of Boatmasters and Boat Engineers and seek to ensure that persons who operate small commercial vessels are competent to carry out their duties efficiently, Contact information is as follows—

ARRANGEMENT

CHAPTER I
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Part A
Application and Interpretation

1Application
2Definitions
3Equivalence and exemptions
4Approved equipment and material

Part B
Inspections

5Extension of Inspection
6Notice of inspection deficiencies and requirements
7Unsafe practices
8Hull and Tailshaft Examinations
9Repairs, Alterations and Modifications
10Additional tests and inspections

Part C
Certification

11Application for a Certificate of Inspection
12Certificate of Inspection
13Description of Certificate
14Posting of Certificates, Permits and Stability Letters
15Special Permits

Part D
Passenger and Crew Capacity

16Total Number of persons permitted

Part E
Passenger Ships on International Voyages

17Certification
18Safety Management System
19Ship Security System
20Additional Requirements

CHAPTER II
CONSTRUCTION

Part A
General Provisions

1General Provisions
2Plans and Information to be Submitted
3Hull Structure
4Means of Escape

Part B
Watertight and Weathertight Openings

5Hatchways
6Hatches which are open at sea
7Doorways located above the weather deck
8Companion hatch openings
9Skylights
10Portlights and Windows
11Ventilators

Part C
Accommodation

12General
13Crew Spaces
14Passenger Accommodation
15Passenger capacity
16Water services
17Galley
18Toilet facilities
19Stowage facilities for personal effects

Part D
Working Decks

20Surface of Working Decks
21Rails and Guards

CHAPTER III
FREEBOARD, STABILITY AND WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY

Part A
Freeboard

2Loading Marks
3Loading of a vessel

Part B
Stability

4Stability Information for Operating Personnel
5Stability Information
6Intact stability requirements in general
7Intact stability requirements for a sailing vessel
8Simplified stability proof test procedure
and assumptions
9Installation of Ballast
10Open Boats
11Foam flotation material

Part C
Watertight Integrity

12Drainage of Weather Decks
13Air Pipes
14Sea Inlets and Discharges
15Materials for Valves and Associated Piping

Part D
Subdivision

16Collision Bulkheads
17Construction and Location of Collision Bulkheads
18Watertight Subdivision Bulkheads
19Subdivision of Cargo Vessels
20Subdivision of Passenger Vessels
21Location of Watertight Bulkheads for Subdivision

CHAPTER IV
MACHINERY

Part A
General Provisions

1General requirements
2Gasoline engines for propulsion
3Ventilation of Spaces relating to Gasoline
4Ventilation of spaces relating to diesel
5Exhausts
6Engine Starting
7Portable Plant
8Propulsion Engine Control Systems

Part B
Steering and Propeller Systems

9Main Steering Gear
10Auxiliary Means of Steering
11Propeller Systems

Part C
Bilge Systems

12General Provisions for Bilge Systems
13Bilge piping system
14Bilge pumps
15Bilge high level alarms

Part D
Electrical Arrangements

16General Provisions
17Power Sources
18Electrical Systems
19Cables and Wiring
20Batteries
21Battery Installation
22General grounding requirements
23Lighting
24Hazardous Spaces

CHAPTER V
FIRE PROTECTION

Part A
General Provisions

1Fire Protection Provisions
2Machinery Space –Construction
3Insulation
4Cooking Appliances
5Fire Safety

Part E
Fire Extinguishing and Detecting Equipment

6Equipment installed but not required
7Fire pumps
8Fire main and hydrants
9Fire hoses and nozzles
10Requirement for Fixed Fire Extinguishing and Detecting Systems
11Number, Type and location of Portable Fire Extinguishers
12Fire axe
13Fire bucket
14Servicing of fixed and portable fire extinguishers
15Fire Blanket

CHAPTER VI
LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT

1General Provisions
2Number and Type of Survival Craft
3EPIRB, SART and Radar Reflector
4Distress signals
5Lifebuoys
6Lifejackets
7Stowage of survival craft
8Special provisions for buoyant apparatus
8AServicing of life saving appliances
8BRepair of inflatable survival craft
8CRecord of repair and servicing
9Survival craft equipment
10Retro-reflective Material
11Rescue and retrieval of persons from the water

CHAPTER VII
MISCELLANEOUS
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

1General Provisions
2Navigation Lights, Shapes and Sound Signals
3Charts and Nautical Publications
4Navigation Equipment
5Radio and Signalling Equipment
6Public address systems
7Mooring and Ground Tackle
8First Aid Kit
9Cooking and Heating
10Pollution Prevention Equipment and Procedures

CHAPTER VIII
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Part A
Operational Requirements

1General Provisions
2Marine Casualties
3Logbook
4Miscellaneous Operating Requirements

Part E
Preparations for Emergencies

5Record of Passengers
6Passenger Safety
7Emergency Instructions
8Recommended Emergency Instructions Format
9Emergency Station Bill
10Abandon Ship and Man Overboard Drills and Training
11Fire Fighting Drills and Training
13Markings Required
14Operational Readiness, Maintenance and
Inspection of Lifesaving Equipment
15Instruction manuals, documentation,
signs/notices and language used

CHAPTER IX
LICENCING OF BOATMASTERS
AND ENGINEERS, MANNING AND HOURS OF WORK

Part A
Licences

1Master
2Engineers
2A crew
3Licence issue, standards and conditions
4Grades and area restrictions of Boatmaster Licences
5Requirements for obtaining a Boatmaster Licence
6Practical Instruction
7Examination for Boatmaster Licences
8Grade and Area Restrictions of Boat Engineer Licences
9Requirements for obtaining a Boat Engineer Licence
10Approved Course
11Examination for Boat Engineer Licences
12Existing licences
13Period of Validity and Renewal of Licence
14Medical Fitness Certificate
15Record and surrender of licences

Part B
ours of Work

16Working Hours

Part C
Manning

17Additional crew
Annex 1Form of Certificate of Inspection
Annex 2Simplified Stability Test Procedure
Annex 3Small Commercial Vessel Simplified Subdivision Calculation
Annex 4Fire Test For FRP
Annex 5Ignitability Test For Combustible Insulations
Annex 6Recommended Emergency Broadcast Instructions
Annex 7Anchors and Cables
Annex 8First Aid Kits
Annex 9Estimating Guidelines for Holding Tank Capacity
Annex 10Form of Boatmaster and Boat Engineer Licence
Annex 11Syllabus for Boatmaster and Boat Engineer Licences

CHAPTER I
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Part A
Application and Interpretation

1.   Application

  1.  

    1.1     The Code applies to commercial vessels, which are cargo, and passenger vessels of less than 24 metres, but 5 metres or more in length and which carry not more than 150 passengers or provide overnight accommodation for up to 50 passengers.

  1.  

    1.2     The Code shall not apply to—

    1.  

      .1     fishing or pleasure vessels;

    1.  

      .2     a vessel holding a valid International Passenger Ship Safety Certificate issued under the provisions of the International Convention on the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (SOLAS) or Caribbean Cargo Ship Safety Certificate as appropriate;

    1.  

      .3     a boat forming part of a vessels lifesaving equipment that is used to carry passengers only in emergencies or during emergency exercises; and

    1.  

      .4     a vessel of a foreign country, whose government has inspection laws approximating those of this Code, which has on board a current valid certificate of inspection or other certificates permitting the carrying of passengers, or cargo in the appropriate sea areas, issued by its Government, unless there are clear grounds for believing that the condition of the vessel or of its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of any of the certificates or is such that the vessel is not fit to proceed to sea without presenting an unreasonable threat to the safety of the vessel or its crew and passengers or the environment.

    1.  

      .5     small commercial vessels which carry 12 or less passengers and hold a valid certificate issued under the provisions of a Code specially designed for such vessels. However a Certificate of Compliance with the provisions of the SCV Code should be attached to the Certificate required by the Code to which such vessels were surveyed.

  1.  

    1.3     Unless otherwise specified the Code applies to both new and existing vessels.

2.   Definitions

  1.  

    For the purpose of the Code, unless expressly provided otherwise—

    1.  

      .1     (Accommodation space) means any space other than machinery spaces, control spaces and storerooms, used or accessible by passengers or crew including, but not limited to—

      1.  

        Hall;

      1.  

        Dining room and messroom; Lounge or cafe;

      1.  

        Public sales room;

      1.  

        Overnight accommodation space;

      1.  

        Barber shop or beauty parlour;

      1.  

        Office or conference room;

      1.  

        Washroom or toilet space;

      1.  

        Medical treatment room or dispensary; or

      1.  

        Game or hobby room.

    1.  

      .2     (Administration) means the Maritime Administration of a Country.

    1.  

      .3     (Beam or B) means the maximum width of a vessel measured from—

    1.  

           On wooden vessels from the outside of planking on one side to the outside of planking on the other; and

    1.  

           On all other vessels from the outside of a frame on one side to the outside of a frame on the other

    1.  

      .4     (Bulbous bow) means a design of bow in which the forward underwater frames ahead of the forward perpendicular are swelled out at the forefoot into a bulbous formation.

    1.  

      .5     (Bulkhead deck) means the uppermost deck to which watertight bulkheads and the watertight shell extends.

    1.  

      .6     (Cargo space) means a—

    1.  

           Cargo hold;

    1.  

           Refrigerated cargo space; or

    1.  

           A trunk leading to or from a space listed above.

    1.  

      .7     (Coastal waters) means an area designated as such by the Administration and where this is not so designated it means an area not more than 20 miles from a safe refuge.

    1.  

      .8     (Cockpit vessel) means a vessel with an exposed recess in the weather deck extending not more than one-half of the length of the vessel measured over the weather deck.

    1.  

      .9     (Commercial vessel) means a vessel in commercial use and includes passenger vessels but does not include a fishing vessel.

    1.  

      .10     (Crew) includes every person, except masters and pilots, employed or engaged in any capacity on board a vessel;

    1.  

      .11     (Crew accommodation space) means an accommodation space designated for the use of crew members and which passengers are normally not allowed to occupy.

    1.  

      .12     (Draft) means the vertical distance from the moulded baseline of a vessel at mid length to the waterline.

    1.  

      .13     (Employer), in relation to a master who has command of a vessel in the course of his employment, means the person who employs that master in that employment;

    1.  

      .14     (Existing vessel) means a vessel that is not a new vessel or a vessel for which initial construction has begun before 1 July 2002.

    1.  

      .15     (Exposed waters) is a term used in connection with stability criteria and means any waters that are more than 20 nautical miles from a harbour or safe refuge, or those waters which are less than 20 nautical miles from a harbour or safe refuge and which are not designated coastal or protected waters.

    1.  

      .16     (Ferry) means a vessel that: operates only in protected waters has provisions only for deck passengers or vehicles, or both; and operates on a short run on a scheduled service between two or more places.

    1.  

      .17     (Fishing vessel) means a vessel used or intended to be used for fishing for profit and does not include vessels used for the carriage of passengers used for sport fishing.

    1.  

      .18     (Flash point) means the temperature at which a liquid gives off a flammable vapour when heated using the Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester method.

    1.  

      .19     (Float-free launching or arrangement) means that method of launching a survival craft whereby the survival craft is automatically released and break free from a sinking vessel in such a manner as to be ready for use by survivors.

    1.  

      .20     (Flush deck vessel) means a vessel with a continuous weather deck located at the uppermost sheer line of the hull.

    1.  

      .21     (Galley) means a space containing appliances with cooking surfaces that may exceed 120°C (250°F).

    1.  

      .22     (Gross or net tonnage) is the measurement of a vessel as determined by the Administration.

    1.  

      .23     (Harbour or safe refuge) means a port, inlet or other body of water normally sheltered from heavy seas by land and in which a vessel can navigate and safely moor. The suitability of a location as a harbour or safe refuge is as determined by the Administration.

    1.  

      .24     (Inflatable survival craft or Inflatable lifejacket) means one which depends upon non-rigid, gas-filled chambers for buoyancy and which are normally kept deflated until ready for use.

    1.  

      .25     (IMDG Code) means the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code published by the International Maritime Organization.

    1.  

      .26     (International voyage) means a voyage between one country and a port outside that country.

    1.  

      .27     (Launching appliance) means a device for transferring a survival craft, rescue boat or boat for the recovery of a man overboard from its stowed position safely to the water. For a launching appliance using a davit, the term includes davit, winch and falls.

    1.  

      .28     (Length) means length overall, the distance between the foreside of the foremost fixed permanent structure and the after side of the aftermost permanent structure.

    1.  

      .29     (LSA Code) means the International Life-Saving Appliance (LSA) Code adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the International Maritime Organization at its sixty-sixth session by Resolution MSC.48 (66) as amended

    1.  

      .30     (Machinery space) means a space including a trunk, alleyway, stairway or duct to such a space that contains—

    1.  

           propulsion machinery of any type;

    1.  

           steam or internal combustion machinery;

    1.  

           oil transfer equipment;

    1.  

           electrical motors of more than 7.5 kW (10 hp);

    1.  

           cargo refrigeration equipment;

    1.  

           one or more oil-fired boilers or heaters; or

    1.  

           electrical generating machinery.

    1.  

      .31     (Major conversion) means repairs, alterations or modifications that—

      1.  

        (a)     substantially alter the dimensions of a vessel;

      1.  

        (b)     substantially increase a vessel's service life; or

      1.  

        (c)     alter the functional aspects of a vessel.

    1.  

      .32     (Master) means the individual having command of a commercial vessel.

    1.  

      .33     (Means of escape) means a continuous and unobstructed route from any point in a vessel to an embarkation station. A means of escape can be both vertical and horizontal, and may include doorways, passageways, stair towers and public spaces. Cargo spaces, machinery spaces, rest rooms, hazardous areas, escalators and elevators shall not form any part of a means of escape.

    1.  

      .34     (New vessel) means a vessel for which the initial construction began on or after [1 July 2002] or a vessel, which has undergone repairs, alterations or modifications of a major character, as identified in I/9.4 on or after this date.

    1.  

      .35     (Non-self-propelled vessel) means a vessel, which does not have a means of propulsion installed, such as propulsive machinery, masts, spars or sails.

    1.  

      .36     (Open boat) means a vessel which is open to the elements and is not fitted with a complete watertight or weathertight deck or complete structure above the waterline.

    1.  

      .37     (Operating station) means the principal steering station on the vessel from which the individual on duty normally navigates the vessel.

    1.  

      .38     (Overnight accommodation or overnight accommodation space) means an accommodation space for use by passengers or by crew members which has one or more berths, including beds or bunks, for passengers or crew members to rest for extended periods. Overnight accommodations do not include spaces, which contain only seats, including reclining seats.

    1.  

      .39     (Passenger) means any person carried in a vessel except a person employed or engaged in any capacity on board the vessel or a child under one year of age.

    1.  

      .40     (Passenger vessel) means a vessel other than a pleasure vessel carrying more than 12 passengers, and includes a vessel that is provided for the transport or entertainment of lodgers at any institution, hotel, boarding house, guest house or other establishment.

    1.  

      .41     (Piping system) includes piping, associated fittings and valves.

    1.  

      .42     (Pleasure vessel) means—

      1.  

        (a)     any vessel which at the time it is being used is—

        1.  

          .1     (i)     in the case of a vessel wholly owned by an individual or individuals, used only for the sport or pleasure of the owner or the immediate family or friends of the owner; or

          1.  

            (ii)     in the case of a vessel owned by a body corporate, one on which the persons are employees, officers or shareholders of the body corporate, or their immediate family or friends; and

      1.  

        (b)     on a voyage or excursion which is one for which the owner does not receive money for or in connection with operating the vessel or carrying any person, other than as a contribution to the direct expenses of the operation of the vessel incurred during the voyage or excursion; or

        1.  

          .2     any vessel wholly owned by or on behalf of a club formed for the purpose of sport or pleasure which, at the time it is being used, is used only for the sport or pleasure of members of the club or their immediate family, and for the use of which any charges levied are paid into club funds and applied for the general use of the club; and

        1.  

          .3     in the case of any vessel referred to in paragraphs (1) or (2), no other payments are made by or on behalf of the users of the vessel, other than by the owner;

    1.  

           and in this definition, “immediate family” means, in relation to an individual, the husband or wife of the individual, and a relative of the individual or the relative's husband or wife, “relative” means brother, sister, ancestor or lineal descendant, and “owner” includes charterer.

    1.  

      .43     (Protected waters) means an area of sheltered waters presenting no special hazards such as most rivers, harbours and lakes, designated by the Administration for the operation of small vessels and where not so designated means an area not more than 3 miles from a safe haven.

    1.  

      .44     (Survival craft) means a lifeboat, liferaft, buoyant apparatus or small boat carried aboard a vessel.

    1.  

      .45     (Vessel) includes any ship or boat or any other description of vessel capable of being navigated.

    1.  

      .46     (Voyage) includes an excursion.

    1.  

      .47     (Watertight) means designed and constructed to prevent the passage of water in any direction.

    1.  

      .48     (Weathertight) means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the vessel.

    1.  

      .49     (Well deck vessel) means a vessel with a weather deck fitted with solid bulwarks that impede the drainage of water over the sides or a vessel with an exposed recess in the weather deck extending more than one-half of the length of the vessel measured over the weather deck.

    1.  

      .50     (Working day), in relation to any person to whom Chapter IX of this Code applies means any period during which the person is on duty which is not followed by an interval for rest of not less than 8 hours.

    1.  

      .51     (Workspace) means a space, not normally occupied by a passenger, in which a crew member performs work and includes, but is not limited to, a galley, operating station or machinery space.

3.   Equivalence and exemptions

  1.  

    3.1     Where the Code requires that a particular fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, piece of equipment or machinery shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular provision shall be made, the Administration may permit any other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus or type thereof, piece of equipment or machinery to be fitted or carried or other provision to be made in that vessel where it is satisfied by trials or otherwise that the alternative is at least as effective as that required by the Code.

  1.  

    3.2     The Administration may exempt any vessel or description of vessels from all or any of the provisions of the Code, as shall be specified in the exemption, provided that the Administration is satisfied that compliance with such provision is either impracticable or unreasonable in the case of that vessel or description of vessels. The exemption may be issued on such terms, if any, as the Administration may specify and subject to giving reasonable notice, alter or cancel any such exemption.

4.   Approved equipment and material

  1.  

    Equipment and material that is required by the Code to be approved or of an approved type shall have been manufactured and approved in accordance with the design and testing requirements of the Administration. In construing the term “to the satisfaction of the Administration” in relation to standards for type approval these shall be equivalent to those of the Canadian Coast Guard (CCG), European Economic Community (EEC), the United States Coast Guard (USCG), the International Maritime Organization (IMO) or an organization recognized to perform statutory work on behalf of the Administration in terms of certification and survey functions connected with the issuance of international certificates.

Part B
Inspections

5.   Extension of Inspection

  1.  

    5.1     Inspections for certification are based on the information, specifications, drawings and calculations available to the Administration.

  1.  

    5.2     The initial or renewal inspection will cover the following items: hull, machinery, electrical equipment, lifesaving equipment, fire protection equipment, pressure vessels and boilers, steering systems, miscellaneous equipment and systems, sanitation and operational practices including the competence and composition of the crew.

  1.  

    5.3     In general the scope of an annual inspection is the same as for the inspection for issue of a certificate of inspection but in less detail.

6.   Notice of inspection deficiencies and requirements

  1.  

    During the inspection of a vessel, the marine surveyor will record any deficiencies. The surveyor will provide a copy of these to the owner and discuss arrangements for rectification.

7.   Unsafe practices

  1.  

    During the course of any inspection due regard shall be given to confirming that all unsafe practices identified on board have been corrected. Examples of this include fire hazards by virtue of oily residues, unguarded machinery and provision of any protective clothing or devices necessary for the safety of the crew

8.   Hull and Tailshaft Examinations

  1.  

    8.1     A thorough examination of the hull, tailshaft, rudders and propellers shall be carried out at the initial and renewal surveys, at the third annual survey and at the discretion of the Administration.

  1.  

    8.2     A passenger vessel certified for operation in exposed waters shall undergo a thorough examination of the hull and tailshaft annually.

  1.  

    8.3     Hull and tailshaft examinations shall include all fittings, fixtures and penetrations of the hull and strengthening arrangements.

9.   Repairs, Alterations and Modifications

  1.  

    9.1     Repairs or alterations to the hull, machinery or equipment, which affect the safety of the vessel shall not be made without the approval of the Administration, except in an emergency. Drawings or written specifications of proposed alterations should be submitted to the Administration which may require that an inspection and test be carried out.

  1.  

    9.2     Safe working practices shall be observed in the planning and execution of any alterations, repairs or other operations involving riveting, welding, burning or other fire producing actions aboard a vessel particularly where these take place adjacent to fuel tanks or apparatus connected to the fuel tanks.

  1.  

    9.3     Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto on existing vessels shall meet the requirements prescribed for a new vessel to such extent as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable. The owner shall inform the Administration of the proposed alterations and modifications before such alterations and modifications are carried out.

  1.  

    9.4     For the purpose of this Code, the following repairs, alterations and modifications shall be recognized as being of “major character”—

    1.  

      (a)     any changes that substantially alter the dimensions of the vessel;

    1.  

      (b)     any changes that substantially increase a vessel's service life; or

    1.  

      (c)     any conversions that alter the functional aspects of the vessel.

10   Additional tests and inspections

  1.  

    The Administration may make inspections or tests of the vessel in addition to those described above, as deemed necessary to determine that the vessel and its equipment are suitable for the service in which they are to be employed.

10A   Maintenance of conditions after inspection

  1.  

    10.A.1     The condition of the vessel and is equipment shall be maintained to conform with the provisions of this Code to ensure that the vessel in all respects will remain fit to proceed to sea without damage to the vessels or persons on board.

  1.  

    10.A.2     After any inspection of a vessel under I/12 has been completed, no change shall be made in the structural arrangements, machinery or other items covered by the survey without the approval of the Administration.

  1.  

    10.A.3     Whenever an accident occurs to a vessel or a deficit is discovered which affects the safety of the vessel or the efficiency or completeness of its life saving appliances or other equipment, the master or owner of the vessel shall report it at the earliest opportunity to the Administration, who shall determine if an inspection under I/12 is necessary.

Part C
Certification

11   Application for a Certificate of Inspection

  1.  

    A Certificate of Inspection may be obtained or renewed by making an application in writing to the Administration. The application for inspection of a vessel being newly constructed or converted shall be submitted prior to the start of the construction or conversion.

12   Certificate of Inspection

  1.  

    12.1     A vessel to which the Code applies shall not be operated without having on board a valid Certificate of Inspection issued by the Administration following a satisfactory inspection. The form of the certificate is given in Annex 1. This certificate shall remain valid for a period not exceeding 1 year for vessels carrying more than 12 passengers on international voyages and 5 years for all other vessels from the date of inspection provided that the vessel successfully completes an annual inspection or unless revoked by the Administration.

    1.  

      12.2.1     The inspection for the renewal of the certificate shall be conducted up to 2 months prior to the expiry of the Certificate of Inspection. Where a vessel is inspected not more than 30 days before the date of expiry of a Certificate of Inspection, the new certificate shall be dated from the expiry date.

    1.  

      12.2.2     The annual inspection shall be conducted between the tenth to fourteenth month of the anniversary date of the issuance of the Certificate of Inspection.

  1.  

    12.3     Every vessel to which a Certificate of Inspection has been issued shall conform to these regulations and any additional measures deemed appropriate by the Administration throughout the period of validity of the certificate.

  1.  

    12.4     Where necessary to prevent delay of the vessel, a temporary Certificate of Inspection may be issued pending the issuance and delivery of the regular Certificate of Inspection and shall be carried in the same manner as the regular certificate.

13   Description of Certificate

  1.  

    The Certificate of Inspection issued to a vessel shall describe—

    1.  

           the vessel;

    1.  

           date of inspection and expiry of the certificate;

    1.  

           the issuing authority;

    1.  

           the operating area specified under headings “Protected waters”, “Coastal waters” or “Exposed Waters”;

    1.  

           the minimum manning requirements;

    1.  

           the fire detection and extinguishing equipment required;

    1.  

           the life saving appliances to be carried;

    1.  

           the maximum number of passengers and total persons that shall be carried;

    1.  

           the number of passengers the vessel may carry in overnight accommodation spaces; the name of the owner and managing operator;

    1.  

           any equivalencies or exemptions accepted or authorised by the Administration;

    1.  

           any other such conditions of operation as may be determined by the Administration.

14   Posting of Certificates, Permits and Stability Letters

  1.  

    The Certificate of Inspection or any stability letters, shall be posted under glass or other suitable transparent material, such that all pages are visible, in a conspicuous place on the vessel where observation by passengers is likely. Where posting is impracticable, the certificates shall be kept on board in a weathertight container readily available for use by the crew to display to passengers and others on request.

15   Special Permits

  1.  

    15.1     Where a vessel does not hold a valid Certificate of Inspection, the Administration may permit the vessel to proceed without passengers to another port for repairs, under such conditions as may be considered necessary. Application for such permission should be made in writing to the Administration.

  1.  

    15.2     The Administration, in exceptional circumstances, may permit a vessel to engage in a voyage with a greater number of persons or on a more extended route, or both, than permitted by its Certificate of Inspection where it is satisfied that the operation can be undertaken safely.

Part D
Passenger and crew capacity

16   Total Number of persons permitted

  1.  

    16.1     The total numbers of persons permitted to be carried on a vessel shall be determined by the Administration.

  1.  

    16.2     In determining the total number of persons permitted to be carried the Administration shall take into account the applicable stability restrictions and subdivision requirements in Chapter III, the vessel's operating area, general arrangement, means of escape, lifesaving equipment, and minimum manning requirements and the maximum number of passengers permitted in accordance with II/15.1 and II/15.2.

  1.  

    16.3     The total number of persons permitted to be carried should not exceed the total number of persons calculated to be on board when the vessel successfully completed the stability requirements of regulation III/8.

Part E
Passenger Ships on International Voyages

17   Certification

  1.  

    17.1     Administrations that are party to SOLAS, who notify IMO that the Code has been determined to be equivalent to the provisions of SOLAS under regulation I/5, for passenger vessels of less than 24 metres in length on international voyages, may issue such vessels with a SOLAS Passenger Ship Safety Certificate along with a copy of the notification of equivalency to IMO.

  1.  

    17.2     Vessels issued with a SOLAS Passenger Ship Safety Certificate in accordance with regulation I/17.1 shall also comply with the requirements of regulations I/18 and 19 for the issue of a Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate, and a Ship Security Certificate respectively and with regulation I/20.

18   *  The United States Coast Guard has developed a simple Draft Safety Management System which can be used as a guide to put in place a safety management system that complies with the requirements of the ISM Code. This Draft System is available on request.

  1.  

    18.1     The owner of a passenger vessel engaged on international voyages, or any other organization or person such as the manager or the bareboat charterer who has assumed responsibility for the operation of the ship from the owner, and the vessel shall comply with the requirements of—

    1.  

      .1     Chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended; and

    1.  

      .2     The International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, adopted in London on 24 May 1994.

      1.  

        18.2.1     A Document of Compliance shall be issued to every company which complies with the requirements of the International Safety Management Code. This document shall be issued by the Administration, by an organization recognized by the Administration, or at the request of the Administration by another Contracting Government to SOLAS.

      1.  

        18.2.2     A copy of the Document of Compliance shall be kept onboard the ship in order that the master can produce it on request for verification.

      1.  

        18.2.3     A Certificate, called a Safety Management Certificate, shall be issued to every ship by the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration. The Administration or organization recognized by it shall, before issuing the Safety Management Certificate, verify that the company and its shipboard management operate in accordance with the approved safety-management system.

  1.  

    18.3     The safety-management system shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of the International Safety Management Code.

19   Ship Security System

  1.  

    19.1     The owner of a passenger vessel engaged on international voyages, or any other organization or person such as the manager or the bareboat charterer who has assumed responsibility for the operation of the ship from the owner, and the vessel shall comply with the requirements of—

    1.  

      .1     Chapter XI-2 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended; and

    1.  

      .2     The International Ship and Port Facility Security Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities, adopted in London on 12 December 2002.

  1.  

    19.2     A Certificate, called an International ship Security Certificate, shall be issued to every ship by the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration. The Administration or organization recognized by it shall, before issuing the Ship Security Certificate, verify that the ship's security system and any associated equipment fully complies with Chapter XI-2 and Part A of the Code, is in satisfactory condition and fit for the serve for which the ship is intended.

  1.  

    19.3     The ship security system shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code.

20   Additional Requirements

  1.  

    20.1     Passenger Ships on international voyages and issued with a SOLAS Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall in addition to the requirements of the SCV Code, comply with the requirements of the following—

    1.  

      .1     Regulation V/19.2.4 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended; and

    1.  

      .2     Regulations 3 and 5 of Chapter XI-1 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended.

CHAPTER II
CONSTRUCTION

Part A
General Provisions

1   General Provisions

  1.  

    1.1     The construction and arrangement of a vessel shall allow the safe operation of the vessel in accordance with the terms of its Certificate of Inspection giving consideration to—

    1.  

           provisions for a seaworthy hull,

    1.  

           protection against fire,

    1.  

           *  Applicable standards for the material and construction of the vessel include the following—     .1     Wooden hull vessels – Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Yachts and Small Craft, Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LR).     .2     Steel hull vessels – and Regulations for the Classification of Special Service craft, LR; or Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels under 90m (200feet) in length, American Bureau of shipping (ABS).     .3     Glass fibre reinforced plastic vessels – Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Special Service Craft, LR; or Rules for Building and Classing Reinforced Plastic Vessels, ABS.     .4     Aluminum hull vessels – Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Special Service Craft, LR. Rules for Building and Classing Aluminum vessels ABS.

    1.  

           guards and rails in hazardous places,

    1.  

           ventilation of enclosed spaces,

    1.  

           necessary facilities for the accommodation and use of passengers and crew.

  1.  

         The Administration shall arrange for the phasing in of the provisions of this Chapter to existing vessels within 3 years of the coming into force of the Code.

  1.  

    1.2     Unless authorized by the Administration, a vessel certified for operation in exposed waters shall be fitted with a watertight weather deck over the length of the vessel and be of adequate structural strength to withstand the sea and weather conditions likely to be encountered in the area of operation. The vessel shall be so constructed as to meet the appropriate requirements of Chapter III.

2   Plans and Information to be Submitted

  1.  

    2.1     The owner of a vessel requesting initial inspection for certification shall, prior to the start of construction unless otherwise allowed by the Administration, submit for approval to the Administration, at least two copies of plans concerning the following areas: machinery installation including piping systems; electrical installation; arrangement in detail of lifesaving equipment; arrangement in detail of fire equipment, mast and rigging arrangements; navigation lights; steering and control equipment; and sanitation arrangements.

  1.  

    2.2     For a vessel of not more than 20m (65 feet) in length, the owner may submit specifications, sketches, photographs, line drawings or written descriptions instead of any of the required drawings, provided the required information is adequately detailed and acceptable to the Administration.

  1.  

    2.3     The provisions of II/2.1 and II/2.2 apply equally to existing vessels.

3   Hull Structure

  1.  

    3.1.1     Except as provided in II/3.2 a vessel shall comply with the applicable design requirements of one of the Rules and Regulations of a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS).*  Details of IACS members can be found at www.IACS.org.uk

  1.  

    3.1.2     Inflatable or rigid vessels shall meet the design and construction requirements of Chapter III of SOLAS and the parts of the LSA Code which are appropriate to the type of vessel.

  1.  

    3.1.3     Vessels built to other standards shall be considered specifically by the Administration.

  1.  

    3.2     An existing vessel shall be considered to be of acceptable construction where it is—

    1.  

      .1     built to one of the standards described in II/3.1; or

    1.  

      .2     of a design with a record of at least five years' history of safe operation in an area where the sea and weather conditions and manner of use are no less severe than those likely to be encountered in the area of operation.

  1.  

    3.3     The design, materials, and construction of masts, posts, yards, booms, bowsprits, and standing rigging on a sailing vessel should be suitable for the intended service. The hull structure should be adequately reinforced to ensure sufficient strength and resistance to plate buckling.

4   Means of Escape

  1.  

    4.1     Each space of more than 3.7m (12 feet) in length accessible to passengers or used by the crew on a regular basis shall have at least two means of escape, one of which shall not be a watertight door.

  1.  

    4.2     The two required means of escape shall be widely separated and, where possible, at opposite ends or sides of the space to minimise the possibility of one incident blocking both escapes. Means of escape may include normal exits and emergency exits, passageways, stairways, ladders, deck scuttles, and windows. The number and dimensions of the means of escape from each space shall be sufficient for rapid evacuation in an emergency of the maximum number of persons likely to occupy the space under any operational conditions. The size of the escapes shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

    4.3     In a passenger vessel, the sum of the width of all doors and passageways used as means of escape from a space shall not be less than 8.4mm (0.333 inches) multiplied by the number of passengers for which the space is designed with a minimum clear opening of not less than 810mm (32 inches). In all vessels, doors or passageways used solely by crew members shall have a clear opening not less than 710mm (28 inches).

  1.  

    4.4     When a deck scuttle serves as a means of escape, it must not be less than 455mm (18 inches) in diameter and must be fitted with a quick acting release and a holdback device to hold the scuttle in an open position.

Part B
Watertight And Weathertight Openings

5   Hatchways

  1.  

    5.1     A hatchway, which gives access to spaces below the weather deck shall be of effective construction and be provided with efficient means of weathertight closure.

  1.  

    5.2     A cover to a hatchway shall be hinged, sliding, or permanently secured by other equivalent means to the structure of the vessel and be provided with sufficient locking devices to enable it to be positively secured in both the open and closed positions.

  1.  

    5.3     A hatchway with a hinged cover which is located in the forward portion of the vessel shall normally have the hinges fitted to the forward side of the hatch, as protection of the opening from boarding sea.

  1.  

    5.4     Hatches, which are identified as forming part of a means of escape shall be capable of being opened from both sides.

  1.  

    5.5     Hatches, which are required to be kept closed for safety reasons when the vessel is at sea shall have prominent “keep closed” warning notices attached to the vessel structure on both sides.

6   Hatches which are open at sea

  1.  

    6.1     Where operational needs exist for specified hatches to be open at sea for lengthy periods, these hatches shall be—

    1.  

      .1     kept as small as practicable, but never more than 1m² in plane area at the top of the coaming;

    1.  

      .2     located at the centre line of the vessel or as close thereto as practicable and compatible with the proper working of the vessel; and

    1.  

      .3     fitted such that the access opening is at least 300mm (12 inches) above the top of the adjacent weather deck at the side of the vessel.

  1.  

    6.2     Spaces fitted with hatches which are open at sea for lengthy periods shall be provided with means for pumping out the affected space.

7   Doorways located above the weather deck

  1.  

    7.1     A doorway opening onto the weather deck which, gives access to spaces below shall be provided with a weathertight door. The door shall be of efficient construction, permanently attached to the bulkhead, not open inwards, and sized such that the door overlaps the clear opening on all sides, and has efficient means of closure which can be operated from both sides. It shall be of equivalent strength to the structure in which it is fitted.

  1.  

    7.2     A doorway shall be located as close as practicable to the centre line of the vessel. However, where hinged and located in the side of a deckhouse, the door shall be hinged on the forward edge.

  1.  

    7.3     A doorway, which is either forward or side facing, shall be provided with a coaming, the top of which is at least 150mm (6 inches) above the weather deck. A coaming may be portable provided it is permanently secured to the structure of the vessel and can be locked in position.

8   Companion hatch openings

  1.  

    8.1     A companion hatch opening from a cockpit or recess, which gives access to spaces below the weather deck shall be fitted with a coaming, the top of which is at least 300mm (12 inches) above the sole of the cockpit or recess.

  1.  

    8.2     When washboards are used to close a vertical opening they shall be so arranged and fitted that they will not become accidentally dislodged.

  1.  

    8.3     The breadth of the opening of a companion hatch shall not exceed 1m (39 inches).

9   Skylights

  1.  

    9.1     A skylight on the weather deck, which gives access to spaces below, shall be fitted with a coaming, the top of which is at least 150mm (6 inches) above the deck.

  1.  

    9.2     A skylight shall be of efficient weathertight construction and shall be located on the centre line of the vessel, or as near thereto as practicable. It may be further offset where necessary to provide a means of escape from a compartment below deck.

  1.  

    9.3     When a skylight is an opening type, it shall be provided with efficient means whereby it can be secured in the closed position from both sides.

  1.  

    9.3     In a new vessel, a skylight, which is provided as a means of escape shall be capable of being opened from both sides.

  1.  

    9.4     Unless the glazing material and its method of fixing in the frame is equivalent in strength to that required for the structure in which it is fitted, a portable “blank” shall be provided which can be efficiently secured in place in event of breakage of the glazing. The blank shall be permanently located close to the skylight that it serves and shall be of suitable material and strength to the satisfaction of the Administration.

10   Portlights and Windows

  1.  

    10.1     A portlight or window shall be fitted in a position so that its sill is not less than 610mm (24 inches) above the load waterline.

  1.  

    10.2     A portlight or window to a space below the weather deck or in a step, recess, raised deck structure, deckhouse or superstructure protecting openings leading below the weather deck shall be constructed to provide weathertight integrity, and be of strength compatible with size of the portlight or window, and the intended area of operation of the vessel. Glass and other glazing material used in windows shall be of a material that will not break into dangerous fragments if fractured.

  1.  

    10.3     Each window, port hole and its means of attachment to the hull or deck house shall be capable of withstanding the maximum load from wave and wind conditions expected due to its location on the vessel and the authorised operating area of the vessel.

  1.  

    10.4     In a new vessel, a portlight or window shall not be fitted in the main hull below the weather deck, unless the glazing material and its method of fixing in the frame are equivalent in strength to that required for the structure in which it is fitted.

  1.  

    10.5     In a new vessel, an opening portlight shall not be provided to a space situated below the weather deck.

  1.  

    10.6     In a new vessel or in an existing vessel where a portlight or window is replaced, portlights, windows and their frames shall meet the requirements of ISO 12216 – Windows, portlights, hatches, deadlights and doors – strength and tightness requirements, or equivalent standard. This standard is recommended for existing vessels.

  1.  

    10.7     In an existing vessel certified for operation in exposed waters, a portlight, fitted below the weather deck and not provided with an attached deadlight shall be provided with a “blank”, the number of blanks, shall be sufficient for at least half of the number of such portlights of each different size in the vessel, which can be efficiently secured in place in the event of breakage of the portlight. The blank shall be of suitable material and strength to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such a “blank” is not required for a non-opening portlight, which satisfies the requirements of II/10.3.

  1.  

    10.8     An opening portlight shall not exceed 250mm (10 inches) in diameter or equivalent area.

  1.  

    10.9     In an existing vessel classed for operation in exposed waters, a window fitted in the main hull below the weather deck, shall meet the requirements of II/10.3, or be provided with a blank meeting the requirements of II/10.7.

  1.  

    10.10     For the wheelhouse—

    1.  

      .1     Windows and other openings at the operating station shall be of sufficient size and properly located to provide an adequate view for safe navigation in all operating conditions;

    1.  

      .2     windows and their frames shall meet the requirements of ISO 12216 (see II/10.6) or equivalent standard, having due regard to the increased thickness of windows comprising one or more laminations in order to achieve equivalent strength;

    1.  

      .3     polarised or tinted glass shall not be used in windows provided for navigational visibility, although portable tinted screens may be provided for these windows; and

    1.  

      .4     when a vessel is expected to operate in severe weather, relative to the size of the vessel, efficient storm shutters shall be provided for all front and side facing windows.

11   Ventilators

  1.  

    11.1     A ventilator shall be of efficient construction and be provided with a permanently attached means of weathertight closure.

  1.  

    11.2     A ventilator shall be kept as far inboard as practicable and the height above the deck of the ventilator opening shall be sufficient to prevent the admission of water when the vessel is heeled.

  1.  

    11.3     The Administration may permit the fitting of a ventilator which must be kept open, e.g. for the supply of air to machinery or for the discharge of noxious or flammable gases, provided that it is demonstrated with reference II/11.2 that downflooding will not occur via the ventilator in any foreseeable situation.

Part C
Accommodation

12   General

  1.  

    12.1     There shall be sufficient hand holds and grab-rails within the accommodation to allow safe movement around the accommodation when the vessel is in a seaway.

  1.  

    12.2     Heavy items of equipment such as batteries, cooking appliances, etc., shall be securely fastened in place to prevent movement due to severe motions of the vessel. Stowage lockers containing heavy items shall have lids or doors with secure fastening.

  1.  

    12.3     Means of escape from accommodation spaces shall satisfy the requirements of regulation II/4, II/9.2 and II/9.3.

  1.  

    12.4     Effective means of ventilation shall be provided to enclosed spaces which may be entered by persons on board.

  1.  

    12.5     An adequate standard of accommodation for all on board shall be provided particularly in vessels intended to be at sea for more than 24 hours. In providing such accommodation, primary concern shall be directed towards ensuring the health and safety aspects of persons e.g. the ventilation, lighting, water services, galley services, access and escape arrangements.

  1.  

    12.6     On vessels which carry berthed persons below deck, mechanical ventilation shall be provided to accommodation spaces, which are situated completely below the level of the weather deck, excluding any coach roof. As far as practicable, such ventilation arrangements shall be designed to provide at least 6 changes of air per hour when the access openings to the spaces are closed and have an emergency shut down switch located outside of the space for use in case of fire.

13   Crew Spaces

  1.  

    13.1     Crew accommodation spaces and work spaces shall be of sufficient size, adequate construction, and with suitable equipment to provide for the safe operation of the vessel and the protection and accommodation of the crew in a manner practicable for the size, facilities, service, route, speed and modes of operation of the vessel. The deck above a crew accommodation space shall be located above the deepest load waterline.

  1.  

    13.2     Sleeping accommodation shall be provided for all crewmembers of the vessel where it is operated for more than 12 hours in a 24-hour period, unless the crew is put ashore and the vessel is provided with a new crew including the Master.

  1.  

    13.3     Sleeping accommodation shall consist of a bunk or cot for each crewmember and at least 50% of these shall be provided with lee boards or lee cloths.

14   Passenger Accommodation

  1.  

    14.1     All passenger accommodation shall be arranged and equipped to provide for the safety of the passengers in consideration of the route, modes of operation and speed of the vessel.

  1.  

    14.2     The height of deckheads in a passenger accommodation space shall be at least 1.9m (74 inches) but may be reduced at the sides of a space to allow for camber, wiring, ventilation ducts and piping. The space shall be maintained to minimise fire and safety hazards and to preserve sanitary conditions. Aisles shall be kept clear of obstructions.

  1.  

    14.3     A berth to the satisfaction of the Administration shall be provided for each passenger to be carried in overnight accommodation spaces, save that for voyages not exceeding 24 hours a reclining chair may be provided in lieu of a berth.

  1.  

    14.4     A seat shall be provided for each passenger permitted in a space for which the fixed seating criterion in II/15.2.3 has been used to determine the number of passengers permitted. A seat shall be constructed to minimise the possibility of injury and avoid trapping occupants. Installation of seats shall provide for ready escape. Seats, including fixed, temporary or portable seats, shall be arranged as follows—

    1.  

      .1     An aisle of not more than 3.8m (15 feet) in overall length shall be not less than 610mm (24 inches) in width;

    1.  

      .2     An aisle of more than 3.8m (15 feet) in overall length shall not be less than 760mm (30 inches) in width;

    1.  

      .3     Where seats are in rows, the distance from seat front to seat front shall not be less than 760mm (30 inches) and the seats shall be secured to a deck or bulkhead;

  1.  

    14.5     Seats identified in the determination of the maximum number of passengers permitted shall be secured to the deck, bulkhead or bulwark by effective permanent or temporary means.

15   Passenger capacity

  1.  

    15.1     The maximum number of passengers permitted in any passenger vessel shall be the greatest number permitted by any of the following criteria or combination of these criteria.

    1.  

      .1     Length of Rail – one passenger may be permitted for each 760mm (30 inches) of rail space available to the passengers at the periphery of the deck, not including rail space in congested areas, on stairways and where persons standing in the space would block the vision of the vessel's operators.

    1.  

      .2     Deck Area – one passenger may be permitted for each square metre (10 square feet) of free deck area available for the passengers' use. Free deck area does not include—

      1.  

             Concession stands, fixed tables, fixed gambling equipment and similar furnishings;

      1.  

             Toilets and washrooms;

      1.  

             Companionways and stairways;

      1.  

             Spaces occupied and necessary for handling lifesaving equipment or line handling gear or in way of sail booms or running riggings;

      1.  

             Spaces below deck which are unsuitable for passengers or which would not normally be used by passengers;

      1.  

             Interior passageways less than 760mm (30 inches) wide and passageways on open deck less than 460 mm (18 inches) wide;

      1.  

             Bow pulpits, swimming platforms and areas which do not have a solid deck, such as netting on multi-hull vessels;

      1.  

             Deck areas in way of paddle wheels; and

      1.  

             Aisle area.

    1.  

      .3     Fixed Seating – one passenger may be permitted for each 460mm (18 inches) of width of fixed seating provided. (See II/14.4)

  1.  

    15.2     Different passenger capacity criteria may be used on each deck of a vessel and added together to determine the maximum number of passengers to be carried on that vessel. Where seats are provided on part of a deck and not on another, the number of passengers permitted on a vessel may be the sum of the number permitted by the seating criterion for the space having seats and the number permitted by the deck area criterion for the space having no seats. The length of rail criterion may not be combined with either the deck area criterion or the fixed seating criterion when determining the maximum number of passengers permitted on an individual deck.

  1.  

    15.3     The Administration may give special consideration to increasing the passenger allowances for a vessel operating on short runs on protected waters, such as a ferry.

16   Water services

  1.  

    16.1     An adequate supply of fresh drinking water shall be provided and piped to convenient positions throughout the accommodation spaces.

  1.  

    16.2     In addition, an emergency (dedicated reserve) supply of drinking water shall be carried at the rate of 2 litres per person on board.

17   Galley

  1.  

    17.1     A galley shall be fitted with a means for cooking and means for washing food and utensils, and have adequate working surfaces for the preparation of food. The floor shall have a non-ship surface.

  1.  

    17.2     When a cooking appliance is gimballed it shall be protected by a crash bar or other means to prevent it being tilted inadvertently when it is free to swing and a strap, portable bar or other means shall be provided to allow the cook to be secured in position, with both hands free for working, when the vessel is rolling. Means shall be provided to isolate the gimballing mechanism.

  1.  

    17.3     There shall be secure stowage for food in the vicinity of the galley.

18   Toilet facilities

  1.  

    18.1     Adequate toilet facilities, separated from the rest of the accommodation, shall be provided for persons on board, the floor of which shall have a non-slip surface.

  1.  

    18.2     In general, there shall be at least one marine type flushing water closet and one wash hand basin for every 12 persons.

19   Stowage facilities for personal effects

  1.  

    Adequate stowage facilities for clothing and personal effects shall be provided for each person on board.

Part D
Working Decks

20   Surface of Working Decks

  1.  

    20.1     The surface of a working deck shall be non-slip. Acceptable surfaces are: chequered plate; unpainted wood; a non-skid pattern moulded into fibre reinforced plastic (FRP); non-slip deck paint; or an efficient non-slip covering.

  1.  

    20.2     A hatch cover fitted on a working deck shall have a non-slip finish.

  1.  

    20.3     In an inflatable boat or rigid inflatable boat the upper surface of the inflated buoyancy tube shall be provided with a non-slip finish.

21   Rails and Guards

  1.  

    21.1     Rails or equivalent protection shall be installed near the periphery of all decks of a vessel accessible to passengers or crew. Equivalent protection may include lifelines, wire rope, chains and bulwarks that provide strength and support equivalent to fixed rails. Deck rails shall include a top rail with the minimum height of 1000mm (39.5 inches) and lower courses or equivalent protection. The distance between the lowest course and the deck shall not exceed 230mm (9 inches) and the distance between the other courses shall not exceed 380mm (15 inches).

  1.  

    21.2     In a vessel fitted with a cockpit, which opens aft to the sea, additional guard rails shall be fitted so that there is no unprotected vertical opening, i.e. between vertical “members,” greater than 500mm in width.

  1.  

    21.3     In an inflatable boat or a rigid inflatable boat, handgrips, toeholds and handrails shall be provided as necessary to ensure the safety of all persons on board during transit and the worst weather conditions likely to be encountered in the intended area of operation.

  1.  

    21.4     Suitable storm rails or hand grabs shall be installed where necessary in passageways, at deckhouse sides and at ladders and hatches.

  1.  

    21.5     On a vessel authorised to carry one or more vehicles, suitable chains, cables or other barriers shall be installed at the end of each vehicle runway and temporary rails or equivalent protection shall be installed in way of each vehicle ramp when the vessel is underway.

CHAPTER III
FREEBOARD, STABILITY AND WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY

Part A
Freeboard

1   Minimum Freeboard

  1.  

    1.1     The minimum freeboard shall be that freeboard at which the vessel meets the stability requirements as determined by a simplified stability proof test, carried out in accordance with regulation III/8 or other requirements that the Administration considers appropriate in relation to the type of vessel, its service and its area of operation. The minimum freeboard shall not be less than 250mm (10 inches). Where the least freeboard of the loaded vessel occurs abaft a point 0.75x the length of the vessel from the foreside of the foremost fixed permanent structure, the minimum freeboard shall be taken to be the freeboard measured at that point. The deepest load waterline shall be the loadline equivalent to the minimum freeboard.

  1.  

    1.2     When demonstrating compliance with III/8.12 or.13, the freeboard shall be measured as follows—

    1.  

      .1     For a flush deck or well deck vessel, the freeboard shall be measured to the top of the weatherdeck at the side of the vessel; and

    1.  

      .2     For a cockpit vessel or for an open boat, the freeboard shall be measured to the top of the gunwale.

2   Loading Marks

  1.  

    A vessel shall have permanent loading marks placed on each side of the vessel forward, amidships and aft to indicate the maximum allowable draft and trim corresponding to the minimum freeboard determined according to regulation III/1. Such a loading mark shall be a horizontal line of at least 200mm (8 inches) in length forward and aft and 300mm (12 inches) amidships and 25mm (1 inch) in height, with its upper edge passing through the point of maximum draft. The loading mark shall be painted in a contrasting colour to the sideshell paint.

3   Loading of a vessel

  1.  

    3.1     Except as provided in regulation III/3.2 the loading marks of a vessel shall not be submerged at any time when a vessel puts to sea, during a voyage or on arrival.

  1.  

    3.2     When a vessel departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the point of departure and the sea.

Part B
Stability

4   Stability Information for Operating Personnel

  1.  

    Stability information, i.e. stability details indicated on the Certificate of Inspection, a stability letter or a stability booklet, as determined by the [Administration], is required on all vessels. Sufficient stability information including stability calculations and assumptions made to use them, shall be provided on vessels for the master to be able to determine the stability of the vessel in various loading conditions in relation to accepted standards.

5   Stability Information

  1.  

    5.1     Where the Administration determines in accordance with III/4, that a vessel must have a stability booklet, the owner or operator shall prepare the booklet in accordance with Annex 2A and submit it to the Administration for approval.

  1.  

    5.2     Where the Administration determines in accordance with III/4, that the stability information shall be in the form of a stability letter or details indicated on the Certificate of Inspection, the owner or operator of the vessel shall submit to the Administration the following information and the necessary calculations used to determine that information—

    1.  

      .1     allowable number of passengers and crew on each deck;

    1.  

      .2     Deepest waterline drafts or freeboard;

    1.  

      .3     location of watertight bulkheads and openings in watertight bulkheads

    1.  

      .4     explanation of the vessel's subdivision and specific identification of the vessels subdivision bulkheads;

    1.  

      .5     location of openings through watertight bulkheads, such as watertight doors, which must be closed to limit flooding in an emergency;

    1.  

      .6     location, type and amount of fixed ballast;

    1.  

      .7     location and details of foam flotation material; and

    1.  

      .8     maximum weight of portable equipment permitted on the vessel, including diving equipment.

6   Intact stability requirements in general

  1.  

    6.1     A vessel shall undergo a simplified stability proof test in accordance with regulation III/8 in the presence of an Administration surveyor.

  1.  

    6.2     A simplified stability proof test in accordance with regulation III/8 is conducted to determine where a vessel, as built and operated, has a minimum level of initial stability. Failure of the simplified test does not necessarily mean that the vessel lacks stability for the intended operating area, service, and operating condition, but that calculations or other methods shall be used to evaluate the stability of the vessel.

  1.  

    6.3     The stability of a vessel certified to operate in exposed waters shall be determined by calculation to the satisfaction of the Administration.

7   Intact stability requirements for a sailing vessel

  1.  

    7.1     Subject to III/7.3, each sailing vessel shall undergo a simplified stability proof test in accordance with regulation III/8.

  1.  

    7.2     A sailing vessel that operates in coastal or exposed waters shall be equipped with a self-bailing cockpit.

  1.  

    7.3     The Administration may perform operational tests to determine whether the vessel has adequate stability and satisfactory handling characteristics under sail for protected waters or coastal waters, in lieu of conducting a simplified stability proof test.

  1.  

    7.4     The Administration may prescribe additional or different stability requirements for a broad, shallow draft vessel with little or no ballast outside the hull.

8   Simplified stability proof test procedure and assumptions

  1.  

    8.1     A vessel shall be in the condition specified in III/8.2 to III/8.8 inclusive when a simplified stability proof test is performed.

  1.  

    8.2     The vessel shall be moored in a quiet, sheltered area free from extraneous forces such as propeller wash from passing vessels, or sudden discharges from shore-side pumps, and in a manner to allow unrestricted heeling.

  1.  

    8.3     The construction of the vessel shall be complete in all respects

  1.  

    8.4     Ballast, where necessary, shall be in compliance with regulation III/9 and shall be on board and in place.

  1.  

    8.5     Each fuel and water tank shall be approximately three-quarters full.

  1.  

    8.6     A weight equal to the total weight of all passengers, crew, and other loads permitted on the vessel shall be on board and distributed so as to provide normal operating trim and to simulate the vertical centre of gravity causing the least stable condition that is likely to occur in service. For the purposes of regulation III/8 the crew shall be counted as passengers.

  1.  

    8.7     Unless otherwise specified, weight and vertical centre of gravity is assumed to be as follows—

    1.  

      .1     the weight of primary lifesaving equipment shall be simulated at its normal location, if not on board at the time of the test;

    1.  

      .2     the weight of one person is considered to be 75 kg (166 pounds) except where the vessel operates exclusively on protected waters, when passenger loads consist of men, women and children, the weight of one person is considered to be 65kg (143 pounds);

    1.  

      .3     the vertical centre for the simulated weight of passengers, crew, and other loads shall be at least 760mm (2.5 feet) above the relevant deck; and

    1.  

      .4     where the vessel carries passengers on diving excursions, the total weight of diving gear shall be included in the loaded condition, in the positions they would normally be carried, as follows—

      1.  

        .1     the total weight of individual diving gear for each passenger carried is assumed to be 36kg (80 pounds), which includes the weight of scuba tanks, harness, regulator, weight belt, wet suit, mask, and other personal diving equipment; and

      1.  

        .2     the weight of any air compressors carried.

  1.  

    8.8     On vessels having one upper deck above the main deck available to passengers, the vertical weight distribution shall not be less than the following—

  1.  

         Weight on Upper Deck = (# of passengers on upper deck) x (Wt per passenger) x 1.33

  1.  

         Weight on Main Deck = Total Test Weight – Weight on Upper Deck

  1.  

    8.9     All non-return closures on cockpit scuppers or on weather deck drains shall be kept open during the test.

  1.  

    8.10     A vessel shall not exceed the limitations in III/8.12, when subjected to the greater of the following heeling moments—

  1.  

         Mp = (W)(Bp)/6; or

  1.  

         Mw = (P)(A)(H)

  1.  

         where—

    Mp =passenger heeling moment in kilogram-metres (foot-pounds);
    W =the total passenger weight using 75kg (165 pounds) per passenger, or, where the vessel operates exclusively on protected waters, 65kg (143 pounds) per passenger may be used;
    Bp =the maximum transverse distance in metres (feet) of a deck that is accessible to passengers;
    Mw =wind heeling moment in kilogram-metres (foot-pounds);
    P =wind pressure of—
    (a) 36.6 kilograms/square metre (7.5 pounds/square foot) for operation on protected waters;
    (b) 48.8 kilogram/square metre (10.0 pounds/square foot) for operation on coastal waters; or
    (c) 73.3 kilograms/square metre (15.0 pounds/square foot) for operation on exposed waters;
    A =area, in square metres (square feet), of the projected lateral surface of the vessel above the waterline, including each projected area of the hull, superstructure and area bounded by railings and structural canopies. For sailing vessels this is the bare poles area, or, where the vessel has no auxiliary power, with storm sails set; and
    H =height, in metres (feet), of the centre of area (A) above the waterline, measured up from the waterline.
  1.  

    8.11     For sailing vessels the heeling moment used for this test shall be the greater of the following—

    1.  

      .1     Passenger heeling moment from III/8.10.

    1.  

      .2     Wind heeling moment from III/8.10.

    1.  

      .3     Wind heeling moment calculated from the wind heeling moment equation in III/8.10 as Mw = (P)(A)(H), where—

      Mw =wind heeling moment in kilogram-metres (foot-pounds);
      P =4.9 kilograms/square metre (1.0 pounds/square foot);
      A =the windage area of the vessel in square metres (square feet) with all sails set and trimmed flat;
      H =height, in metres (feet), of the centre of effort of area (A) above the waterline, measured up from the waterline.
  1.  

    8.12.1     When a vessel is subjected to the greater of the heeling moments determined in regulation III/8.10, the immersion of the loading mark shall not exceed the percentage of the freeboard specified in the following—

    1.  

      .1     on a flush deck vessel, 50%;

    1.  

      .2     on a well deck vessel that operates on protected waters and has non-return scuppers or freeing ports, 100% where the full freeboard is not more than one-quarter of the vertical distance from the waterline to the gunwale;

    1.  

      .3     on all other well deck vessels, 50%

    1.  

      .4     on a cockpit vessel, the percentage is calculated from the following—

    1.  

           on exposed waters: (2L - 1.5LN)/4L

    1.  

           on protected or coastal waters: (2L – LN)/4L

      1.  

             where—

      1.  

             L = length of the weather deck; and

      1.  

             LN = length of cockpit in the same units as L.

    1.  

      .5     on an open boat, 25%;

    1.  

      .6     on a flush deck sailing vessel, 100%

  1.  

    8.12.2     Notwithstanding the percentages specified in regulation 8.12.1, when the vessel is subject to the greater of the heeling moments determined in regulation III/8.10, the immersion shall not exceed a value equivalent to one eighth of the beam of the vessel measured at the point of minimum freeboard as defined in regulation III/1.1

  1.  

    8.13     Where during a simplified stability proof test a vessel fails to meet the requirements of regulation III/8.12, the entire test shall be repeated with a reduced load equivalent to a reduced number of passengers or a reduced weight of cargo or by utilising any other corrective measures available to enable the vessel to meet the requirements of regulation III/8.12.

  1.  

    8.14     A ferry shall also be tested by using equivalent weights, by calculation, or other method acceptable to the Administration to determine whether the trim or heel during loading or unloading will submerge the deck edge. A ferry passes this test where, with the total number of passengers and the maximum vehicle weight permitted on board, the deck edge is not submerged during loading or unloading of the vessel.

  1.  

    8.15     The Small Commercial Vessel Stability Test Procedure is given in Annex 2.

9   Installation of Ballast

  1.  

    Any solid fixed ballast shall be stowed in a manner that prevents shifting of the ballast and be installed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

10   Open Boats

  1.  

    An open boat when fully loaded shall have sufficient buoyancy to be able to remain afloat and should have a positive metacentric height, that is, the vessel returns to the upright when a heeling moment is applied and removed, when totally flooded. The open boat shall be deemed by the Administration to have sufficient buoyancy by practical test or where detailed calculations are confirmed to show that the buoyancy of the vessel is greater than the total weight of the vessel and its load.

11   Foam flotation material

  1.  

    11.1     Foam may only be installed as flotation material on a vessel when approved by the Administration.

  1.  

    11.2     Where foam is installed as flotation material on a vessel, the owner shall ensure that the following tests are conducted and requirements are met to the satisfaction of the Administration—

    1.  

      .1     foam shall not be installed in void spaces that contain ignition sources;

    1.  

      .2     foam shall not be installed adjacent to fuel tanks, unless the boundary between the tank and the space has double continuous fillet welds;

    1.  

      .3     the structure enclosing foam shall be strong enough to accommodate the buoyancy of the foam;

    1.  

      .4     piping and cables shall not pass through foamed spaces unless they are within piping and cableways accessible from both ends;

    1.  

      .5     blocked foam shall—

      1.  

        .1     be used in each area that may be exposed to water; and

      1.  

        .2     have a protective cover, approved by the administration, to protect it from damage;

    1.  

      .6     foam used as floatation material shall be—

      1.  

        .1     impervious to water absorption;

      1.  

        .2     structurally stable under service conditions;

      1.  

        .3     chemically inert in relation to other medium with which it may be in contact;

      1.  

        .4     properly secured in place; and

      1.  

        .5     easily removable for inspection of the void space.

    1.  

      .7     a water submergence test shall be conducted on the foam for a period of at least 7 days to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administration that the foam has adequate strength to withstand a hydrostatic head equivalent to that which would be imposed if the vessel were submerged to its bulkhead deck;

    1.  

      .8     the owner or operator shall obtain sample foam specimens during installation of the foam and determine the density of the installed foam.

Part C
Watertight Integrity

12   Drainage of Weather Decks

  1.  

    12.1     The weather deck on all vessels shall be watertight or fitted with closures to ensure watertight integrity. The drainage from the weather deck shall be such that the watertight integrity is not compromised.

  1.  

    12.2     When a deck is fitted with bulwarks such that shipped water may be trapped, the bulwarks shall be provided with efficient freeing ports.

  1.  

    12.3     The area of freeing ports shall be at least 5% of the bulwark area and be situated in the lower third of the bulwark height, the bottom of which shall be flush with the deck.

  1.  

    12.4     A vessel of less than 12m in length, certified to operate in coastal waters, having a well deck aft and is fitted with bulwarks all round and which always operates with stern trim, may be provided with a minimum of two ports fitted (one port and one starboard) in the transom, each having a clear area of at least 225 sq.cm.

  1.  

    12.5     Where a non-return shutter or flap is fitted to a freeing port it shall have sufficient clearance to prevent jamming and any hinges shall have pins or bearings of non-corrodible material. Normally, hinges shall be along the upper edge of the non-return shutter or flap.

  1.  

    12.6     Where a vessel has side deck areas of less than one-tenth the length of the vessel, in which water can be trapped a smaller freeing port area may be accepted. The reduced area shall be based on the volume of water, which is likely to become trapped.

  1.  

    12.7     In a vessel in which freeing ports cannot be fitted, other efficient means of clearing trapped water from the vessel shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

    12.8     Structures and spaces considered non-weathertight shall be provided with efficient drainage arrangements.

  1.  

    12.9     Where cargo is to be stowed on deck the stowage arrangement shall be such as to not impede the free flow of water from the deck.

13   Air Pipes

  1.  

    13.1     When located on the weather deck, air pipes shall be kept as far inboard as possible and have a height above deck sufficient to prevent downflooding when heeled in rough water.

  1.  

    13.2     An airpipe of greater than 10mm inside diameter, serving a fuel or other tank shall be provided with a permanently attached means of weathertight closure.

14   Sea Inlets and Discharges

  1.  

    14.1     An opening below the weather deck shall be provided with an efficient means of closure.

  1.  

    14.2     When the opening is for the purpose of an inlet or discharge below a line drawn 150mm (6 inches) above the loading mark it shall be fitted with a seacock, valve or other positive means of closure, which is readily accessible in an emergency.

  1.  

    14.3     When the opening is for a log or other sensor, which is capable of being withdrawn, it shall be fitted in an efficient watertight manner and provided with an effective means of closure when such a fitting is removed.

  1.  

    14.4     Inlet and discharge pipes from water closets shall be provided with shell fittings as required by III/14. When the rim of a toilet is less than 300mm above the deepest waterline of the vessel, anti-syphon measures shall be provided.

15   Materials for Valves and Associated Piping

  1.  

    15.1     A valve or similar fitting attached to the side of the vessel below the waterline, shall be normally of steel, bronze or other non- brittle fire resistant material or equivalent. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable.

  1.  

    15.2     When plastic piping is used it shall be of good quality and of a type suitable for the purpose. Any such pipe shall be located so as to minimise the risk of accidental damage. Where fitted within an engine space or fire risk area, a means shall be provided to stop the ingress of water in the event of the pipe being damaged, operable from outside the space.

Part D
Subdivision

16   Collision Bulkheads

  1.  

    16.1     A new vessel of 20 m or more in length is required to have a collision bulkhead fitted in accordance with regulations III/17.1 and III/17.2.

  1.  

    16.2     A new vessel of less than 20 m in length shall have a collision bulkhead where it—

    1.  

      .1     carries 50 or more passengers; or

    1.  

      .2     is of more than 12m in length and is certified to operate on coastal waters; or

    1.  

      .3     is certified to operate on exposed waters.

  1.  

    16.3     A ro ro ferry of 20m or more in length that may operate on its route ahead or astern shall, in addition to the collision bulkhead required by III/16.1 is required to have a collision bulkhead fitted in accordance with regulations III/17.1 and III/17.3.

  1.  

    16.4     The Administration shall determine the extent to which this regulation is applied to existing vessels.

17   Construction and Location of Collision Bulkheads

  1.  

    17.1     Each collision bulkhead required by regulation III/16 shall be constructed in accordance with regulation III/18 except that it shall—

    1.  

      .1     extend to the weather deck or to one deck above the bulkhead deck, whichever is lower, in vessels certified to operate on coastal and exposed waters; and

    1.  

      .2     not be fitted with any type of penetration or opening except penetrations may be made where they are located as high and as far inboard as practicable and they have a means to make them watertight.

  1.  

    17.2     The forward collision bulkhead required to be on a vessel by regulation III/16 shall be—

    1.  

      .1     located at least 5% but not more than 15% of the length between perpendiculars (LBP) aft of the forward perpendicular or for vessels with bulbous bows extending forward of the forward perpendicular and contributing more than 2% of the underwater volume of the vessel the bulkhead shall be located at least 5% but not more than 15% of the LBP aft of the mid-length of such extension; and

    1.  

      .2     installed in a single plane, with no recess or step, up to the bulkhead deck.

  1.  

    17.3     The after collision bulkhead on a double-ended ferry of 20m (65 feet) or more in length required by regulation III/16.3 shall be—

    1.  

      .1     located at least 5% but not more than 15% of the LBP forward of the after perpendicular and; shall be

    1.  

      .2     installed in a single plane, with no recess or step, at least up to the bulkhead deck.

18   Watertight Subdivision Bulkheads

  1.  

    18.1     Where a vessel is required to be fitted with watertight collision or subdivision bulkheads, each watertight bulkhead shall be of sufficient strength to be capable of remaining watertight with a head of water to the top of the bulkhead.

  1.  

    18.2     Each watertight bulkhead shall extend to the bulkhead deck and shall be installed in one plane without steps or recesses insofar as in reasonable and practicable. Any steps or recesses permitted shall comply with the applicable subdivision requirements in this chapter.

  1.  

    18.3     The number of penetrations in a watertight bulkhead shall be minimised. A penetration in a watertight bulkhead shall be as high and as far inboard in the bulkhead as practicable, and made watertight.

  1.  

    18.4     Sluice valves shall not be permitted in watertight bulkheads.

  1.  

    18.5     A door fitted in a watertight bulkhead shall be of watertight construction and be kept closed at sea, unless opened at the discretion of the Master.

  1.  

    18.6     The Administration shall determine the extent to which this regulation is applied to existing vessels.

19   Subdivision of Cargo Vessels

  1.  

    A new cargo vessel of 12m or more in length shall be fitted with watertight bulkheads at each end of the main propulsion machinery space.

20   Subdivision of Passenger Vessels

  1.  

    20.1     A new passenger vessel of 20m or more in length shall be fitted with watertight bulkheads fitted in accordance with regulation III/21.

  1.  

    20.2     A new vessel of less than 20m in length shall have watertight bulkheads in accordance with regulation III/21, where it—

    1.  

      .1     carries 50 or more passengers; or

    1.  

      .2     is of more than 12m in length and is certified to operate on coastal waters; or

    1.  

      .3     is certified to operate in exposed waters.

21   Location of Watertight Bulkheads for Subdivision

  1.  

    21.1     The maximum distance between adjacent main transverse watertight bulkheads on a vessel, required by regulation III/20 to comply with this regulation, shall not be more than the smaller of the following—

    1.  

      .1     one third of the length of the bulkhead deck; or

    1.  

      .2     the distance given by the following equation—

d = (F)(f)(L)/D

where—

F =the floodable length factor from Table III/21.1;
f =the effective freeboard in metres calculated for each pair of adjacent bulkheads in accordance with III/21.2;
L =Length Over Deck in metres measured over the bulkhead deck; and
D =the depth in metres (feet), measured amidships at a point one- quarter of the maximum beam out from the centreline, from the inside of the bottom planking or plating to the level of the top of the bulkhead deck. (See Figure III/21-1).
TABLE III/21
TABLE OF FLOODABLE LENGTH FACTORS
(d/L)x100F
0 – 150.33
200.34
250.36
300.38
350.43
400.48
450.54
500.61
550.63
600.58
650.53
700.48
750.44
800.40
850.37
90 – 1000.34

NOTE 1: Where—

d =distance in metres (feet) from the midpoint of the compartment to the forward-most point on the bulkhead deck excluding sheer; and
L =length over deck in metres (feet) measured over the bulkhead deck.
  1.  

    NOTE 2: Intermediate values of floodable length factor may be obtained by interpolation.

Figure III/21-1
Transverse Location for Measuring Depth (D)

  1.  

    21.2     The effective freeboard for each compartment is calculated by the following equation—

  1.  

    f = (a+b)/2

    1.  

      where—

      1.  

        f = the effective freeboard in metres (feet).

      1.  

        a = the freeboard in metres (feet) measured—

        1.  

          .1     at the forward main transverse watertight bulkhead; and

        1.  

          .2     from the deepest waterline to—

          1.  

            .1     the top of the bulkhead deck on a flush deck vessel; and

          1.  

            .2     where a vessel has a stepped bulkhead deck, then to the line shown in Figure III/21-2; or

          1.  

            .3     where a vessel has an opening scuttle (porthole) below the bulkhead deck, then to the line shown in Figure III/21-3.

      1.  

        b = the freeboard in metres (feet) measured—

        1.  

          .1     at the aft main transverse watertight bulkhead; and

        1.  

          .2     from the deepest waterline to—

          1.  

            .1     the top of the bulkhead deck on a flush deck vessel;

          1.  

            .2     where a vessel has a stepped bulkhead deck, the line shown in Figure III/21-2; or

          1.  

            .3     where a vessel has an opening scuttle (porthole) below the bulkhead deck, the line shown in Figure III-21-3.

Figure III/21-2
Freeboard Measurement – Vessel with Stepped Bulkhead Deck

(a and b shown for two sample compartments)
Figure III/21-3
Freeboard Measurement – Vessel with Stepped Bulkhead Deck and a Porthole Below the Bulkhead Deck

  1.  

    21.3     A vessel, required by regulation III/20 to be fitted with watertight bulkheads shall be measured and subdivided in accordance with the simplified subdivision calculation given in Annex 3

*****

CHAPTER IV
MACHINERY

Part A
General Provisions

1   General requirements

  1.  

    1.1     The design, construction, installation and operation of propulsion and auxiliary machinery, piping and pressure systems, steering apparatus and associated safety systems shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. These requirements shall be considered to be satisfactory where they are in accordance with the requirements of a classification society recognised by the Administration.

  1.  

    1.2     In all vessels, the main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the propulsion and the safety of the vessel shall be designed to operate when the vessel is upright and when inclined at any angle of heel and trim up to and including 150 and 7.50 respectively either way under static conditions.

  1.  

    1.3     Starting motors, generators, and any spark producing device shall be mounted as high above the bilges as practicable. Electrical equipment in spaces, compartments, or enclosures that contain machinery powered by, or fuel tanks for, gasoline or other fuels having a flashpoint of 430C (1100F) or lower shall be explosion- proof, intrinsically safe, or ignition protected for use in a gasoline atmosphere.

  1.  

    1.4     Gauges to indicate engine revolutions per minute (RPM), jacket water discharge temperature, and lubricating oil pressure shall be provided for all propulsion engines installed in the vessel. The gauges shall be readily visible at the operating station.

  1.  

    1.5     A cover, guard or rail shall properly protect an exposed hazard, such as gears or rotating machinery.

  1.  

    1.6.1     Shutoff valves, installed so as to close against the fuel flow, shall be fitted in the fuel supply lines, one at the tank connection and one at the engine end of the fuel line to stop fuel flow when servicing accessories. The shutoff valve at the tank shall be manually operable from outside the compartment in which the valve is located, preferably from an accessible position on the weather deck.

  1.  

    1.6.2     Where the handle to the shutoff valve at the tank is located inside the machinery space, it shall be located so that the operator does not have to reach more than 300mm (12 inches) into the machinery space and the valve handle shall be shielded from flames by noncombustible material. Electric solenoid valves shall not be used, unless used in addition to the manual valve.

  1.  

    1.7     Fuel filling and venting pipes shall be constructed of fuel compatible non-kinking material, adequately supported and of sufficient dimensions to prevent spillage during filling. A venting pipe shall be led to the open atmosphere, terminating in a position level with or higher than the fuel filling mouth and its open end protected against—

    1.  

      .1     water ingress – by a goose neck or other efficient means; and

    1.  

      .2     flame ingress – by a suitable gauze diaphragm, which can be detached for cleaning.

  1.  

    1.8     An air pipe, of greater than 10mm inside diameter, serving a fuel tank or other tank shall be provided with a closing appliance of a type, which will prevent excessive pressure on the tank boundaries. Provision shall be made for relieving a vacuum when tanks are being drawn from or emptied.

  1.  

    1.9     Flexible non-metallic hose may be used in all systems subject to the following—

    1.  

      .1     when required by the machinery manufacturer, factory- assembled fittings shall be used;

    1.  

      .2     hose clamps may be used for other installations of short lengths not to exceed 760mm (30 inches) and subject to pressures of not more than 35kPa (5 psi);

    1.  

      .3     in a fuel supply system to engine unit the hose shall be fire resistant/metal reinforced or otherwise protected from fire; and

    1.  

      .4     they shall be installed and located so as to minimize the risk of accidental damage.

  1.  

    1.10     In systems and applications where flexible hoses are permitted by regulation IV/1.9.2, to be clamped—

    1.  

      .1     double hose clamping is required where practicable;

    1.  

      .2     the clamps shall be of a corrosion resistant metallic material;

    1.  

      .3     the clamps shall not depend on spring tension for their holding power; and

    1.  

      .4     two clamps shall be used on each end of the hose, or one hose clamp can be used where the pipe ends are expanded or beaded to provide a positive stop against hose slippage.

  1.  

    1.11     An enclosed space containing machinery powered by gasoline or other fuels, having a flash point of 430C (1100F) or lower, shall be equipped with a flammable vapour detection device.

  1.  

    1.12     Piping used in the following systems shall be of ferrous material or other material where approved by the Administration.

    1.  

      .1     Fuel system;

    1.  

      .2     Fire main;

    1.  

      .3     CO2 system fixed fire fighting;

    1.  

      .4     Bilge system;

    1.  

      .5     Steering system;

    1.  

      .6     Propulsion system and its necessary auxiliaries and controls;

    1.  

      .7     Vessel's service and emergency electrical generation system and its necessary auxiliaries; and

    1.  

      .8     A system identified by the Administration as being crucial to the survival of the vessel or to the protection of the personnel on board.

  1.  

    1.13.1     Diesel tanks may only be integral with the hull where the ship is made of steel, aluminium or GRP, sandwich construction is not acceptable. All other fuel tanks shall be independent of the hull.

  1.  

    1.13.2     Independent fuel tanks shall comply with the following—

    1.  

      .1     the tank shall be constructed of steel or aluminium;

    1.  

      .2     tubular glass shall be fitted only to a diesel tank and shall be of heat resistant material, protected from mechanical damage, and provided with tank connection devices that automatically close if the glass is ruptured;

    1.  

      .3     where any dimension of the tank exceeds 760mm (30) inches, the tank shall be fitted with baffle plates to maintain strength and control the excessive surge of fuel;

    1.  

      .4     the interior of the tank shall be covered with a protective coating suitable for the type of fuel carried.

  1.  

    1.13.3     Fuels tanks shall be pressure tested to 35kPa (5psi).

  1.  

    1.13.4     Fuel tanks shall be electrically bonded to a common ground.

  1.  

    1.13.5     Fuel tanks shall be adequately supported and braced to prevent movement.

2.   Gasoline engines for propulsion

  1.  

    2.1     A vessel may be fitted with an inboard gasoline engine where—

    1.  

      .1     the engine is located in an efficiently enclosed space to which a fixed fire extinguishing system is fitted;

    1.  

      .2     provision is made to ventilate the engine space thoroughly before the engine is started;

    1.  

      .3     electrical devices within the engine and tank compartments have protection against ignition of surrounding flammable gasses;

    1.  

      .4     any flexible hose used between the engine and any solidly mounted metallic line to eliminate vibration failure is made of fire resistant fuel hose;

    1.  

      .5     not more than 12 passengers are carried; and

    1.  

      .6     the vessel is certified to operate only in coastal waters.

  1.  

    2.2     A vessel fitted with one or more outboard gasoline engines—

    1.  

      .1     shall be certified to operate in coastal waters only;

    1.  

      .2     shall have the engines securely fastened to the hull;

    1.  

      .3     where the engines are not permanently secured, the engines shall be provided with an effective safety chain or cable;

    1.  

      .4     shall have effectively drained engine wells that are long enough for the engine to be tilted up; and

    1.  

      .5     where the vessel is fitted with a single outboard engine, it shall, where it proceeds beyond protected waters, have an auxiliary outboard engine of sufficient power to enable the vessel to return safely to port or a safe haven.

  1.  

    2.3     Gasoline for outboard motors shall be stored—

    1.  

      .1     in portable containers that can be readily jettisoned; or

    1.  

      .2     in a fixed-in-place inboard tank independent of the hull, where—

      1.  

        .1     the vessel is a rigid hulled vessel or rigid/inflatable boat;

      1.  

        .2     the tank is constructed of mild steel or stainless steel and located in a safe place;

      1.  

        .3     the tank is tested to a pressure of 0.3 bar, to the satisfaction of a surveyor;

      1.  

        .4     the opening of the vent pipe from the petrol tank is protected by a flash proof fitting; and

      1.  

        .5     where the possibility of accumulation of hydrocarbon vapours exists and where a source of ignition may be present, a safe detector of hydrocarbon gas is fitted under or adjacent to the tank.

    1.  

      .3     electrical devices within the engine and fuel tank compartments shall be protected against ignition of any surrounding flammable gasses (explosion proof).

3   Ventilation of Spaces relating to Gasoline

  1.  

    3.1     A space containing machinery powered by, or fuel tanks for, gasoline shall have a ventilation system that complies with this regulation and consist of the following—

    1.  

      .1     for an enclosed space—

      1.  

        .1     at least two natural ventilation supply ducts located at one end of the space and that extend to the lowest part of the space or to the bilge on each side of the space; and

      1.  

        .2     a mechanical exhaust system consisting of at least two ventilation exhaust ducts located at the end of the space opposite from where the supply ducts are fitted, which extend to the lowest part or the bilge of the space on each side of the space, and which are led to one or more powered exhaust blowers; and

    1.  

      .2     For a partially enclosed space, at least one ventilation duct installed in the forward part of the space and one ventilation duct installed in the after part of the space, or as otherwise required by the Administration. Ducts for partially enclosed spaces shall have cowls or scoops as required by IV/3.9.

  1.  

    3.2     A mechanical exhaust system required by regulation IV/3.1.1(b) shall be such as to assure the air changes as noted in Table IV.3.2 depending upon the size of the space.

TABLE IV.3.2
Size of space in cubic metres (cubic feet)Minutes per air change
OverNot over
014 (500)2
14 (500)28.50 (1000)3
28.50 (1000)43 (1500)4
43 (1500).............5
  1.  

    3.3     An exhaust blower motor where mounted in any space required to be ventilated by this regulation, shall be located as high above the bilge as practicable. Blower blades shall be non-sparking with reference to their housings.

  1.  

    3.4     Where a fixed gas fire extinguishing system is installed in a space, all powered exhaust blowers for the space shall automatically shut down upon release of the extinguishing agent.

  1.  

    3.5     Exhaust blower switches shall be located outside of any space required to be ventilated by this regulation, and shall be of the type interlocked with the starting switch and the ignition switch so that the blowers are started before the engine starter motor circuit or the engine ignition is energised. A red warning sign at the switch shall state that the blowers shall be operated prior to starting the engines for the time sufficient to insure at least one complete change of air in the space served.

  1.  

    3.6     The area of the ventilation ducts shall be sufficient to limit the air velocity to a maximum of 10 m/s (2,000 ft/min). A duct may be of any shape, provided that in no case will one cross sectional dimension exceed twice the other.

  1.  

    3.7     A duct shall be so installed that ordinary collection of water in the bilge will not block air flow.

  1.  

    3.8     A duct shall be of rigid permanent construction, which does not allow any appreciable vapour flow except through normal openings, and made of the same material as the hull or of non-combustible material. The duct shall lead as directly as possible from its intake opening to its terminus and be securely fastened and supported.

  1.  

    3.9     A supply duct shall be provided at its intake opening with a cowl or scoop having a free area not less than twice the required duct area. When the cowl or scoop is screened, the mouth area shall be increased to compensate for the area of the screen wire. A cowl or scoop shall be kept open at all times, except when the weather is such as to endanger the vessel if the openings are not temporarily closed.

  1.  

    3.10     duct opening may not be located where the natural flow of air is unduly obstructed, adjacent to possible sources of vapour ignition, or where exhaust air may be taken into a supply duct.

  1.  

    3.11     Provision shall be made for closing all supply duct cowls or scoops and exhaust duct discharge openings for a space protected by a fixed gas extinguishing system. All closure devices shall be readily available and mounted in the vicinity of the vent.

4.   Ventilation of spaces relating to diesel.

  1.  

    4.1     A space containing diesel machinery shall be fitted with at least two ducts to furnish natural or powered supply and exhaust ventilation. The total inlet area and the total outlet area of each ventilation duct shall not be less than 650mm2 (one square inch) for each 300cm (foot) of beam of the vessel. These minimum areas shall be increased as necessary when the ducts are considered as part of the air supply to the engines.

  1.  

    4.2     A duct shall be of rigid permanent construction, which does not allow any appreciable vapor flow except through normal openings, and made of noncombustible material. The duct shall lead as directly as possible from its intake opening to its terminus and be securely fastened and supported.

  1.  

    4.3     A supply duct shall be provided with a cowl or scoop having a free area not less than twice the required duct area, which shall be kept open at all times except when the weather is such as to endanger the vessel if the openings are not temporarily closed.

  1.  

    4.4     Dampers shall not be fitted in a supply duct.

  1.  

    4.5     A duct opening shall not be located where the natural flow of air is unduly obstructed, adjacent to possible sources of vapor ignition, or where exhaust air may be taken into a supply duct.

  1.  

    4.6     Provision shall be made for closing all supply duct cowls or scoops and exhaust duct discharge openings for a space protected by a fixed gas extinguishing system. All closure devices shall be readily available and mounted in the vicinity of the vent.

  1.  

    4.7     A space containing a diesel fuel tank and no machinery shall meet the following requirements—

    1.  

      .1     A space of 14m3 (500ft3) or more in volume shall have a gooseneck vent of not less than 65 mm (2.5 inches) in diameter.

    1.  

      .2     A space of less than 14m3 (500ft3) in volume shall have a gooseneck vent of not less than 40mm (1.5 inches) in diameter.

    1.  

      .3     Vent openings shall not be located adjacent to possible sources of vapor ignition.

5   Exhausts

  1.  

    An engine exhaust outlet, which penetrates the hull below the weather deck, shall be provided with means to prevent backflooding into the hull through the exhaust system. The means may be provided by system design or arrangement, built-in valve or a portable fitting, which can be applied readily in an emergency.

6   Engine Starting

  1.  

    6.1     An engine shall be provided with either—

    1.  

      .1     hand starting;

    1.  

      .2     mechanical;

    1.  

      .3     electric starting with independent batteries installed in accordance with regulation IV/21; or

    1.  

      .4     other means of starting acceptable to the Administration.

  1.  

    6.2     When the sole means of starting is by battery, the battery shall be installed in accordance with regulation IV/21 and be in duplicate and connected to the starter motor by means of a “change over switch” so that either battery or both can be used for starting the engine. In normal circumstances, the use of both batteries in parallel should be avoided to prevent simultaneous discharge of both batteries. Charging facilities shall be available for the batteries when the engine is running.

7   Portable Plant

  1.  

    7.1     Any portable plant provided on board powered by a petrol engine shall be fitted on the weather deck and properly secured to prevent movement.

  1.  

    7.2     A deck locker or protective enclosure for the portable plant shall have no openings to an enclosed space within the hull of the vessel and the locker or protective enclosure shall be adequately ventilated and drained.

  1.  

    7.3     Petrol tanks provided for the engine shall comply with the following—

    1.  

      .1     fuel is supplied to the engine from a portable tank of 27 litres or less in capacity complying with the requirements of ISO 13591 – Portable fuel systems for outboard motors – or its equivalent National Standard; and

    1.  

      .2     a small marinised petrol engine, of less than 3.75kW (5 horse power), manufactured with an integral fuel tank is acceptable for either outboard propulsion or portable plant provided a safety warning sign is displayed with details of appropriate precautions to be taken when filling the fuel tank.

8   Propulsion Engine Control Systems

  1.  

    8.1     A vessel shall have a reliable means for shutting down a propulsion engine, at the main operating station, which is independent of the engine's speed control.

  1.  

    8.2     A propulsion engine control system, including control at the operating station, shall be designed so that a loss of power to the control system does not result in an increase in shaft speed or propeller pitch.

Part B
Steering And Propeller Systems

9   Main Steering Gear

  1.  

    9.1     A vessel shall be provided with main steering gear that is—

    1.  

      .1     of adequate strength and capable of steering the vessel at all service speeds;

    1.  

      .2     designed to operate at maximum astern speed without being damaged or jammed; and

    1.  

      .3     capable of moving the rudder from 350 on one side to 300 on the other side in not more than 28 seconds with the vessel moving ahead at maximum service speed.

  1.  

    9.2     Control of the main steering gear, including control of any necessary associated devices, motor, pump, valve, etc., shall be provided from the operating station.

  1.  

    9.3     The main steering gear shall be designed so that transfer of control from the main steering gear to the auxiliary means of steering required by regulation IV/10 can be achieved rapidly. Any tools or equipment necessary to make the transfer shall be readily available.

  1.  

    9.4     The vessel's operating station shall be arranged to permit the person steering to have the best possible all around vision.

  1.  

    9.5     Strong and effective rudder stops shall be provided to prevent jamming and damage to the rudder and its fittings. These stops may be structural or internal to the main steering gear.

  1.  

    9.6     In addition to meeting the requirements of IV/9.1 to 9.5, a vessel with a power driven main steering gear shall be provided with the following—

    1.  

      .1     a disconnect switch located in the steering compartment, and instantaneous short circuit protection for electrical power and control circuits sized and located to the satisfaction of the Administration;

    1.  

      .2     an independent rudder angle indicator at the operating station;

    1.  

      .3     an arrangement that automatically resumes operation, without reset, when power is restored after a power failure;

    1.  

      .4     a manual means to centre and steady the rudder(s) in an emergency; and

    1.  

      .5     a limit switch to stop the steering gear before it reaches the rudder stops required by IV/9.5.

  1.  

    9.7     A vessel of more than 20m (65 feet) in length with a power driven main steering gear shall in addition be provided with the following—

    1.  

      .1     a visual means, located at the operating station, to indicate operation of the power units; and

    1.  

      .2     instructions for transfer procedures from the main steering gear or control to the auxiliary means of steering required by regulation IV/8, posted at the location where the transfer is carried out.

10   Auxiliary Means of Steering

  1.  

    10.1     Except as provided in IV/10.3, a vessel shall be provided with an auxiliary means of steering that is—

    1.  

      .1     of adequate strength;

    1.  

      .2     capable of moving the rudder from 150 on one side to 150 on the other side in not more than 60 seconds with the vessel at one-half its maximum service speed ahead, or 7 knots, whichever is greater; and

    1.  

      .3     controlled from a location that permits safe manoeuvring of the vessel and does not expose the person operating the auxiliary means of steering to personnel hazards during normal or heavy weather operation.

  1.  

    10.2     A suitable hand tiller may be used as the auxiliary means of steering.

  1.  

    10.3     An auxiliary means of steering need not be provided where—

    1.  

      .1     the main steering gear and its controls are provided in duplicate;

    1.  

      .2     multiple propeller propulsion, with independent control from the operating position for each screw, is provided, and the vessel is capable of being steered from the control station;

    1.  

      .3     no regular rudder is fitted and steering action is obtained by a change of setting of the propelling unit; or

    1.  

      .4     where a rudder and hand tiller are the main steering gear.

11   Propeller Systems

  1.  

    Construction and fitting standards for propellers and associated fittings shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Recognised design standards shall be used.

Part C
Bilge Systems

12   General Provisions for Bilge Systems

  1.  

    A vessel shall be provided with a satisfactory arrangement for draining any watertight compartment, other than small buoyancy compartments, under all practicable conditions. Sluice valves shall not be fitted in watertight bulkheads.

13   Bilge piping system

  1.  

    11.1     A vessel of 8m (26 feet) or more in length shall be provided with individual bilge lines and bilge suctions for each watertight compartment, except that the space forward of the collision bulkhead need not be fitted with a bilge suction line when the arrangement of the vessel is such that ordinary leakage may be removed from this compartment by the use of a hand portable bilge pump or other equipment, and such equipment is provided.

  1.  

    13.2     A bilge pipe in a vessel of less than 20m (65 feet) in length shall be not less than 25mm (1 inch) nominal pipe size. A bilge pipe in a vessel of 20m or more (65 feet) in length shall be not less than 40mm (1.5 inches) nominal pipe size. A bilge suction shall be fitted with a suitable strainer having an open area not less than three times the area of the bilge pipe.

  1.  

    13.3     Except when individual pumps are provided for separate spaces, individual bilge suction lines shall be led to a central control point or manifold and provided with a stop valve at the control point or manifold and a non-return valve at some accessible point in the bilge line. A stop non-return valve located at a control point or manifold will meet the requirements for both a stop valve and a non-return valve.

  1.  

    13.4     A bilge pipe piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted with a screw-down valve located on the forward side of the collision bulkhead and operate from the weather deck, or, where it is readily accessible under service conditions, a screw-down valve without remote operation may be fitted to the bilge line on the after side of the collision bulkhead.

14   Bilge pumps

  1.  

    14.1     A vessel shall be provided with bilge pumps in accordance with Table IV.14.1. A second power pump is an acceptable alternative to a hand pump where it is supplied by a source of power independent of the fixed power bilge pump. Individual power pumps used for separate spaces are to be controlled from a central control point and shall have a light or other visual means at the control point to indicate operation.

TABLE IV/14.1
Number of passengersLength of VesselBilge Pumps requiredMin. capacity required per pump
Km/ Min(gal/ Min)
Any number20m (65ft) or more2 fixed power pumps190(50)
50 or more passengersLess than 20m (65ft)1 fixed power pump; and95(25)
1 portable hand pump;38(10)
Less than 50 passengers8m (26feet) and over and1 fixed power pump and38(10)
less than 20m (65ft)1 portable hand pump; or19(5)
1 fixed hand pump and.38(10)
1 portable hand pump;19(5)
Less than 8m (26 feet) 1 portable hand pump.19(5)
  1.  

    14.2     A portable hand bilge pump shall be—

    1.  

      .1     capable of pumping water, but not necessarily simultaneously, from all watertight compartments; and

    1.  

      .2     provided with suitable suction and discharge hoses capable of reaching the bilges for each watertight compartment.

  1.  

    14.3     Each fixed power bilge pump shall be self-priming. It may be driven off the main engine or other source of power. It shall be permanently connected to the bilge manifold and may also be connected to the fire main. A power bilge pump may also serve as a fire pump provided it meets the requirements of regulation V/7.

  1.  

    14.4     Where two fixed power bilge pumps are installed, they shall be driven by different sources of power. Where one pump is driven off the main engine in a single propulsion engine installation, the other shall be independently driven. In a twin propulsion engine installation, each pump may be driven off a different propulsion engine.

  1.  

    14.5     A submersible electric bilge pump may be used as a power bilge pump required by Table IV.14.1 only on a vessel of less than 20 m (65 feet) in length carrying less than 50 passengers, other than a ferry, provided that—

    1.  

      .1     the pump is listed by Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. or another independent laboratory;

    1.  

      .2     the pump is used to pump out not more than one watertight compartment;

    1.  

      .3     the pump is permanently mounted;

    1.  

      .4     the pump is equipped with a strainer that can be readily inspected and cleaned without removal of the pump;

    1.  

      .5     the pump discharge line is suitably supported;

    1.  

      .6     the opening in the hull for the pump discharge shall be placed so that it is above the waterline when the vessel is heeled and trimmed to 15 degrees and 7½ degrees respectively;

    1.  

      .7     a positive shutoff valve is installed at the hull penetration; and

    1.  

      .8     the capacity of the electrical system, including wiring, and size and number of batteries, is designed to allow all bilge pumps to be operated simultaneously.

  1.  

    14.6     A flexible tube or hose may be used instead of fixed pipe for the discharge line of a submersible electric bilge pump provided the hose or tube does not penetrate any required watertight bulkheads. It shall be of good quality and of substantial construction, suitable for the intended use; and highly resistant to salt water, petroleum oil, heat, and vibration, and shall be located so as to minimize the risk of accidental damage.

  1.  

    14.7     Where a fixed hand pump is used to comply with Table IV.14.1, it shall be permanently connected to the bilge system.

  1.  

    14.8     On a vessel of less than 20m (65 feet) in length, a power driven fire pump required by regulation V/7 may serve as a fixed power bilge pump required by regulation IV/14.1, provided it has the minimum flow rate required by Table IV.14.1.

  1.  

    14.9     On a vessel of 20m or more (65 feet) in length, a power driven fire pump required by regulation V/7 may serve as one of the two fixed power bilge pumps required by regulation IV/14.1, provided it has the minimum flow rate required by Table IV.14.1.

  1.  

    14.10     Where the bilge and fire pump systems are interconnected, the dedicated bilge pump is to be capable of pumping the bilges overboard at the same time as the fire/bilge pump charges the firemain. Stop valves and check valves shall be installed in the piping to isolate the systems during simultaneous operation and prevent possible flooding through the bilge system.

  1.  

    14.11     A catamaran vessel shall be equipped with bilge pumps for each hull, as if each hull is a separate vessel, in accordance with Table IV.14.1, except where—

    1.  

      .1     one dedicated pump is located in each hull;

    1.  

      .2     each dedicated pump is driven by an independent source of power; and

    1.  

      .3     the bilge pumping system is permanently cross-connected between hulls to facilitate pumping of either hull by either bilge pump.

    1.  

      .4     isolating valves shall be fitted within the cross connection to prevent flooding from one hull to another.

15   Bilge high level alarms

  1.  

    15.1     On a vessel 8m (26 feet) or more in length, a visual and audible alarm shall be provided at the operating station to indicate a high water level in each of the following normally unmanned spaces—

    1.  

      .1     a space with a through-hull fitting below the deepest load waterline, such as a lazarette;

    1.  

      .2     a machinery space bilge, bilge well, shaft alley bilge, or other spaces subject to flooding from sea water piping within the space; and

    1.  

      .3     a space with a non-watertight closure, such as a space with a non-watertight hatch on the main deck.

  1.  

    15.2     Vessels constructed of wood shall, in addition to IV/15.1, provide bilge level alarms in all watertight compartments except buoyancy chambers of less than 0.25m3.

  1.  

    15.3     A visual indicator shall be provided at the operating station to indicate when any automatic bilge pump is operating

Part D
Electrical Arrangements

16   General Provisions

  1.  

    16.1     The requirements for the design, construction, installation and operation of electrical equipment and systems including power sources, lighting, motors, miscellaneous equipment and safety systems shall be in accordance with accepted standards or to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

    16.2     Electrical equipment on a vessel shall be installed and maintained to—

    1.  

      .1     provide services necessary for safety under normal and emergency conditions;

    1.  

      .2     protect passengers, crew, other persons, and the vessel from electrical hazards, including fire, caused by or originating in electrical equipment, and electrical shock;

    1.  

      .3     minimize accidental personnel contact with energized parts; and

    1.  

      .4     prevent electrical ignition of flammable vapors.

  1.  

    16.3     Electrical equipment used in the following locations shall be drip-proof—

    1.  

      .1     a machinery space;

    1.  

      .2     a location normally exposed to splashing, water washdown, or other wet conditions within a galley, a laundry, or a public washroom or toilet room that has a bath or shower; or

    1.  

      .3     another space with a similar moisture level.

  1.  

    16.4     Electrical equipment exposed to the weather shall be watertight.

  1.  

    16.5     Electrical equipment exposed to corrosive environments shall be demonstrated to be of suitable construction and corrosion-resistant.

  1.  

    16.6     Electrical equipment and installation shall be designed and installed so that it is not affected by vessel motions or vibration of the vessel underway.

  1.  

    16.7     All equipment, including switches, fuses, lampholders, etc., shall be rated for the voltage and current utilized.

  1.  

    16.8     Receptacle outlets of the type providing a grounded pole or a specific direct current polarity shall be of a configuration that will not permit improper connection.

  1.  

    16.9     All electrical equipment and circuits shall be clearly marked and identified.

  1.  

    16.10     Any cabinet, panel, box or other enclosure containing more than one source of power shall be fitted with a sign warning persons of this condition and identifying the individual circuits.

17   Power Sources

  1.  

    17.1     Each vessel that relies on electricity to power the following loads shall be arranged so that the loads can be energized from two sources of electricity—

    1.  

      .1     fuel system;

    1.  

      .2     fire main;

    1.  

      .3     fixed fire fighting systems;

    1.  

      .4     bilge system;

    1.  

      .5     steering system;

    1.  

      .6     propulsion system and its necessary auxiliaries and controls;

    1.  

      .7     vessel's service and emergency electrical generation system and its necessary auxiliaries;

    1.  

      .8     a system identified by the Administration as being crucial to the survival of the vessel or to the protection of the personnel on board;

    1.  

      .9     interior lighting except for decorative lights;

    1.  

      .10     communication systems including a public address system required under regulation VII/6;

    1.  

      .11     navigation equipment and lights; and

    1.  

      .12     illumination of the survival craft launching and embarkation areas and man overboard rescue equipment and rescue areas.

  1.  

    17.2     A vessel with batteries of adequate capacity to supply the loads specified in IV/17.1 for three hours, or a generator or alternator driven by a propulsion engine, complies with the requirement of IV/17.1.

  1.  

    17.3     Where a vessel service generator driven by a propulsion engine is used as a source of electrical power, a vessel speed change, throttle movement or change in direction of the propeller shaft rotation shall not interrupt power to any of the loads specified in IV/17.1.

  1.  

    17.4     Each generator and motor shall be—

    1.  

      .1     in a location that is accessible, adequately ventilated, and as dry as practicable; and

    1.  

      .2     mounted above the bilges to avoid damage by splash and to avoid contact with low lying vapors.

  1.  

    17.5     A voltmeter and an ammeter shall be provided for a generator rated at 50 volts or more. For each alternating current generator, a means for measuring frequency shall also be provided.

  1.  

    17.6     Each generator shall be protected by an overcurrent device with set value not exceeding 115% of the generator full load rating.

  1.  

    17.7     A dual voltage generator installed on a vessel shall be of the grounded type, where—

    1.  

      .1     the neutral of a dual voltage system shall be solidly connected at the switchboard's neutral bus; and

    1.  

      .2     the neutral bus shall be connected to ground.

18   Electrical Systems

  1.  

    18.1     Electrical systems shall be two wire.

  1.  

    18.2     A system in which there is no intentional connection of the circuit to earth (an insulated system) shall be provided with double pole switches, except that single pole switches may be used in the final sub-circuit.

  1.  

    18.3     Single pole switches are accepted in a system with one pole earthed. Fuses shall not be installed in an earthed conductor.

  1.  

    18.4     The insulation resistance, using a low voltage instrument so as not to cause damage, shall not be less than 0.3 megohm for all new vessels, but a minimum of 0.1 megohm can be accepted on existing vessels.

  1.  

    18.5     All circuits, except the main supply from the battery to the starter motor and electrically driven steering motors, shall be provided with electrical protection against overload and short circuit, i.e. fuses or circuit breakers shall be installed. Short circuit protection shall be for more than twice the total rated current of the loads in the circuit protected.

  1.  

    18.6     Steering motors shall have an overload alarm in lieu of overload protection.

19   Cables and Wiring

  1.  

    19.1     Electrical cables shall be constructed and fitted to a recognised standard for marine use.

  1.  

    19.2     Cables which are not provided with electrical protection shall be kept as short as possible and shall be “short circuit proofed” e.g. single core with additional insulated sleeve over the insulation of each core. Single core marine cable, which has conductor insulation and a sheath will meet this requirement without an additional sleeve.

  1.  

    19.3     All wiring shall be carried out with flame retardant cable. When selecting cables for relevant applications, particular attention shall be given to environmental factors such as temperature and contact with damaging substances e.g. oils and chemicals.

  1.  

    19.4     Adequate provision shall be made for securing electrical connections, e.g. by use of locking washers.

  1.  

    19.5     Electrical cables shall be installed with due regard to minimizing physical damage and the effect of moisture.

20   Batteries

  1.  

    20.1     Where provisions are made for charging batteries, there shall be natural or induced ventilation sufficient to dissipate the gases generated.

  1.  

    20.2     Each battery shall be located as high above the bilge as practicable, secured to protect against shifting with the roll and pitch of the vessel, and free from exposure to water splash or spray.

  1.  

    20.3     Connections shall be made to battery terminals with permanent type connectors. Spring clips or other temporary clamps are prohibited.

  1.  

    20.4     A battery cut-out switch which acts as an isolator shall be provided for all systems. Where a battery change-over switch is fitted and is provided with an “off” position, this may serve as the cut-out switch also.

  1.  

    20.5     Batteries shall be mounted in trays lined with, or constructed of, a material that is resistant to damage by the electrolyte.

  1.  

    20.6     Battery chargers shall have an ammeter connected in the charging circuit.

  1.  

    20.7     Batteries used for engine starting shall be located as close as possible to the engine or engines served.

21   Battery InstalLation

  1.  

    21.1     Each battery installation connected to a battery charger having an output of more than 2kW, shall be located in a locker, room or enclosed box solely dedicated to the storage of batteries with adequate ventilation.

  1.  

    21.2     Each battery installation connected to a battery charger having an output of 2kW or less, shall be located in a well ventilated space and protected from falling objects and shall not be in a closet, storeroom or similar space.

22   General grounding requirements

  1.  

    22.1     A vessel's hull shall not carry current as a conductor except for the following systems—

    1.  

      .1     impressed current cathodic protection systems; or

    1.  

      .2     battery systems for engine starting.

  1.  

    22.2     Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs for portable lamps, tools, and similar apparatus operating at 100 volts or more, shall have a grounding pole and a grounding conductor in the portable cord.

  1.  

    22.3     Each nonmetallic mast and top mast shall have a lighting ground conductor.

23   Lighting

  1.  

    23.1     A single hazardous event shall not be capable of disabling all lighting systems.

  1.  

    23.2     Lighting circuits shall be distributed through the spaces so that a total blackout cannot occur due to the failure of a single protective device.

  1.  

    23.3     Where general lighting is provided by a single centralised source, an alternative source of lighting shall also be provided sufficient to enable persons to make their way to the open deck or to permit work on essential machinery.

24   Hazardous Spaces

  1.  

    24.1     Where practicable, electrical equipment shall not be installed in a space where petroleum vapour or other hydrocarbon gas may accumulate. When equipment is installed in such a space it shall comply with a recognised standard for prevention of ignition of flammable atmosphere.

  1.  

    24.2     Any compartment which contains a gas consuming appliance or any compartment into which flammable gas may leak or accumulate, shall be provided with a hydrocarbon gas detector and alarm. The detector and alarm shall be designed to comply with a recognised standard for prevention of ignition of flammable atmosphere.

CHAPTER V
FIRE PROTECTION

Part A
General Provisions

1   Fire Protection Provisions

  1.  

    1.1     Machinery and fuel tank spaces shall be separated from accommodation spaces by boundaries, which prevent the passage of vapours.

  1.  

    1.2     Paint and flammable liquid lockers shall be constructed of steel or equivalent material.

  1.  

    1.3     Vapour barriers shall be provided in spaces where flammable and combustible liquids or vapours are present.

  1.  

    1.4     Survival craft shall be protected from fire hazards. Where a survival craft is stowed directly above an area of fire hazard, the structure separating the survival craft and the area of fire hazard shall be constructed to comply with A-15 structural fire protection standard.

2   Machinery Space – Construction

  1.  

    2.1     Steel Construction: Vessels which have the machinery space boundaries constructed of steel, require no additional fire protection. However, the surfaces of machinery space bulkheads that are outside of the machinery space shall be coated only with finishes which meet the requirements for low flame spread when tested in accordance with Resolution A.653 (16) of the International Maritime Organization*  IMO Resolution A.653(16) – Recommendation on improved fire test procedures for surface flammability of bulkhead, ceiling and deck finish materials..

  1.  

    2.2     Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Construction: Machinery space boundaries should prevent the passage of smoke and flame for 15 minutes, when tested in accordance with the procedure shown in Annex 4. Fire resistance of FRP may be achieved by the use of woven roving glass layers or additives to the resin, or by insulation. Intumescent polyester resin surface coatings may also be used; however, solvent-borne intumescent paints shall not be used. The Administration may waive the requirement for the test described in Annex 4 where the construction complies with an ISO or equivalent standard to give at least the same level of protection.

  1.  

    2.3     Aluminium and Wood Construction: Machinery space boundaries shall have an equivalent level of fire protection when compared with GRP construction as required in regulation V/2.2.

  1.  

    2.4     Machinery space boundaries shall be as gastight as practicable so that in the event of a fire the fire extinguishing medium released or injected can be retained for sufficient time to extinguish the fire.

  1.  

    2.5     Where it is not practical to have a machinery space, the engine shall be enclosed in a box. The box shall perform the same function as the machinery space boundaries in regulation V/2.4.

  1.  

    2.6     Portlights or windows shall not be fitted in the boundary of the machinery space, except that an observation port having a maximum diameter of 150mm may be fitted, provided the frame is constructed of steel or brass and the port is fitted with a permanently attached steel or brass cover with securing arrangements.

3   Insulation

  1.  

    3.1     Insulating materials fitted in the machinery space of new vessels shall be non-combustible when tested in accordance with Resolution A.799(19)*  IMO Resolution A. 799(19) – Revised recommendation on test methods for qualifying marine construction materials as non-combustible. of the International Maritime Organization. Insulating materials fitted in the engine space of existing vessels shall not be readily ignitable. Insulation shall be covered with a material impervious to oil or oil vapour.

  1.  

    3.2     Any insulation composite may be considered not readily ignitable where the test defined in Annex 5 is carried out on a representative specimen and the result is satisfactory. In such testing, the specimen edge need not be tested where the insulation is fitted without exposed edges and specimen conditioning may be curtailed as appropriate to the material under test.

  1.  

    3.3     On existing vessels where insulation is readily ignitable, it shall be replaced as soon as possible, but not later than three years of the coming into force of the Code.

4   Cooking Appliances

  1.  

    4.1     Fire protection arrangements in cooking spaces shall be in accordance with the following—

    1.  

      .1     in the case of a small cooking area that is common with the accommodation, the structural fire protection fitted shall be dependent on the fire hazard presented by the cooking appliances in the area;

    1.  

      .2     cooking appliances such as deep-fat fryers or other appliances presenting a high fire hazard are not permitted     unless the compartment in which they are situated is fitted with a fixed fire extinguishing system;

    1.  

      .3     suitable fire retardant barriers shall be built around the cooking and heating appliances where they are adjacent to combustible materials and structures;

    1.  

      .4     cooking range exhaust hoods and ducts shall be fitted with a grease trap;

    1.  

      .5     combustible materials not needed in the cooking area shall be stored away from the area;

  1.  

         Materials which are in the vicinity of an open flame cooking appliance shall be non-combustible, except that these materials may be faced with any surface finish which meet the requirements for low flame spread when tested in accordance with Resolution  IMO Resolution A.653(16) – Recommendation on improved fire test procedures for surface flammability of bulkhead, ceiling and deck finish materials. A.653(16) of the International Maritime Organization.

  1.  

    4.2     Combustible materials and other surfaces which do not meet the requirements for low flame spread shall not be left unprotected within the following distances of the cooker—

    1.  

      .1     600mm vertically above the cooker, for horizontal surfaces,

    1.  

      .2     600mm horizontally from the cooker, for vertical surfaces.

  1.  

    4.3     Curtains shall not be fitted within 900mm of an open flame cooking appliance.

5   Fire Safety

  1.  

    5.1     When spare petrol is carried on board in portable containers for any purpose, the containers shall be clearly marked and shall be stowed on the weather deck where they can be readily jettisoned and where spillage will drain directly overboard. Except as approved by the Administration a portable container shall not exceed 27 litres (6 gallons) and the quantity of petrol and number of containers shall be kept to a minimum.

  1.  

    5.2     Combustible materials not required for the operation and maintenance of machinery, shall not be stowed in the machinery space. Any materials stowed in the machinery space shall be properly secured and cause no obstruction to access in or from the space.

  1.  

    5.3     Gas welding and cutting equipment, where carried, shall be stowed in secure manner on the open deck at a safe distance away from any potential source of fire and shall have the capability of being readily jettisoned overboard where necessary.

  1.  

    5.4     Machinery containing oil shall be provided with a readily accessible galvanised steel drip tray or other suitable means to collect and retain leakages containing oil. The machinery space shall be kept clean and tidy. Oily water shall be collected and properly disposed of ashore.

  1.  

    5.5     Fire hazards shall be minimised in so far as it is reasonable and practicable and combustible materials shall be insulated from heated surfaces such as exhaust pipes and manifolds.

  1.  

    5.6     Savealls or equivalent means of containment of spillage shall be provided below fuel pumps and filters.

Part B
Fire Extinguishing and Detecting Equipment

6   Equipment installed but not required

  1.  

    Fire extinguishing and detecting equipment installed on a vessel in excess of the requirements shall be designed, constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with a recognised industry standard acceptable to the Administration.

7   Fire pumps

  1.  

    7.1     A self priming, power driven fire pump or a hand pump shall be installed on each vessel of 15 m (50feet) or more in length. The power driven pump shall be capable of projecting a jet of water at least 7.5 m (25 feet) from the nozzle of a hose attached to any hydrant in the system with one hydrant open. The hand pump shall be capable of delivering one jet of water to any part of the chip through a hose and nozzle.

  1.  

    7.2     A fire pump may be driven by a propulsion engine where the propeller shaft can be readily disengaged or a controllable pitch propeller is fitted. A fire pump shall be permanently connected to the fire main where fitted and may be connected to the bilge system.

  1.  

    7.3     Where the fire pump is located in the machinery space, it shall be capable of both remote operation from the operating station and local, manual operation at the pump.

8   Fire main and hydrants

  1.  

    A vessel that has a power driven fire pump shall have a sufficient number of fire hydrants to reach any part of the vessel using a single length of fire hose.

9   Fire hoses and nozzles

  1.  

    9.1     A fire hose with a nozzle shall be attached to each fire hydrant at all times. For fire stations located on open decks or cargo decks, where no protection is provided, hoses may be temporarily removed during heavy weather or cargo handling operations, respectively. Hoses so removed shall be stored in nearby accessible locations.

  1.  

    9.2     On a vessel of less than 20m (65 feet) in length, carrying 50 or more passengers, and on a vessel of 20m (65 feet) in length or over, each hose shall be to recognized standards and be not less than 7.5m (25 feet) or more than 15m (50 feet) in length and 40mm (1.5 inches) in diameter. It shall have fittings of brass or other suitable material.

  1.  

    9.3     Each fire hose on a vessel of less than 20m in length carrying less than 50 passengers shall be approved by the Administration and be of one piece not less than 7.5m (25 feet) and not more than 15m (50 feet) in length. It shall have fittings of brass or other suitable material.

  1.  

    9.4     Each nozzle shall be of corrosion-resistant material and be capable of being changed between a solid stream and a spray pattern. A nozzle on a vessel of less than 20m (65 feet) in length carrying 50 or more passengers, and on a vessel of 20m or more in length, shall be of a type approved by the Administration.

10   Requirement for fixed fire extinguishing and detecting systems

  1.  

    10.1     Subject to V/10.2, the following spaces shall be equipped with a fixed gas or other fixed fire extinguishing system approved by the Administration.

    1.  

      .1     a space containing an internal combustion engine of more than 37kW (50 hp);

    1.  

      .2     a space containing an oil fired boiler;

    1.  

      .3     a space containing machinery powered by gasoline or other fuels having a flash point of 43°C (110°F) or lower;

    1.  

      .4     a space containing a fuel tank for gasoline or any other fuel having a flash point of 43°C (110°F) or lower;

    1.  

      .5     a space containing a combustible cargo or vessel's stores inaccessible during the voyage;

    1.  

      .6     a paint locker; and

    1.  

      .7     a storeroom containing flammable liquids, including liquors of 80 proof or higher where liquor is packaged in individual containers of 9.5 liters (2.5 gallons) capacity or greater.

  1.  

    10.2     A fixed fire extinguishing system in accordance with regulation V/10.1 is not required in a space where—

    1.  

      .1     the space is open to the atmosphere and the Administration determines that a fixed gas fire extinguishing system would be ineffective; or

    1.  

      .2     the amount of carbon dioxide gas required in a fixed fire extinguishing system can be supplied by one portable extinguisher or a semi-portable extinguisher meeting the following requirements—

      1.  

        .1     cylinders shall be installed in a fixed position outside the space protected;

      1.  

        .2     the applicator shall be installed in a fixed position so as to discharge into the space protected;

      1.  

        .3     controls shall be installed in an accessible location outside the space protected.

  1.  

    10.3     Except where the space is manned, the following spaces shall be equipped with a fire detecting system of an approved type that is installed to the satisfaction of the Administration—

    1.  

      .1     a space containing propulsion machinery;

    1.  

      .2     a space containing an internal combustion engine of more than 37kW (50 hp);

    1.  

      .3     a space containing an oil fired boiler;

    1.  

      .4     a space containing machinery powered by gasoline or any other fuels having a flash point of 43°C (110°F) or lower;

    1.  

      .5     a space containing a fuel tank for gasoline or any other fuel having a flash point of 43°C (110°F) or lower; and

    1.  

      .6     each overnight accommodation space on a vessel with overnight accommodation for passengers.

  1.  

    10.4     When a fixed fire extinguishing system, which is not a portable extinguisher, is installed in a machinery space, it shall be of a type approved by the Administration or equivalent and appropriate to the space to be protected.

    1.  

      Such fixed installation systems in machinery spaces include—

    1.  

      .1     low expansion foam;

    1.  

      .2     medium expansion foam;

    1.  

      .3     high expansion foam;

    1.  

      .4     carbon dioxide;

    1.  

      .5     pressure water spraying; and

    1.  

      .6     vaporising fluids.

  1.  

    10.5     All grills, broilers, and deep fat fryers shall be fitted with a grease extraction hood to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

    10.6     A fixed gas fire extinguishing system may protect more than one space. The quantity of extinguishing agent shall be at least sufficient for the space requiring the greatest quantity.

11   Number, type and location of portable fire extinguishers

  1.  

    11.1     Each portable fire extinguisher on a vessel shall be of an approved type. The minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on a vessel shall be acceptable to the Administration, and shall be not less than the minimum number required by Table V.11 and other provisions of this regulation.

TABLE V.11
Space protectedMinimum No. requiredType extinguisher permitted
ClassMediumMinimum size
Operating StationIB-I, C-ICO2.....1.8kg
(4lb)
Dry Chemical0.9kg
(2lb)
Machinery SpaceIB-II, C-II
located
Just outside
exit.
CO2.....6.8kg
(15lb)
Accommodation SpacesI for each
232.3 m2
A-II......Foam....9.5I
(2.5gal)
(2,500) squere
feet) or
Dry
Chemical..
4.5kg
(10lb)
part thereof).CO2....6.8kg
(15lb)
Galley, Pantry Concession
Stand
IA-II, B-II.....Foam....9.5I
(2.5gal)
Dry Chemical...4.5kg
(10lb)
  1.  

    11.2     The installation and location of the portable extinguishers shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

12   Fire axe

  1.  

    A vessel of 20m or more (65 feet) in length shall have at least one fire axe located in or adjacent to the primary operating station.

13   Fire bucket

  1.  

    All vessels shall carry at least two 9.5 litre (21/2 gallon) buckets and a vessel not required to carry a power driven fire pump by regulation V/7 shall carry at least three 9.5 litre (2½ gallon) buckets, with an attached lanyard satisfactory to the Administration, placed so as to be easily available during an emergency. The words “FIRE BUCKET” shall be stencilled in a contrasting colour on each bucket.

14   Servicing of fixed and portable fire extinguishers

  1.  

    Fixed and portable fire extinguishers shall be serviced annually and the date of service recorded on a tag or label affixed to the extinguisher.

15   Fire Blanket

  1.  

    All ships which have a galley or cooking area shall be provided with a fire blanket which is positioned such that is available for immediate use in the event of a fire in the galley or cooking area.

CHAPTER VI
LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT

1   General Provisions
  1.  

    1.1     Each item of lifesaving equipment carried on board a vessel whether required to be carried or not, shall comply with the technical specifications of the LSA Code, US Coast Guard (for personal floatation devices, (PFD 1)), or where these are not applicable, be approved to an appropriate standard by the Administration.

  1.  

    1.2     Lifesaving appliances on existing vessels shall be in compliance with recognized standards.

2   Number and Type of Survival Craft

  1.  

    2.1     Vessels certified to operate in exposed waters and those making international voyages shall carry lifeboats or liferafts sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

  1.  

    2.2     Vessels making voyages in coastal waters shall carry lifeboats, liferafts, or buoyant apparatus, and passenger vessels operating solely in protected waters shall carry liferafts or buoyant apparatus, approved in accordance with regulation I/4, sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

  1.  

    2.3     Where the life-saving appliances and their launching appliances, where applicable, are not accessible from both sides of the vessel, additional life-saving appliances shall be fitted as required by the Administration.

  1.  

    2.4     The means and arrangements for embarkation into the survival craft shall be adequate, clearly marked and illuminated and approved by the Administration.

  1.  

    2.5     The manufacturer's model identification, the number given by the approving administration and number of survivors for which the apparatus was approved shall be recorded on a tag or label and affixed to the apparatus.

  1.  

    2.6     The manufacturer's model identification, the number given by the approving administration and number of survivors for which the apparatus was approved shall be recorded on a tag or label and affixed to the apparatus.

3   EPIRB, SART and Radar Reflector

  1.  

    3.1     Each vessel certified to operate in exposed waters, or is on an international voyage and is certified to carry more than 12 passengers shall carry—

    1.  

      .1     a 406 MHz Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB), installed to automatically float free and activate, and

    1.  

      .2     a 121.5 MHz Search and Rescue Radar Transponder (SART) so stowed that can be easily utilized. The SART need not be carried if the 406 MHz EPIRB required under VI/3.1.1 has a 121.5 MHz transmitting capability.

  1.  

    3.2     The EPIRB required by VI/3.1 must be—

    1.  

      .1     installed in an easily accessible position;

    1.  

      .2     ready to be manually released and capable of being carried by one person into a survival craft;

    1.  

      .3     capable of floating free if the ship sinks and of being automatically activated when afloat; and

    1.  

      .4     capable of being activated manually,

    1.  

      .5     registered with the appropriate authority.

  1.  

    3.3     Where practicable, as determined by the Administration, all vessels shall be provided with an efficient radar reflector.

4   Distress signals

  1.  

    4.1     All vessels to which the Code applies shall carry—

    1.  

      .1     six hand held red flare signals.

    1.  

      .2     six buoyant orange smoke signals.

    1.  

      .3     six rocket parachute flares.

  1.  

         Provided that vessels operating solely in protected areas may carry six hand held red flare signals, two buoyant orange smoke signals and two rocket parachute flares.

  1.  

    4.2     Distress pyrotechnics shall be stowed in a portable watertight container carried at the operating station.

  1.  

    4.3     Each distress signal shall be clearly marked with the date of manufacture and the date of expiry.

5   Lifebuoys

  1.  

    5.1     A vessel of less than 10m (32 feet) in length shall carry a minimum of one ring lifebuoy of not less than 610mm (24 inches) in diameter.

  1.  

    5.2     A vessel of 10m (32 feet) or more in length, but not more than 20m (65 feet), shall carry a minimum of two lifebuoys of not less than 610mm (24 inches) in diameter.

  1.  

    5.3     A vessel of more than 20m (65 feet) in length shall carry a minimum of three lifebuoys of not less than 762mm (30 inches) in diameter.

  1.  

    5.4     Each ring life buoy on a vessel shall—

    1.  

      .1     be readily accessible;

    1.  

      .2     be stowed in a way that it can be rapidly cast loose;

    1.  

      .3     not be permanently secured in any way;

    1.  

      .4     be orange in colour; and

    1.  

      .5     be marked with the vessels name, identification number and port of registry where applicable.

  1.  

    5.5     At least one of the ring life buoys required by VI/5.1, VI/5.2 or VI/5.3 shall be fitted with a lifeline. Where more than one ring life buoy is carried one shall not have a lifeline attached.

  1.  

    5.6     For vessels operating between the hours of sunset and sunrise, a lifebuoy light shall be attached to one of the buoys required by VI/5.1, VI/5.2 or VI/5.3.

  1.  

    5.7     Each lifeline on a ring life buoy shall—

    1.  

      .1     be buoyant;

    1.  

      .2     be of at least 18.5 m (60 feet) in length;

    1.  

      .3     be non-kinking;

    1.  

      .4     have a diameter of at least 8 mm (5/16 inch);

    1.  

      .5     have a breaking strength of at least 510kg (1,124 pounds); and

    1.  

      .6     be of a dark colour where synthetic, or of a type certified to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.

6   Lifejackets

  1.  

    6.1     A number of adult sized life jackets shall be provided equivalent to the maximum number of persons permitted to be carried in a vessel. In addition, a number of child size life jackets shall be carried equal to at least 10% of the total number of persons carried or such greater number as may be required to provide a lifejacket for each child. Children's lifejackets need not be carried where the vessel's Certificate of Inspection is endorsed “for the carriage of adults only”.

  1.  

    6.2     Each life jacket carried on a vessel certified for operation in exposed waters shall have a life jacket light and a whistle firmly secured by a cord. Each life jacket light shall be securely attached to the front shoulder area of the life jacket.

  1.  

    6.3     Unless otherwise stated in this Chapter, lifejackets shall be stored in convenient places, marked to the satisfaction of the Administration, distributed throughout accommodation spaces.

7   Stowage of survival craft

  1.  

    7.1     Each survival craft shall be—

    1.  

      .1     stowed in a position that is readily accessible to crew members for launching, or else provided with a remotely operated device that releases the survival craft into launching position or into the water;

    1.  

      .2     stowed in a way that permits manual release from its securing arrangements;

    1.  

      .3     ready for immediate use so that crew members can carry out preparations for embarkation and launching in less than 5 minutes;

    1.  

      .4     provided with means to prevent inadvertent movement of the survival craft in relation to its stowage arrangements;

    1.  

      .5     stowed in a way that neither the survival craft nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the embarkation and operation of any other survival craft at any other launching station;

    1.  

      .6     stowed in a way that any protective covers will not interfere with launching and embarkation;

    1.  

      .7     fully equipped as required under this Chapter; and

    1.  

      .8     stowed, as far as practicable, in a position sheltered from breaking seas and protected from damage by fire.

  1.  

    7.2     In addition to the requirements of VI/7.1, liferafts shall be secured to the vessel by a painter system with a float-free arrangement which complies with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.6 of the LSA Code.

  1.  

    7.3     In addition to the requirements of regulation VI/7.1, buoyant apparatus shall comply with the following—

    1.  

      .1     each buoyant apparatus shall be attached permanently to the vessel by a painter and float free unit. The weak link used in the float free unit shall have a breaking strain, which is less than that of the painter;

    1.  

      .2     the means used to attach the float-free link to the vessel shall—

      1.  

        .1     have a breaking strength of at least the breaking strength of the painter; and

      1.  

        .2     where synthetic, be of a dark colour or of a type certified to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light; and

      1.  

        .3     where metal, be corrosion resistant.

  1.  

    7.4     A mechanical, manually operated device to assist in launching a survival craft shall be provided where the survival craft weighs more than 90kg. It shall also be provided where survival craft requires lifting more than 300mm (one foot) in a vertical direction to be launched.

8   Special provisions for buoyant apparatus

  1.  

    8.1     Buoyant apparatus shall be of adequate capacity for the number of survivors indicated on its identification tag.

  1.  

    8.2     Where the buoyant apparatus does not have a painter attachment fitting, a means for attaching the painter shall be provided by a wire or line that—

    1.  

      .1     encircles the body of the device;

    1.  

      .2     will not slip off;

    1.  

      .3     has a breaking strength that is at least the strength of the painter; and

    1.  

      .4     where synthetic, is of a dark colour or is of a type certified to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.

  1.  

    8.3     Where the vessel carries more than one buoyant apparatus in a group, then each group shall be secured by a single painter.

  1.  

    8.4     The combined weight of each group of buoyant apparatus shall not exceed 180kg (400 pounds);

  1.  

    8.5     Each buoyant apparatus shall be individually attached to the painter by a line long enough that each buoyant apparatus can float without contacting any other buoyant apparatus in the group. The strength of the float-free link and the strength of the painter shall be determined by the combined capacity of the group of buoyant apparatus.

  1.  

    8.6     Buoyant apparatus shall not be stowed in tiers more than 1.22m (4 feet) high. When stowed in tiers, the separate units shall be kept apart by spacers.

  1.  

    8.7.1     Each buoyant apparatus shall be fitted with a lifeline, pendants, a painter, paddles, and a light.

  1.  

    8.7.2     The equipment required for buoyant apparatus shall meet the following specifications—

    1.  

      .1     Lifeline and pendants. The lifeline and pendants shall be as furnished by the manufacturer with the approved buoyant apparatus.

    1.  

      .2     Painter. The painter shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.3.2 of the LSA Code.

    1.  

      .3     Paddles. Each paddle shall be of at least 1.22m (4 feet) in length, buoyant and lashed to the apparatus to which it belongs.

    1.  

      .4     Light. A light, capable of floating to the satisfaction of the Administration, shall be attached around the body of the buoyant apparatus by a 12-thread manila, or equivalent, lanyard of at least 5.5m (18 feet) in length.

8A   Servicing of life saving appliances

  1.  

    8A.1     Mechanical float free arrangement

    1.  

      8A.1     All mechanical float free arrangements shall be serviced at intervals of not more than 12 months. Where the mechanical float free arrangement is a hydrostatic release unit, it shall be serviced—

      1.  

        .1     at intervals not exceeding twelve months; however, in cases where it appears proper and reasonable, the Administration may extend this period up to a maximum of eighteen months;

      1.  

        .2     at an approved service station which is competent to service them, maintains proper servicing facilities and uses only properly trained personnel.

    1.  

      8A.2     Inflatable survival craft, inflatable liferafts and inflatable lifejackets

    1.  

           Every inflatable survival craft, inflatable liferaft and inflatable lifejacket shall be serviced—

      1.  

        .1     at intervals not exceeding twelve months; however, in cases where it appears proper and reasonable, the Administration may extend this period up to a maximum of seventeen months;

      1.  

        .2     at an approved service station which is competent to service them, maintains proper servicing facilities and uses only properly trained personnel.

8B   Repair of inflatable survival craft

  1.  

    All repair and maintenance of inflatable survival craft shall be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Emergency repairs may be carried out on board the ship; however, permanent repairs should be effected at an approved servicing station.

8C   Record of repair and servicing

  1.  

    The owner shall maintain a record of all servicing and repair of the lifesaving appliances for at least eighteen months, or as determined by the Administration. In the case of inflatable liferafts, the date of service shall be recorded on a tag or label which shall be affixed to the liferaft.

9   Survival craft equipment

  1.  

    9.1     Each item of survival craft equipment shall be of good quality, and efficient for the purpose it is intended to serve. Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, each item of equipment carried, whether required under this Chapter or not, shall be secured by lashings, stored in lockers, compartments, or brackets, or have equivalent mounting or storage arrangements that shall not—

    1.  

      .1     reduce survival craft capacity;

    1.  

      .2     reduce space available to the occupants;

    1.  

      .3     interfere with launching, recovery, or rescue operations; or

    1.  

      .4     adversely affect seaworthiness of the survival craft.

  1.  

    9.2     Each survival craft shall be fitted with a lifeline, pendants, two paddles, a painter and a light, and such other equipment as the Administration may require taking into account the operation area for which the vessel is certified.

10   Retro-reflective Material

  1.  

    All survival craft, buoyant apparatus, lifebuoys and liferafts shall be marked with retro reflective material as indicated in Annex 1 of IMO Resolution A.658(16)*  IMO Resolution A.658(16) – Use and fitting of retro-reflective materials on lifesaving appliances.. The standard of the material used shall be to that prescribed by the Administration.

11   Rescue and retrieval of persons from the water.

  1.  

    11.1     A rescue retrieval system approved by the Administration shall be provided for the retrieval of persons from the water.

  1.  

    11.2     A vessel which is accepted as being able to act as its own rescue boat shall demonstrate the practical effectiveness of the retrieval arrangements provided on board by functional tests carried out under controlled safe conditions to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

    11.3     When a vessel is manned by the helmsman and one crew the demonstration required by the VI/11.2 shall include retrieval of the crew member from the water (the crewmember can be assumed to be conscious).

CHAPTER VII
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

1   General Provisions
  1.  

    The Administration may require navigation, control or communication equipment, in excess of the equipment specifically required by the Code, on a vessel which is of a novel design, operates at high speeds in restricted or high traffic areas, or which operates on extended routes or in remote locations.

2   Navigation Lights, Shapes and Sound Signals

  1.  

    2.1     A vessel shall comply with the requirements of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 (Collision Regulations).

  1.  

    2.2     Where it can be demonstrated to the Administration that, for a particular vessel, full compliance with the Collision Regulations is impracticable, proposals for an equivalent arrangement may be considered.

3   Charts and Nautical Publications

  1.  

    3.1     A vessel shall carry up-to-date charts, appropriate for the intended voyage, of a large enough scale to enable safe navigation.

  1.  

    3.2     Other Nautical publications such as sailing directions, lists of lights, notices to mariners, tide tables and all other nautical publications to be carried, appropriate to the area of operation, include: as required and approved by the Administration, shall be carried on board and shall be adequate and up to date.

  1.  

    3.3     Extracts from the publications listed in VII/3.2 for the areas to be transited may be provided instead of the complete publication.

4   Navigation Equipment

4.1   Compass

  1.  

    4.1.1     Except as otherwise provided in VII/4.1.2 every vessel shall be fitted with a suitable magnetic compass designed for marine use, to be mounted at the primary operating station. The compass shall be illuminated.

  1.  

    4.1.2     The following vessels need not be fitted with a compass—

    1.  

      .1     a vessel certified for operation in protected waters

    1.  

      .2     a non-self propelled vessel; and

    1.  

      .3     a vessel operating on short restricted routes in coastal waters in daylight.

  1.  

    4.21.3     On vessels certified for operation in exposed waters the compass shall be swung at least annually and a deviation card provided near to the compass.

4.2   Radar

  1.  

    4.32.1     A vessel certified to operate in coastal or exposed waters which carries 50 or more passengers shall be fitted with marine radar system for surface navigation approved by the Administration, with a radar screen mounted at the operating station. The radar and its installation shall be suitable for the intended speed and operating area of the vessel.

  1.  

    4.42.2     A vessel certified to operate in protected waters need not be fitted with a radar where the Administration determines it is not necessary due to the vessel's operating area and local weather conditions.

4.3   Position fixing device

  1.  

    4.5     A vessel certified for operation in exposed waters shall be equipped with an electronic position fixing device to the satisfaction of the Administration, capable of providing accurate fixes for the area in which the vessel operates.

  1.  

    4.4     Other Navigation Equipment

  1.  

    A passenger vessel operating in exposed waters shall be provided with

    1.  

      •     An echo sounder

    1.  

      •     Device for measuring speed and distance through the water.

5   Radio and Signalling Equipment

  1.  

    5.1     All vessels shall be fitted with a marine VHF radio installation. In addition, vessels certified for operation in exposed waters shall be fitted with an INMARSAT-C system or other system appropriate to the sea area designated by the Administration under regulation IV/5 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 as amended (SOLAS), capable of meeting the appropriate requirements of Chapter IV, Part C of SOLAS.

  1.  

    5.2     A durable placard shall be posted next to all radio telephone installations with the emergency broadcast instructions and information, specific to the individual vessel. The emergency broadcast instructions given in Annex 6, placed on a placard, shall satisfy the requirement for emergency broadcast instructions in vessels fitted with VHF and MF marine radios not compatible with the requirements of Chapter IV, Part C of SOLAS.

  1.  

    5.3.1     When the electrical supply to radio equipment is from a battery, charging facilities, which are capable of recharging them to the minimum capacity requirements given in VII/5.3.3 within 10 hours, or a duplicate battery of capacity sufficient for the voyage shall be provided.

  1.  

    5.3.2     The battery electrical supply to radio equipment shall be protected against flooding or swamping as far as practicable and arranged so that radio communications are not interrupted. When the efficiency of the required protection against flooding/swamping cannot be guaranteed, in the case of batteries located below the freeboard deck, an efficiently protected battery supply to the radio equipment shall be provided above the freeboard deck.

  1.  

    5.3.3     When fully charged, the batteries shall provide at least six hours of operation to ensure effective use of the Radio installation.

  1.  

    5.3.4     Each battery shall be installed in accordance with regulation IV/21.

  1.  

    5.4     Passenger vessels shall be fitted with a daylight signalling lamp, or other means to communicate by light using a source of power not solely dependent on the ship's power supply. Other vessels operating during the hours of darkness shall be provided with an efficient waterproof electric torch suitable for signalling.

6   Public address systems

  1.  

    6.1     This regulation applies to passenger vessels.

  1.  

    6.2     Except as noted in VII/6.5 and VII/6.6, each passenger vessel shall be equipped with a public address system.

  1.  

    6.3     On a vessel of 20m (65 feet) or more in length, the public address system shall be a fixed installation and be audible during normal operating conditions throughout the accommodation spaces and all other spaces normally manned by crew members.

  1.  

    6.4     A vessel with more than one passenger deck and a vessel with overnight accommodation shall have the public address system operable from the operating station.

  1.  

    6.5     On a vessel of less than 20m (65 feet) in length, a battery powered bullhorn may serve as the public address system where it can be demonstrated to be audible throughout the accommodation spaces of the vessel during normal operating conditions. The bullhorn's batteries shall be continually maintained at a fully charged level by use of a battery charger or other means acceptable to the Administration.

  1.  

    6.6     On a vessel of less than 20m (65 feet) in length carrying less than 50 passengers, a public address system is not required where the Administration is satisfied that a public announcement made from the operating station without amplification can be heard throughout the accommodation spaces of the vessel during normal operating conditions.

7   Mooring and Ground Tackle

  1.  

    7.1     A vessel shall be fitted with ground tackle in accordance with Annex 7, stowed and ready for deployment, and mooring lines necessary for the vessel to be safely anchored or moored. The ground tackle and mooring lines provided shall be suitable for the size of vessel and waters in which it operates and be acceptable to the Administration. In vessels of less than 12m in length certified to operate only in protected waters, the Administration may permit the carriage of one anchor.

  1.  

    7.2     The length of anchor cable attached to an anchor shall be appropriate to the area of operation but generally shall be not less than 4 times the vessel length overall for each of the main and kedge anchors.

  1.  

    7.3     When the anchor cable is of rope or wire, there shall be not less than one metre of chain for each metre of vessel length, up to 10m, between the rope and the anchor.

  1.  

    7.4     When an anchor is more than 30kg, an efficient mechanical means shall be provided for handling the anchor.

  1.  

    7.5     There shall be a strong securing point on the foredeck and a fairlead or roller at the stem head, which can be closed over the cable.

8   First Aid Kit

  1.  

    8.1     A vessel shall carry a first aid kit approved by the Administration. The kit shall consist of a watertight container capable of holding all the items specified in Annex 8, with directions for use, stowed in a suitable container that is marked, “First Aid Kit”. A first aid kit shall be easily visible and readily available to the crew.

  1.  

    8.2     A first aid kit, which complies with the provisions of Annex 8, shall be accepted as satisfying the requirements of VII/8.1.

9   Cooking and Heating

  1.  

    9.1     Cooking and heating equipment shall be suitable for marine use and shall be designed and installed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

    9.2     Gasoline shall not be used for cooking, heating or lighting on board a vessel.

  1.  

    9.3     Subject to VII/9.4, fire places or other heating and cooking equipment with open flames shall not be used on board a vessel.

  1.  

    9.4     Liquefied and non-liquefied gases may be used as cooking fuels where the installation of such system is to the satisfaction of the Administration. Open gas flame appliances, other than cooking stoves, domestic refrigerators or water heaters are not permitted. Spaces containing any such stoves or water heaters shall have adequate ventilation to remove fumes and possible gas leakage to a safe space. All pipes conveying gas from a container to an appliance shall be of steel or other appropriate material. Automatic safety gas shut-off devices shall be fitted to operate on loss of pressure in the gas main pipe or flame failure on any appliance.

10   Pollution Prevention Equipment and Procedures

  1.  

    10.1     All oily waste shall be retained on board for proper disposal ashore. Vessels fitted with approved oily water separators may discharge into the sea when the content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million.

  1.  

    10.2     Garbage shall be disposed of in accordance with the following—

    1.  

      .1     disposal into the sea of the following is prohibited—

      1.  

        (a)     all plastics, including but not limited to synthetic ropes, synthetic fishing nets and plastic garbage bags; and

      1.  

        (b)     all other garbage, including paper products, rags, glass, metal, bottles, crockery, dunnage, lining and packing materials;

    1.  

      .2     except as provided in.3, disposal into the sea of food wastes shall be made as far as practicable from land, but in any case not less than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land;

    1.  

      .3     disposal of food wastes which have been passed through a comminuter or grinder shall be made as far as practicable from land, but in any case not less than 3 nautical miles from the nearest land. Such comminuted or ground food wastes shall be capable of passing through a screen with openings no greater than 25mm; and

    1.  

      .4     garbage mixed with other discharges having more stringent disposal or discharge requirements.

  1.  

    10.3     Regulations VII/10.1 and VII/10.2 shall not apply to—

    1.  

      .1     discharges or disposals into the sea necessary for the purpose of securing the safety of the vessel and those on board or saving life at sea; or

    1.  

      .2     the discharge or escape of oil, waste or garbage into the sea resulting from damage to the vessel or its equipment provided all reasonable precautions have been taken before or after the occurrence of the damage for the purpose of preventing or minimising the discharge or escape.

  1.  

    10.4     A new vessel with toilet facilities capable of discharging waste to the sea shall be fitted with a holding tank of suitable size to accommodate the total number of persons on board for the duration of the voyage. Guidance on the size of the holding tank required is given in Annex 9.

  1.  

    10.5     A sewage treatment plant which meets the operational requirements given in the Recommendation on International Effluent Standards and Guidelines for Performance Tests for Sewage Treatment Plants adopted by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization by Resolution MEPC.2(VI) may be fitted in lieu of the holding tank required by VII/10.4

CHAPTER VIII
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Part A
Operational Requirements

1   General Provisions

  1.  

    1.1     A vessel shall be operated in accordance with applicable legislation and in such a manner as to afford adequate precaution against hazards, which might endanger the vessel, its passengers and cargo.

2   Marine Casualties

  1.  

    2.1     The owner, agent, master or person in charge of a vessel involved in a marine casualty shall give notice as soon as possible to the Administration whenever the casualty involves any of the following—

    1.  

      .1     any grounding or collision which creates a hazard to navigation, the environment or the safety of the vessel;

    1.  

      .2     loss of main propulsion, primary steering or any associated component or control system, the loss of which causes a reduction of the manoeuvring capabilities of the vessel;

    1.  

      .3     an occurrence materially and adversely affecting the vessel's seaworthiness or fitness for service or route, including but not limited to fire, flooding, failure of or damage to fixed fire extinguishing systems, lifesaving equipment, auxiliary power generating equipment or bilge pumping systems;

    1.  

      .4     loss of life;

    1.  

      .5     injury which requires professional medical treatment beyond first aid and, in the case of a person engaged or employed on board a vessel in commercial service, which renders the individual unfit to perform routine vessel duties; or

    1.  

      .6     an occurrence resulting in damage to property estimated to be in excess of US $10,000, including the cost of labour and material to restore the property to service condition.

  1.  

    2.2     The notice required by VIII/2.1 shall include the name and identity number of the vessel involved, the name of the vessel's owner or agent, the nature and circumstances of the casualty, the locality in which it occurred, the nature and extent of injury to persons and the damage to property.

  1.  

    2.3     In addition to the notice required by VIII/2.1, the owner, master, agent or person in charge of the vessel shall, within 3 days, provide a report in writing to the Administration. The report shall contain the information required by VIII/2.2 and where submitted without delay after the occurrence of the casualty, suffices as the notice required by VIII/2.1.

3   Logbook

  1.  

    3.1     Every vessel certified for operation on exposed waters on an international voyage shall have a Logbook on board. The master shall make or have made in the Logbook the following entries—

    1.  

      .1     when a marine casualty occurs, a statement about the casualty and the circumstances under which it occurred, made immediately after the casualty when practicable to do so;

    1.  

      .2     details of the voyage, including course and weather conditions at least every 4 hours, and drills tests required by this Chapter;

    1.  

      .3     each death on board and the cause of death;

    1.  

      .4     the name of each seaman who ceases to be a crew member, except by death, with the time, place, manner and the cause why the seaman ceased to be a crew member; and

    1.  

      .5     details of drills and training required by regulations VIII/10 and VIII/11.

  1.  

    3.2     The log entry required by VIII/3.1.2 in respect of abandon ship man overboard and fire drills and training shall include the following information—

    1.  

      .1     date of the drill and training; and

    1.  

      .2     general description of the drill scenario and training topics.

4   Miscellaneous Operating Requirements

  1.  

    4.1     The master shall ensure the vessel is navigated at all times in a safe and controlled manner. The master shall also ensure that all of the provisions of the Certificate of Inspection are adhered to; however, the master may divert from the route prescribed in the Certificate of Inspection or take such other steps as are deemed necessary and prudent to assist vessels in distress or for other similar emergencies.

  1.  

    4.2     The master shall ensure that applicable stability requirements are adhered to at all times.

  1.  

    4.3     The master shall ensure that steering gear, controls and communication systems are tested before every voyage commences and prior to entering harbour.

  1.  

    4.4     All hatches and openings in the hull of a vessel shall be kept tightly closed except when being used. All watertight doors in subdivision bulkheads shall be kept tightly closed during the navigation of the vessel except when being used for transit between compartments.

  1.  

    4.5     A vessel shall not take on fuel having a flashpoint of 43.3°C (110°F) or lower, when passengers are on board.

  1.  

    4.6.1     A passenger vessel shall not carry dangerous goods except when allowed to do so under the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code).

  1.  

    4.6.2     The requirements of Chapter VII of SOLAS 74 shall apply to the carriage of dangerous goods classified in regulation 2 of that Chapter, which are carried in vessels in packaged form or in solid form in bulk as appropriate.

  1.  

    4.6.3     The Administration may apply the requirements of VIII/4.6.2 according to the service characteristics of the vessel and the risks associated with its operations, taking into account the safety of persons on board, the safety of property at sea and the protection of the marine environment from pollution.

  1.  

    4.7     Whenever an automatic pilot is used the master shall ensure that—

    1.  

      .1     it is possible at all times to immediately establish manual control of the vessel's steering;

    1.  

      .2     a competent person is ready at all times to take over steering control; and

    1.  

      .3     the changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice versa is made by, or under the supervision of, the master or the senior officer on watch.

Part B
Preparations For Emergencies

5   Record of Passengers

  1.  

    5.1     The owner, charterer, managing operator or master of a vessel making a voyage in exposed or coastal waters shall keep an accurate record of all persons, which embark on and disembark from the vessel, including the names and gender, distinguishing between adults, children and infants.

  1.  

    5.2     The owner, charterer, managing director or master of a vessel on any other type of voyage shall keep a correct, written count of all passengers, which embark on and disembark from the vessel. Prior to departing on a voyage, the passenger count shall be deposited ashore in a well marked location or with a representative of the owner or managing operator of the vessel.

6   Passenger Safety

  1.  

    6.1     Before getting underway on a voyage where passengers are carried, the master of a vessel shall ensure that suitable public announcements are made informing all passengers of the following, as applicable to the vessel's operations and arrangement—

    1.  

      .1     a general explanation of emergency procedures;

    1.  

      .2     the location of emergency exits and survival craft embarkation areas;

    1.  

      .3     the stowage location of lifejackets;

    1.  

      .4     the proper method of putting on and adjusting lifejackets of the type carried on the vessel including a demonstration of the proper donning of a lifejacket;

    1.  

      .5     the location of the instruction placards for lifejackets and other lifesaving devices; and

    1.  

      .6     that all passengers will be required to wear lifejackets when possible hazardous conditions exist, as directed by the master.

  1.  

    6.2     As an alternative to an announcement that complies with VIII/6.1, the master or other designated person may—

    1.  

      .1     prior to getting underway, deliver to each passenger or, on a vessel that does not carry vehicles and that has seats for each passenger, place near each seat, a card or pamphlet that has the information listed in VIII/6.1.1 to VIII/6.1.6; and

    1.  

      .2     make an abbreviated announcement consisting of—

      1.  

        .1     a statement that passengers should follow the instructions of the crew in an emergency;

      1.  

        .2     the location of lifejackets; and

      1.  

        .3     that further information concerning emergency procedures including the donning of lifejackets, location of other emergency equipment, and emergency evacuation procedures are located on the card or pamphlet that was given to each passenger or is located near each seat.

  1.  

    6.3     Ferries operating on short runs of less than 15 minutes may substitute bulkhead placards or signs for the announcement required in VIII/6.1 and VIII/6.2 where the Administration determines that the announcements are not practical due to the vessel's unique operation.

  1.  

    6.4     On a vessel on a voyage of more than 12 hours duration, passengers shall be requested to put on lifejackets and go to the appropriate embarkation station during the safety orientation. Where only a small number of passengers embark at a port after the original muster has been held, these passengers shall be given the passenger safety orientation required by VIII/6.1 or VIII/6.2 if another muster is not held.

  1.  

    6.5     The master of a vessel shall require passengers to wear lifejackets when possible hazardous conditions exist, including, but not limited to—

    1.  

      .1     when transiting hazardous bars and inlets;

    1.  

      .2     during severe weather;

    1.  

      .3     in event of flooding, fire or other events which may possibly call for evacuation; and

    1.  

      .4     when the vessel is being towed.

  1.  

    6.6     Sufficient emergency instructions shall be posted to enable passengers to know what action to take in the event of an emergency.

  1.  

    6.7     Sufficient instructions on how to don lifejackets shall be posted to enable passengers to undertake this action in the event of an emergency.

7   Emergency instructions

  1.  

    7.1     The master and crew of a vessel shall be familiar with the content of emergency instructions containing the actions to be taken in the event of fire, heavy weather, or man overboard conditions. Such instructions shall be displayed at the operating station.

  1.  

    7.2     Except when in the opinion of the Administration the operation of a vessel does not present any of the hazards listed, the emergency instruction placard shall contain at least the applicable portions of the “Emergency Instructions” listed in regulation VIII/8. The emergency instructions shall be designed to take account of the particular equipment, arrangement, and operation of each individual vessel.

  1.  

    7.3     Where the Administration determines that there is no suitable mounting surface aboard the vessel, the emergency instructions need not be posted but shall be carried aboard the vessel and be available to the crew for familiarization.

8   Recommended Emergency Instructions Format

  1.  

    An emergency instruction placard containing the following information will satisfy the requirements of regulation VIII/7.

EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS

Rough weather at sea, crossing hazardous bars or flooding

  1.  

    1.     Close all watertight and weathertight doors, hatches, and airports to prevent taking water aboard.

  1.  

    2.     Keep bilges dry to prevent loss of stability due to water in bilges. Use power driven bilge pump, hand pump, and buckets to dewater.

  1.  

    3.     Arrange fire pumps to be use as bilge pumps where permitted.

  1.  

    4.     Check all intake and discharge lines, which penetrate the hull, for leakage.

  1.  

    5.     Passengers shall remain seated and evenly distributed as directed by the master.

  1.  

    6.     Passengers shall wear life jackets when instructed by the master.

  1.  

    7.     Where assistance is needed follow the procedures on the emergency broadcast placard posted by the radiotelephone.

  1.  

    8.     Prepare survival craft (life floats, (inflatable) rafts, (inflatable) buoyant apparatus, boats) for launching.

  1.  

    9.     Instructions to abandon the vessel shall not be given unless in the opinion of the master the risk of persons remaining on board exceeds the risk of evacuating the vessel.

Man overboard

  1.  

    1.     Throw a life buoy overboard as close to the person as possible.

  1.  

    2.     Post a lookout to keep the person overboard in sight.

  1.  

    3.     Launch the rescue boat and manoeuvre to pick up person in the water, or manoeuvre the vessel to pick up the person in the water.

  1.  

    4.     Have a crew member put on lifejacket, attach a safety line to him or her, and have him or her stand by ready to jump into the water to assist the person overboard if necessary.

  1.  

    5.     Where person is not immediately located, notify Coast Guard and other vessels in vicinity by radiotelephone.

  1.  

    6.     Continue search until released by Coast Guard or where the master considers it impracticable to continue the search

Fire

  1.  

    1.     Cut off air supply to fire – close items such as hatches, ports, doors, ventilators, and louvers, and shut off ventilation system.

  1.  

    2.     Cut off electrical system supplying affected compartment if possible.

  1.  

    3.     Where safe, immediately use portable fire extinguishers at base of flames for flammable liquid or grease fires or water for fires in ordinary combustible materials. Do not use water on electrical fire.

  1.  

    4.     Where fire is in machinery spaces, shut off fuel supply and ventilation and activate fixed extinguishing system if installed.

  1.  

    5.     Manoeuvre vessel to minimize effect of wind on fire.

  1.  

    6.     Where unable to control fire, immediately notify the Coast Guard and other craft in the vicinity by radiotelephone.

  1.  

    7.     Move passengers away from fire, have them put on lifejackets, and where necessary, prepare to abandon the vessel.

9   Emergency Station Bill

  1.  

    9.1     On a vessel of more than 20m (65 feet) in length required to have more than four crew members at any one time, including the master, a station bill shall be posted by the master.

  1.  

    9.2     The station bill required by VIII/9.1 shall set forth the special duties and duty station of each crew member for various emergencies. The duties shall, as far as possible, be consistent with the regular work of the individual. The duties shall include at least the following and any other duties necessary for the proper handling of a particular emergency—

    1.  

      .1     the closing of hatches, airports, watertight doors, vents, scuppers, and valves for intake and discharge lines that penetrate the hull, the stopping of fans and ventilating systems, and the operating of all safety equipment;

    1.  

      .2     the preparing and launching of survival craft and rescue boats;

    1.  

      .3     the extinguishing of fire; and

    1.  

      .4     the mustering of passengers including the following—

      1.  

        .1     warning the passengers;

      1.  

        .2     assembling the passengers and directing them to their appointed stations; and

      1.  

        .3     keeping order in the passageways and stairways and generally controlling the movement of the passengers.

  1.  

    9.3     The station bill shall be posted at the operating station and in a conspicuous location in each crew accommodation space.

10   Abandon Ship and Man Overboard Drills and Training

  1.  

    10.1     The master shall conduct sufficient drills and give sufficient instructions to make sure that all crew members are familiar with their duties during emergencies that necessitate abandoning ship or the recovery of persons who have fallen overboard.

  1.  

    10.2     Each abandon ship drill shall include—

    1.  

      .1     summoning the crew to report to assigned stations and prepare for assigned duties;

    1.  

      .2     summoning passengers on a vessel on an overnight voyage to muster stations or embarkation stations and ensuring that they are made aware of how the order to abandon ship will be given;

    1.  

      .3     checking that lifejackets are correctly worn; and

    1.  

      .4     instructions on the automatic and manual deployment of survival craft.

  1.  

    10.3     Each abandon ship drill shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.

  1.  

    10.4     Each rescue boat where provided, shall be launched with its assigned crew aboard and maneuvered in the water as if during an actual man overboard situation—

    1.  

      .1     once each month, where reasonable and practicable; but

    1.  

      .2     at least once within a 3 month period before the vessel gets underway with passengers.

11   Fire Fighting Drills and Training

  1.  

    11.1     The master shall conduct sufficient fire drills to make sure that each crew member is familiar with his or her duties in case of a fire.

  1.  

    11.2     Each fire drill shall include—

    1.  

      .1     summoning the crew to report to assigned stations and to prepare for and demonstrate assigned duties;

    1.  

      .2     summoning passengers on a vessel on an overnight voyage to muster or embarkation stations; and

    1.  

      .3     instruction in the use and location of fire alarms, extinguishers, and any other fire fighting equipment on board.

  1.  

    11.3     Each fire drill shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.

12   Nothing in the emergency instructions or a station bill required by this Chapter exempts any licensed individual from the exercise of good judgement in an emergency situation.

13   Markings Required

  1.  

    13.1     The following marking is required—

    1.  

      .1     all lifesaving and firefighting equipment shall be marked with the vessel's identity number;

    1.  

      .2     all escape hatches and other emergency exits used as means of escape shall be marked on both sides in clearly legible letters at least 50mm (2 inches high): “EMERGENCY EXIT, KEEP CLEAR”, unless such markings are deemed unnecessary by the Administration;

    1.  

      .3     remote fuel shutoff stations shall be marked in clearly legible letters at least 25mm (1 inch) high indicating purpose of the valve and direction of operation; and

    1.  

      .4     watertight doors and watertight hatches shall be marked on both sides in clearly legible letters at least 25mm (1 inch) high: “ WATERTIGHT DOOR – KEEP CLOSED “ or “WATERTIGHT HATCH – KEEP CLOSED”, unless such markings are deemed unnecessary by the Administration.

  1.  

    13.2     Complete but simple instructions for the operation of a fixed gas fire extinguishing system shall be located in a conspicuous place at or near each pull box and stop valve control and in the space where the extinguishing agent cylinders are stored. Emergency signs and warnings shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

14   Operational readiness, maintenance and inspection of lifesaving equipment

  1.  

    Each launching appliance and each survival craft and rescue boat on a vessel shall be in good working order and ready for immediate use before the vessel leaves port and at all times when the vessel is underway. Each deck where survival craft or rescue boats are stowed or boarded shall be kept clear of obstructions that could interfere with the boarding and launching of the survival craft or rescue boat. All lifesaving equipment shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the Administration.

15   Instruction manuals, documentation, signs/notices and language used

  1.  

    15.1     The owner shall ensure that instruction manuals are available for all equipment and machinery onboard the ship as required by the Administration.

  1.  

    15.2     All instruction manuals, signs, notices, plans and documents relating to the safety and operation of the ship and its machinery and equipment shall be in the official language of the flag State and, where applicable, the working language of the crew.

CHAPTER IX
LICENCING OF BOATMASTERS AND ENGINEERS,
MANNING AND HOURS OF WORK

Part A
Licences

1   Master

  1.  

    1.1     A commercial vessel shall carry in command a person who is qualified as follows—

    1.  

      .1     he or she is the holder of a licence issued by the Administration under regulation IX/3 stating that he or she is qualified to have command of such a vessel;

    1.  

      .2     the licence is in force and is of a grade appropriate in respect to the waters in which the vessel is being navigated, the size of the vessel and the number of passengers carried; and

    1.  

      .3     the vessel is in an area specified in the licence as one in which a vessel may be navigated under the command of the holder; or

  1.  

    1.2     The holder of a certificate of competency as a Master issued in accordance with the provisions of the STCW Convention may command any vessel under the Code, subject to any limitations of that certificate of competency.

2   Engineers

  1.  

    2.1     A commercial vessel fitted with main propulsion machinery of up to 750kW (1000 hp), shall where an engineer is required by the Administration, carry as engineer a person who is qualified as follows—

    1.  

      .1     he or she is the holder of a licence issued by the Administration under regulation IX/3 stating that he or she is qualified to be in charge of the main and auxiliary machinery of such a vessel;

    1.  

      .2     the licence is in force and is of a grade appropriate in respect both of the waters in which the vessel is being navigated; and

    1.  

      .3     the vessel is in an area specified in the licence as one in which a vessel may be operated under the charge of the holder; or

  1.  

    2.2     The holder of a certificate of competency as an engineer officer issued in accordance with the provisions of the STCW Convention may be carried as engineer in any vessel under the Code, subject to any limitations of that certificate of competency.

  1.  

    2.3     Except as authorised by the Administration, vessels having main propulsion machinery of a power of 750kW (1000hp) and over shall carry engineers qualified in accordance with the STCW Convention.

2   A Crew

  1.  

    2A 1.     A commercial vessel required by the Administration to carry crew, in addition to a Master and Boat Engineer, shall carry as such crew, persons who hold the additional qualifications identified in section 1.2 of Annex 11 of the Code.

  1.  

    2A 2.     A passenger vessel shall carry Masters, Boat Engineers and Crew, as required by the Administration, who have completed the training specified in section A-V/3, paragraphs, 1, 4 and 5 of the Seafarers, Training, Certification and Watchkeeping Code, (STCW Code) as appropriate.

3   Licence issue, standards and conditions

  1.  

    3.1     The Administration may issue licences as Boatmaster or Boat Engineer, as appropriate to persons who meet the requirements of this Regulation. The form of the Boatmaster and Boat Engineer licences are given in Annex 10.

  1.  

    3.2     An application for a licence under this regulation shall be made in such form as the Administration may from time to time specify.

  1.  

    3.3     Subject to IX/3.4

    1.  

      .1     the standards of competence to be attained and the conditions, including conditions as to medical fitness, to be satisfied by a person in order for a licence to be issued to him under the Code;

    1.  

      .2     any exceptions applicable with respect to any such standards or conditions;

    1.  

      .3     the manner in which the attainment of any such standards or the satisfaction of any such conditions is to be evidenced; and

    1.  

      .4     the conduct of any examinations and the conditions of admission to them;

    1.  

           shall be those specified in regulations IX/5 to IX/7 and IX/9 to IX/11 or those which may from time to time be specified by the Administration in a Shipping Notice.

  1.  

    3.4     Notwithstanding that an applicant for a licence under this regulation complies with the standards and satisfies the conditions specified by the Administration, the Administration shall not issue such a licence to the applicant unless it is satisfied, having regard to all the relevant circumstances, that the applicant is a fit person to be the holder of such a licence.

4   Grades and area restrictions of Boatmaster Licences

  1.  

    4.1     A licence as a Master issued under regulation IX/3 shall bear the title “Boatmaster Licence” and shall be of one of the following grades, which shall be stated in the licence—

    1.  

           Boatmaster Licence, Grade 1

    1.  

           Boatmaster Licence, Grade 2

    1.  

           Boatmaster Licence, Grade 3.

  1.  

    4.2     The grade of licence appropriate in respect of a vessel when being navigated in waters specified in column (1) of Table IX/4.2, being of the size or type specified in relation to those waters in column (2) of the Table shall be either that specified in relation to those waters and that size or type of vessel in column (3) of the Table or, where the grade so specified is 2 or 3, a higher grade than that so specified—

TABLE IX/4.2

(1)
Waters
(2)
Size and type of vessel
(3)
Minimum Grade of Licence
ProtectedOpen Boat (daylight only)3
<24m2
CoastalOpen Boat (daylight only)3
<12m passenger2
<24m other than passenger2
12 – 24m passenger1
ExposedAll vessels1
  1.  

    4.3     Where a vessel, the master of which is required to hold a Grade 2 licence, is to be operated more than twenty miles from a safe haven, a navigation endorsement is required. The syllabus is a practical test in chartwork and electronic aids to navigation.

  1.  

    4.4     Where a vessel, the master of which is required to hold a licence, has sails as its principal means of propulsion a sail endorsement is required. The requirement for a sail endorsement is a practical test on boat handling as detailed in Annex 11-1.1.

  1.  

    4.5     A Boatmaster licence of any grade shall be subject to such restriction as the Administration may determine as to the area or areas in which a vessel may be navigated under the command of the holder; and every such restriction shall be stated in the licence.

5   Requirements for obtaining a Boatmaster Licence

  1.  

    5.1     In order to obtain a Boatmaster Licence Grade 3 an applicant shall—

    1.  

      .1     be eighteen years of age or over;

    1.  

      .2     have submitted a valid medical certificate in compliance with IX/14;

    1.  

      .3     have completed a course of ten hours of practical instruction under a licenced Boatmaster in sail or power vessels of appropriate size;

    1.  

      .4     produce documentary evidence of having obtained the additional qualifications stated in Annex 11-1.2; and

    1.  

      .5     have passed an examination for Boatmaster Grade 3.

  1.  

    5.2     In order to obtain a Boatmaster Licence Grade 2 an applicant shall—

    1.  

      .1     be twenty years of age or over;

    1.  

      .2     have submitted a valid medical certificate;

    1.  

      .3     have completed a course of ten hours of practical instruction under a licenced operator in sail or power vessels of appropriate size;

    1.  

      .4     produce documentary evidence of having obtained the additional qualifications stated in Annex 11-1.2; and

    1.  

      .5     have passed the examination for Boatmaster Grade 2.

  1.  

    5.3     In order to obtain a Boatmaster Licence Grade 1 an applicant shall—

    1.  

      .1     be twenty one years of age;

    1.  

      .2     have completed a course of ten hours of practical instruction under a licenced operator in sail or power vessels of appropriate size;

    1.  

      .3     have submitted a valid medical certificate;

    1.  

      .4     produce documentary evidence of having obtained the additional qualifications stated in Annex 11-1.2; and

    1.  

      .5     have passed the examination for Boatmaster Grade 1.

    1.  

      .6     Practical Instruction

  1.  

         Where an applicant is required to have had practical instruction this will be construed as his or her having enough experience to demonstrate proper boat handling skills in whatever craft or vessel the experience may have been given. However, it should be borne in mind that theprospective licence holder needs to demonstrate adequate knowledge of the methods of controlling, handling and directing vessels in emergencies, on the vessels, which he will be entitled to command.

7   Examination for Boatmaster Licences

  1.  

    7.1     A Boatmaster examination for Grades 2 and 3 consists of two parts. The first of which is an oral examination in which applicants will be tested on their knowledge of safety, navigation, rule of the road and seamanship subjects and also how they respond to certain emergency situations. The second part consists of a practical test carried out on the size of vessel for which the applicant needs a licence. This test requires applicants to demonstrate their ability to handle the vessel in various circumstances.

  1.  

    7.2     The Boatmaster examination for Grade 1 consists of three parts. The first part of which is an oral examination in which applicants will be tested on their knowledge of safety, rule of the road and seamanship subjects and also how they respond to certain emergency situations. The second part consists of a practical test in chartwork and the use of electronic aids to navigation. The third part is a practical test carried out on a vessel of 12m – 24m in length. This test requires applicants to demonstrate their ability to handle the vessel in various circumstances.

  1.  

    7.3     An applicant passing only one part of the examination will be allowed to retain the pass in that part for a period of one year subject to the applicant being the holder of a valid medical fitness certificate when re-sitting the other part. Details of the syllabus for each grade are contained in Annex 11-1.1.

8   Grade and Area Restrictions of Boat Engineer Licences

  1.  

    8.1     A licence as engineer issued under regulation IX/3 shall bear the title “Boat Engineer Licence” and shall be of one of the following grades, which shall be stated in the licence.

    1.  

           Boat Engineer Licence, Grade 1

    1.  

           Boat Engineer Licence, Grade 2

  1.  

    8.2     The grade of licence appropriate in respect of a vessel when being operated in waters specified in column (1) of Table IX/8.2, being of the size specified in relation to those waters in column (2) of the Table shall be either that specified in relation to those waters and that size of vessel in column (3) of the Table or, where the grade so specified is 2, a higher grade than that so specified—

TABLE IX/8.2
(1)
Waters
(2)
Size of vessel
(3)
Minimum Grade of Licence
Protected< 24mno licence required
Coastal15 – 24m2
Exposed< 24m1
  1.  

    8.3     A Boat Engineer licence of any grade shall be subject to such restriction as the Administration may determine as to the area or areas in which a vessel may be operated under the charge of the holder; and every such restriction shall be stated in the licence.

  1.  

    8.4     A person required to hold a Boat Engineer Licence on a passenger vessel must also have completed six months service whilst holding the appropriate certificate.

9   Requirements for obtaining a Boat Engineer Licence

  1.  

    In order to obtain a Boat Engineer Licence an applicant shall—

    1.  

      .1     be eighteen years of age or over;

    1.  

      .2     have completed an approved course on the repair and maintenance of engines and associated systems on seagoing vessels;

    1.  

      .3     have submitted a valid medical certificate;

    1.  

      .4     produce documentary evidence of having obtained the additional qualifications stated in Annex 11-1.2.1; and

    1.  

      .5     have passed the examination for Boat Engineer.

10   Approved Course

  1.  

    10.1     An approved course is a course approved by the Administration, which covers the syllabus given in Annex 11-2. A Certificate of Attendance will be given by the course organisers to persons satisfactorily completing the course.

  1.  

    10.2     Persons who are able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administration that they have appropriate engineering experience may be granted an exemption from the requirement to attend an approved course.

11   Examination for Boat Engineer Licences

  1.  

    11.1     A Boat Engineer examination for Grades 1 and 2 consists of an oral examination in which applicants shall be tested on their knowledge of marine engines, propulsion systems, auxiliary machinery systems outboard engines, safe working practices and how the candidate responds to certain emergency situations.

  1.  

    11.2     The examination for a Boat Engineer Licence shall be based on the syllabus given in Annex 11-2 at a level appropriate to the Grade of Licence applied for and its range of application.

  1.  

    11.3     A candidate who is unsuccessful in the examination shall resit the entire examination.

12   Existing licences

  1.  

    12.1     Subject to IX/12.2, the standards of competence to be attained and the conditions to be satisfied by the holder of an existing licence to operate commercial vessels in order for a licence to be issued to that person under this Chapter, shall be such standards and conditions as were to be satisfied by that person in order for the existing licence to be issued. Accordingly, the Administration shall on the application of the holder of an existing licence issue to that person a licence under this Chapter; and the licence shall—

    1.  

      .1     be of the grade which is appropriate in respect of—

      1.  

        .1     a vessel when being navigated/operated in waters in the area or areas stated in the existing licence as the area or areas of operation; and

      1.  

        .2     the size of vessel which in the period of 12 months before the coming into force of the Code was navigated/operated in that area under the command or charge of the holder of the existing licence; and

    1.  

      .2     state the area or areas in which a vessel may be navigated/operated under the command or charge of the holder, as the area or areas stated in the existing licence as the area or areas of operation.

  1.  

    12.2     A person to be issued a licence under IX/12.1 must hold the additional qualifications identified in Annex 11 paragraph 1.2 and have appropriate knowledge of the Code, to the satisfaction of the Administration.

13   Period of Validity and Renewal of Licence

  1.  

    13.1     Licences shall be subject to re-validation every three years for persons up to 63 years of age and annually for persons 63 years of age and over. Re-validation will be subject to the holder having proof that he or she has had, in the case of persons up to 63 years of age, at least 45 days service and in the case of persons 63 years of age and over, at least 15 days service, in vessels for which the licence is valid during that time. Revalidation is also subject to the submission of a medical certificate in accordance with regulation IX/14.

  1.  

    13.2     Applicants unable to provide proof of service required by IX/13.1 shall satisfy the Administration of continued professional competence through test or re-examination.

  1.  

    13.3     A licence shall only remain valid so long as the person to whom it is issued holds a valid medical fitness certificate.

14   Medical Fitness Certificate

  1.  

    A medical fitness certificate in accordance with the Shipping Medical Examination Regulations shall be submitted with the initial application for a Boatmaster or Boat Engineer licence and for the revalidation of a licence. To obtain this an applicant is required to undergo a medical examination and have an eye sight test for colour and vision in accordance with the provisions of the Medical Examination Regulations.

15   Record and surrender of licences

  1.  

    15.1     The Administration shall make and, during the period of the licence, retain a copy of every licence issued under this Chapter.

  1.  

    15.2     A record of—

    1.  

      .1     every licence issued under this Part;

    1.  

      .2     every suspension, cancellation or alteration of and any other matter affecting such a licence,

  1.  

         shall be kept, in such manner as the Administration may require, by the Registrar of Shipping or by such other person as the Administration may direct.

Part B
Hours Of Work

16   Working Hours

  1.  

    16.1     References to a person being on duty are references—

    1.  

      .1     in the case of a master who has command of a vessel in the course of his employment, to being on duty, whether for the purpose of having the command of a vessel to which this Chapter applies or for other purposes, in the employment of the person who employs him in that employment or in any other employment under that person; and

    1.  

      .2     in the case of a master who has command of a vessel for the purposes of a trade or business carried on by him, to having command of a vessel to which this Chapter applies for the purposes of that trade or business or being otherwise engaged in work for the purposes of that trade or business, being work in connection with such a vessel or the passengers carried by it.

  1.  

    16.2     A master shall so far as is reasonably practicable ensure that he or she is properly rested when first going on duty on any working day.

  1.  

    16.3     Subject to IX/16.7, the working day of a master shall not exceed 16 hours.

  1.  

    16.4     Subject to IX/16.7, a master shall not on any working day con a vessel or vessels to which the Code applies for periods amounting in the aggregate to more than 10 hours.

  1.  

    16.5     Subject to IX/16.7, where on any working day a master has been on duty—

    1.  

      .1     for a period of 6 hours and the end of that period does not mark the end of the working day; or

    1.  

      .2     for periods amounting in the aggregate to 6 hours and there has not been between any of those periods an interval of not less than 30 minutes in which the master was able to obtain rest and refreshment and the end of the last of those periods does not mark the end of the working day,

there shall be an interval for rest—

  1.  

    .1     as respects the period mentioned in.1 above, at the end of that period; or

  1.  

    .2     in the case of the periods mentioned in.2 above, at the end of the last of those periods.

  1.  

    16.6     Subject to IX/16.7 there shall be, between any two successive working days of a master, an interval for rest which shall not be of less than 8 hours; and, in the case of a master who has command of a vessel in the course of his employment, a period of time shall not be treated as not being an interval for rest by reason only that he may be called upon to report for duty if required.

  1.  

    16.7     Where the Administration considers that it would be appropriate to grant an exemption from all or any of the requirements of IX/16.3 to IX/16.6, it may on such terms, if any, as maybe specified grant such an exemption; and, subject to giving reasonable notice, the Administration may alter or cancel an exemption so granted.

  1.  

    16.8     The provisions of IX/16.3 to 16.6 apply to vessels operating in protected and coastal waters. The working hours of seafarers on vessels operating in exposed waters shall be determined by the relevant provisions of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 as amended.

Part C
Manning

17   Additional crew

  1.  

    17.1     It shall be the duty of an owner of a vessel to which this regulation applies to notify in writing to the Administration—

    1.  

      .1     the geographical limits within which he proposes that the vessel be navigated;

    1.  

      .2     the number of crewmen in addition to the master whom the owner considers it appropriate that the vessel should carry when being navigated within the geographical limits so notified; and

    1.  

      .3     whether the owner considers it appropriate that, when the vessel is being so navigated, a crewman should be the holder of a licence of any grade under the Code.

  1.  

    17.2     The Administration may approve—

    1.  

      .1     the number of crewmen notified in accordance with IX/17.1.2; and

    1.  

      .2     that a crewman is to be, or that no crewman need be, the holder of a licence in accordance with a notification under IX/17.1.3.

  1.  

    17.3     A vessel to which this regulation applies shall not proceed on a voyage or excursion unless—

    1.  

      .1     the Administration has been notified in accordance with IX/17.1.1;

    1.  

      .2     the Administration has given an approval in accordance with IX/17.2; and

    1.  

      .3     the manning of the vessel is in accordance with the approval given under IX/17.2.

  1.  

    17.4     Any approval given under this regulation shall be in writing and shall specify the date on which it takes effect and the conditions, if any, on which it is given.

ANNEX 1

(Regulation 1/12.1)

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION
Coat Of Arms[Country]Certification Date:
[Administration]
CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION
Expiration Date:
vessel nameidentity markcall signservice
home porthull materialpowerpropulsion
place builtdate builtgross tonnagenet tonnagelength
owneroperator
This Vessel Shall Be Manned With The Following Personnel:
Master, Boatmaster Grade Deck Ratings Category 1
Mate, Boatmaster GradeDeck Ratings Category 2
Boat Engineer Grade 1 Deck Ratings Category 3
Boat Engineer GRade 2Deck Ratings Category 4
In Addition, This Vessel May Carry ___________ Passengers; ____________ Other Persons In Crew; ________________ Persons In Addition To Crew, And _____________________
Total Persons Allowed:
Operating Area And Conditions Of Operation
With This Inspection Having Been Completed At................................ On........................., This Vessel Is Certified By,.................................., To Be In All Respects In Conformity With The Applicable Vessel Inspection Legislation.
Annual InspectionsThis Certificate Issued By:
Date Place Signature(Authorised Official)
(Designation)
COAT
OF ARMS
[COUNTRY]
[ADMINISTRATION]
CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION
vessel nameidentity markcertification date:page
CONDITIONS OF OPERATION (CONTINUED)
DRY DOCKING AND OTHER EXAMINATIONS
Lifesaving Equipment
Number Persons
Required
Total Equipment for:Life Preservers (Adult)
Lifeboats (Total)Life Preservers (Child)
Lifeboats (Port)*Life Buoys (Total)
Lifeboats (Starboard)*With Lights *
Motor Lifeboats*With Line Attached*
Lifeboats W/Radio*Other* Rescue
Boats/PlatformsImmersion Suits
Inflatable RaftsPortable Lifeboat Radios
Life Floats/Bouyant ApparatusEquipped With Epirb?
Workboats (Not Required)(*Included in totals)
Fire Fighting Equipment
Total Hose Length Number of Fire Axes Number of Fire Pumps
Fixed Extinguishing Systems
Space ProtectedAgentCapacity
Fire Extinguishers – Hand, Portable And Semi – Portable
Exemptions
ANNEX 2
SIMPLIFIED STABILITY TEST PROCEDURE

(SCV Code III/8)

Name of Vessel ------------------- Documentation No.------------------ Date ------------
Owner/Representative ------------------------------------- Inspector --------------------
Location----------------------Wind: Relative Direction------------------Vel --------- kts
Mooring Arrangement ------------------------------------------------------------------
Route --------------------------- Check One Exposed.. Coastal     Protected
Indicate on above SketchIndicate on above Sketch
1)     Profile of sheer line.1)     Round or vee bottom
2)     Length overall (L)2)     Maximum beam (B) to outside of shell; greater or equal to (Bf).
3)     Station for measuring Reference Freeboard (f) above load waterline (LWL), located in way of least freeboard or at a point ¾ (L) from the stem if the least freeboard is aft of this point.
3)     Maximum beam (Bp) accessible to passengers.
4)     Maximum beam (Bf) on deck in way of Reference Station.
5)     Reference Freeboard (f), height of sheer line above the LWL, in way of Reference Station.
4)     Freeboard at bow
5)     Freeboard at stern*.6)     Height of weather deck (including cockpit deck, if any) above load waterline in way of Reference Station.
All of the above measurements are to be taken in the loaded condition without list (III/8.6). Measurements for (L), (B), and (Bf) are to exclude rub rails. If the vessel carries passengers on diving excursions, the total weight of the diving gear must be included in the loaded condition. If the vessel has a cockpit or well deck, show same by dotted line on the above sketches and indicate length (/).
*Freeboard shall be the distance from the sheer line to the load waterline. The sheer line shall be taken as the intersection of the side shell with the weather deck. Where calculations require “gunwale top” to be used, the following applied: For a cockpit vessel, the gunwale top shall be measured along an imaginary extension of the sheer line in way of the cockpit. For an open boat, the gunwale top shall be considered the sheer line.
Passengers include the crew.
(1)     TOTAL TEST WEIGHT REQUIRED:
×=
# of PaxWt/PaxTotal Test WT. (W)
Notes:a)     “Test Weight” defines only the weight to be moved during the test. Weights used to represent missing equipment or stores shall be considered part of the “loaded condition.”
b)     The maximum number of passengers shall not exceed the number computed in accordance with SCV Code II/15.
c)     Weight per passenger equals 75kg (166 lbs), except that on “protected waters” when passenger loads consists of men, women and children; a weight per passenger of 65kg (143 lbs) may be used.
(2)     DISTRIBUTION OF TEST WEIGHT—
a)     Distribute the test weight fore and aft so as to obtain the normal operating trim.
b)     Arrange the test weight so that its vertical center of gravity (CG) is approximately 76.2cm (30 inches) above deck.
c)     The vertical distribution of the test weight shall be such as to simulate the most unfavourable vertical CG likely to occur in service. On vessels having one upper deck above the main deck available to passengers, the vertical weight distribution shall not be less severe than the following—
Total test weight (w)=
Passenger capacity of upper deck—
---------------×--------------× 1.33=--------------Weight on Upper Deck
# of PaxWt/Pax
--------------Weight on Main Deck
(3)     WIND HEEL CALCULATION
a)     With the vessel in the loaded condition, block off the profile of the vessel into rectangles using vertical lines starting at the load waterline, as shown below. Include passenger railings, canopies and spotting towers.
b)     Measure, on the vessel, the length (L) and height (V) of each rectangle and enter into the table on Sheet 3.
c)     Complete the calculations in the table, add the products in the last column and enter the sum in section (4)(b). Multiply this sum by the appropriate (P) value to obtain the Wind Heeling Moment (Mw) in section (4)(b) on page 3.
(3)     continued- Profile -
Load WaterlineScale: 1 square = ----------------------
- Calculations -
SectionLVA
(L x V)
H
(0.5V)
A x H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Sum (AxH)
(4)     REQUIRED HEELING MOMENT
Apply ( a ) or ( b), whichever is greater:
(a)     Passenger Heeling Moment (Mp) = (W X Bp)/6 =
(---------------------------×---------------------)/6 =----------
Total Test Wt. (W)Max Beam Open to Passengers (Bp)
(b)     Wind Heeling Moment (Mw ) =
---------------------------×---------------------)=---------
Wind Pressure (P)Sum (A x H)
(5)     LOCATION OF IMMERSION MARK (i) ABOVE LOAD WATER- LINE PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF HEELING MOMENT:
The freeboard measurement (f) shall be taken with the weight required in Step (1) on board. The height of the immersion mark (i) shall be the lesser of the two values provided by (a), (b), (c) or (d) according to vessel type, or (e) for all vessels. The mark (i) shall be placed on the hull above the LWL at the reference station.
i =___________________________
(a)Flush Deck Type Sailing Vessels (or well deck vessels that operate on protected waters, have non return scuppers, and the reference freeboard is not more than one quarter of the distance from the waterline to the top of the gunwale). Reference freeboard (f) is measured to the top of the weather deck at the side of the vessel.
=
Reference freeboard (f)Height of (i) above LWL
(b)Flush Deck Type Vessels (including all well deck vessels except those noted in (a) above) For well deck vessels, freeboard (f) to the lowest deck exposed to the weather must equal or exceed 25.4cm (10 inches) If less than 25.4 cm, use 5(d) Open-boat Type formula
/2=
Reference freeboard (f)Height of (i) above LWL
(c)Cockpit Type VesselsExposed Waters
Freeboard to cockpit deck must equal or exceed 25.4cm (10 inches)
If less than 25.4cm, use 5 (d) Open – boat Type formula(i) = f ( 2L-1.5/)
Length overall ........................................... (L)
Length of cockpit ....................................... (/)4L
Reference freeboard .................................. (f)Coastal or Protected
Waters
(measured to top of gunwale)(i) = f(2L-/)
Height of immersion mark above LWL(i)
All measurements shall be in metres (feet)4L
(d)Open-boat Type Vessels
Reference freeboard (f) is measured to top of gunwale
/4=
Reference freeboard (f)Height of (i) above LWL
(e)All Vessel Types
To limit the final angle of list to 140 for any type of vessel, the height of the immersion mark (i) shall on no case exceed the value below. If this value is less than that produced by (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, whichever applicable, then this value shall be used for (i).
/8=
Beam at Reference StationMax height of (i) above LWL for any type of vessel
6)     WEIGHT MOVEMENT:
a)     The heeling moment required by section (4) shall be obtained by a transverse movement of the test weights.
b)     The test shall be conducted with all tanks ¾ full, ballast aboard in place, all portlights secured, and any non-return valves or flaps on scuppers or deck drains restrained in the open position.
c)     The vessel shall be fully afloat and all mooring are to be slack during the test.
d)     During the loading and moving of test weights, care should be taken if there is evidence of low stability. This may be assumed to be the case whenever the effect of any added or shifted weight increment is noted to be more than that of the preceding increment of the same size, or when the chine or bilge amidships comes out of the water as a result of the heel.
e)     Care is to be exercised that the vessel is not heeled excessively either due to weight movement or superimposed roll which could cause the test weights to topple or ship's gear to become adrift.
f)     While the vessel is heeled, check for open seams, loose hull fittings, etc., which are not normally immersed and which could cause flooding of the vessel.
QualityWeight per UnitDistance MovedMoment
Total Heeling Moment
(7)     HEIGHT OF IMMERSION MARK (I) ABOVE WATER-LINE AFTER WEIGHT MOVEMENT:
i = ------------------
a)     If the vessel lists to the immersion mark (i) before the full heeling moment is applied, the test shall be stopped and the vessel fails the test.
b)     When the moment required in section (4) has been developed, measure the resulting height of the immersion mark (i) above the waterline.
c)     If any portlights are found to be near the waterline at the final angle of the list, such portlights on each side shall be permanently closed.
d)     If any scuppers or drains are found to be below the waterline at the final angle of listso as to permit entry of water into the or onto the deck, such openings on each side shall be fitted with automatic non-return valves.
(8)     GENERAL STABILITY INFORMATION
     (for documentation purposes only)
Tankage
TankCapacityApproximate Location of CG @ 100% Cap.
Aft of StemAbove Top of Keel
Ballast:
MaterialWeightApproximate Location of CG
Aft of StemAbove Top of Keel
TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT TEST
(This test is not a necessary part of the Simplified Stability Test Procedure but may be used as a preliminary Check when the stability is believed to be marginal)
  1.  

    1.     After the Total Test Weight (W) has been placed on board and the Reference Freeboard (f) has been measured, rig a pendulum free to swing athwartships at any convenient location on the vessel. Arrange it so that the bob is approximately 3mm (1/8 inch) above the deck. Place a chalk mark on the deck directly beneath the bob. Measure the pendulum length (pend. 1) as the distance from pivot to deck.

  1.  

    2.     Move the test weight to obtain a heeling moment equal to one-quarter of the Required Heeling Moment in section (4) on page 3. It is suggested that the weights having the longest levers be moved as to minimize the amount of weight handled.

    One – quarter
    Heeling Moment:/4 =
    Req'd H.M. (4)
  1.  

    3.     After the weight has been moved, place a chalk mark on the deck directly beneath the pendulum bob. Measure the pendulum deflection (pend. D.) as the distance between chalk marks.

  1.  

    4.     Before proceeding with the Simplified Stability Test Procedure, the following calculations may be carried out to anticipate the results:

    Approximate Maximum allowable Heeling Moment:
    2 X--------------X---------------X---------------
    ¼ H.Mpend. 1.Height of (i)=-------------
    ----------X-------------------------
    pend.d.Beam at Ref. Station (Bf)
    If the Maximum Allowable Heeling Moment is LESS than the Required Heeling Moment in section (4) on page 3, the vessel will probably fail the test by the difference indicated below.
    Required Heeling Moment = --------------------
    Allowance Heeling Moment =--------------------
    Difference = --------------------
    If Passenger Heel (4a) applies Approximate Number of Passengers in Excess
    6 x
    If Wind Heel (4b) applies: Approximate Excess Wind Moment ( Sum A x H )
    Difference =--------------/------- = ---------
    # of PaxDifference    (P)       Moment
    ×
    Wt/Pax(Bp)
STABILITY TEST PROCEDURE
FOR VESSELS CARRYING PASSENGERS AND CARGO
(1)     For vessels carrying cargo as well as passengers, follow the same test procedure as for vessels carrying passengers alone except that, in addition to the passenger test weight, the maximum deadweight of cargo permitted shall be on board, in place and so arranged as to simulate the most unfavourable vertical center of gravity likely to occur in service.
(2)     Specify the maximum cargo deadweight permitted to be carried:


Weight of Cargo
Approximate Location of CG


Aft of Stem
Above Top of Keel

(3)     Complete the Twenty-Five Percent Test based on the Passenger Heeling Moment or the Wind Heeling Moment, whichever is applicable, and note the anticipated test results.
(4)     If the anticipated results of the test indicates that the vessel will fail, the entire test must be repeated with a reduced number of passengers and/or a reduced amount of cargo, or by utilizing any other corrective measures available.
(5)     If the anticipated results of the test indicates that the vessel will pass, then with he vessel in the heeled condition and being cautious not to disturb any of the test weights which were shifted in order to heel the vessel; remove approximately one-quarter of the cargo from the vessel exercising great care to remove it symmetrically about the centerline.
     (a)     If the pendulum deflection DECREASES or remains unchanged
     -- replace the cargo which was removed and complete the stability test procedure.
     (b)     If the pendulum deflection INCREASES
     -- the cargo may be improving the stability of the vessel.
Therefore, remove all of the cargo from the vessel, replace the test weights in their original positions so as to remove all list, remeasure the Reference Freeboard (f), and repeat the Twenty-Five Percent Test in its entirety for the new condition of loading. If the second Twenty- Five Percent Test indicates that the vessel will pass, complete the stability test procedure.
(6)     If the vessel passes the stability test procedure under these conditions, it is deemed to have adequate stability for the safe carriage of passengers allowed regardless of whether or not cargo, not in excess of the amount specified in item (2) above, is carried.
ANNEX 2(A)
STABILITY INFORMATION

(SCV Code III/Part B/5.1)

1 Sheet

  1.  

    The Format of the stability booklet and the information included will vary dependent on the vessel type and operation. Units of measure used in the stability booklet must agree with the units of measure of the draft markings.

  1.  

    In developing the stability booklet, consideration must be given to the following information—

    1.  

      1.     A general description of the vessel, including lightweight data.

    1.  

      2.     Instructions on the use of the booklet.

    1.  

      3.     eneral arrangement plans showing watertight compartments, closures, vents, downflooding angles, and allowable deck loadings.

    1.  

      4.     Hydrostatic curves or tables.

    1.  

      5.     Capacity plan showing capacities and vertical, longitudinal centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks.

    1.  

      6.     Tank sounding tables showing capacities, vertical centers of gravity in graduated intervals and showing free surface data for each tank.

    1.  

      7.     Information on loading restrictions, such as a maximum KG of minimum GM curve that can be used to determine compliance with applicable intact and damage stability criteria.

    1.  

      8.     Examples of loading conditions.

    1.  

      9.     A rapid and simple means for evaluating other loading conditions.

    1.  

      10.     A brief description of the stability calculations done including assumptions.

    1.  

      11.     General precautions for preventing unintentional flooding.

    1.  

      12.     A table of contents and index for the booklet.

    1.  

      13.     Each ship condition which, if damage occurs, may require cross-flooding for survival and information concerning the use of any special cross-flooding fittings.

    1.  

      14.     The mount and location of fixed ballast.

    1.  

      15.     Any other necessary guidance for the safe operation of the vessel under normal and emergency conditions.

    1.  

      16.     For each self propelled hopper dredge with a working freeboard, the maximum specific gravity allowed for dredge spoil.

ANNEX 3
SMALL COMMERCIAL VESSEL SIMPLIFIED SUBDIVISION CALCULATION

(SCV Code III/21)

Sheet 1 of 5

Name of VesselOfficial No.Route
Owner or Representative
Present at MeasurementInspectorDate
Location of Vessel at
Time of MeasurementNo. of W.T. Bhds.No. of Passengers

INSTRUCTIONS

  1.  

    1.     The vessel is to be in maximum load condition except that the fuel and water tanks are to be three-quarters full. Ballast, if required, is to be on board and in place. A capacity load of passengers, crew, cargo, vehicles, stores, etc., is to be on board (or weight equivalent thereto) in proper location.

  1.  

    2.     The vessel is to be afloat in water of a density not greater than that of the route for which she is to be certificated, i.e., salt water or fresh water.

  1.  

    3.     The vessel is to be in her normal trim, i.e., at a waterline established by the normal distribution of the weight on board. If there is a slight list it is to be corrected by transverse movement of some of the weight on board so that the vessel is upright in the water.

  1.  

    4.     The measurements specified on sheet 4 are to be carefully taken and recorded as indicated in steps (5) or (6) as applicable to the type of vessel. The length (L) is the length of the hull proper, measured over the bulkhead deck, and shall not include fishing platforms, bowsprits, guards, etc. The depth (D) is especially important and should be double-checked. If this particular dimension cannot be measured amid-ships, as required, due to obstructions, etc., it is to be made at points fore and aft of, and equidistant from amidships and the mean thereof shall be recorded as (D). The beam (B) shall be measured amidships to the outside of the hull and shall not include the guards. The freeboards (f) shall be measured at the bulkheads from the load waterline to the top of the bulkhead deck at the side. The distance from the stem to each bulkhead shall be indicated on the plan in the same manner as bulkhead “A”.

  1.  

    5.     Where the vessel has no portlights which can be opened and is flush decked with normal sheer or no sheer, record the dimensions on sheet 4 and proceed as indicated in step (7).

  1.  

    6.     Where the vessel has portlights which can be opened, or if it is flush decked with reverse sheer, or if it has a raised deck forward (as in the case of the typical cockpit boat), do not use the sketch on sheet 4. Instead, prepare to accurate scale a profile of the hull above the load waterline, locate the bulkheads, and the portlights, if any, draw in the “corrected bulkhead deck line” as shown on sheets 2 or 3, and then proceed as indicated in step (7).

Subdivision Calculation – Sheet 2 of 5

  1.  

    (a)     For Reverse Sheer—

  1.  

         Draw a straight line from the stem (at the top of the bulkhead deck) to the stern (at the top of the bulkhead deck at the side) to establish the “corrected bulkhead deck line”.

  1.  

    1.  

      (b)     For Raised Deck—

    1.  

           Draw a straight line from the bulkhead deck at the stem to the top of the foremost of the bulkheads which extend to the lower bulkhead deck, to establish the “corrected bulkhead deck line”.

  1.  

    1.  

      (c)     For Vessels of Any Type Having Portlights Which Open—

    1.  

           The “corrected bulkhead deck line” shall be a line which extends from the stem at the actual bulkhead deck, passes not less than 75mm (3 inches) below the portlights and thence to the stern at the actual bulkhead deck. This line shall not be, at any point, above the corrected bulkhead deck line which would be indicated from the same hull if portlights were not installed.

    1.  

           FLUSH DECK TYPE

  1.  

Subdivision Calculation - Sheet 3 of 5

  1.  

    1.  

           The freeboards at each bulkhead are to be scaled, on the drawing, to this corrected bulkhead deck line. Also, the distance amidships measured from this line upward to the top of the actual bulkhead deck at the side shall be deducted from the depth (D), which was measured as shown on sheet 4, to obtain the correct (D) to be used with these types of hulls.

    1.  

      7.     From the dimensions recorded on sheet 4 (or on the specially prepared profile) and the factors listed below, complete the table on sheet 5. The actual compartment lengths should not exceed the calculated permissible compartment lengths – OR – L/3 whichever is the least.

      Midpoint of Compartment in % (L) from
      Bow
      Floodable Length Factor
      0 – 15%.33
      20.34
      25.36
      30.38
      35.43
      40.48
      45.54
      50.61
      55.63
      60.58
      65.53
      70.48
      75.44
      80.40
      85.37
      90-100.34

Subdivision Calculation – Sheet 4 of 5

Name of VesselOfficial No.
  1.  

    1.     Draw in other W.T. bulkheads. Indicate distance from stem and freeboard for each as shown for Bulkhead “A”.
    2.     Freeboards “x” and “y” Amidships must be equal.
    3.     Record all dimensions in Feet and tenths.
    4.     Indicate water density at time of measurement.
    Salt
    Brackish
    Fresh
    Subdivision Calculation – Sheet 5 of 5
    Name of VesselOfficial No.
    1234567891011
    Compt No.Boundary
    Bhds
    Dist.
    Stem/Bhd
    Dist.
    Stem/Bhd
    (as % L)
    Freeboard (f)Midpoint
    of Compt.
    (as % L)
    Floodable Length FactorEffective FreeboardL
    D
    Permissible Compt. LengthActual Compt Length
    Sheet 4Col 3×100Sheet 4Avrg. of 2 in col. 4Sheet 3Avrg. of 2
    in Col. 5
    Sheet 4Cols.
    7×8×9
    NOT to exceed
    L/3 ------ (ft)
    Diff. of 2
    in Col. 3
    L
    1Sheet00
    A
    1234567891011
    Compt No.Boundary
    Bhds
    Dist.
    Stem/Bhd
    Dist.
    Stem/Bhd
    (as % L)
    Freeboard (f)Midpoint
    of Compt.
    (as % L)
    Floodable Length FactorEffective FreeboardL
    D
    Permissible Compt. LengthActual Compt Length
    Sheet 4Col 3×100Sheet 4Avrg. of 2 in col. 4Sheet 3Avrg. of 2
    in Col. 5
    Sheet 4Cols.
    7×8×9
    NOT to exceed
    L/3 ------ (ft)
    Diff. of 2
    in Col. 3
    Tested and Proven Watertight*-OR- as required by SCV Code III/21.1, whichever is least.Measured and computed by
    Marine InspectorMarine Inspector
ANNEX 4

(Regulation V/2.2)

FIRE TEST FOR FRP

1   Heat Source

  1.  

    The heat source for the fire tests should be provided by a propane gas torch with a Sievert burner type No. 2944 giving a maximum flame temperature of 1600C and burning propane at the rate of 4110 grams per hour with a pressure of 2kgf/cm. The rate of burning should be carefully controlled. The length of blue flame should be approximately 200mm.

2   Specimen

  1.  

    The specimen should be 450mm x 450mm cut from a one metre square panel of the laminate to be tested. The specimen should not incorporate any of the edges of the one metre square panel. The edges of the specimen should be housed in a steel frame sufficiently to prevent them igniting during the tests. The specimen should be cured for at least 28 days before testing.

3   Test procedure

  1.  

    The specimen should be oriented vertically in a draft free location, such that the tip of the blue flame, i.e. the point of greatest heat, impinges on the centre of the specimen with the flame normal to its surface. The non gel coat surface of the specimen should be exposed to the flame. The flame should not burn through the specimen within 15 minutes.

ANNEX 5

(Regulation V/3.2)

IGNITABILITY TEST FOR COMBUSTIBLE INSULATIONS

1   Test specimens

  1.  

    1.1     One specimen is to be prepared.

  1.  

    1.2     The specimen is to be a minimum of 150mm x 150mm and of the thickness which is to be used on the vessels, together with any facing with which it is normally covered.

2   Conditioning of test specimens (absorbent materials)

  1.  

    2.1     The conditioning atmosphere should have a temperature of 20 ± 2EC and relative humidity of 65.2%.

  1.  

    2.2     The specimen should be laid flat, in the conditioning atmosphere for a period 24 hours, or for a sufficiently longer period in order to ensure that the mass of the specimen shows no progressive change greater than 0.25% when it is determined at intervals of 2 hours.

3   Atmosphere for testing

  1.  

    3.1     The test is to be conducted in an atmosphere the same as for conditioning the specimen, or within 2 minutes of removal from the conditioning atmosphere.

  1.  

    3.2     Appropriate measures should be taken to prevent draughts in the vicinity of the testing equipment when testing is in progress.

4   Testing procedure

  1.  

    4.1     Source of ignition

  1.  

         The source should be obtained by using a burner consisting of a copper tube having a length of 150mm and inside and outside diameters of 5mm and 6mm respectively connected by plastic or rubber tubing to a gas tap supplying natural gas. The copper tube is to have no opening for the supply of air.

  1.  

    4.2     Height of flame

  1.  

         Before the test takes place the burner flame is to be adjusted to a height of 32mm.

  1.  

    4.3     Test procedure

    1.  

      4.3.1     Place the specimen horizontally on a metal tripod stand with the upper surface of the specimen facing downwards (i.e. with normally exposed face on underside) such that the height of this surface of the specimen is approximately 8mm below the top of the burner flame. Apply the burner flame at right angles to the plane of the specimen in the centre of specimen. After one minute the burner flame is to be removed clear of the specimen and the time in seconds to extinction of any flaming is to be recorded.

    1.  

      4.3.2     The test in paragraph 4.3.1 is to be repeated after any flaming or smouldering has ceased and the temperature of the specimen has returned to normal except that the centre of the burner flame is to be positioned at the midpoint of any edge of the specimen. Again the time in seconds to extinction of any flaming after the removal of the burner is to be recorded.

5   Pass Criteria

  1.  

    An insulation is deemed to be “nor readily ignitable” when any flaming of the test specimen ceases within 20 seconds of the removal of the burner.

ANNEX 6

(Regulation VII/5.2)

RECOMMENDED EMERGENCY BROADCAST INSTRUCTIONS
  1.  

    The following emergency broadcast instructions, when placed on a placard, will satisfy the requirement contained in regulation VII/5.2 for an emergency broadcast placard—

    1.  

      1.     Make sure your radiotelephone is on.

    1.  

      2.     Select 156.8 MHz (channel 16 VHF) or 2182 kHz. (Channel 16 VHF and 2182 kHz on SSB are for emergency and calling purposes only).

    1.  

      3.     Press microphone button and, speaking slowly – clearly – calmly, say—

      1.  

        .1     “MAYDAY – MAYDAY – MAYDAY” for situations involving Immediate Danger to Life and Property; or

      1.  

        .2     “PAN – PAN – PAN” for urgent situations where there is No Immediate Danger to Life or Property.

    1.  

      4.     Say: “This Is (Insert Vessel's Name), (Insert Vessel's Name, (Insert Vessel's Name), (Insert Vessel's Call Sign), Over.”

    1.  

      5.     Release the microphone button briefly and listen for acknowledgement. If no one answers, repeat steps 3 & 4.

    1.  

      6.     If there is no acknowledgement, or if the Coast Guard or another vessel responds, say: “Mayday” Or “Pan”, (Insert Vessel's Name).”

    1.  

      7.     Describe Your Position using latitude and longitude coordinates, LORAN coordinates, or range and bearing from a known point.

    1.  

      8.     State The Nature Of The Distress.

    1.  

      9.     Give Number Or Persons Aboard And The Nature Of Any Injuries.

    1.  

      10.     Estimate The Present Seaworthiness Of Your Vessel.

    1.  

      11.     Briefly Describe Your Vessel: (Insert Length, Color, Hull Type, Trim, Masts, Power, And Additional Distinguishing Features).

    1.  

      12.     Say: “I Will Be Listening On Channel 16/2182.”

    1.  

      13.     End message by saying: “THIS IS (INSERT VESSEL'S NAME & CALL SIGN).”

    1.  

      14.     Where your situation permits stand by the radio to await further communications with the Coast Guard or another vessel. If no answer, repeat, then try another channel.

ANNEX 7

(Regulation VII/7.1)

ANCHORS AND CABLES
Length + Lwl
2
Anchor MassAnchor Cable Diammeter
MainKedgeMainKedge
ChainRopeChainRope
(metres)(kg)(kg)(mm)(mm)(mm)(mm)
684612610
794812610
8105812610
9115812610
10136812610
11157812610
12189814812
1321101014812
1424121014812
15271310812
16301510812
17341510814
236231121016
246834121016

Notes—

  1.  

    1.     The anchor sizes given are for high holding power (HHP) types.

  1.  

    2.     When a vessel has unusually high windage due to any combination of high free-board, large superstructure or deck equipment outfit, the mass of anchor given above shall be increased to take account of the increase in wind loading.

  1.  

         For vessels of unusual or non-conventional ship form (including pontoon barges) the anchor size shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  1.  

         The diameter of the anchor cable shall be appropriate to the increased mass of anchor.

  1.  

    3.     Chain cable diameter given is for short link chain. Chain cable should be sized in accordance with ISO 4565:1986 - Anchor chains for small craft, or equivalent.

  1.  

    4.     The rope diameter given is for nylon construction. When rope of another construction is proposed, the breaking load should be not less than that of the nylon rope specified in the table.

  1.  

    5.     When anchors and cables are manufactured to imperial sizes, the metric equivalent of the anchor mass and the cable diameter shall not be less than the table value.

  1.  

    6.     Lwl is the waterline length of the vessel when the vessel is floating at the assigned free-board draught.

ANNEX 8

(Regulation VII/8.2)

FIRST AID KITS

1   Type and Size

  1.  

    First-aid kits shall be of the water-tight cabinet carrying type capable of holding the items specified in paragraph 3.2.

2   Construction and Workmanship

  1.  

    The container shall be of substantial and rugged construction, with the body, handle and all fittings of a corrosion-resistant material or suitably protected against corrosion to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3   Contents

  1.  

    3.1     Items shall be properly labelled to designate the name of contents and method of use. Each package shall be enclosed in a jacket of tough, transparent material, properly sealed, which shall be watertight. Vials for tablets shall not be made of glass.

  1.  

    3.2     The items contained in the first-aid kit shall be as listed in the following Table.

TABLE A8
ItemsNo.
Bandage compress – 4”5
Bandage compress – 2”8
Waterproof adhesive compress – 1”32
Triangular bandage – 40”3
Eye dressing packet, 1/8 oz Ophthalmic ointment,
adhesive strips, cotton pads3
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2 inches by 6 yards2
1 – Tourniquet, 1 – forceps, 1 – scissors, 12 safety pins-
Wire splint1
Ammonia inhalants10
Iodine applicators (½ ml swab type)
Aspirin, phenacetin and caffeine compound,
6½ gr. tablets, vials of 205
Sterile petrolatum gauze, 3” x 18”12

3.3   Instructions

  1.  

    Instructions for the use of the contents of the first-aid kit shall be printed in legible type on a durable surface and shall be securely attached to the inside of the cover. The instructions for the use of the contents are as follows—

DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE FIRST-AID KIT
Item TitleRemarks
Ammonia inhalants Break one and inhale for faintness, fainting, or collapse. Chew up and swallow 2 tablets every three hours for headache, colds, minor aches, pains, and fever. Maximum of 8 in twenty-four hours.
Aspirin, phenacetin,
caffeine tablets
Bandage compress,
4” and 2”Apply as a dressing over wound. DO NOT touch part that comes in contact with wound.
Bandage, gauze,
compressed, 2”.For securing splints, dressings, etc.
Bandage, triangular,Use as arm sling, tourniquet, or for retaining splints or dressings in place.
compressed
Burn dressingThe petrolatum gauze bandage is applied in at least two layers over the burned surface and an area extending 2” beyond it. The first dressing should be allowed to remain in place, changing only the outer, dry bandage as needed, for at least 10 days unless signs of infection develop after several days, in which case the dressing should be removed and the burn treated as an infected wound. Watch for blueness or coldness of the skin beyond the dressing and loosen the dressing if they appear.
Compress, adhesive, 1”Apply as dressing over small wounds. DO NOT touch part that comes in contact with wound. Apply as dressing over inflamed or injured eye.
Eye patch
ForcepsUse to remove splinters or foreign bodies. Do not dig.
Ophthalmic ointmentApply in space formed by pulling lower eyelid down, once daily for inflamed or injured eyes. Do not touch eyeball with tube.
Splint, wirePad with gauze and mold to member to immobilize broken bones. Hold in place with bandage. Do not attempt to set the bone.
Tincture of iodine, mild Remove protective sleeve, crush tube and apply swab end. DO NOT use in or around eyes.
TourniquetFor control of hemorrhage. Loosen for a few seconds every 15 minutes.

4   Marking

  1.  

    Each approved first-aid kit shall be permanently marked with the following information: name of manufacturer, trade name symbol, model number, or other identification used by the manufacturer and the words “FIRST-AID KIT”.

ANNEX 9

(Regulation VII/10.3)

ESTIMATING GUIDELINES FOR HOLDING TANK CAPACITY
  1.  

    1     These calculations shall be used as guidelines, as capacities are not mandated. The capacity of each Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) should be evaluated in terms of the vessel's size, route, service, and particular circumstances. These capacities consider only “black-water” toilet drains. On the average, each person will produce 0.4 gallons of waste per day.

  1.  

    2     Flush Rate. Table A9-1 estimates the water used per flush by different toilet systems.

TABLE A9-1
APPROXIMATE FLUSH CAPACITIES FOR VESSEL TOILETS DRAINING TO MARINE SANITATION DEVICES
System TypeGallons per flush
Conventional (flushometer)5.0
Recirculating0.1
Vacuum0.3
System TypeGallons per flush
Hand Pump0.5
Electric Pump1.0
  1.  

    3     Wastewater produced. Table A9-2 estimates the gallons of wastewater produced per person per day, based on the plumbing type, and the way the boat operates.

TABLE A9-2
GALLONS OF WASTEWATER PER PERSON PER DAY BASED ON PLUMBING TYPE
Trip LengthUserConv.Recirc.VacuamBand PumpElectric
LONGCrew25.40.51.92.95.4
(Note 1)Pax25.40.51.92.95.4
MEDIUMCrew25.40.51.92.95.4
(Note 2)Pax8.30.171.91.01.8
SHORTCrew12.70.250.951.952.7
(Note 3)Pax6.350.250.50.71.35

Note

  1.  

    1     Crew and passengers aboard 24 hour/day.

  1.  

    2     Crew aboard 24-hour/day; 2 groups of passengers aboard for 4 hours each (2 trips/ day), each passenger using facilities once.

  1.  

    3     All crew aboard 12 hour/day; 6 groups of passengers aboard for 2 hours (6 trips per day), one fourth of passengers using facilities once.

ANNEX 10

(Regulation XI/3.1)

FORM OF BOATMASTER AND BOAT ENGINEER LICENCE BOATMASTER LICENCE GRADE 1/2/3
Issued by the
COAT
OF ARMS
[ADMINISTRATION]PHOTOGRAPH
under the provisions of the
Code of Safety for Small Commercial Vessels
No
This is to certify that     is entitled to serve in a capacity requiring a Boatmaster Grade 1/2/3 in commercial vessels of..................................... metres in length operating in Protected/Coastal/Exposed waters.
The holder is further entitled to serve in such other vessels and in such areas as may be endorsed on this certificate. ENDORSEMENT:
Date of Issue:OFFICIAL STAMPDate of Expiry:
         
Signature of HolderDirector of [Maritime Affairs]
This Licence is valid only if the holder is in possession of a valid medical fitness certificate
BOATMASTER LICENCE GRADE 1/2
Issued by the
COAT
OF ARMS
[ADMINISTRATION]PHOTOGRAPH
under the provisions of the
Code of Safety for Small Commercial Vessels
No    
This is to certify that     is entitled to serve in a capacity requiring a Boatmaster Grade 1/2 in commercial vessels with an installed power of less than 750kW operating in Coastal/Exposed waters.
The holder is further entitled to serve in such other vessels and in such areas as may be endorsed on this certificate. ENDORSEMENT:
Date of Issue:OFFICIAL STAMPDate of Expiry:
         
Signature of HolderDirector of [Maritime Affairs]
This Licence is valid only if the holder is in possession of a valid medical fitness certificate
ANNEX 11

(Regulation IX/4.3)

SYLLABUS FOR BOATMASTER AND BOAT ENGINEER LICENCES

1.   BOATMASTER LICENCE SYLLABUS

  1.  

    1.1     Syllabus Requirements

  1.  

         The syllabus below will be modified by the Examiner to take into account the equipment on board the vessel.

  1.  

         For instance, it is unlikely that open boat vessels operating solely in bays or harbours will be provided with a compass and an applicant would not be examined in this subject.

    Syllabus ContentGrade
    321
    A.     PRACTICAL TEST
    (This test should take place on a vessel of a type for which the applicant is requiring a licence).
    Boat Handling:
    Berthing and unberthingYYY
    Coming to and weighing anchorYYY
    Making fast to and leaving a buoyYYY
    Boat manoeuvring in confined watersYYY
    Turning short roundYYY
    Knowledge and effect of transverse thrustYYY
    Steering a compass course and taking a rough bearingYYY
    Practical demonstration on the use of VHF on board the applicant's vessel. The holder must have knowledge of procedures used in radio telephone (VHF and MF) communications particularly with respect to distress, urgency, safety and navigational messages and of the adverse effect of misuse of such equipmentYYY
    B.     ORAL EXAMINATION
    B1.     Emergency Situations:
    Recovery of man overboardYYY
    Loss of enginesYYY
    Loss of steering abilityYYY
    Action to take in the event of collisionYYY
    GroundingYYY
    Accident to crew member or passengerYYY
    Use of extinguishing appliancesYYY
    Use of lifesaving appliancesYYY
    Search and rescue techniques in bad weather or reduced visibilityYY
    Choosing an appropriate area for beachingYY
    B2.     REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISION AT SEA:
    A practical knowledge of the Rule of the Road as appropriate to the area of operationYYY
    A full knowledge of the regulationsYY
    Keeping a good lookoutYYY
    Keeping of a Deck LogYY
    B3.     LOCAL KNOWLEDGE AND REGULATIONS:
    Actions to be taken in the event of injury or loss of life to a crew memberYY
    Certification required by the vesselYY
    Limits as to vessel operationYYY
    B4.     SEAMANSHIP:
    Common nautical termsYYY
    Interaction with other vesselsYYY
    The effect of wind and tide on the manoeuverabilityYYY
    Securing and stowage of anchors and cableYY
    Selection of a proper anchorageYY
    The importance of navigating at reduced speed to avoid damage caused by own vessels bow or stern waveYYY
    The difference in handling of single screw and twin screw boatsYY
    B5.     CHARTWORK:
    The meaning of common chart symbolsYY
    The use of Tidal DiamondsYY
    Position fixingY
    Courses to steer allowing for current and leewayY
    Familiarity with the use of parallel rules, dividers, compasses, etc.Y
    B6.     LIFE-SAVING AND FIRE-FIGHTING APPLIANCES:
    A knowledge of the statutory requirements and appreciation of the fact that the person in charge of a vessel must be satisfied that the life-saving and fire-fighting appliances are properly maintainedYY
    Use and deployment of inflatable liferafts and inflatable or rescue boatsY
    Inflatable liferaft and boat servicing requirementsY
    Hydrostatic release unitsY
    Maintenance and care of buoyant apparatusYY
    B7.     DISTRESS SIGNALS:
    A knowledge of the contents of Annex IV of the Collision Regulations and the operation
    of the signals and equipment required to be carried in the applicant's vesselYY
    Coast Guard response to distress signalsYY
    B8.     PASSENGER SAFETY:
    Safety announcements (See regulation VIII/6)YYY
    Disposition of passengers and crew to ensure stability and trimYYY
    Passenger numbers and reporting systems (See regulation VIII/5)YYY
    Knowledge of emergency instructions (See regulation VIII/8) and methods of orderly evacuation following any emergency, having regard to the size of the vessel concerned and its operational areaYY
    Ability to demonstrate to passengers the use of personal lifesaving appliancesYYY
    B9.     LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES TOWARDS PASSENGERS AND CREW:
    Safe accessYYY
    Safe working practicesYYY
    Certificate of Inspection and regulations relating thereto (See regulation 12)YYY
    B10.     WEATHER:
    Sources of informationYYY
    Local conditions and effectsYYY
    Signs of approaching bad weatherYYY
    B11.     ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE:
    Basic knowledge of day to day engine and battery checksYYY
    Knowledge of the servicing and routine maintenance of propulsion and auxiliary machineryYYY
    Knowledge of safety and shut off devices
    Basic knowledge of running checksYYY
    Methods of fault detection, correction and emergency repairsYYY
    B12.     PUBLICATIONS:
    Merchant Shipping Notices (as applicable)Y
    Regulations (as applicable)Y
    B13.     PREVENTION OF POLLUTION:
    A general appreciation of the Regulations applicable to the prevention of pollutionY
    The trainee must be able to make proper use of a weather report given by radio or television forecaster
    Knowledge of the factors contributing to and precautions to be observed to prevent marine pollution when pumping out bilges and particularly, when changing lubricating oilYY
    Knowledge that disposal into the sea of all plastics, including but not limited to synthetic ropes, plastic sheeting and garbage bags etc., is prohibitedYYY
    B14.     ELECTRONIC AIDS TO NAVIGATION:
    Knowledge of the use of Radar, Echo Sounder and Satellite Navigation or other position-finding device fitted on board the applicant's vesselYY
    B15.     BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF VESSEL CONSTRUCTION AND STABILITY:
    General ideas on ship construction and on plans available on board the vessel, where these are carriedY
    Maintaining watertight sub-divisionY
    General pumping arrangementsY
    General principles of workboat stabilityY
    Heeling forces and their causesY
    Wind Pressure on projected areasY
    Application and effects of asymmetric loadingY
    Overtight mooringY
    Equilibrium in the heeled conditionY
    Simple dynamic balanceY
    Effect of liquid free surface and its controlY
    Cranes, their operation and safe operating limitsY
    Outline knowledge of freeboard and trimY
    The use of stability and hydrostatic data where providedY
    Knowledge of the effect of severe wind and rolling in associated sea conditions, especially in following seasYY
  1.  

    1.2     Additional Qualifications

    1.  

      1.     Basic Safety Training Course

      1.  

        .1     Basic Sea Survival - IMO Model Course 1.19.

      1.  

        .2     Elementary First Aid - IMO Model Course 1.1.3

      1.  

        .3     Basic Firefighting Course - IMO Model Course 1.20.

      1.  

        .4     Personal Safety and Social Responsibility – IMO Model Course 1.21.

    1.  

      .2     VHF Certificate: Every person in charge of a vessel which has a VHF set on board shall be the holder of a VHF Radiotelephone Operator licence.

  1.  

    1.3     Practical Sail Boat Test

  1.  

         This test is to take place on a vessel of a size for which the applicant is licenced—

    1.  

      .1     Getting the boat away from a pier or wharf.

    1.  

      .2     Bring the boat alongside a pier or wharf.

    1.  

      .2a     Securing to a pier or wharf.

    1.  

      .3     Manoeuvring the boat to pick up a man overboard.

    1.  

      .4     Manoeuvring the boat to pick up a mooring buoy or marker.

    1.  

      .5     Be able to change tack.

    1.  

      .6     Be able to sail to all points of the wind.

    1.  

      .7     Anchoring and retrieving anchor.

2.   BOAT ENGINEER SYLLABUS

  1.  

    2.1     Emergencies

    1.  

      The following are some of which the candidate must be knowledgeable—

    1.  

      .1     Assessment of damage and damage control

    1.  

      .2     Temporary plugging of leaks

    1.  

      .3     Man overboard procedure

    1.  

      .4     Fire in the engine compartment

    1.  

      .5     Action to be taken in the event of ingress of seawater into the engine compartment

    1.  

      .6     Procedure to be followed in the event of partial or total electrical failure

    1.  

      .7     Isolation of main engine units in the event of malfunction and the action necessary to continue safe operation.

    1.  

      .8     Action to be taken when abandoning the vessel

  1.  

    2.2     Operating Procedure

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge in the following—

    1.  

      .1     Method of preparation of various systems and checks prior to starting which should include—

      1.  

        .1     Machinery

      1.  

        .2     Clutches

      1.  

        .3     Stern tube

      1.  

        .4     Propeller

      1.  

        .5     Steering gear

      1.  

        .6     Sump level

      1.  

        .7     Filters

      1.  

        .8     Fuel system

      1.  

        .9     Safety equipment

    1.  

      .2     Checks during running to include

      1.  

        .1     Machinery

      1.  

        .2     Stern tube

      1.  

        .3     Steering gear

      1.  

        .4     Sump levels

      1.  

        .5     Filters

    1.  

      .3     Methods of fault detection, correction and emergency repairs

    1.  

      .4     Precautions to ensure that machinery is not damaged due to misuse through overspeeding overloading, lack of lubrication or by corrosion.

  1.  

    2.3     Prevention of Marine Pollution—

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge of the following—

    1.  

      .1     Regulations applicable to the prevention of pollution (a general appreciation.

    1.  

      .2     Factors contributing to and precautions to be observed to prevent marine pollution when pumping out bilges and particularly, when changing lubricating oil

    1.  

      .3     that disposal into the sea of all plastics, including but not limited to synthetic ropes, plastic sheeting and garbage bags etc., is prohibited

  1.  

    2.4     Marine Engines

    1.  

      The candidate should have a thorough knowledge in the following areas

    1.  

      .1     Working principles of marine engines

      1.  

        .1     Two stroke and four stroke cycles

      1.  

        .2     Piston position, valve positions, timing etc.

    1.  

      .2     Comparison between diesel and petrol engines

      1.  

        .1     Engine capacity

      1.  

        .2     Bore

      1.  

        .3     Difference between compression and electric spark ignition

      1.  

        .4     Fuel injection systems

      1.  

        .5     The weight of the engine block

    1.  

      .3     Air and exhaust systems

      1.  

        .1     Air fitters, manifolds, exhaust pipes and silences

      1.  

        .2     Use of pumps and blowers

      1.  

        .3     Supercharging and its effects on the engine

    1.  

      .4     Fuel systems

      1.  

        .1     Types of fuel

      1.  

        .2     Storage and transfer systems

      1.  

        .3     Effects of dirt and water contamination

      1.  

        .4     Fitters, separators, pumps, carburetors and fuel injection systems.

      1.  

        .5     The combustion and ignition process

    1.  

      .5     Cooling systems

      1.  

        .1     Mediums of cooling

      1.  

        .2     Heat exchanges

      1.  

        .3     Radiators

      1.  

        .4     Control of overheating

      1.  

        .5     Advantages and disadvantages of various cooling systems

      1.  

        .6     Corrosion and use of sacrificial anodes

    1.  

      .6     Lubrication Systems

      1.  

        .1     Principles and purposes of lubrication

      1.  

        .2     Types of bearings and their fitting, care, maintenance and adjustment

      1.  

        .3     Types and grading of lubricating oils

      1.  

        .4     Use of grease

      1.  

        .5     Sea water contamination and procedures after contamination

    1.  

      .7     Starting Systems

      1.  

        .1     Hand recoil

      1.  

        .2     Electric

      1.  

        .3     Compressed air

  1.  

    2.5     Electrical Systems

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge of the following areas

      1.  

        .1     General construction, care and maintenance of alternating and direct current generators

      1.  

        .2     Switch boards and shipboard circuitry

      1.  

        .3     Starters and their care and maintenance

      1.  

        .4     Batteries and their care and maintenance

      1.  

        .5     Operating precautions and dangers of explosion short circuits etc.

  1.  

    2.6     Pumps and Pumping Systems

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge of the following areas

    1.  

      .1     Construction, care and maintenance of all types of pumps used on vessels

      1.  

        .2     Causes of loss of output, methods of priming and maintenance of priming devices

      1.  

        .3     Arrangement of bilge water pumping systems

      1.  

        .4     Types of valve chests

      1.  

        .5     Causes of deterioration and leakage and its temporary and permanent repairs

      1.  

        .6     Procedure for getting rid of oily bilgewater.

  1.  

    2.7     Propulsion Systems

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge of the following

    1.  

      .1     Stern tube

      1.  

        .1     Stern tube bearings

      1.  

        .2     Stem glands and packing

    1.  

      .2     Clutches and gear boxes

    1.  

      .3     Shafting

      1.  

        .1     Intermediate shafts

      1.  

        .2     Types of bearings

      1.  

        .3     Types of shafts

      1.  

        .4     Shaft alignment checking and correction of misalignment.

    1.  

      .4     Damage to and repair of propellers

    1.  

      .5     Typical steering gear arrangement including mechanical, hydraulic and electro hydraulic, emergency procedures, care and maintenance.

  1.  

    2.8     Safe – Working Procedures

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge of the following -

      1.  

        .1     The use of instruction manuals which should be understood and clearly followed for both the operation and maintenance of the machinery.

      1.  

        .2     The effective use of safety guards in way of all hot parts and moving parts for the safety of personnel.

      1.  

        .3     Safety and shut off devices associated with fuel oil and lubricating oil systems.

      1.  

        .4     The use of adequate protective equipment and clothing.

      1.  

        .5     Safe use and care of all tools

      1.  

        .6     Safe use of all lifting devices

      1.  

        .7     Display of warning signs.

  1.  

    2.9     Auxiliary Machinery and Systems

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge in the following—

    1.  

      .1     Air Compressors

    1.  

           The general arrangement of single and multi stage compressors, their care maintenance and emergency repairs.

    1.  

      .2     Hydraulic Systems

    1.  

           Basic principles of power hydraulics, hydraulic fluid systems for winches, steering gear etc, fault finding care and maintenance.

    1.  

      .3     Electrotechnology

      1.  

        .1     General principles of electricity – voltage, current, resistance

      1.  

        .2     Basic principles of alternating and direct current

      1.  

        .3     Effects of electric current; conductors and insulators; lamps; cable and fuses.

      1.  

        .4     The construction, capacity, care and maintenance of batteries.

    1.  

      .4     Deck Machinery

    1.  

           Winches and windlass, types, method of operation and maintenance.

  1.  

    2.10     Outboard Engines

    1.  

      The candidate should have knowledge of the following—

    1.  

      .1     Principles of two and four stroke engines and related valve and crank position.

    1.  

      .2     The purpose and working of—

      1.  

        .1     Flywheel

      1.  

        .2     Valves and scavenging

      1.  

        .3     Fuel system

      1.  

        .4     Ignition system

      1.  

        .5     Transmission

      1.  

        .6     Gear box

      1.  

        .7     Lubrication

      1.  

        .8     Cooling

      1.  

        .9     Starting

    1.  

      .3     Trouble identification

      1.  

        .1     Starting difficulties

      1.  

        .2     Running difficulties

      1.  

        .3     Importance of replacement shear pins

    1.  

      .4     Servicing and Maintenance

      1.  

        .1     Inspection procedures

      1.  

        .2     Carburetor maintenance

      1.  

        .3     Engine mounting

      1.  

        .4     Procedures for lay up or storage.

CHAPTER 13.27
SHIPPING ACT

SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION

List of Subsidiary Legislation

1.Forms and Fees Under the Merchant Shipping Acts of the United Kingdom – Section 491
2.Shipping (Ship and Port Facility Security) Regulations – Section 257
3.Shipping (Fees) Regulations – Section 13(8)
4.Shipping (Safety of Pleasure Vessels) Regulations – Section 305
5.Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Section 491
6.Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations – Section 235 And 251
7.Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations – Section 30
8.Shipping (Inquiry and Formal Investigation) Regulations – Sections 111(1)(l) and 491
9.Shipping (Medical Fitness) Regulations – Section 172
10.Shipping (Load Lines) Regulations – Section 309
11.Shipping (Manning and Certification) Regulations – Section 111
12.Shipping (Accident Reporting And Investigation) Regulations – Section 491
Forms and Fees Under the Merchant Shipping Acts of the United Kingdom – Section 491

(Gazettes 20-11-1896, 30-5-1908 and 11-5-1912)

Gazette 20 November 1896 in force

Amended by Gazette 30 May 1908 and 11 May 1912

FORMS AND FEES UNDER THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACTS OF THE UNITED KINGDOM – SECTION 491  Editor's note: This notice is made under the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894. This Act was repealed to the extent that it was in force in Saint Lucia by the Shipping Act. This notice continues in force under section 496.
  1.  

    Notice is hereby given that the Governor General, acting under the Authority of sections 65 and 89 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 of the United Kingdom and with the consent of the Board of Trade, has made certain alterations in the forms set out in the First Part of Schedule 1 to the said Act and has prescribed forms of the instruments and documents specified in the second part of the said Schedule.

  1.  

    The said forms are to be used in Saint Lucia in all transactions relating to ships and such of the forms as are used by the public may be obtained from the Registrar of Shipping.

  1.  

    The following list embraces the Forms in question, namely—

    Form No.1—Certificate of survey.
    "    "2—Declaration of ownership by individual resident or non-resident owner or transferee a natural born subject.
    "    "3—Declaration of ownership by individual owner or transferee resident in Her Majesty's Dominions (naturalized subject, etc.)
    "    "4—Declaration of ownership by individual owner or transferee not resident in Her Majesty's Dominions (naturalised subject, etc.)
    "    "5—Declaration by joint owners or transferees attending together.
    "    "6—Declaration by a joint owner or transferee.
    "    "7—Declaration of ownership (special cases).
    "    "8—Declaration of ownership on behalf of a body corporate.
    "    "9—Certificate of British registry.
    "    "10—Bill of sale.
    "    "11—Mortgage (to secure principal sum and interest).
    "    "12—Mortgage (to secure account current, etc.).
    "    "13—Declaration by representative of a deceased owner or mortgagee taking by transmission.
    "    "14—Declaration of ownership or interest on transmission by bankruptcy.
    "    "15—Declaration on transmission by marriage.
    "    "16—Certificate of mortgage.
    "    "17—Certificate of sale.
    "    "18—Revocation of certificate of mortgage or sale.
    "    "18a—Provisional certificate.

–––––––––––

FEES OF THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPPING AND SHIPPING MASTER AND OF THE ADMEASURER OF SHIPPING FOR SERVICES PERFORMED UNDER THE IMPERIAL MERCHANT SHIPPING ACTS
For registering and granting certificate of registration (on initial registry) for—
$¢
Vessels of 5 tons and under     120
    "    over 5 tons and under   15     180
    "    of 15 tons and under 50     240
    "      "   50 tons and under 75     480
    "      "   75 tons and under 100     720
    "      " 100 tons and under 200     960
Every additional 100 tons or part of 100     240
For registering transfer, transmission, registry anew, transfer of registry, mortgage, and transfer of mortgage—according to the gross tonnage represented by the ships or shares of ships transferred, etc., (e.g. the transfer of a 1/64 share in a ship of 6,400 tons to be reckoned as the transfer of 100 tons)—
$¢$¢
Under 10 tons6040 tons or under 50 tons300
10 tons or under 20 tons12050   "   "   "    75 "360
20 "   "    "    30 "18075   "   "   "   100 "420
30 "   "    "    40 "240100 "   "   "    125 "480
And for every additional 50 tons, or part of 50 tons, up to 500 tons     60
After which, for every 100 tons or part of 100 tons     60
For allowing inspection of a Register Book     24
For a certified copy of the particulars entered on the registry of a ship, together with a certified statement showing the ownership at the time     24
(The “certified statement” will be a copy of the “summary” as then existing with Christian names in full.)
For a certified copy of any declaration or document, a copy of which is made evidence by the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 of the United Kingdom (See section 64)........24
For any other certified extract from the Register, for every folio of 90 words     08
Deposit of ship's articles    — Vessels under 10 tons     36
Do                do       — Vessels over 10 tons     60
Endorsing change of master— Vessels under 10 tons     24
Do                do       — Vessels over 10 tons     48
For engagement or discharge of each mate, steward or seaman— For a vessel under 10 tons     24
For a vessel over   10 tons     48
Measurement of tonnage, for each measured transverse section     180
Clearance of vessels— if above 50 tons     96
Do          do  — if under 50 tons     48
Shipping (Ship and Port Facility Security) Regulations

(Statutory Instrument 46/2004)

Statutory Instrument 46/2004 .. in force 29 June 2004

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PART 1
PRELIMINARY

1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application

PART 2
SHIP SECURITY

4.Responsibility of Director
5.Requirements for companies
6.Company security officer
7.Ship security officer
8.Master's discretion for ship safety and security
9.Ship security
10.Ship security assessment
11.Report
12.On-scene security survey
13.Ship security plan
14. Confidential information
15.Verification for ships
16.Issue or endorsement of certificate
17.Issue and endorsement of certificates by another Government
18.Certificates issued or endorsed on behalf of another Contracting Government
19.Duration and validity of certificate
20.Interim certification
21.Ship security alert system
22.Continuous synopsis record
23.Transfer of flag by ship
24.Offences and penalties
25.Ships intending to enter a port
26.Control of ships in port
27.Additional control and compliance provisions
28.Threats to ships

PART 3
PORT FACILITY SECURITY

29.Responsibility of Royal Saint Lucia Police Force
30.Duties of port facility operator
31.Port facility security officer
32.Port facility security
33.Port facility security assessment
34.Port facility security plan
35.Statement of Compliance of a port facility
36.Alternative security arrangements
37.Equivalent security arrangements

PART 4
OFFENCES

38.Requirement to provide information
39.False statements
40.Unauthorised presence in restricted zones
41.Offences relating to authorized persons
42.General penalty etc.
43.Obstruction
44.Prohibition on proceeding to sea without an appropriate certificate

PART 5
MISCELLANEOUS

45.Organization and performance of security duties
46.Drills and exercise
47.Declaration of security
48.Access
49.Restricted areas
50.Handling of cargo
51.Delivery of ship's stores
52.Handling unaccompanied baggage
53.Monitoring security
54.Differing security levels
55.Powers of inspection
56.Additional security
57.Audit and review and amendment
58.Recognized security organizations
59.General powers of exemption
Schedule
SHIPPING (SHIP AND PORT FACILITY SECURITY) REGULATIONS – SECTION 257

Commencement [29 June 2004]

PART 1
PRELIMINARY
1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Ship and Port Facility Security) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation
  1.  

    (1)   In these Regulations—

Act” means the Shipping Act;

Administration” means the Maritime Authority of the State, other than Saint Lucia, whose flag the ship is entitled to fly;

authorized officer” means—

  1.  

    (a)     a surveyor of ships;

  1.  

    (b)     a maritime officer; or

  1.  

    (c)     any person appointed by the Director, either generally or in any particular case, to exercise powers under these Regulations;

bulk carrier” means a ship which is constructed generally with single deck, top-side tanks and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended primarily to carry dry cargo in bulk, and includes such types as are carriers and combination carriers;

Certificate” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in accordance with regulation 16;

chemical tanker” means a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in chapter 17 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk;

company” means the owner of the ship or any other organization or person such as the manager, or the bareboat charterer, who has assumed the responsibility for the operation of the ship from the owner of the ship and who on assuming such responsibility has agreed to take over all the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISPS Code;

company security officer” means the person designated by the Company in accordance with regulation 6;

Contracting Government” means the government of a State which is party to the Convention;

Convention” means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, as amended;

Declaration of Security” means an agreement reached between the master or ship security officer of a ship and a port facility officer, or a master or ship security officer of another ship in accordance with regulation 47;

Director” has the meaning assigned under section 2 of the Act;

Designated Authority” means the organization or the administration identified by a State other than Saint Lucia as responsible for ensuring the implementation of the provisions of chapter XI – 2 of the Convention pertaining to port facility security and ship/port interface from the point of view of the port facility;

gas carrier” means a cargo ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other liquid product in chapter 19 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquified Gases in Bulk, 1983, as amended;

high speed craft” means a craft capable of a maximum speed in metres per second (m/s) equal to or exceeding: 3.7▼0.1667

  1.  

         where: ▼= displacement corresponding to the design waterline (m³);

Interim Certificate” means an Interim International Ship Security Certificate issued in accordance with regulation 20;

ISPS Code” means the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities as adopted, on 12 December 2002, by resolution 2 of the Conference of Contracting Governments of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,1974 and any amendments;

ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code;

mobile offshore drilling unit” means a vessel capable of engaging drilling operations for the exploration for or the exploitation of resources beneath the sea-bed such as liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons, sulphur or salt, not on location;

oil tanker” means a ship constructed or adapted primarily to carry oil in bulk in its cargo spaces and includes—

  1.  

    (a)     a combination carrier;

  1.  

    (b)     a chemical tanker as defined when it is carrying a cargo or part cargo of oil in bulk; and

  1.  

    (c)     a gas carrier as defined in regulation 3.20 of Chapter II-1 of the Convention, when it is carrying a cargo or part cargo of oil in bulk;

Organization” means the International Maritime Organization;

port facility operator” means any person designated by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force as port facility operator in accordance with regulation 30;

port facility” means a location, within a port or elsewhere determined by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force as being a port facility, where the ship/port interface takes place and this includes areas such as anchorages, waiting berths and approaches from seaward, as appropriate;

port facility security assessment” means an assessment for the security of a port facility or more than one port facility carried out in accordance with regulation 33;

port facility security officer” means the person designated as port facility security officer in accordance with regulation 31;

port facility security plan” means a plan developed in accordance with regulation 34;

recognized security organization” means an organization with appropriate expertise in security matters and with appropriate knowledge of ship and port operations authorized to carry out an assessment, or a verification, or an approval or a certification activity, required by these Regulations or by Part A of the ISPS Code;

restricted zone” means a zone to which access is restricted for security reasons under these Regulations;

Royal Saint Lucia Police Force” means the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force established under the Police Act;

security level 1” means the level for which minimum appropriate protective security measures shall be maintained at all times;

security level 2” means the level for which appropriate additional protective security measures shall be maintained for a period of time as a result of heightened risks of a security incident;

security level 3” means the level for which further specific protective security measures shall be maintained for a limited period of time when a security incident is probable or imminent, although it may not be possible to identify the specific target;

security incident” means any suspicious act or circumstance threatening the security of a ship, including a mobile offshore drilling unit and a high speed craft, or of a port facility or of any ship/port interface or any ship to ship activity;

ship/port interface” means the interactions that occur when a ship is directly and immediately affected by actions involving the movement of persons, goods or the provisions of port services to or from the ship;

ship security officer” means the person designated by the company as ship security officer in accordance with regulation 7;

ship security plan” means a plan developed in accordance with regulation 13;

ship to ship activity” means any activity not related to a port facility that involves the transfer of goods or persons from one ship to another;

tons” means gross tonnage, and a reference to tons in relation to a ship having alternative gross tonnages is a reference to the larger of those 2 tonnages.

  1.  

    (2)   The term “all ships”, when used in these Regulations, means any ship to which these Regulations apply.

  1.  

    (3)   For the purposes of these Regulations, the Designated Authority in Saint Lucia is the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force.

3.   Application
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), these Regulations apply to—

    1.  

      (a)     the following types of ships engaged on international voyages—

      1.  

        (i)     passenger ships, including high-speed passenger craft,

      1.  

        (ii)     cargo ships, including high-speed craft, of 500 tons or more, and

      1.  

        (iii)     mobile offshore drilling units; and

    1.  

      (b)     port facilities serving the ships in subregulation (1) engaged on international voyages.

  1.  

    (2)   Despite subregulation (1), the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may by notice published in the Gazette extend the application of these Regulations to port facilities which, although used primarily by ships not engaged on international voyages, is required, occasionally, to serve ships arriving or departing on international voyages.

  1.  

    (3)   A notice referred to in subregulation (2) shall—

    1.  

      (a)     not be issued without a port facility security assessment for that port facility having been done in accordance with regulation 33;

    1.  

      (b)     specify the extent of application of these Regulations and the relevant sections of Part A of the ISPS Code to the facility;

    1.  

      (c)     not compromise the level of security intended to be provided by these Regulations and Part A of the ISPS Code.

  1.  

    (4)   Regulations 25, 26 and 43 also apply to a port facility not falling within sub regulation (1)(b) or (2).

  1.  

    (5)   These Regulations do not apply to—

    1.  

      (a)     warships;

    1.  

      (b)     naval auxiliaries; or

    1.  

      (c)     other ships owned or operated by parties to the Convention and in use only on Government non-commercial service.

  1.  

    (6)   Nothing in these Regulations shall prejudice the rights or obligations of States under international law.

PART 2
SHIP SECURITY
4.   Responsibility of Director
  1.  

    (1)   Without prejudice to any other duties under these Regulations, the Director shall—

    1.  

      (a)     set the applicable security level for ships;

    1.  

      (b)     approve the ship security plan and relevant amendments to a previously approved plan;

    1.  

      (c)     verify compliance of ships with the provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code and issue to ships the International Ship Security Certificate;

    1.  

      (d)     exercise control and compliance measures;

    1.  

      (e)     test approved plans; and

    1.  

      (f)     communicate information to the Organization and to the shipping and port industries.

  1.  

    (2)   Subject to regulation 58, the Director may delegate his or her responsibilities under these Regulations to a recognized security organization, except the following—

    1.  

      (a)     setting of the applicable security level for ships;

    1.  

      (b)     exercising control and compliance measures under regulations 25, 26 and 27;

    1.  

      (c)     establishing the requirements for a Declaration of Security.

5.   Requirements for companies
  1.  

    (1)   A company shall—

    1.  

      (a)     ensure that the ship security plan contains a clear statement emphasizing the master's authority;

    1.  

      (b)     establish in the ship security plan that the master has the overriding authority and responsibility to make decisions to safety and security of the ship and to request the assistance of the company or the Director as may be necessary;

    1.  

      (c)     designate a company security officer and may, depending on the number or types of ships it operates, designate several persons as company security officers once it is clearly identified for which ships each person is responsible;

    1.  

      (d)     ensure that the company security officer, the master and the ship security officer are given the necessary support to fulfill their duties and responsibilities in accordance with regulations 6, 7 and 8;

    1.  

      (e)     provide the master of the ship with information which shall include the following—

      1.  

        (i)     parties responsible for appointing the shipboard personnel, such as, ship management companies, manning agents, contractors, concessionaries, for example, retail sales, outlets, casinos etc.,

      1.  

        (ii)     parties responsible for deciding the employment of the ship including time or bareboat charterer or any other entity acting in such capacity, and

      1.  

        (iii)     in cases where the ship is employed under the terms of a charter party, the contact details of those parties, including time or voyage charterers.

  1.  

    (2)   In accordance with regulation XI-2/5 of the Convention, a company shall update and keep the information in subregulation (1)(e) current as and when changes occur.

  1.  

    (3)   With respect to ships constructed before 1 July 2004, the information in subregulation (1)(e) shall reflect the actual condition of the ship on that date.

  1.  

    (4)   With respect to ships constructed on or after 1 July 2004 and for ships constructed before 1 July 2004 which were out of service on 1 July 2004, the information in subregulation (1)(e) shall be provided as from the date of entry of the ship into service and shall reflect the actual condition of the ship on that date.

  1.  

    (5)   After 1 July 2004, where a ship is withdrawn from service, the information in subregulation (1)(e) shall be provided as from the date of re-entry of the ship into service and shall reflect the actual condition of the ship on that date.

  1.  

    (6)   Previously provided information that does not relate to the actual condition of the ship on that date need not be retained on board the ship.

  1.  

    (7)   Where the responsibility for the operation of the ship is assumed by another company, the information relating to the company which operated the ship shall not be required to be left on board the ship.

  1.  

    (8)   Any company which fails to comply with this regulation commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

6.   Company security officer
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall be designated as the company security officer and he or she may act as the company security officer for one or more ships, depending on the number or types of ships the Company operates once it is clearly identified for which ships this person is responsible.

  1.  

    (2)   The duties and responsibilities of the company security officer shall include, but are not limited to—

    1.  

      (a)     advising the level of threats likely to be encountered by the ship, using appropriate security assessments and other relevant information;

    1.  

      (b)     ensuring that ship security assessments are carried out;

    1.  

      (c)     ensuring the development, the submission for approval, and thereafter the implementation and maintenance of the ship security plan;

    1.  

      (d)     ensuring that the ship security plan is modified, as appropriate, to correct deficiencies and satisfy the security requirements of the individual ship;

    1.  

      (e)     arranging for internal audits and reviews of security activities;

    1.  

      (f)     arranging for the initial and subsequent verifications of the ship by the Director or the recognized security organization;

    1.  

      (g)     ensuring that deficiencies and non-conformities identified during internal audits, periodic reviews, security inspections and verifications of compliance are promptly addressed and dealt with;

    1.  

      (h)     enhancing security awareness and vigilance;

    1.  

      (i)     ensuring adequate training for personnel responsible for the security of the ship;

    1.  

      (j)     ensuring effective communication and co-operation between the ship security officer and the relevant port facility security officers;

    1.  

      (k)     ensuring consistency between security requirements and safety requirements;

    1.  

      (l)     ensuring that, if sister-ship or fleet security plans are used, the plan for each ship reflects the ship-specific information accurately; and

    1.  

      (m)     ensuring that any alternative or equivalent arrangements approved for a particular ship or group of ships are implemented and maintained.

7.   Ship security officer
  1.  

    (1)   A ship security officer shall be designated on each ship.

  1.  

    (2)   The duties and responsibilities of the ship security officer shall include, but are not limited to—

    1.  

      (a)     undertaking regular security inspections of the ship to ensure that appropriate security measures are maintained;

    1.  

      (b)     maintaining and supervising the implementation of the ship security plan, including any amendments to the plan;

    1.  

      (c)     co-ordinating the security aspects of the handling of cargo and ship's stores with other shipboard personnel and with the relevant port facility security officers;

    1.  

      (d)     proposing modifications to the ship security plan;

    1.  

      (e)     reporting to the company security officer any deficiencies and non-conformities identified during internal audits, periodic reviews, security inspections and verifications of compliance and implementing any corrective actions;

    1.  

      (f)     enhancing security awareness and vigilance on board the ship;

    1.  

      (g)     ensuring that adequate training has been provided to shipboard personnel, as appropriate;

    1.  

      (h)     reporting all security incidents;

    1.  

      (i)     co-ordinating implementation of the ship security plan with the company security officer and the relevant port facility security officer; and

    1.  

      (j)     ensuring that security equipment is properly operated, tested, calibrated and maintained, if any.

  1.  

    (3)   Any contravention of this regulation by the ship security officer shall be an offence.

8.   Master's discretion for ship safety and security
  1.  

    (1)   The master of a Saint Lucian ship shall not be constrained by the Company, the charterer or any other person from taking or executing any decision which, in the professional judgement of the master, is necessary to maintain the safety and security of the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   The decision in sub regulation (1) includes denial of access to persons, except those identified as duly authorized by a Contracting Government, or their effects and refusal to load cargo, including containers or other closed cargo transport units.

  1.  

    (3)   Where, in the professional judgement of the master, a conflict between any safety and security requirements applicable to the ship arises during its operations, the master shall give effect to those requirements necessary to maintain the safety of the ship.

  1.  

    (4)   Where a conflict arises under sub regulation (3), the master may implement temporary security measures and shall forthwith inform the Director and, if appropriate, the Contracting Government in whose port the ship is operating or intends to enter.

  1.  

    (5)   Any temporary security measures under this regulation shall, to the highest possible degree, be commensurate with the prevailing security level and when such cases are identified, the Director shall ensure that such conflicts are resolved and that the possibility of recurrence is minimized.

9.   Ship security
  1.  

    (1)   At security level 1, the following activities shall be carried out, through appropriate measures, on all ships, in order to identify and take preventative measures against security incidents—

    1.  

      (a)     ensuring the performance of all ship security duties;

    1.  

      (b)     controlling access to the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     controlling the embarkation of persons and their effects;

    1.  

      (d)     monitoring of deck areas and areas surrounding the ship;

    1.  

      (e)     supervising the handling of cargo and ship's stores; and

    1.  

      (f)     ensuring that security communication is readily available.

  1.  

    (2)   At security level 2, additional protective measures, specified in the ship security plan, shall be implemented for each activity set out in subregulation (1) taking into account regulation 13.

  1.  

    (3)   At security level 3, further specific protective measures specified in the ship security plan shall be implemented for each activity set out in subregulation (1) taking into account regulation 13.

  1.  

    (4)   Where security level 2 or 3 is set by the Director, the ship shall acknowledge receipt of the instructions on change of the security level.

  1.  

    (5)   Prior to entering a port or whilst in a port within the territory of a Contracting Government that has set—

    1.  

      (a)     security level 2 or 3, the ship shall acknowledge receipt of this instruction and shall confirm to the port facility security officer the initiation of the implementation of the appropriate measures and procedures as detailed in the ship security plan; and

    1.  

      (b)     security level 3, in addition to paragraph (a), the ship shall carry out all instructions issued by the Contracting Government;

    1.  

      (c)     security level 2 or 3 the ship shall report any difficulties in implementation of security plans and the port facility security officer and ship security officer shall liaise and co-ordinate the appropriate actions.

10.   Ship security assessment
  1.  

    (1)   Prior to commencing the ship security assessment, the company security officer shall—

    1.  

      (a)     ensure that advantage is taken of information available on the assessment of threat for the ports at which the ship will call or at which passengers embark or disembark and about the port facilities and their protective measures;

    1.  

      (b)     study previous reports on similar security needs;

    1.  

      (c)     where feasible, meet with appropriate persons on the ship and in the port facilities to discuss the purpose and methodology of the assessment;

    1.  

      (d)     follow any specific guidance offered by the Contracting Government.

  1.  

    (2)   The company security officer shall obtain and record the information required to conduct an assessment including—

    1.  

      (a)     the general layout of the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     the location of areas which should have restricted access, such as navigation bridge, machinery spaces of category A and other control stations as defined in chapter II-2 in the Convention;

    1.  

      (c)     the location and function of each actual or potential access point to the ship;

    1.  

      (d)     changes in the title which may have an impact on the vulnerability or security of the ship;

    1.  

      (e)     the cargo spaces and stowage arrangements;

    1.  

      (f)     the locations where the ship's stores and essential maintenance equipment is stored;

    1.  

      (g)     the locations where unaccompanied baggage is stored;

    1.  

      (h)     the emergency and stand-by equipment available to maintain essential services;

    1.  

      (i)     the number of ship's personnel, any existing security duties and any existing training requirement practices of the Company;

    1.  

      (j)     existing security and safety equipment for the protection of passengers and ship's personnel;

    1.  

      (k)     escape and evacuation routes and assembly stations which have to be maintained to ensure the orderly and safe emergency evacuation of the ship;

    1.  

      (l)     existing agreements with private security companies providing ship/waterside security services; and

    1.  

      (m)     existing security measures and procedures in effect, including inspection and control procedures, identification systems, surveillance and monitoring equipment, personnel identification documents and communication, alarms, lighting, access control and other appropriate systems.

  1.  

    (3)   The ship security assessment shall—

    1.  

      (a) include an on-scene security survey and, at least, the following elements—

      1.  

        (i)     identification of existing security measures, procedures and operations,

      1.  

        (ii)     identification and evaluation of key shipboard operations that it is important to protect,

      1.  

        (iii)     identification of possible threats to the key shipboard operations and the likelihood of their occurrence, in order to establish and prioritize security measures, and

      1.  

        (iv)     identification of weaknesses, including human factors, in the infrastructure, policies and procedures;

    1.  

      (b)     be documented, reviewed, accepted and retained by the Company;

    1.  

      (c)     address the following elements on board or within the ship—

      1.  

        (i)     physical security,

      1.  

        (ii)     structural integrity,

      1.  

        (iii)     personnel protection systems,

      1.  

        (iv)     procedural policies,

      1.  

        (v)     radio and telecommunication systems, including computer systems and networks, and

      1.  

        (vi)     other areas that may, if damaged or used for illicit observation, pose a risk to persons, property, or operations on board the ship or within a port facility;

    1.  

      (d)     examine each identified point of access, including open weather decks, and evaluate its potential for use by individuals who might seek to breach security and this includes points of access available to individuals having legitimate access as well as those who seek to obtain unauthorized entry;

    1.  

      (e)     consider the continuing relevance of the existing security measures and guidance, procedures and operations, under both routine and emergency conditions, and shall determine security guidance including—

      1.  

        (i)     the restricted areas,

      1.  

        (ii)     the response procedures to fire or other emergency conditions,

      1.  

        (iii)     the level of supervision of the ship's personnel, passengers, visitors, vendors, repair technicians, dock workers, etc.,

      1.  

        (iv)     the frequency and effectiveness of security patrols,

      1.  

        (v)     the security communications systems and procedures,

      1.  

        (vi)     the security doors, barriers and lighting, and

      1.  

        (vii)     the security and surveillance equipment and systems, if any;

    1.  

      (f)     consider all possible threats, which may include the following types of security incidents—

      1.  

        (i)     damage to, or destruction of, the ship or of a port facility, e.g. by explosive devices, arson, sabotage or vandalism,

      1.  

        (ii)     hijacking or seizure of the ship or of persons on board,

      1.  

        (iii)     tampering with cargo, essential ship equipment or systems or ship's stores,

      1.  

        (iv)     unauthorized access or use, including presence of stowaways,

      1.  

        (v)     smuggling weapons or equipment, including weapons of mass destruction,

      1.  

        (vi)     use of the ship to carry those intending to cause a security incident and their equipment,

      1.  

        (vii)     use of the ship itself as a weapon or as a means to cause damage or destruction,

      1.  

        (viii)     attacks from seaward whilst at berth or at anchor, and

      1.  

        (ix)     attacks while at sea;

    1.  

      (g)     take into account all possible vulnerabilities, which may include—

      1.  

        (i)     conflicts between safety and security measures,

      1.  

        (ii)     conflicts between shipboard duties and security assignments,

      1.  

        (iii)     watchkeeping duties, number of ship's personnel, particularly with implications on crew fatigue, alertness and performance,

      1.  

        (iv)     any identified security training deficiencies, and

      1.  

        (v)     any security equipment and systems, including communication systems.

  1.  

    (4)   Those involved in conducting a ship security assessment shall be able to draw upon expert assistance in relation to—

    1.  

      (a)     knowledge of current security threats and patterns;

    1.  

      (b)     recognition and detection of weapons, dangerous substances and devices;

    1.  

      (c)     recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of characteristics and behavioral patterns of persons who are likely to threaten security;

    1.  

      (d)     techniques used to circumvent security measures;

    1.  

      (e)     methods used to cause a security incident;

    1.  

      (f)     effects of explosives on ship's structures and equipment;

    1.  

      (g)     ship security;

    1.  

      (h)     ship/port interface business practices;

    1.  

      (i)     contingency planning, emergency preparedness and response;

    1.  

      (j)     physical security;

    1.  

      (k)     radio and telecommunications systems, including computer systems and networks;

    1.  

      (l)     marine engineering; and

    1.  

      (m)     ship and port operations.

  1.  

    (5)   The company security officer and the ship security officer shall always have regard to the effect that security measures may have on ship's personnel who will remain on the ship for long periods and when developing security measures, particular consideration shall be given to the convenience, comfort and personal privacy of the ship's personnel and their ability to maintain their effectiveness over long periods.

  1.  

    (6)   Subject to regulations 4(2) and 58, a recognized security organization may carry out the ship security assessment of a specific ship.

11.   Report
  1.  

    (1)   Upon completion of the ship security assessment, a report shall be prepared, consisting of a summary of how the assessment was conducted, a description of each vulnerability found during the assessment and a description of counter-measures that could be used to address each vulnerability.

  1.  

    (2)   The report under subregulation (1) shall be protected from unauthorized access or disclosure.

  1.  

    (3)   If the ship security assessment has not been carried out by the Company, the report of the ship security assessment shall be reviewed and accepted by the company security officer.

12.   On-scene security survey

The on-scene security survey shall examine and evaluate existing shipboard protective measures, procedures and operations for—

  1.  

    (a)     ensuring the performance of all ship security duties;

  1.  

    (b)     monitoring restricted areas to ensure that only authorized persons have access;

  1.  

    (c)     controlling access to the ship, including any identification systems;

  1.  

    (d)     monitoring of deck areas and areas surrounding the ship;

  1.  

    (e)     controlling the embarkation of persons and their effects (accompanied and unaccompanied baggage and ship's personnel personal effects);

  1.  

    (f)     supervising the handling of cargo and the delivery of ship's stores; and

  1.  

    (g)     ensuring that ship security communication, information, and equipment are readily available.

13.   Ship security plan
  1.  

    (1)   Each ship shall carry on board a ship security plan approved by the Director.

  1.  

    (2)   Subject to regulations 4(2) and 58, a recognized security organization may prepare the ship security plan for a specific ship.

  1.  

    (3)   The Director may entrust the review and approval of ship security plans or of amendments to a previously approved plan to recognized security organizations.

  1.  

    (4)   The recognized security organization undertaking the review and approval of a ship security plan, or its amendments, for a specific ship under subregulation (3) shall not have been involved in either the preparation of the ship security assessment or of the ship security plan, or of the amendments under review.

  1.  

    (5)   The submission of a ship security plan, or of amendments to a previously approved plan, for approval shall be accompanied by the security assessment on the basis of which the plan, or the amendments, has been developed.

  1.  

    (6)   A ship security plan shall—

    1.  

      (a)     make provision for the 3 security levels;

    1.  

      (b)     address the following–

      1.  

        (i)     measures designed to prevent weapons, dangerous substances and devices intended for use against persons, ships or ports and the carriage of which is not authorized from being taken on board the ship,

      1.  

        (ii)     identification of the restricted areas and measures for the prevention of unauthorized access to them,

      1.  

        (iii)     measures for the prevention of unauthorized access to the ship,

      1.  

        (iv)     procedures for responding to security threats or breaches of security, including provisions for maintaining critical operations of the ship or ship/port interface,

      1.  

        (v)     procedures for responding to any security instructions the Contracting Government may give at security level 3,

      1.  

        (vi)     procedures for evacuation in case of security threats or breaches of security,

      1.  

        (vii)     duties of shipboard personnel assigned security responsibilities and other shipboard personnel on security aspects,

      1.  

        (viii)     procedures for auditing the security activities,

      1.  

        (ix)     procedures for training, drills and exercises associated with the plan,

      1.  

        (x)     procedures for interfacing with port facility security activities,

      1.  

        (xi)     procedures for the periodic review of the plan and for updating,

      1.  

        (xii)     procedures for reporting security incidents,

      1.  

        (xiii)     identification of the ship security officer,

      1.  

        (xiv)     identification of the company security officer, including 24 hour contact details,

      1.  

        (xv)     procedures to ensure the inspection, testing calibration, and maintenance of any security equipment provided on board,

      1.  

        (xvi)     frequency for testing or calibration of any security equipment provided on board,

      1.  

        (xvii)     identification of the locations where the ship security alert system activation points are provided, and

      1.  

        (xviii)     procedures, instructions and guidance on the use of the ship security alert system, including the testing activation, deactivation and resetting and to limit false alerts;

    1.  

      (c)     detail the—

      1.  

        (i)     organizational structure of security for the ship,

      1.  

        (ii)     ship's relationships with the Company, port facilities, other ships and relevant authorities with security responsibility,

      1.  

        (iii)     the communication systems to allow effective continuous communication within the ship and between the ship and others, including port facilities,

      1.  

        (iv)     basic security measures for security level 1, both operational and physical, that will always be in place,

      1.  

        (v)     additional security measures that will allow the ship to progress without delay to security level 2 and, when necessary, to security level 3;

    1.  

      (d)     provide for regular review, or audit, of the ship security plan and for its amendment in response to experience or changing circumstances; and

    1.  

      (e)     detail reporting procedures to the contact points.

  1.  

    (7)   The Director shall determine which changes to an approved ship security plan or any security equipment specified in an approved plan shall be implemented.

  1.  

    (8)   The nature of the changes to the ship security plan or the security equipment under subregulation (7) that have been specifically approved by the Director shall be documented in a manner that clearly indicates such approval.

  1.  

    (9)   The approval in subregulation (7) shall be available on board and shall be presented together with the Certificate or the Interim Certificate.

  1.  

    (10)   If the changes in subregulation (8) are temporary, once the original approved measures or equipment are reinstated, this documentation no longer needs to be retained by the ship.

  1.  

    (11)   The ship security plan may be kept in an electronic format and shall be protected by procedures aimed at preventing its unauthorized deletion, destruction, amendment, access or disclosure.

  1.  

    (12)   A person who without authorization deletes, destroys, or amends the plan kept in an electronic format, commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (13)   Any unauthorized person who obtains access to or discloses the contents of any plan commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (14)   Subject to subregulation (15), ship security plans are not subject to inspection by a competent authority appointed by a Contracting Government to carry out control and compliance measures in accordance with regulations 25, 26, and 27.

  1.  

    (15)   Despite subregulation (14), if a competent authority appointed by a Contracting Government has clear grounds to believe that the ship is not in compliance with the requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention or Part A of the ISPS Code, and the only means to verify or rectify non-compliance is to review the relevant requirements of the ship security plan, limited access to the specific sections of the plan relating to the non-compliance is exceptionally allowed, but only with the consent of the Administration of, or the master of, the ship concerned.

14.   Confidential information
  1.  

    Despite regulation 12(14), the provisions in the ship security plan relating to regulation 13(6)(b)(ii), (iv), (v), (vii), (xv), (xvii) and (xviii) are considered as confidential information and shall not be subject to inspection unless otherwise agreed by the Director.

15.   Verification for ships
  1.  

    (1)   All Saint Lucian ships to which these Regulations apply shall be subject to—

    1.  

      (a)     an initial verification before the ship is put in service or before the certificate required under regulation 16 is issued for the first time, which shall include a complete verification of its security system and any associated security equipment covered by the relevant provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code and the approved ship security plan;

    1.  

      (b)     a renewal verification at intervals specified by the Director, not exceeding 5 years, except where regulation 19 is applicable;

    1.  

      (c)     at least one intermediate verification and if only one intermediate verification is carried out it shall take place between the second and third anniversary date of the certificate as defined in regulation I/2(n) of the Convention;

    1.  

      (d)     any additional verifications as determined by the Director.

  1.  

    (2)   The verification of ships shall be carried out by an authorized officer or, if he or she entrusts it, by a recognized security organization.

  1.  

    (3)   After verification under subregulation (1) the security system and any associated security equipment of the ship shall be maintained to conform with the provisions of regulations XI-2/42 and XI-2/6 of the Convention, Part A of the ISPS Code and of the approved ship security plan.

  1.  

    (4)   After any verification under subregulation (1), no changes shall be made in the security system and in any associated security equipment or the approved ship security plan without the sanction of the Director.

  1.  

    (5)   Any contravention of subregulation (1) or (3) shall be an offence by both the company and the master.

16.   Issue or endorsement of certificate
  1.  

    (1)   When an initial or renewal verification is satisfactorily completed pursuant to regulation 15 the Director or a recognized security organization acting on his or her behalf shall issue or, as the case may be, endorse an International Ship Security Certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   The International Ship Security Certificate shall be drawn up in the Form A set in the Schedule.

17.   Issue and endorsement of certificates by another Government
  1.  

    (1)   The Director may request another Contracting Government to verify the ship and, if satisfied that the provisions of regulation 15 are complied with, to issue or authorize the issue of a Certificate to the ship and, where appropriate, endorse or authorize the endorsement of that Certificate on the ship, in accordance with regulation 16.

  1.  

    (2)   A Certificate issued under subregulation (1) shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the Director and it shall have the same effect as if it were issued by the Director.

18.   Certificates issued or endorsed on behalf of another Contracting Government
  1.  

    (1)   The Director may, at the request of another Contracting Government, verify a ship and, if satisfied that the provisions of regulation 15 are complied with, issue or authorize the issue of a certificate to the ship and, where appropriate, endorse or authorize the endorsement of that Certificate on the ship, in accordance with regulation 16.

  1.  

    (2)   A Certificate issued under subregulation (1) shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of that Contracting Government and it shall have the same effect as if the Certificate was issued or endorsed by that Contracting Government.

19.   Duration and validity of certificate
  1.  

    (1)   A certificate shall be issued for a period specified by the Director, which shall not exceed 5 years.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the renewal verification is completed within 3 months before the expiry of the existing Certificate, the new Certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal verification to a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing Certificate.

  1.  

    (3)   Where the renewal verification is completed after the expiry date of the existing Certificate, the new Certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal verification to a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing Certificate.

  1.  

    (4)   Where the renewal verification is completed more than 3 months before the expiry date of the existing Certificate, the new Certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal verification to a date not exceeding five years from the date of completion of the renewal verification.

  1.  

    (5)   Where a Certificate is issued for a period of less than 5 years, the Director may extend the validity of the Certificate beyond the expiry date to the maximum period specified in subregulation (1) provided that the verifications referred to in regulation 15 are applicable when a Certificate is issued for a period of 5 years are carried out as appropriate.

  1.  

    (6)   Where a renewal verification has been completed and a new Certificate cannot be issued or placed on board the ship before the expiry date of the existing Certificate, the Director or recognized security organization acting on behalf of the Director may endorse the existing Certificate and such a Certificate shall be accepted as valid for a further period which shall not exceed 5 months from the expiry date.

  1.  

    (7)   Where a ship, at the time when a Certificate expires, is not in a port in which it is to be verified, the Director may extend the period of validity of the Certificate but this extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the port in which it is to be verified, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so.

  1.  

    (8)   A Certificate shall not be extended for a period longer than 3 months, and the ship to which an extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the port in which it is to be verified, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port without having a new Certificate.

  1.  

    (9)   Where the renewal verification is completed, the new Certificate shall be valid to a date not exceeding 5 years from the expiry date of the existing Certificate before the extension was granted.

  1.  

    (10)   A Certificate issued to a ship engaged on short voyages which has not been extended under this regulation may be extended by the Director for a period of grace of up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it and where the renewal verification is completed, the new Certificate shall be valid to a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing Certificate before the extension was granted.

  1.  

    (11)   Where an intermediate verification is completed before the period specified in regulation 15 then—

    1.  

      (a)     the expiry date shown on the Certificate shall be amended by endorsement to a date which shall not be more than 3 years later than the date on which the intermediate verification was completed;

    1.  

      (b)     the expiry date may remain unchanged provided one or more additional verifications are carried out so that the maximum intervals between the verifications prescribed in regulation 15 are not exceeded.

  1.  

    (12)   A Certificate issued under regulation 16, 17 or 18 shall cease to be valid in any of the following cases—

    1.  

      (a)     if the relevant verifications are not completed within the periods specified under regulation 15;

    1.  

      (b)     if the certificate is not endorsed in accordance with regulation 16(1) if applicable;

    1.  

      (c)     when a company assumes the responsibility for the operation of a ship not previously operated by that company; and

    1.  

      (d)     upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another State.

  1.  

    (13)   In the case of—

    1.  

      (a)     a transfer of a ship to the flag of another Contracting Government, the Director shall, as soon as possible, transmit to the Contracting Government copies of, or all information relating to the Certificate carried by the ship before the transfer and copies of available verification reports; or

    1.  

      (b)     a Company that assumes responsibility for the operation of a ship not previously operated by that Company, the previous Company shall, as soon as possible, transmit to the receiving Company copies of any information related to the Certificate or to facilitate the verifications described in regulation 15.

20.   Interim certification
  1.  

    (1)   After 1 July 2004, the Director or a recognized security organization may issue an Interim International Ship Security Certificate in the Form B set out in the Schedule for the purposes of—

    1.  

      (a)     a ship without a Certificate, on delivery or prior to its entry or re-entry into service;

    1.  

      (b)     transfer from the flag of another Contracting Government to the Saint Lucian register;

    1.  

      (c)     transfer of a ship to the flag of a Contracting Government from a State which is not a Contracting Government;

    1.  

      (d)     a Company assuming the responsibility for the operation of a ship not previously operated by that Company,

  1.  

    until the Certificate referred to in regulation 15, 16 or 17(1) is issued.

  1.  

    (2)   An Interim Certificate shall only be issued if the Director or a recognized security organization acting on his or her behalf is satisfied that—

    1.  

      (a)     the ship security assessment required by these Regulations has been completed;

    1.  

      (b)     a copy of the ship security plan meeting the requirements of these Regulations is provided on board, has been submitted for review and approval, and is being implemented on the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     the ship is provided with a ship security alert system meeting the requirements of regulation 21, if required;

    1.  

      (d)     the company security officer has—

      1.  

        (i)     ensured the review of the ship security plan for compliance with these Regulations,

      1.  

        (ii)     ensured that the plan has been submitted for approval, and

      1.  

        (iii)     ensured that the plan is being implemented on the ship, and

      1.  

        (iv)     established the necessary arrangements, including arrangements for drills, exercises and internal audits, through which the company security officer is satisfied that the ship will successfully complete the required verification in accordance with regulation 15, within 6 months;

    1.  

      (e)     arrangements have been made for carrying out the required verifications under regulation 15;

    1.  

      (f)     the master, the ship security officer and other ship's personnel with specific security duties are familiar with their duties and responsibilities as specified in these Regulations; and with the relevant provisions of the ship security plan placed on board; and have been provided such information in the working language of the ship's personnel or languages understood by them; and

    1.  

      (g)     the ship security officer meets the requirements of Part A of the ISPS Code.

  1.  

    (3)   An Interim Certificate shall be valid for 6 months, or until the Certificate required by regulations 16, 17, or 18 is issued whichever comes first.

  1.  

    (4)   An Interim Certificate may not be extended.

  1.  

    (5)   A subsequent, consecutive Interim Certificate shall not be issued to a ship if, in the judgement of the Director or the recognized security organization, one of the purposes of the ship or a Company in requesting such certificate is to avoid full compliance with these Regulations beyond the period of the initial Interim Certificate as specified in subregulation (3).

  1.  

    (6)   For the purposes of regulation XI-2/9 of the Convention, the Director may, prior to accepting an Interim Certificate as a valid Interim Certificate, ensure that the requirements of subregulation (2)(d) – (f) have been met.

21.   Ship security alert system
  1.  

    (1)   The following ships shall be provided with a ship security alert system—

    1.  

      (a)     ships constructed on or after 1 July 2004;

    1.  

      (b)     passenger ships, including high-speed passenger craft, constructed before 1 July 2004, not later than the first survey of the radio installation after 1 July 2004;

    1.  

      (c)     oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers, bulk carriers and cargo high speed craft, of 500 tons and upwards constructed before 1 July 2004, not later than the first survey of the radio installation after 1 July 2004;

    1.  

      (d)     other cargo ships of 500 tons and upward and mobile offshore drilling units constructed before 1 July 2004, not later than the first survey of the radio installation after 1 July 2004.

  1.  

    (2)   The ship security alert system, when activated, shall—

    1.  

      (a)     initiate and transmit a ship-to-shore security alert to a competent authority designated by the Director, which in these circumstances may include the Company, identifying the ship, its location and indicating that the security of the ship is under threat or it has been compromised;

    1.  

      (b)     not send the ship security alert to any other ships;

    1.  

      (c)     not raise any alarm on-board the ship; and

    1.  

      (d)     continue the ship security alert until deactivated and reset.

  1.  

    (3)   The ship security alert system shall—

    1.  

      (a)     be capable of being activated from the navigation bridge and in at least one other location; and

    1.  

      (b)     conform to performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.

  1.  

    (4)   The ship security alert system activation points shall be designed so as to prevent the inadvertent initiation of the ship security alert.

  1.  

    (5)   The requirement for a ship security alert system may be complied with by using the radio installation fitted for compliance with the requirements of Chapter IV of the Convention, provided all requirements of this regulation are complied with.

  1.  

    (6)   Where the Director receives notification of a ship security alert he or she shall immediately notify the State in the vicinity of which the ship is presently operating.

  1.  

    (7)   Where the Director receives notification of a ship security alert from a ship which is not entitled to fly its flag, it shall immediately notify the relevant Administration and, if appropriate, the States in the vicinity of which the ship is presently operating.

  1.  

    (8)   Any contravention of subregulations (1) to (4) shall be an offence by the company and the master.

22.   Continuous synopsis record
  1.  

    (1)   This regulation applies to all ships engaged on international voyages, except—

    1.  

      (a)     ships of war and troop ships;

    1.  

      (b)     cargo ships of less than 500 tons;

    1.  

      (c)     ships not propelled by mechanical means;

    1.  

      (d)     wooden ships of primitive build;

    1.  

      (e)     pleasure vessels not engaged in trade; and

    1.  

      (f)     fishing vessels.

  1.  

    (2)   

    1.  

      (a)     All ships shall be provided with a Continuous Synopsis Record for the purpose of providing an on-board record of the history of the ship with respect to the information recorded therein.

    1.  

      (b)     For ships constructed before 1 July 2004, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall, at least, provide the history of the ship as from 1 July 2004.

  1.  

    (3)   The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be issued by the Director to each Saint Lucian ship and it shall contain at least, the following information—

    1.  

      (a)     the name of Saint Lucia;

    1.  

      (b)     the date on which the ship was registered in Saint Lucia;

    1.  

      (c)     the ship's identification number in accordance with the Act;

    1.  

      (d)     the name of the ship;

    1.  

      (e)     the port at which the ship is registered;

    1.  

      (f)     the name of the registered owner and their registered address;

    1.  

      (g)     the name of the registered bareboat charterer and the registered address, if applicable;

    1.  

      (h)     the name of the Company, its registered address and the address from where it carries out the safety management activities;

    1.  

      (i)     the name of all classification societies with which the ship is classed;

    1.  

      (j)     the name of the Director or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization which has issued the Document of Compliance or the Interim Document of Compliance, specified in the ISM Code, to the Company operating the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the audit on the basis of which the document was issued, if other than that issuing the document;

    1.  

      (k)     the name of the Director or the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization that has issued the Safety Management Certificate or the Interim Safety Management Certificate, specified in the ISM Code, to the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the audit on the basis of which the certificate was issued, if other than the body issuing the certificate;

    1.  

      (l)     the name of the Director or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized security organization that has issued the Certificate or an Interim Certificate, specified in Part A of the ISPS Code, to the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the verification on the basis of which the certificate was issued, if other than the body issuing the certificate; and

    1.  

      (m)     the date on which the ship ceased to be registered with Saint Lucia.

  1.  

    (4)   The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be kept on board the ship and shall be available for inspection at all times.

  1.  

    (5)   

    1.  

      (a)     Any changes relating to the entries referred to in subregulation (3)(d) or (m) shall be recorded in the Continuous Synopsis Record so as to provide updated and current information together with the history of the changes.

    1.  

      (b)     In case of any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraph (a), the Director shall issue, as soon as is practically possible, but not later than 3 months from the date of the change, to the ships entitled to fly the Saint Lucia flag either a revised and updated version of the Continuous Synopsis Record or appropriate amendments thereto.

    1.  

      (c)     In case of any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraph (a), the Director, pending the issue of a revised and updated version of the Continuous Synopsis Record, shall authorize and require either the Company or the master of the ship to amend the Continuous Synopsis Record to reflect the changes.

    1.  

      (d)     After the Continuous Synopsis Record has been amended the Company or the master of the ship shall, without delay, inform the Director accordingly.

  1.  

    (6)   The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in the format developed by the Organization and shall be maintained in accordance with guidelines developed by the Organization and any previous entries in the Continuous Synopsis Record shall not be modified, deleted or, in any way, erased or defaced.

23.   Transfer of flag by ship
  1.  

    (1)   Whenever a ship is transferred to the flag of another State or the ship is sold to another owner, or is taken over by another bareboat charterer, or another Company assumes the responsibility for the operation of the ship, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall be left on board the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   When a ship is to be transferred to the flag of another State, the Company, or, master shall notify the Director of the name of the State under whose flag the ship is to be transferred so as to enable the Director to forward to that State a copy of the Continuous Synopsis Record covering the period during which the ship was under his or her jurisdiction.

  1.  

    (3)   When a ship is transferred to the flag of another Contracting Government, the Director shall transmit to the Administration as soon as possible after the transfer takes place a copy of the relevant Continuous Synopsis Record covering the period during which the ship was under Saint Lucia jurisdiction together with any Continuous Synopsis Records previously issued to the ship by other States.

  1.  

    (4)   When a ship is transferred from the flag of another State, the Director shall append the previous Continuous Synopsis Records to the new Continuous Synopsis Record issued to the ship.

24.   Offences and penalties
  1.  

    (1)   A Company, shall—

    1.  

      (a)     provide to the Director the information required by regulation 23(3) if requested by the Director;

    1.  

      (b)     inform the Director of the changes referred to in regulation 22(5);

    1.  

      (c)     make the changes in the Continuous Synopsis Record as he or she is required to make under regulation 22(5)(c);

    1.  

      (d)     inform the Director as is required by regulation 22(5)(c)(ii); or

    1.  

      (e)     ensure the Continuous Synopsis Record is left on the ship and is available for inspection as required by regulation 22(4).

  1.  

    (2)   Where a Company contravenes subregulation (1) that company commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000.

  1.  

    (3)   A master shall—

    1.  

      (a)     make any changes in the Continuous Synopsis Record he or she is required to make under regulation 22(5)(c);

    1.  

      (b)     ensure the Continuous Synopsis Record is left on the ship and is available for inspection as required by regulation 22(4).

  1.  

    (4)   Where a master contravenes subregulation (3), he or she commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000.

25.   Ships intending to enter a port
  1.  

    (1)   The Director may require that ships intending to enter ports in Saint Lucia provide the following information to authorized officers to ensure compliance with these Regulations prior to entry into the port and with the aim of avoiding the need to impose control measures or steps—

    1.  

      (a)     the name of the authority issuing the Certificate or Interim Certificate;

    1.  

      (b)     the security level at which the ship is currently operating;

    1.  

      (c)     the security level at which the ship operated in any previous port where it has conducted a ship/port interface within the time frame specified in subregulation(4);

    1.  

      (d)     any special or additional security measures that were taken by the ship in any previous port where it has conducted a ship/port interface within the time frame specified in subregulation (4);

    1.  

      (e)     that the appropriate ship security procedures were maintained during any ship to ship activity within the time frame specified in subregulation (4); or

    1.  

      (f)     other practical security related information, but not details of the ship security plan, taking into account the guidance given in Part B of the ISPS Code,

  1.  

    and where requested by the Director, the ship or the Company shall provide confirmation, acceptable to it, of the information required above.

  1.  

    (2)   Every Saint Lucian ship to which these Regulations applies intending to enter the port of another Contracting Government shall provide the information described in subregulation (1) on the request of the authorized officer of that Contracting Government.

  1.  

    (3)   The master may decline to provide the information requested under subregulation (2) on the understanding that failure to do so may result in denial of entry into port.

  1.  

    (4)   The ship shall keep records of the information referred to in subregulation (2) for the last 10 calls at port facilities.

  1.  

    (5)   

    1.  

      (a)     Where, after receipt of the information described in subregulation (1), an authorized officer has clear grounds for believing that the ship is not in compliance with the requirements of these Regulations, such officers shall attempt to establish communication with and between the ship and its Administration in order to rectify the non-compliance.

    1.  

      (b)     Where such communication does not result in rectification, or if such officers have clear grounds for believing that the ship is not in compliance with the requirements of these Regulations, such officers may take steps in relation to that ship as provided in subregulation (6) and any such steps shall be proportionate, taking into account the guidance given in these Regulations.

  1.  

    (6)   The steps which may be taken under subregulation (5) shall include the following—

    1.  

      (a)     a requirement for the rectification of the non-compliance;

    1.  

      (b)     a requirement that the ship proceed to a location specified in the territorial sea or internal waters of Saint Lucia;

    1.  

      (c)     inspection of the ship, if the ship is in the territorial sea of Saint Lucia; or

    1.  

      (d)     denial of entry into port.

  1.  

    (7)   Prior to initiating any steps under subregulation (6), the Designated Authority shall inform the ship of its intentions and upon receipt of this information the master may withdraw the intention to enter that port.

26.   Control of ships in port
  1.  

    (1)   

    1.  

      (a)     For the purpose of these Regulations, every ship to which these Regulations applies is subject to control when in a port in Saint Lucia by the Director or an authorized officer.

    1.  

      (b)     The control in paragraph (a) shall be limited to verifying that there is on board a valid Certificate or Interim Certificate, which, if valid, shall be accepted, unless there are clear grounds for believing that the ship is not in compliance with the requirements of these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   Where there are no clear grounds, or where no valid Certificate or Interim Certificate is produced when required, the authorized officer shall impose any one or more control measures in relation to that ship as provided in subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (3)   The imposed measures pursuant to subregulation (2) shall be proportionate, taking into account the guidance given in this regulation.

  1.  

    (4)   

    1.  

      (a)     The control measures which authorized officers shall impose under subregulation (2) include the following—

      1.  

        (i)     inspection of the ship,

      1.  

        (ii)     delaying the ship,

      1.  

        (iii)     detention of the ship,

      1.  

        (iv)     restriction of operations including movement within the port, or

      1.  

        (v)     expulsion of the ship from port.

    1.  

      (b)     The control measures in paragraph (a) may additionally or alternatively include other lesser administrative or corrective measures.

27.   Additional control and compliance provisions
  1.  

    (1)   Where—

    1.  

      (a)     the imposition of a control measure, other than a lesser administrative or corrective measure, referred to in regulation 26(4)(b); or

    1.  

      (b)     any of the steps referred to in regulation 26(4)(a) are taken, an authorized officer shall forthwith inform the Administration in writing specifying which control measures have been imposed or steps taken and the reasons and he or she shall also notify the recognized security organization, which issued the Certificate relating to the ship concerned and the Organization when any such control measures have been imposed or steps taken.

  1.  

    (2)   When entry into port is denied or the ship is expelled from a port in Saint Lucia, the Director shall communicate the appropriate facts to the authorities of the State of the next appropriate ports of call, when known, and any other appropriate coastal States, taking into account any guidelines developed by the Organization and confidentiality and security of such notification shall be ensured.

  1.  

    (3)   Denial of entry into port or expulsion from port, shall only be imposed where the authorized officers have clear grounds to believe that the ship poses an immediate threat to the security or safety of persons, or of ships or other property and there are no other appropriate means for removing that threat.

  1.  

    (4)   The control measures referred to in regulation 26 and the steps referred to in regulation 25 shall only be imposed, under regulations 25 and 26, until the non-compliance giving rise to the control measures or steps has been corrected to the satisfaction of the Director, taking into account actions proposed by the ship or the Administration or the Director, if any.

  1.  

    (5)   Where control is exercised under regulation 26 or steps taken under regulation 25—

    1.  

      (a)     all possible efforts shall be made to avoid a ship being unduly detained or delayed and if a ship is unduly detained, or delayed, it shall be entitled to compensation for any loss or damage suffered; and

    1.  

      (b)     necessary access to the ship shall not be prevented for emergency or humanitarian reasons or for security purposes.

28.   Threats to ships
  1.  

    (1)   The Director shall set security levels and ensure the provision of security level information to ships operating in the territorial sea of Saint Lucia or having communicated an intention to enter the territorial sea.

  1.  

    (2)   The Director shall provide a point of contact through which such ships can request advice or assistance and to which such ships can report any security concerns about other ship movements or communications.

  1.  

    (3)   Where a risk of attack has been identified, the Director shall advise the ships concerned and their Administrations of—

    1.  

      (a)     the current security level;

    1.  

      (b)     any security measures that should be put in place by the ships concerned to protect themselves from attack, in accordance with these Regulations; and

    1.  

      (c)     security measures that the Designated Authority put in place.

PART 3
PORT FACILITY SECURITY
29.   Responsibility of Royal Saint Lucia Police Force
  1.  

    (1)   Without prejudice to any other duties under these Regulations or any other law the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force shall—

    1.  

      (a)     set the applicable security level for port facilities or ship to ship interface in Saint Lucia territorial sea;

    1.  

      (b)     determine which of the ports located within their territory are required to designate a port facility security officer who will be responsible for the preparation of the port facility security plan;

    1.  

      (c)     ensure completion and approval of the port facility security assessment and of any subsequent amendments to a previously approved assessment;

    1.  

      (d)     approve the port facility security plan and any subsequent amendments to a previously approved plan;

    1.  

      (e)     exercise control and compliance measures;

    1.  

      (f)     test approved plans; and

    1.  

      (g)     communicate information to the Organization and to the shipping and port industries.

  1.  

    (2)   Subject to regulation 58, the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may delegate to a recognized security organization its duties under these Regulations, except—

    1.  

      (a)     setting of the applicable security level for port facilities or ship to ship interface in Saint Lucia territorial sea;

    1.  

      (b)     approving a port facility security assessment and subsequent amendments to an approved assessment;

    1.  

      (c)     determining the port facilities which will be required to designate a port facility security officer and prepare a port facility security plan;

    1.  

      (d)     approving a port facility security plan and subsequent amendments to an approved plan;

    1.  

      (e)     exercising control and compliance measures pursuant to regulations 25, 26 and 27; and

    1.  

      (f)     establishing the requirements for a Declaration of Security.

  1.  

    (3)   The Royal Saint Lucia Police Force shall designate and communicate to the port facility operator and the port facility security officer the measures required to be addressed in a port facility security plan for the various security levels, including when the submission of a Declaration of Security will be required.

30.   Duties of port facility operator

The port facility operator shall—

  1.  

    (a)     ensure that port facilities comply with the relevant requirements of these Regulations;

  1.  

    (b)     appoint a suitably qualified port facility security officer, and ensure that he or she has knowledge of, and receives appropriate training in the following—

    1.  

      (i)     security administration,

    1.  

      (ii)     relevant international conventions, codes and recommendations,

    1.  

      (iii)     relevant Government legislation and regulations,

    1.  

      (iv)     responsibilities and functions of other security organizations,

    1.  

      (v)     methodology of port facility security assessment,

    1.  

      (vi)     methods of ship and port facility security surveys and inspections,

    1.  

      (vii)     ship and port operations and conditions,

    1.  

      (viii)     ship and port facility security measures,

    1.  

      (ix)     emergency preparedness and response and contingency planning,

    1.  

      (x)     instruction techniques for security training and education, including security measures and procedures,

    1.  

      (xi)     handling sensitive security-related information and security related communications,

    1.  

      (xii)     knowledge of current security threats and patterns,

    1.  

      (xiii)     recognition and detection of weapons, dangerous substances and devices,

    1.  

      (xiv)     recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of characteristics and behavioural patterns of persons who are likely to threaten the security,

    1.  

      (xv)     techniques used to circumvent security measures,

    1.  

      (xvi)     security equipment and systems, and their operational limitations,

    1.  

      (xvii)     methods of conducting audits, inspections, control and monitoring,

    1.  

      (xviii)     methods of physical searches and non-intrusive inspections,

    1.  

      (xix)     security drills and exercises, including drills and exercises with ships, and

    1.  

      (xx) assessment of security drills and exercises;

  1.  

    (c)     provide the port facility security officer with the resources, assistance and support necessary to enable him or her to carry out his or her duties;

  1.  

    (d)     ensure that port facility personnel having specific security duties, have appropriate knowledge and receive appropriate training in the following—

    1.  

      (i)     knowledge of current security threats and patterns,

    1.  

      (ii)     recognition and detection of weapons, dangerous substances and devices,

    1.  

      (iii)     techniques used to circumvent security measures,

    1.  

      (iv)     crowd management and control techniques,

    1.  

      (v)     security-related communications,

    1.  

      (vi)     operations of security equipment and systems,

    1.  

      (vii)     testing, calibration and maintenance of security equipment and systems,

    1.  

      (viii)     inspections, control, and monitoring techniques, and

    1.  

      (ix)     methods of physical searches of persons, personal effects, baggage, cargo, and ship's stores;

  1.  

    (e)     that all other port facility personnel have knowledge of and are familiar with relevant provisions of the port facility security plan in some or all of the following—

    1.  

      (i)     the meaning and the consequential requirements of the different security levels,

    1.  

      (ii)     recognition and detection of weapons, dangerous substances and devices,

    1.  

      (iii)     recognition of characteristics and behavioural patterns of persons who are likely to threaten the security, and

    1.  

      (iv)     techniques used to circumvent security measures.

31.   Port facility security officer
  1.  

    (1)   A port facility security officer shall be designated for each port facility and a person may be designated as the port facility security officer for one or more port facilities.

  1.  

    (2)   In addition to those specified elsewhere in these Regulations, the duties and responsibilities of the port facility security officer shall include, but are not limited to—

    1.  

      (a)     conducting an initial comprehensive security survey of the port facility, taking into account the relevant port facility security assessment;

    1.  

      (b)     ensuring the development and maintenance of the port facility security plan;

    1.  

      (c)     implementing and exercising the port facility security plan;

    1.  

      (d)     undertaking regular security inspections of the port facility to ensure the continuation of appropriate security measures;

    1.  

      (e)     recommending and incorporating, as appropriate, modifications to the port facility security plan in order to correct deficiencies and to update the plan to take into account relevant changes to the port facility;

    1.  

      (f)     enhancing security awareness and vigilance of the port facility;

    1.  

      (g)     ensuring adequate training has been provided to personnel responsible for the security of the port facility;

    1.  

      (h)     reporting to the relevant authorities and maintaining records of occurrences which threaten the security of the port facility;

    1.  

      (i)     co-ordinating implementation of the port facility security plan with the appropriate company and ship security officer;

    1.  

      (j)     co-ordinating with security services, as appropriate;

    1.  

      (k)     ensuring that standards for personnel responsible for security of the port facility are met;

    1.  

      (l)     ensuring that security equipment is properly operated, tested, calibrated and maintained, if any; and

    1.  

      (m)     assisting ship security officers in confirming the identity of those seeking to board the ship when requested.

  1.  

    (3)   The port facility security officer shall be given the necessary support to fulfil the duties and responsibilities imposed by chapter XI-2 of the Convention, Part A of the ISPS Code and these Regulations.

  1.  

    (4)   A port facility security officer shall—

    1.  

      (a)     assist the ship security officer in those exceptional instances where the ship security officer has questions about the validity of identification documents of those seeking to board the ship for official purposes;

    1.  

      (b)     not be responsible for routine confirmation of the identity of those seeking to board the ship.

32.   Port facility security
  1.  

    (1)   A port facility shall act upon the security levels set by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force and security measures and procedures shall be applied at the port facility in such a manner as to cause a minimum of interference with, or delay to, passengers, ship, ship's personnel and visitors, goods and services.

  1.  

    (2)   At security level 1, the following activities shall be carried out through appropriate measures in all port facilities in order to identify and take preventative measures against security incidents—

    1.  

      (a)     ensuring the performance of all port facility security duties;

    1.  

      (b)     controlling access to the port facility;

    1.  

      (c)     monitoring of the port facility, including anchoring and berthing areas;

    1.  

      (d)     monitoring restricted areas to ensure that only authorized persons have access;

    1.  

      (e)     supervising the handling of cargo;

    1.  

      (f)     supervising the handling of ship's stores; and

    1.  

      (g)     ensuring that securing communication is readily available.

  1.  

    (3)   At security level 2, additional protective measures, specified in the port facility security plan, shall be implemented for each activity detailed in subregulation (2).

  1.  

    (4)   At security level 3, further specific protective measures, specified in the port facility security plan, shall be implemented for each activity detailed in subregulation (2).

  1.  

    (5)   In addition, at security level 3, port facilities shall respond to and implement any security instructions given by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force.

  1.  

    (6)   Where a port facility security officer is advised that a ship encounters difficulties in complying with the requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention or Part A of the ISPS Code or in implementing the appropriate measures and procedures as detailed in the ship security plan, and in the case of security level 3 following any security instructions given by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force, the port facility security officer and the ship security officer shall liaise and co-ordinate appropriate actions.

  1.  

    (7)   When a port facility security officer is advised that a ship is at a security level which is higher than that of the port facility, the port facility security officer shall report the matter to the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force and shall liaise with the ship security officer and co-ordinate appropriate actions, if necessary.

33.   Port facility security assessment
  1.  

    (1)   A port facility security assessment shall be carried out by—

    1.  

      (a)     a Contracting Government or a recognized security organization to—

      1.  

        (i)     determine which port facility requires a port facility security officer,

      1.  

        (ii)     prepare the port facility security plan,

      1.  

        (iii)     provide measures to ensure the security of ships where there are no port facility security officers at the relevant port facility; or

    1.  

      (b)     a port facility where a port facility security plan must be prepared.

  1.  

    (2)   When the port facility security assessment has been carried out by a port facility, the—

    1.  

      (a)     port facility security assessment shall be reviewed and approved for compliance with this regulation by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force;

    1.  

      (b)     recognized security organization which may have carried out the security assessment, shall not be associated with any other recognized security organization that prepared or assisted in the preparation of that assessment.

  1.  

    (3)   The persons carrying out the assessment shall have appropriate skills to evaluate the security of the port facility in accordance with this regulation and shall be able to draw upon expert assistance in relation to—

    1.  

      (a)     knowledge of current security threats and patterns;

    1.  

      (b)     recognition and detection of weapons, dangerous substances and devices;

    1.  

      (c)     recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of characteristics and behavioural patterns of persons who are likely to threaten security;

    1.  

      (d)     techniques used to circumvent security measures;

    1.  

      (e)     methods used to cause a security incident;

    1.  

      (f)     effects of explosives on structures and port facility services;

    1.  

      (g)     port facility security;

    1.  

      (h)     port business practices;

    1.  

      (i)     contingency planning, emergency preparedness and response;

    1.  

      (j)     physical security measures, e.g. fences;

    1.  

      (k)     radio and telecommunications systems, including computer systems and networks;

    1.  

      (l)     transport and civil engineering; and

    1.  

      (m)     ship and port operations.

  1.  

    (4)   Port facility security assessments shall be reviewed periodically and updated, taking into account changing threats and minor changes in the port facility, and shall always be reviewed and updated when major changes to the port facility take place.

  1.  

    (5)   The port facility assessment shall include, at least, the following elements—

    1.  

      (a)     identification and evaluation of important assets and infrastructure it is important to protect taking into account potential loss of life, the economic significance of the port, symbolic value, and the presence of Government installations;

    1.  

      (b)     identification of possible threats to the assets and infrastructure and the likelihood of their occurrence, in order to establish and prioritize security measures undertaken in consultation with the relevant national security organizations to determine—

      1.  

        (i)     any particular aspects of the port facility, including the vessel traffic using the facility, which make it likely to be the target of an attack,

      1.  

        (ii)     the likely consequences in terms of loss of life, damage to property and economic disruption, including disruption to transport systems, of an attack on, or at, the port facility,

      1.  

        (iii)     the capability and intent of those likely to mount such an attack, and

      1.  

        (iv)     the possible type, or types, of attack,

  1.  

    producing an overall assessment of the level of risk against which security measures have to be developed;

    1.  

      (c)     identification, selection and prioritization of countermeasures and procedural changes and their level of effectiveness in reducing vulnerability; and

    1.  

      (d)     identification of weaknesses, including human factors, in the infrastructure, policies and procedures;

    1.  

      (e)     physical security;

    1.  

      (f)     structural integrity;

    1.  

      (g)     personnel protection systems;

    1.  

      (h)     procedural policies;

    1.  

      (i)     radio and telecommunication systems, including computer systems and networks;

    1.  

      (j)     relevant transportation infrastructure;

    1.  

      (k)     utilities; and

    1.  

      (l)     other areas that may, if damaged or used for illicit observation, pose a risk to person, property, or operations within the port facility.

  1.  

    (6)   The assets and infrastructure under subregulation (3)(a) may include—

    1.  

      (a)     accesses, entrances, approaches, and anchorages, manoeuvring and berthing areas;

    1.  

      (b)     cargo facilities, terminals, storage areas, and cargo handling equipment;

    1.  

      (c)     systems such as electrical distribution systems, radio and telecommunication systems and computer systems and networks;

    1.  

      (d)     port vessel traffic management systems and aids to navigation;

    1.  

      (e)     power plants, cargo transfer piping, and water supplies;

    1.  

      (f)     bridges, railways, roads;

    1.  

      (g)     port service vessels, including pilot boats, tugs, lighters, etc.;

    1.  

      (h)     security and surveillance equipment and systems; and

    1.  

      (i)     the waters adjacent to the port facility.

  1.  

    (7)   The possible threats under subregulation (3)(b) may include the following types of security incidents—

    1.  

      (a)     damage to, or destruction of, the port facility or of the ship, e.g. by explosive devices, arson, sabotage or vandalism;

    1.  

      (b)     hijacking or seizure of the ship or of persons on board;

    1.  

      (c)     tampering with cargo, essential ship equipment or systems or ship's stores;

    1.  

      (d)     unauthorized access or use, including presence of stowaways;

    1.  

      (e)     smuggling weapons or equipment, including weapons of mass destruction;

    1.  

      (f)     use of the ship to carry those intending to cause a security incident and their equipment;

    1.  

      (g)     use of the ship itself as a weapon or as a means to cause damage or destruction;

    1.  

      (h)     blockage of port entrances, locks, approaches, etc.; and

    1.  

      (i)     nuclear, biological and chemical attack.

  1.  

    (8)   The process in subregulation (3)(b) shall involve consultation with the relevant authorities relating to structures adjacent to the port facility which could cause damage within the facility or be used for the purpose of causing damage to the facility or for illicit observation of the facility or for diverting attention.

  1.  

    (9)   Upon completion of the port facility security assessment, a report shall be prepared, consisting of a summary of how the assessment was conducted, a description of each vulnerability found during the assessment and a description of countermeasures that could be used to address each vulnerability and the report shall be protected from unauthorized access or disclosure.

  1.  

    (10)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(c)—

    1.  

      (a)     the security measures shall be selected on the basis of factors such as whether they reduce the probability of an attack and shall be evaluated using information that includes—

      1.  

        (i)     security surveys, inspections and audits,

      1.  

        (ii)     consultation with port facility owners and operators, and owners/operators of adjacent structures if appropriate,

      1.  

        (iii) historical information on security incidents; and operations within the port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     identification of vulnerabilities shall include consideration of—

      1.  

        (i)     water-side and shore-side access to the port facility and ships berthing at the facility,

      1.  

        (ii)     structural integrity of the piers, facilities, and associated structures,

      1.  

        (iii)     existing security measures and procedures, including identification systems,

      1.  

        (iv)     existing security measures and procedures relating to port services and utilities,

      1.  

        (v)     measures to protect radio and telecommunication equipment, port services and utilities, including computer systems and networks,

      1.  

        (vi)     adjacent areas that may be exploited during, or for, an attack,

      1.  

        (vii)     existing agreements with private security companies providing water-side/shore-side security services,

      1.  

        (viii)     any conflicting policies between safety and security measures and procedures,

      1.  

        (ix)     any enforcement and personnel constraints,

      1.  

        (x)     any deficiencies identified during training and drills, and

      1.  

        (xi)     any deficiencies identified during daily operation, following incidents or alerts, the report of security concerns, the exercise of control measures, audits, etc.

34.   Port facility security plan
  1.  

    (1)   A port facility security plan shall be developed and maintained, on the basis of a port facility security assessment for each port facility, adequate for the ship/port interface.

  1.  

    (2)   The port facility security plan referred to in subregulation (1) shall make provisions for the 3 security levels defined in regulation 2.

  1.  

    (3)   Subject to regulation (2), a recognized security organization may prepare the port facility security plan of a specific port facility.

  1.  

    (4)   The port facility security plan shall be approved by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force.

  1.  

    (5)   The port facility security plan shall address, at least, the following—

    1.  

      (a)     measures designed to prevent weapons or any other dangerous substances and devices intended for use against persons, ships or ports, and the carriage of which is not authorized, from being introduced into the port facility or on board a ship;

    1.  

      (b)     measures designed to prevent unauthorized access to the port facility to ships moored at the facility, and to restricted areas of the facility;

    1.  

      (c)     procedures for responding to security threats or breaches of security, including provisions for maintaining critical operations of the port facility or ship/port interface;

    1.  

      (d)     procedures for responding to any security instructions the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may give at security level 3;

    1.  

      (e)     procedures for evacuation in case of security threats or breaches of security;

    1.  

      (f)     duties of port facility personnel assigned security responsibilities and of other port facility personnel on security aspects;

    1.  

      (g)     procedures for interfacing with ship security activities;

    1.  

      (h)     procedures for the periodic review of the plan and updating;

    1.  

      (i)     procedures for reporting security incidents;

    1.  

      (j)     identification of the port facility security officer, including 24 contact details;

    1.  

      (k)     measures to ensure the security of the information contained in the plan;

    1.  

      (l)     measures designed to ensure effective security of cargo and the cargo handling equipment at the port facility;

    1.  

      (m)     procedures for auditing the port facility security plan;

    1.  

      (n)     procedures for responding in case the ship security alert system of a ship at the port facility has been activated; and

    1.  

      (o)     procedures for facilitating shore leave for ship's personnel or personnel changes, as well as access of visitors to the ship, including representatives of seafarers' welfare and labour organizations.

  1.  

    (6)   Personnel conducting internal audits of the security activities specified in the plan or evaluating its implementation shall be independent of the activities being audited unless it is impracticable due to the size and the nature of the port facility.

  1.  

    (7)   The port facility security plan may be combined with, or be part of, the port security plan or any other port emergency plan.

  1.  

    (8)   The Royal Saint Lucia Police Force shall determine which changes to the port facility security plan shall not be implemented unless the relevant amendments to the plan are approved by them.

  1.  

    (9)   The port facility security plan may be kept in an electronic format and shall be protected by procedures aimed at preventing its unauthorized deletion, destruction, amendment, access or disclosure.

  1.  

    (10)   A person who without authorization deletes, destroys or amends the plan kept in an electronic format commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (11)   Any unauthorized person who obtains access to or discloses the contents of any plan commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (12)   The Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may allow a port facility security plan to cover more than one port facility if the operator, location, operation, equipment, and design of these port facilities are similar and where the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force allows such an alternative arrangement the particulars of such arrangement shall be communicated to the Organization.

  1.  

    (13)   All port facility security plans shall—

    1.  

      (a)     detail the security organization of the port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     detail the organization's links with other relevant authorities and the necessary communication systems to allow the effective continuous operation of the organization and its links with others, including ships in port;

    1.  

      (c)     detail the basic security level 1 measures, both operational and physical, that will be in place;

    1.  

      (d)     detail the additional security measures that will allow the port facility to progress without delay to security level 2, and, when necessary, to security level 3;

    1.  

      (e)     provide for regular review, or audit, of the port facility security plan and for its amendment in response to experience or changing circumstances; and

    1.  

      (f)     detail reporting procedures to the appropriate contact points.

35.   Statement of Compliance of a port facility
  1.  

    (1)   The Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may issue an appropriate Statement of Compliance of a Port facility indicating—

    1.  

      (a)     the port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     that the port facility complies with the provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code;

    1.  

      (c)     the period of validity of the Statement of Compliance of a port facility, which should be specified by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force but shall not exceed 5 years; and

    1.  

      (d)     the subsequent verification arrangements established by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force and a confirmation when these are carried out.

  1.  

    (2)   The statement of compliance shall be in the Form C set out in the Schedule.

36.   Alternative security arrangements
  1.  

    (1)   The Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may, when implementing these Regulations, conclude in writing bilateral or multilateral agreements with other Contracting Governments on alternative security arrangements covering short international voyages on fixed routes between port facilities located within their territories.

  1.  

    (2)   Any agreement made under subregulation (1) shall not compromise the level of security of other ships or of port facilities not covered by the agreement.

  1.  

    (3)   A ship covered by such an agreement made under subregulation (1) shall not conduct any ship-to-ship activities with any ship not covered by the agreement.

  1.  

    (4)   An agreement made under subregulation (1) shall be reviewed periodically, taking into account the experience gained as well as any changes in the particular circumstances or the assessed threats to the security of the ships, the port facilities or the routes covered by the agreement.

37.   Equivalent security arrangements
  1.  

    (1)   The Director may allow a particular ship or a group of Saint Lucian ships to implement other security measures equivalent to those prescribed in these Regulations, provided such security measures are at least as effective as those prescribed in these Regulations and the Director, where he or she allows such security measures, shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof.

  1.  

    (2)   

    1.  

      (a)     When implementing these Regulations and Part A of the ISPS Code, the Royal St. Lucia Police Force may allow a particular port facility or a group of port facilities located within its territory, other than those covered by an agreement concluded under regulation 36, to implement security measures equivalent to those prescribed in these Regulations, provided such security measures are at least as effective as those prescribed in these Regulations.

    1.  

      (b)     Where the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force, allows the security measures, under paragraph (a) it shall communicate to the Organization particulars of the security measures.

PART 4
OFFENCES
38.   Requirement to provide information
  1.  

    (1)   The Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may, by notice in writing served on any of the following persons—

    1.  

      (a)     the owner, charterer, manager or master of any ship which is in, or appears to the Royal St. Lucia Police Force to be likely to enter, a port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     a port facility operator;

    1.  

      (c)     any person who carries on operations in a port facility; and

    1.  

      (d)     any person who is permitted to have access to a restricted zone of a port facility for the purposes of the activities of a business carried on by him or her,

  1.  

    require that person to provide the information specified in the notice.

  1.  

    (2)   A notice under subregulation (1) shall specify a date before which the information required by the person in subregulation (1)(a)–(d) is to be furnished to the Royal St. Lucia Police Force.

  1.  

    (3)   Any notice under subregulation (1) may also require the person on whom it is served to inform the Royal St. Lucia Police Force of any inaccurate information resulting from any change of circumstances including the taking of any further measures for purposes of these Regulations or the alteration or discontinuance of any measures already taken.

  1.  

    (4)   Where a notice requires further information to be furnished to the Royal St. Lucia Police Force in accordance with subregulation (3), it shall require that information to be furnished to it before the end of such period as is specified in the notice for the purposes of this subregulation.

  1.  

    (5)   A notice served on a person under subregulation (1) may at any time—

    1.  

      (a)     be revoked by a notice in writing served on the person by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force; or

    1.  

      (b)     be varied by a further notice under subregulation (1).

  1.  

    (6)   The Director may, require the owner, charterer, manager or master of any Saint Lucian ship to provide him or her with information, and subregulations (1) to (5) shall apply as if references to the Designated Authority were references to the Director.

  1.  

    (7)   Any person who—

    1.  

      (a)     without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with a requirement imposed on him or her by a notice under this regulation; or

    1.  

      (b)     in furnishing any information so required, makes a statement which he or she knows to be false in a material particular, or recklessly makes a statement which is false in a material particular,

  1.  

    commits an offence, and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000.

39.   False statements
  1.  

    (1)   A person who willfully makes a false statement to mislead or misleads or attempts to mislead the Director or the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force or any other person acting in the discharge of functions under these Regulations relating to the following—

    1.  

      (a)     any baggage, cargo or stores, whether belonging to him or her or to another, that is or are intended for carriage by sea—

      1.  

        (i)     by a Saint Lucian ship, or

      1.  

        (ii)     by any other ship to or from Saint Lucia; and

    1.  

      (b)     for the purpose of, or in connection with, an application made by him or her or another for the issue of an identity document to which this regulation applies; or

    1.  

      (c)     in connection with the continued holding by him or her or another of any such document which has already been issued,

  1.  

    commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (2)   In this regulation—

cargo” includes mail;

ship” does not include a ship used in naval, customs or police service; and

stores” means any goods intended for sale or use in a ship, including fuel and spare parts and other articles of equipment, whether or not for immediate fitting.

40.   Unauthorised presence in restricted zones
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not—

    1.  

      (a)     go, with or without a vehicle or vessel, onto or into any part of a restricted zone of a port facility except with the permission of the port facility operator or a person acting on behalf of the port facility operator and any conditions to which that permission is for the time being granted; or

    1.  

      (b)     remain in any part of such a restricted zone after being requested to leave by the port facility operator or a person acting on behalf of the port facility operator.

  1.  

    (2)   Subregulation (1)(a) does not apply unless it is proved that, at all the material times, notices stating that the area concerned was a restricted zone were posted so as to be readily seen and read by persons entering the restricted zone.

  1.  

    (3)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence.

41.   Offences relating to authorized persons
  1.  

    (1)   A person who intentionally obstructs an authorized officer acting in the exercise of a power conferred on him or her by or under these Regulations commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who falsely pretends to be an authorized officer, commits an offence, and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

42.   General penalty etc.
  1.  

    (1)   A person, who commits an offence under these Regulations and for which there is no penalty is liable on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding $10,000.

  1.  

    (2)   It shall be a defence for a person charged under these Regulations to show that he or she took all reasonable precautions and exercised all due diligence to avoid the commission of the offence.

43.   Obstruction

A person who, without lawful justification or excuse—

  1.  

    (a)     obstructs, hinders or resists the Director or the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force or any other person in the discharge of their functions under these Regulations;

  1.  

    (b)     fails to comply with any lawful requirement of the Director or the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force; or

  1.  

    (c)     deals with documents, communication or information in a manner inconsistent with his or her duty under these Regulation,

  1.  

    commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for a term of 2 years.

44.   Prohibition on proceeding to sea without an appropriate certificate
  1.  

    (1)   Any Saint Lucian ship required to be verified under these Regulations shall not proceed, or attempt to proceed to sea unless there is in force a valid Certificate or an Interim Certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a ship proceeds, or attempts to proceed to sea in contravention of subregulation (1) the company and the master, commits an offence.

PART 5
MISCELLANEOUS
45.   Organization and performance of security duties
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall establish the following in relation to security levels—

    1.  

      (a)     the duties and responsibilities of all shipboard personnel with a security role;

    1.  

      (b)     the procedures of safeguards necessary to allow such continuous communications to be maintained at all times;

    1.  

      (c)     the procedures needed to access the continuing effectiveness of security procedures and any security and surveillance equipment and systems, including procedures for identifying and responding to equipment or systems failure or malfunction;

    1.  

      (d)     the procedures and practices to protect security-sensitive information held in paper or electronic format;

    1.  

      (e)     the type and maintenance requirements of security and surveillance equipment and systems, if any;

    1.  

      (f)     the procedures to ensure the timely submission, and assessment, of reports relating to possible breaches to security or security concerns; and

    1.  

      (g)     procedures to establish, maintain and update an inventory of any dangerous goods or hazardous substances carried on board, including their location.

  1.  

    (2)   The port facility security plan shall establish the following, which relate to security levels—

    1.  

      (a) the role and structure of the port facility security organization;

    1.  

      (b)     the duties, responsibilities and training requirements of all port facility personnel with a security role and the performance measures needed to allow their individual effectiveness to be assessed;

    1.  

      (c)     the port facility security organization's links with other national or local authorities with security responsibilities;

    1.  

      (d)     the communication systems provided to allow effective and continuous communication between port facility security personnel, ships in port and, when appropriate, with national or local authorities with security responsibilities;

    1.  

      (e)     the procedures or safeguards necessary to allow such continuous communications to be maintained at all times;

    1.  

      (f)     the procedures and practices to protect security-sensitive information held in paper or electronic format;

    1.  

      (g)     the procedures to assess the continuing effectiveness of security measures, procedures and equipment, including identification of, and response to, equipment failure or malfunction;

    1.  

      (h)     the procedures to allow the submission, and assessment, of reports relating to possible breaches of security or security concerns;

    1.  

      (i)     procedures relating to cargo handling;

    1.  

      (j)     procedures covering the delivery of ship's stores;

    1.  

      (k)     the procedures to maintain, and update, records of dangerous goods and hazardous substances and their locations within the port facility;

    1.  

      (l)     the means of alerting and obtaining the services of waterside patrols and specialist search teams, including bomb searches and underwater searches;

    1.  

      (m)     the procedures for assisting ship security officers in confirming the identity of those seeking to board the ship when requested; and

    1.  

      (n)     the procedures for facilitating shore leave for ship's personnel or personnel changes, as well as, access of visitors to the ship, including representatives of seafarers' welfare and labour organizations.

46.   Drills and exercise
  1.  

    (1)   To ensure the effective implementation of the port facility security plan, drills shall be conducted at least every 3 months unless the specific circumstances dictate otherwise and these drills shall test individual elements of the port facility plan such as those security threats listed in regulation 33 (5)(b) and (7).

  1.  

    (2)   Various types of exercises, which may include participation of port facility security officers, in conjunction with other relevant authorities of company security officers, or ship security officers, if available, shall be carried out at least once each calendar year with no more than 18 months between the exercises.

  1.  

    (3)   Requests for the participation of company security officers or ship security officers in joint exercises shall be made, bearing in mind the security and work implications for the ship.

  1.  

    (4)   The exercises in this regulation shall test communication, coordination, resource availability and response and may be—

    1.  

      (a)     full-scale or live;

    1.  

      (b)     tabletop simulation or seminar; or

    1.  

      (c)     combined with other exercises such as emergency response exercises held in Saint Lucia.

  1.  

    (5)   Where a port facility operator and a port facility security officer refuses or neglects without reasonable cause to implement this regulation, that port facility security officer and the port facility operator commits an offence and are liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000.

  1.  

    (6)   Any contravention of this regulation shall be an offence by the port facility security officer.

  1.  

    (7)   To ensure the effective implementation of the provisions of the ship security plan, drills shall be conducted at least once every 3 months.

  1.  

    (8)   In cases where more than 25% of the ship's personnel has been charged, at any one time, with personnel that has not previously participated in any drill on that ship within the last 3 months, a drill should be conducted within one week of the change.

  1.  

    (9)   The drill in subregulation (7) and (8) shall test individual elements of the plan such as those security threats listed in regulation10(3)(f).

  1.  

    (10)   Various types of exercises, which may include participation of company security officers, port facility security officers, relevant authorities as well as ship security officers, if available, shall be carried out at least once each calendar year with no more than 18 months between the exercises and these exercises shall test communications, co-ordination, resources availability, and response and may be—

    1.  

      (a)     full-scale or live;

    1.  

      (b)     tabletop simulation or seminar; or

    1.  

      (c)     combined with other exercises held, such as search and rescue or emergency response exercises.

47.   Declaration of security
  1.  

    (1)   A Declaration of Security may be completed—

    1.  

      (a)     where the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force deems it necessary;

    1.  

      (b)     when a ship deems it necessary;

    1.  

      (c)     a port facility security officer prior to ship/port interfaces that are identified in the approved port facility security assessment as being of particular concern.

  1.  

    (2)   The need for a Declaration of Security may be indicated by—

    1.  

      (a)     the results of the port facility security assessment and the reasons and circumstances in which a Declaration of Security is required shall be set out in the port security plan;

    1.  

      (b)     an Administration as a result of a ship security assessment set out in the ship security plan.

  1.  

    (3)   A Ship may request completion of a Declaration of Security where—

    1.  

      (a)     the ship is operating at a higher security level than the port facility or another ship it is interfacing with;

    1.  

      (b)     there is an agreement on a Declaration of Security between Contracting Governments covering certain international voyages or specific ships on those voyages;

    1.  

      (c)     there has been a security threat or a security incident involving the ship or involving the port facility;

    1.  

      (d)     the ship is at a port which is not required to have and implement an approved port facility security plan; or

    1.  

      (e)     the ship is conducting ship-to-ship activities with another ship not required to have and implement an approved ship security plan.

  1.  

    (4)   Requests for the completion of a Declaration of Security under subregulation (1) shall be acknowledged by the applicable port facility or ship and in the case that a ship or an Administration requests completion of a Declaration of Security in subregulation (2)(b), the port facility officer or ship security officer shall acknowledge the request and discuss appropriate measures.

  1.  

    (5)   The Declaration of Security shall be completed by—

    1.  

      (a)     the master or the ship security officer on behalf of the ship; or

    1.  

      (b)     the port facility security officer or any other person responsible for shore-side security on behalf of the port facility.

  1.  

    (6)   The Declaration of Security shall address the security requirements that may be shared between a port facility and a ship and shall state the responsibility of each.

  1.  

    (7)   The main purpose of a Declaration of Security is to ensure agreement is reached between the ship and the port facility or with other ships which it interfaces as to the respective security measures each will undertake in accordance with the provisions of their respective approved security plans.

  1.  

    (8)   The Declaration of Security shall be signed and dated by the port facility and the ship and shall include its duration, which shall not be greater than the period agreed by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force and the port facility, the relevant security level and the relevant contact details.

  1.  

    (9)   A change in the security level may require that a new or revised Declaration of Security be completed.

  1.  

    (10)   A Declaration of Security—

    1.  

      (a)     between a ship and a port facility shall be in the Form D;

    1.  

      (b)     a ship and another ship shall be in the Form E,

  1.  

    prescribed in the Schedule.

  1.  

    (11)   The port facility security plan shall establish the procedures to be followed when, on the instructions of the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force the port facility security officer requests a declaration of security or when a declaration of security is requested by a ship.

48.   Access
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall establish the security measures covering all means of access to the ship identified in the ship security assessment including but not limited to the following—

    1.  

      (a)     access ladders;

    1.  

      (b)     access gangways;

    1.  

      (c)     access ramps;

    1.  

      (d)     access doors, sidescuttles, windows and ports;

    1.  

      (e)     mooring lines and anchor chains; and

    1.  

      (f)     cranes and hoisting gear.

  1.  

    (2)   For each access identified pursuant to subregulation (1), the ship security plan shall identify the appropriate locations where access restrictions or prohibitions shall be applied for each security level and for each security level establish the type of restriction or prohibition to be applied and the means of enforcing them.

  1.  

    (3)   The ship security plan shall establish for each security level the means of identification required to allow access to the ship and for individuals to remain on the ship without challenge and this may involve developing an appropriate identification system, allowing for permanent and temporary identifications for ship's personnel and for visitors respectively.

  1.  

    (4)   Any ship identification system shall, when it is practicable to do so, be co-ordinated with the identification system applying to the port facility.

  1.  

    (5)   The ship security system shall establish provisions to ensure that the identification systems are regularly updated, and that abuse of procedures shall be subject to disciplinary action.

  1.  

    (6)   Persons unwilling or unable to establish their identity or confirm the purpose of their visit when requested to do so shall be denied access to the ship and their attempt to obtain access shall be reported, as appropriate, to—

    1.  

      (a)     the ship security officer;

    1.  

      (b)     the company security officer;

    1.  

      (c)     the port facility security officer; or

    1.  

      (d)     the Royal St. Lucia Police Force.

  1.  

    (7)   At security level 1, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to control access to the ship and the following may be applied—

    1.  

      (a)     checking the identity of all persons seeking to board the ship and confirming their reasons for doing so by checking, for example, joining instructions, passenger tickets, boarding passes, work orders, etc.;

    1.  

      (b)     in liaison with the port facility, the ship shall ensure that—

      1.  

        (i)     designated secure areas are established in which inspections and searching of persons, baggage, including carry-on items, personal effects, vehicles and their contents can take place,

      1.  

        (ii)     vehicles destined to be loaded on board car carriers, ro-ro and other passenger ships are subjected to search prior to loading, in accordance with the frequency required in the ship security plan;

    1.  

      (c)     segregating—

      1.  

        (i)     checked persons and their personal effects from unchecked persons and their personal effects,

      1.  

        (ii)     embarking from disembarking passengers;

    1.  

      (d)     identifying access points that should be secured or attended to prevent unauthorized access;

    1.  

      (e)     securing, by locking or other means, access to unattended spaces adjoining areas to which passengers and visitors have access; and

    1.  

      (f)     providing security briefings to all ship personnel on possible threats, the procedures for reporting suspicious persons, objects or activities and the need for vigilance.

  1.  

    (8)   At security level 1, all persons seeking to board a ship shall be liable to search and the frequency of such search, including random search, shall be specified in the approved ship security plan and shall be approved by the Director.

  1.  

    (9)   The search under subregulation (8) may be undertaken by the port facility in close co-operation with the ship and in close proximity to it.

  1.  

    (10)   Unless there are clear security grounds for doing so, members of the ship's personnel shall not be required to search their colleagues or their personal effects.

  1.  

    (11)   Any search under subregulation (8), (9) or (10) shall be undertaken in a manner which fully takes into account the human rights of the individual and preserves their basic human dignity.

  1.  

    (12)   At security level 2, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied to protect against a heightened risk of a security incident to ensure higher vigilance and tighter control, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     assigning additionally personnel to patrol deck areas during silent hours to deter unauthorized access;

    1.  

      (b)     limiting the number of access points to the ship, identifying those to be closed and the means of adequately securing them;

    1.  

      (c)     deterring waterside access to the ship, such as in liaison with the port facility, provision of boat patrols;

    1.  

      (d)     establishing a restricted area on the shore side of the ship, in close co-operation with the port facility;

    1.  

      (e)     increasing the frequency and detail of searches of persons, personal effects, and vehicles being embarked or loaded onto the ship;

    1.  

      (f)     escorting visitors on the ship;

    1.  

      (g)     providing additional specific security briefings to all ship personnel on any identified threats, re-emphasizing the procedures or reporting suspicious persons, objects, or activities and stressing the need for increased vigilance; and

    1.  

      (h)     carrying out a full or partial search of the ship.

  1.  

    (13)   At security level 3, the ship shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the ship security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the ship, in close co-operation with those responding and the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     limiting access to a single, controlled access point;

    1.  

      (b)     granting access only to those responding to the security incident or threat;

    1.  

      (c)     directing persons on board;

    1.  

      (d)     suspension of embarkation or disembarkation;

    1.  

      (e)     suspension of cargo handling operations, deliveries, etc.;

    1.  

      (f)     evacuation of the ship;

    1.  

      (g)     movement of the ship; and

    1.  

      (h)     preparing for a full or partial search of the ship.

  1.  

    (14)   The port facility security plan shall establish the security measures covering all means of access to the port facility identified in the port facility security assessment.

  1.  

    (15)   For each of the means of access identified in the port facility security assessment under subregulation (1), the port facility security plan shall identify the appropriate locations where access restrictions or prohibitions shall be applied for each of the security levels and for each security level the port facility security plan shall specify the type of restriction or prohibition to be applied and the means of enforcing them.

  1.  

    (16)   The port facility security plan shall establish for each security level the means of identification required to allow access to the port facility and for individuals to remain within the port facility without challenge and this may involve temporary identifications for port facility personnel and for visitors respectively.

  1.  

    (17)   Any port facility identification system shall, when it is practicable to do so, be co-ordinated with that applying to ships that regularly use the port facility.

  1.  

    (18)   The port facility security plan shall establish provisions to ensure that identification systems are regularly updated, and that abuse of procedures shall be subject to disciplinary action.

  1.  

    (19)   Persons unwilling or unable to establish their identity and to confirm the purpose of their visit when requested to do so shall be denied access to the port facility and their attempt to obtain access shall be reported to the port facility security officer and to the national or local authorities with security responsibilities.

  1.  

    (20)   The port facility security plan shall identify the locations where persons, personal effects, and vehicle searches are to be undertaken and such locations shall be covered to facilitate continuous operation, regardless of prevailing weather conditions, in accordance with the frequency laid down in the port facility security plan.

  1.  

    (21)   Once subjected to search, persons, personal effects and vehicles shall proceed to the restricted holding, embarkation or car loading areas.

  1.  

    (22)   The port facility security plan shall establish separate locations for checked and unchecked persons and their effects and if possible separate areas for embarking or disembarking passengers, ship's personnel and their effects to ensure that unchecked persons are not able to come in contact with checked persons.

  1.  

    (23)   The port facility security plan shall establish the frequency of application of any access controls, particularly if they are to be applied on a random, or occasional basis.

  1.  

    (24)   At security level 1—

    1.  

      (a)     the port facility security plan shall establish the control points where the following security measures may be applied—

      1.  

        (i)     restricted areas, which should be bounded by fencing or other barriers to a standard which should be approved by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force,

      1.  

        (ii)     checking identity of all persons seeking entry to the port facility in connection with a ship, including passengers, ship's personnel and visitors, and confirming their reasons for doing so by checking, for example, joining instructions, passenger tickets, boarding passes, work orders, etc.,

      1.  

        (iii)     checking vehicles used by those seeking entry to the port facility in connection with a ship,

      1.  

        (iv)     verification of the identity of port facility personnel and those employed within the port facility and their vehicles,

      1.  

        (v)     restricting access to exclude those not employed by the port facility or working within it, if they are unable to establish their identity,

      1.  

        (vi)     undertaking searches of person, personal effects, vehicles and their contents, and

      1.  

        (vii)     identification of any access points not in regular use, which should be permanently closed and locked;

    1.  

      (b)     all those seeking access to the port facility shall be liable to search and the frequency of such searches shall be specified in the port facility security plan approved by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force.

  1.  

    (25)   Unless there are clear security grounds for doing so, members of the ship's personnel shall not be required to search their colleagues or their personal effects and any such search shall be undertaken in a manner which fully takes into account the human rights of the individual and preserves their basic human dignity.

  1.  

    (26)   At security level 2, the port facility security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     assigning additional personnel to guard access points and control perimeter barriers;

    1.  

      (b)     limiting the number of access points to the port facility, and identifying those to be closed and the means of adequately securing them;

    1.  

      (c)     providing for means of impeding movement through the remaining access points, e.g. security barriers;

    1.  

      (d)     increasing the frequency of searches of persons, personal effects, and vehicles;

    1.  

      (e)     denying access to visitors who are unable to provide a verifiable justification for seeking access to the port facility; and

    1.  

      (f)     using patrol vessels to enhance water-side security.

  1.  

    (27)   At security level 3, the port facility shall comply with instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the port facility security plan shall detail the security measures which may be taken by the port facility, in close co-operation with those responding and with the ships at the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     suspension of access to all, or part, of the port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     granting access only to those responding to the security incident or threat;

    1.  

      (c)     suspension of pedestrian or vehicular movement within all, or part, of the port facility;

    1.  

      (d)     increased security patrols within the port facility, if appropriate;

    1.  

      (e)     suspension of port operations within all, or part, of the port facility;

    1.  

      (f)     direction of vessel movements relating to all, or part, of the port facility; and

    1.  

      (g)     evacuation of all, or part, of the port facility.

49.   Restricted areas
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall—

    1.  

      (a)     identify the restricted areas to be established on the ship, specify their extent, times of application, the security measures to be taken to control access to them and those to be taken to control activities within them;

    1.  

      (b)     ensure that there are clearly established policies and practices to control access to all restricted access;

    1.  

      (c)     provide that all restricted areas should be clearly marked, indicating that access to the area is restricted and that unauthorized presence within the area constitutes a breach of security.

  1.  

    (2)   The purposes of restricted areas under subregulation (1) are to—

    1.  

      (a)     prevent unauthorized access;

    1.  

      (b)     protect passengers, ship's personnel, and personnel from port facilities or other agencies authorized to be on board the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     protect security-sensitive areas within the ship; and

    1.  

      (d)     protect cargo and ship's stores from tampering.

  1.  

    (3)   Restricted areas for the purposes of subregulation (1) may include—

    1.  

      (a)     navigation bridge, machinery spaces of category A and other control stations as defined in chapter II-2 of the Convention;

    1.  

      (b)     spaces containing security and surveillance equipment and systems and their controls and lighting system controls;

    1.  

      (c)     ventilation and air-conditioning systems and other similar spaces;

    1.  

      (d)     spaces containing dangerous goods or hazardous substances;

    1.  

      (e)     spaces containing cargo pumps and their controls;

    1.  

      (f)     crew accommodation; and

    1.  

      (g)     any other areas as determined by the company security officer through the ship security assessment, to which access must be restricted to maintain the security of the ship.

  1.  

    (4)   At security level 1, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied to restricted areas, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     locking or securing access points;

    1.  

      (b)     using surveillance equipment to monitor the areas;

    1.  

      (c)     using guards or patrols; and

    1.  

      (d)     using automatic intrusion-detection devices to alert the ship's personnel of unauthorized access.

  1.  

    (5)   At security level 2, the frequency and intensity of the monitoring of, and control of access to, restricted areas shall be increased to ensure that only authorized persons have access and the ship security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     establishing restricted areas adjacent to access points;

    1.  

      (b)     continuously monitoring surveillance equipment; and

    1.  

      (c)     dedicating additional personnel to guard and patrol restricted areas.

  1.  

    (6)   At security level 3, the ship shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the ship security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the ship, in close co-operation with those responding and the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     setting up of additional restricted areas on the ship in proximity to the security incident, or the believed location of the security threat, to which access is denied; and

    1.  

      (b)     searching of restricted areas as part of a search of the ship.

  1.  

    (7)   The port facility security plan shall—

    1.  

      (a)     identify the restricted areas to be established within the port facility and specify their extent, times of application, the security measures to be taken to control access to them and those to be taken to control activities within them and this shall also include in appropriate circumstances, measures to ensure that temporary restricted areas are security swept before and after that area is established;

    1.  

      (b)     ensure that all restricted areas have clearly established security measures to control—

      1.  

        (i)     access by individuals,

      1.  

        (ii)     the entry, parking, loading and unloading of vehicles,

      1.  

        (iii)     movement and storage of cargo and ship's stores, and

      1.  

        (iv)     unaccompanied baggage or personal effects;

    1.  

      (c)     provide that all restricted areas shall be clearly marked, indicating that access to the area is restricted and that unauthorized presence within the area constitutes a breach of security.

  1.  

    (8)   The purpose of restricted areas under subregulation (7) is to protect—

    1.  

      (a)     passengers, ship's personnel, port facility personnel and visitors, including those visiting in connection with a ship;

    1.  

      (b)     the port facility;

    1.  

      (c)     ships using, and serving, the port facility;

    1.  

      (d)     security-sensitive locations and areas within the port facility;

    1.  

      (e)     security and surveillance equipment and systems; and

    1.  

      (f)     cargo and ship's stores from tampering.

  1.  

    (9)   When automatic intrusion-detection devices are installed they may alert a control center which can respond to the triggering of an alarm.

  1.  

    (10)   Restricted areas under subregulation (7) may include—

    1.  

      (a)     shore-side and water-side areas immediately adjacent to the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     embarkation and disembarkation areas, passenger and ship's personnel holding and processing areas, including search points;

    1.  

      (c)     areas where loading, unloading or storage of cargo and stores is undertaken;

    1.  

      (d)     locations where security-sensitive information, including cargo documentation, is held;

    1.  

      (e)     areas where dangerous goods and hazardous substances are held;

    1.  

      (f)     vessel traffic management system control rooms, aids to navigation and port control buildings, including security and surveillance control rooms;

    1.  

      (g)     areas where security and surveillance equipment are stored or located;

    1.  

      (h)     essential electrical, radio and telecommunication, water and other utility installations; and

    1.  

      (i)     other locations in the port facility where access by vessels, vehicles and individuals should be restricted.

  1.  

    (11)   The security measures may be extended, with the agreement of the relevant authorities, to restriction on unauthorized access to structures from which the port facility can be observed.

  1.  

    (12)   At security level 1, the port facility security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied to restricted areas, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     provision of permanent or temporary barriers to surround the restricted area, whose standard should be accepted by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force;

    1.  

      (b)     provision of access points where access can be controlled by security guards when in operation and which can be effectively locked or barred when not in use;

    1.  

      (c)     providing passes which must be displayed to identify individual's entitlement to be within the restricted areas;

    1.  

      (d)     clearly marking vehicles allowed access to restricted areas;

    1.  

      (e)     providing guards and patrols;

    1.  

      (f)     providing automatic intrusion-detection devices, or surveillance equipment or systems to detect unauthorized access into, or movement within, restricted areas; and

    1.  

      (g)     control of the movement of vessels in the vicinity of ships using the port facility.

  1.  

    (13)   At security level 2, the port facility security plan shall establish the enhancement of the frequency and intensity of the monitoring of, and control of access to, restricted areas and the port facility security plan shall establish the additional security measures, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     enhancing the effectiveness of the barriers or fencing surrounding restricted areas, including the use of patrols or automatic intrusion-detection devices;

    1.  

      (b)     reducing the number of access points to restricted areas and enhancing the controls applied at the remaining accesses;

    1.  

      (c)     restricting parking adjacent to berthed ships;

    1.  

      (d)     further restricting access to the restricted areas and movements and storage within them;

    1.  

      (e)     use of continuously monitored and recording surveillance equipment;

    1.  

      (f)     enhancing the number and frequency of patrols, including water-side patrols, undertaken on the boundaries of the restricted areas and within the areas;

    1.  

      (g)     establishing and restricting access to areas adjacent to the restricted areas; and

    1.  

      (h)     enforcing restrictions on access by unauthorized craft to the waters adjacent to ships using the port facility.

  1.  

    (14)   At security level 3, the port facility shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the port facility security plan shall detail the security measures which shall be taken by the port facility in close co-operation with those responding and the ships at the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     setting up of additional restricted areas within the port facility in proximity to the security incident, or the believed location of the security threat, to which access is denied; and

    1.  

      (b)     preparing for the searching of restricted areas as part of a search of all, or part, of the port facility.

50.   Handling of cargo
  1.  

    (1)   The security measures relating to cargo handling shall—

    1.  

      (a)     prevent tampering; and

    1.  

      (b)     prevent cargo that is not meant for carriage from being accepted and stored on board the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   Inventory control procedures may be applied by the ship in liaison with the port facility.

  1.  

    (3)   At security level 1, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied during cargo handling which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     routine checking of cargo, cargo transport units and cargo spaces prior to, and during, cargo handling operations;

    1.  

      (b)     checks to ensure that cargo being loaded matches the cargo documentation;

    1.  

      (c)     ensuring, in liaison with the port facility, that vehicles to be loaded on board car carriers, ro-ro and passengers ships are subjected to search prior to loading, in accordance with the frequency required in the ship security plan;

    1.  

      (d)     checking of seals or other methods used to prevent tampering.

  1.  

    (4)   Checking of cargo may be accomplished by the following means—

    1.  

      (a)     visual and physical examination; and

    1.  

      (b)     using scanning or detection equipment, mechanical devices or dogs.

  1.  

    (5)   Where there are regular or repeated cargo movements, the company security officer or the ship security officer may, in consultation with the port facility, agree arrangements with shippers or others responsible for such cargo covering off-site checking, sealing, scheduling, supporting documentation, etc. and such arrangements shall be communicated to and agreed with the port facility security officer.

  1.  

    (6)   At security level 2, the ship security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied during cargo handling, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     detailed checking of cargo, cargo transport units and cargo spaces;

    1.  

      (b)     intensified checks to ensure that only the intended cargo is loaded;

    1.  

      (c)     intensified searching of vehicles to be loaded on car carriers, ro-ro and passenger ships; and

    1.  

      (d)     increased frequency and detail in checking of seals or other methods used to prevent tampering.

  1.  

    (7)   Detailed checking of cargo under subregulation (6) may be accomplished by the following means—

    1.  

      (a)     increasing the frequency and detail of visual and physical examination;

    1.  

      (b)     increasing the frequency of the use of scanning or detection equipment, mechanical devices, or dogs; and

    1.  

      (c)     co-ordinating enhanced security measures with the shipper or other responsible party in accordance with an established agreement and procedures.

  1.  

    (8)   At security level 3, the ship shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the ship security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the ship, in close co-operation with those responding and the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     suspending the loading or unloading of cargo; and

    1.  

      (b)     verifying the inventory of dangerous goods and hazardous substances carried on board, if any, and their location.

  1.  

    (9)   The security measures in relation to the port facility shall include inventory control procedures at access points to the port facility.

  1.  

    (10)   Once within the port facility, cargo shall be capable of being identified as having been checked and accepted for loading onto a ship or for temporary storage in a restricted area while awaiting loading.

  1.  

    (11)   It may be appropriate to restrict the entry of cargo to the port facility that does not have a confirmed date for loading.

  1.  

    (12)   At security level 1, the port facility security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied during cargo handling, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     routine checking of cargo, cargo transport units and cargo storage areas within the port facility prior to, and during, cargo handling operations;

    1.  

      (b)     checks to ensure that cargo entering the port facility matches the delivery note or equivalent cargo documentation;

    1.  

      (c)     searches of vehicles; and

    1.  

      (d)     checking of seals and other methods used to prevent tampering upon entering the port facility and upon storage within the port facility.

  1.  

    (13)   Checking of cargo in subregulation (5), may be accomplished by some or all of the following means—

    1.  

      (a)     visual and physical examination; and

    1.  

      (b)     using scanning or detection equipment, mechanical devices, or dogs.

  1.  

    (14)   Where there are regular or repeated cargo movements, the company security officer or the ship security officer may, in consultation with the port facility, agree arrangements with shippers or others responsible for such cargo covering off-site checking, sealing, scheduling, supporting documentation, etc. and such arrangements shall be communicated to and agreed with the port facility security officer concerned.

  1.  

    (15)   At security level 2, the port facility security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied during cargo handling to enhance control, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     detailed checking of cargo, cargo transport units and cargo storage areas within the port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     intensified checks, as appropriate, to ensure that only the documented cargo enters the port facility, is temporarily stored there and is then loaded onto the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     intensified searches of vehicles; and

    1.  

      (d)     increased frequency and detail in checking of seals and other methods used to prevent tampering.

  1.  

    (16)   Detailed checking of cargo may be accomplished by some or all of the following means—

    1.  

      (a)     increasing the frequency and detail of checking of cargo, cargo transport units and cargo storage areas within the port facility, visual and physical examination;

    1.  

      (b)     increasing the frequency of the use of scanning or detection equipment, mechanical devices, or dogs; and

    1.  

      (c)     co-ordinating enhanced security measures with the shipper or other responsible party in addition to an established agreement and procedures.

  1.  

    (17)   At security level 3, the port facility shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the port facility security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the port facility in close co-operation with those responding and the ships at the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     restriction or suspension of cargo movements or operations within all, or part, of the port facility or specific ships; and

    1.  

      (b)     verifying the inventory of dangerous goods and hazardous substances held within the port facility and their location.

51.   Delivery of ship's stores
  1.  

    (1)   The security measures by the ship relating to the delivery of ship's stores shall—

    1.  

      (a)     ensure checking of ship's stores and package integrity;

    1.  

      (b)     prevent ship's stores from being accepted without inspection;

    1.  

      (c)     prevent tampering; and

    1.  

      (d)     prevent ship's stores from being accepted unless ordered.

  1.  

    (2)   Stores presented for delivery shall be accompanied by evidence that they have been ordered by the ship.

  1.  

    (3)   At security level 1, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied during delivery of ship's stores, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     checking to ensure stores match the order prior to being loaded on board; and

    1.  

      (b)     ensuring immediate secure stowage of ship's stores.

  1.  

    (4)   At security level 2, the ship security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied during delivery of ship's stores by exercising checks prior to receiving stores on board and intensifying inspections.

  1.  

    (5)   At security level 3, the ship shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the ship security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the ship, in close co-operation with those responding and the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     subjecting ship's stores to more extensive checking;

    1.  

      (b)     preparation for restriction or suspension of handling of ship's stores; and

    1.  

      (c)     refusal to accept ship's stores on board the ship.

  1.  

    (6)   The security measures by the port facility relating to the delivery of ship's stores shall—

    1.  

      (a)     ensure checking of ship's stores and package integrity;

    1.  

      (b)     prevent ship's stores from being accepted without inspection;

    1.  

      (c)     prevent tampering;

    1.  

      (d)     ensure searching the delivery vehicle; and

    1.  

      (e)     ensure escorting delivery vehicles within the port facility.

  1.  

    (7)   At security level 1, the port facility security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied to control the delivery of ship's stores, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     checking of ship's stores;

    1.  

      (b)     advance notification as to composition of load, driver details and vehicle registration; and

    1.  

      (c)     searching the delivery vehicle.

  1.  

    (8)   Checking of ship's stores under subregulation (2), may be accomplished by some or all of the following means—

    1.  

      (a)     visual and physical examination; and

    1.  

      (b)     using scanning or detection equipment, mechanical devices or dogs.

  1.  

    (9)   At security level 2, the port facility security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied to enhance the control of the delivery of ship's stores, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     detailed checking of ship's stores;

    1.  

      (b)     detailed searches of the delivery vehicles;

    1.  

      (c)     co-ordination with ship personnel to check the order against the delivery note prior to entry to the port facility; and

    1.  

      (d)     escorting the delivery vehicle within the port facility.

  1.  

    (10)   Detailed checking of ship's stores under subregulation (4), may be accomplished by some or all of the following means—

    1.  

      (a)     increasing the frequency and detail of searches of delivery vehicles;

    1.  

      (b)     increasing the use of scanning or detection equipment, mechanical devices, or dogs; and

    1.  

      (c)     restricting, or prohibiting, entry of stores that will not leave the port facility within a specified period.

  1.  

    (11)   At security level 3, the port facility shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the port facility security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the port facility, in close co-operation with those responding and the ships at the port facility, which may include preparation for restriction, or suspension, of the delivery of ship's stores within all, or part, of the port facility.

52.   Handling unaccompanied baggage
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied to ensure that unaccompanied baggage, such as, baggage, including personal effects, which is not with the passenger or member of ship's personnel at the point of inspection or search, is identified and subjected to appropriate screening, including searching, before it is accepted on board the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the ship and the port facility are both suitably equipped, the responsibility for screening shall rest with the port facility.

  1.  

    (3)   Close co-operation with the port facility is essential and steps shall be taken to ensure that unaccompanied baggage is handled securely after screening.

  1.  

    (4)   At security level 1, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied when handling unaccompanied baggage to ensure that unaccompanied baggage is screened or searched up to and including 100%, which may include use of x-ray screening.

  1.  

    (5)   At security level 2, the ship security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied when handling unaccompanied baggage, which may include 100% x-ray screening of all unaccompanied baggage.

  1.  

    (6)   At security level 3, the ship shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the ship security plan shall detail the security measures which may be taken by the ship, in close co-operation with those responding and the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     subjecting baggage to more extensive screening, for example x-raying it from at least 2 different angles;

    1.  

      (b)     preparation for restriction or suspension of handling of unaccompanied baggage; and

    1.  

      (c)     refusal to accept unaccompanied baggage on board the ship.

  1.  

    (7)   The port facility security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied to ensure that unaccompanied baggage, that is, any baggage, including personal effects, which is not with the passenger or member of ship's personnel at the point of inspection or search, is identified and subjected to appropriate screening, including searching, before it is allowed in the port facility and, depending on the storage arrangements, before it is transferred between the port facility and the ship.

  1.  

    (8)   Where both the port facility and the ship are both suitably equipped for screening, the responsibility for screening shall rest with the port facility.

  1.  

    (9)   Close co-operation with the ship is essential and steps shall be taken to ensure that unaccompanied baggage is handled securely after screening.

  1.  

    (10)   At security level 1, the port facility security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied when handling unaccompanied baggage to ensure that unaccompanied baggage is screened or searched up to and including 100% which may include use of x-ray screening.

  1.  

    (11)   At security level 2, the port facility security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied when handling unaccompanied baggage which may include 100% x-ray screening of all unaccompanied baggage.

  1.  

    (12)   At security level 3, the port facility shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the port facility security plan shall detail the security measures which shall be taken by the port facility in close co-operation with those responding and the ships at the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     subjecting such baggage to more extensive screening, for example x-raying it from at least 2 different angles;

    1.  

      (b)     preparations for restriction or suspension of handling of unaccompanied baggage; and

    1.  

      (c)     refusal to accept unaccompanied baggage into the port facility.

53.   Monitoring security
  1.  

    (1)   The ship shall have the capability to monitor the ship, the restricted areas on board and areas surrounding the ship and such monitoring capabilities may include use of—

    1.  

      (a)     lighting;

    1.  

      (b)     watchkeepers, security guards and deck watches, including patrols; and

    1.  

      (c)     automatic intrusion-detection devices and surveillance equipment.

  1.  

    (2)   Where automatic intrusion-detection devices are used under subregulation (1), such devices shall activate an audible or visual alarm at a location that is continuously attended or monitored.

  1.  

    (3)   The ship security plan shall establish the procedures and equipment needed at each security level and the means of ensuring that monitoring equipment will be able to perform continually, including consideration of the possible effects of weather conditions or of power disruptions.

  1.  

    (4)   At security level 1, the ship security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied, which may be a combination of lighting, watchkeepers, security guards or use of security and surveillance equipment to allow ship's security personnel to observe the ship in general, and barriers and restricted areas in particular.

  1.  

    (5)   The ship's deck and access points to the ship shall be illuminated during hours of darkness and periods of low visibility while conducting ship/port interface activities or at a port facility or anchorage when necessary.

  1.  

    (6)   When necessary, ships shall use the maximum lighting available consistent with safe navigation, having regard to the provisions of the International Regulations for the Prevention of Collisions at Sea in force.

  1.  

    (7)   The following shall be considered when establishing the appropriate level and location of lighting—

    1.  

      (a)     the ship's personnel shall be able to detect activities beyond the ship, on both the shore side and the water side;

    1.  

      (b)     coverage should include the area on and around the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     coverage should facilitate personnel identification at access points; and

    1.  

      (d)     coverage may be provided through co-ordination with the port facility.

  1.  

    (8)   At security level 2, the ship security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied to enhance the monitoring and surveillance capabilities, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     increasing the frequency and detail of security patrols;

    1.  

      (b)     increasing the coverage and intensity of lighting or the use of security and surveillance equipment;

    1.  

      (c)     assigning additional personnel as security look-outs; and

    1.  

      (d)     ensuring co-ordination with water-side boat patrols, and foot or vehicle patrols on the shore side, when provided.

  1.  

    (9)   Additional lighting may be necessary to protect against a heightened risk of a security incident and when necessary, the additional lighting requirements may be accomplished by co-ordinating with the port facility to provide additional shoreside lighting.

  1.  

    (10)   At security level 3, the ship shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the ship security plan shall detail the security measures which could be taken by the ship, in close co-operation with those responding and the port facility which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     switching on of all lighting on, or illuminating the vicinity of, the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     switching on of all on-board surveillance equipment capable of recording activities on, or in the vicinity or, the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     maximizing the length of time such surveillance equipment can continue to record;

    1.  

      (d)     preparation for under water inspection of the hull of the ship; and

    1.  

      (e)     initiation of measures, including the slow revolution of the ship's propellers, if practicable, to deter underwater access to the hull of the ship.

  1.  

    (11)   The port facility security organization shall have the capability to monitor the port facility and its nearby approaches, on land and water, at all times, including the night hours and periods of limited visibility, the restricted areas within the port facility, the ships at the port facility and areas surrounding ships.

  1.  

    (12)   Monitoring under subregulation (1), may include use of—

    1.  

      (a)     lighting;

    1.  

      (b)     security guards, including foot, vehicle and waterborne patrols; and

    1.  

      (c)     automatic intrusion-detection devices and surveillance equipment.

  1.  

    (13)   When used, automatic intrusion-detection devices shall activate an audible or visual alarm at a location that is continuously attended or monitored.

  1.  

    (14)   The port facility security plan shall establish the procedures and equipment needed at each security level and the means of ensuring that monitoring equipment will be able to perform continually, including consideration of the possible effects of weather or of power disruptions.

  1.  

    (15)   At security level 1, the port facility security plan shall establish the security measures to be applied, which may be a combination of lighting, security guards or use of security and surveillance equipment to allow port facility security personnel to—

    1.  

      (a)     observe the general port facility area, including shore-side and water-side accesses to it;

    1.  

      (b)     observe access points, barriers and restricted areas; and

    1.  

      (c)     allow port facility security personnel to monitor areas and movements adjacent to ships using the port facility, including augmentation of lighting provided by the ship itself.

  1.  

    (16)   At security level 2, the port facility security plan shall establish the additional security measures to be applied, to enhance the monitoring and surveillance capability, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     increasing the coverage and intensity of lighting and surveillance equipment, including the provision of additional lighting and surveillance coverage;

    1.  

      (b)     increasing the frequency of foot, vehicle or waterborne patrols;

    1.  

      (c)     assigning additional security personnel to monitor and patrol.

  1.  

    (17)   At security level 3, the port facility shall comply with the instructions issued by those responding to the security incident or threat and the port facility security plan shall detail the security measures which shall be taken by the port facility in close co-operation with those responding and the ships at the port facility, which may include—

    1.  

      (a)     switching on all lighting within, or illuminating the vicinity of, the port facility;

    1.  

      (b)     switching on all surveillance equipment capable of recording activities within, or adjacent to, the port facility; and

    1.  

      (c)     maximizing the length of time such surveillance equipment may continue to record.

54.   Differing security levels
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall establish details of the procedures and security measures the ship could adopt if the ship is at a higher security level than that applying to a port facility.

  1.  

    (2)   The port facility security plan shall establish details of the procedures and security measures the port facility may adopt if the port facility is at a lower security level than that applying to a ship.

55.   Powers of inspection
  1.  

    (1)   An authorized officer shall have power, on production of his or her credentials, to inspect any—

    1.  

      (a)     Saint Lucian ship;

    1.  

      (b)     other ship while in a port facility;

    1.  

      (c)     part of any port facility; or

    1.  

      (d)     land outside a port facility which is occupied for the purposes of a business by a person who—

      1.  

        (i)     carries on, or appears to the authorized officer to be about to carry on, harbour operations in a port facility for the purposes of that business, or

      1.  

        (ii)     is permitted, or appears to the authorized officer to be about to be permitted, to have access to a restricted zone of a port facility for the purposes of the activities of that business.

  1.  

    (2)   Subject to subregulation (3) an authorized officer inspecting a ship or any part of a port facility or any land outside a port facility under subregulation (1) above shall have power to—

    1.  

      (a)     subject any property found by him or her on the ship or, any part of the port facility or on any land outside a port facility to such tests as he or she may determine;

    1.  

      (b)     take all necessary steps—

      1.  

        (i)     to ascertain what practices or procedures are being followed in relation to security, or

      1.  

        (ii)     to test the effectiveness of any practice or procedure relating to security; or

    1.  

      (c)     require the owner, charterer, manager or master of the ship, the port facility operator or the occupier of the land to furnish to him or her with the necessary information for the purpose for which the inspection is carried out;

    1.  

      (d)     go on board the ship and to take all steps necessary to ensure that it is not moved; or

    1.  

      (e)     enter any land building or works in the port facility; or

    1.  

      (f)     enter upon the land and to enter any building or works on any land outside the port facility.

  1.  

    (3)   The powers conferred by subregulation (3) shall not include power for an authorized officer to use force for the purpose of going on board any ship, entering any building or works or entering upon any land.

  1.  

    (4)   Any person who—

    1.  

      (a)     without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with a requirement imposed on him or her under subregulation (2)(c); or

    1.  

      (b)     in furnishing any information required, makes a statement which he or she knows to be false in a material particular, or recklessly makes a statement which is false in a material particular, commits an offence.

  1.  

    (5)   Nothing in this regulation derogates from any power of inspection given under any other enactment.

56.   Additional security
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall establish details of the procedures and security measures the ship may apply when it is—

    1.  

      (a)     at a port of a State which is not a Contracting Government;

    1.  

      (b)     interfacing with a ship to which these Regulations do not apply;

    1.  

      (c)     interfacing with fixed or floating platforms or a mobile drilling unit on location; or

    1.  

      (d)     interfacing with a port or port facility which is not required to comply with chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code.

  1.  

    (2)   The port facility security plan shall establish details of the procedures and security measures the port facility shall apply when it is—

    1.  

      (a)     interfacing with a ship which has been at a port of a State which is not a Contracting Government;

    1.  

      (b)     interfacing with a ship to which the ISPS Code does not apply; and

    1.  

      (c)     interfacing with fixed or floating platforms or mobile offshore drilling units on location.

57.   Audit and review and amendment
  1.  

    (1)   The ship security plan shall establish how the company security officer and the ship security officer intend to audit the continued effectiveness of the ship security plan and the procedure to be followed to review, update or amend the ship security plan.

  1.  

    (2)   The port facility security plan—

    1.  

      (a)     shall establish how the port facility security officer intends to audit the continued effectiveness of the port facility security plan and the procedure to be followed to review, update or amend the port facility security plan;

    1.  

      (b)     shall be reviewed—

      1.  

        (i)     at the discretion of the port facility security officer,

      1.  

        (ii)     if the port facility security assessment relating to the port facility is altered,

      1.  

        (iii)     if an independent audit of the port facility security plan or the Royal St. Lucia Police Force's testing of the port facility security organization identifies failings in the organization or questions the continuing relevance of significant elements of the approved port facility security plan,

      1.  

        (iv)     following security incidents or threats involving the port facility, and

      1.  

        (v)     following changes in ownership or operational control of the port facility;

    1.  

      (c)     may recommend appropriate amendments to the approved plan following any review of the plan and amendments to the port facility security plan relating to—

      1.  

        (i)     proposed changes which could fundamentally alter the approach adopted to maintaining the security of the port facility, and

      1.  

        (ii)     the removal, alteration or replacement of permanent barriers, security and surveillance equipment and systems, etc., previously considered essential in maintaining the security of the port facility.

58.   Recognized security organizations
  1.  

    (1)   Contracting Governments may authorize a recognized security organization to undertake certain security-related activities, including—

    1.  

      (a)     approval of ship security plans or amendments thereto, on behalf of the Director;

    1.  

      (b)     verification and certification of compliance of ships with the requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code on behalf of the Director; and

    1.  

      (c)     conducting port facility security assessments required by the Royal Saint Lucia Police Force.

  1.  

    (2)   A recognized security organization may also advise or provide assistance to companies or port facilities on security matters, including ship security assessments, ship security plans, port facility security assessments and port facility security plans.

  1.  

    (3)   Where a recognized security organization has completed any of the assessments referred to in subregulation (2) that recognized security organization shall not be authorized to approve the plan.

  1.  

    (4)   When authorizing a recognized security organization, Contracting Governments should give consideration to the competency of such an organization.

  1.  

    (5)   A recognized security organization should be able to demonstrate—

    1.  

      (a)     expertise in relevant aspects of security;

    1.  

      (b)     appropriate knowledge of ship and port operations, including knowledge of ship design and construction if providing services in respect of ships and of port design and construction if providing services in respect of port facilities;

    1.  

      (c)     their capability to assess the likely security risks that could occur during ship and port facility operations, including the ship/port interface, and how to minimize such risks;

    1.  

      (d)     their ability to maintain and improve the expertise of their personnel;

    1.  

      (e)     their ability to monitor the continuing trustworthiness of their personnel;

    1.  

      (f)     their ability to maintain appropriate measures to avoid unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, security-sensitive material;

    1.  

      (g)     their knowledge of the requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and part A of the ISPS Code and relevant national and international legislation and security requirements;

    1.  

      (h)     their knowledge of current security threats and patterns;

    1.  

      (i)     their knowledge of recognition and detection of weapons, dangerous substances and devices;

    1.  

      (j)     their knowledge of recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of characteristics and behavioural patterns of persons who are likely to threaten security;

    1.  

      (k)     their knowledge of techniques used to circumvent security measures; and

    1.  

      (l)     their knowledge of security and surveillance equipment and systems and their operational limitations.

  1.  

    (6)   A recognized organization, as referred to in regulation I/6 of the Convention and fulfilling the requirements of regulation XI-1/1 of the Convention may be appointed as a recognized security officer provided it has the appropriate security-related expertise listed in subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (7)   A port or harbour authority or port facility operator may be appointed as a recognized security organization provided the port or harbour authority or port facility operator has the appropriate securityrelated expertise listed in subregulation (4).

59.   General powers of exemption

The Director or Royal Saint Lucia Police Force may exempt any ship or port facility respectively from any provision under these Regulations.

Schedule
FORM A

(Regulation 15)

FORM OF THE INTERNATIONAL SHIP
SECURITY CERTIFICATE
INTERNATIONAL SHIP SECURITY CERTIFICATE

(Official seal) (State)

Certificate Number ........................................

Issued under the provisions of the

INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE
SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT FACILITIES
(ISPS CODE)

under the authority of the Government of

_____________________________________________________________________________

(name of State)

by __________________________________________________________________________

(person(s) or organization authorized)

Name of ship....................................................................................................

Distinctive number of letters .................................................................................

Port of registry .................................................................................................

Type of ship ....................................................................................................

Gross tonnage ..................................................................................................

IMONumber....................................................................................................

Name and address of the Company .........................................................................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

  1.  

    1.     that the security system and any associated security equipment of the ship has been verified in accordance with section 19.1 of part A of the ISPS Code;

  1.  

    2.     that the verification showed that the security system and any associated security equipment of the ship is in all respects satisfactory and that the ship complies with the applicable requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code;

  1.  

    3.     that the ship is provided with an approved ship security plan.

  1.  

    Date of initial/renewal verification on which this Certificate is based ........./........../.........

(Day/month/year)

This Certificate is valid until ............./.........../.......... Subject to verifications in accordance with section 19.1.1 of Part A of the ISPS Code.

Issued at ...........................................................................................................

(Place of issue of certificate)

Date of issue .............................. .....................................................................

(Signature of the duly authorized

official issuing the Certificate)

(Seal or stamp of issuing authority, as appropriate)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Overleaf) Endorsement for immediate verification

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at an intermediate verification required by section 19.1.1 of Part A of the ISPS Code the ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code.

Intermediate verification     Signed: .......................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Endorsement for additional verifications

Additional verification     Signed: .......................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Additional verification     Signed: .............................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: ................................................

Date: .................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Additional verification     Signed: ...............................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at an additional verification required by section 19.3.7.2 of Part A of the ISPS Code the ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code.

Signed: ...............................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for less than 5 years where section A/19.3.3 of the ISPS Code applies

The ship complies with the relevant provisions of part A of the ISPS Code, and the Certificate shall, in accordance with section 19.3.3 of Part A of the ISPS Code, be accepted as valid until ...............................................

Signed: ................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Endorsement where the renewal verification has been completed and section A/19.3.4 of the ISPS Code applies

The ship complies with the relevant provisions of part A of the ISPS Code, and the Certificate shall, in accordance with section 19.3.3 of part A of the ISPS Code, be accepted as valid until..................................................

Signed: ...............................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of verification where section A/19.3.5 of the ISPS Code applies or for a period of grace where section A/19.3.6 of the ISPS Code applies

The Certificate shall, in accordance with section 19.3.5/19.3.6* of part A of the ISPS Code, be accepted as valid until..............................................

Signed: ...............................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: ..................................................

Date: ...................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

* Delete as appropriate

Endorsement for advancement of expiry date where section A/19.3.7.1 of the ISPS Code applies

In accordance with section 19.3.7.1 of Part A of the ISPS Code, the new expiry date is..............................................................................

Signed: ...............................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: ................................................

Date: .................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

FORM B

(Regulation 19)

FORM OF THE INTERIM INTERNATIONAL SHIP
SECURITY CERTIFICATE
INTERIM INTERNATIONAL SHIP SECURITY CERTIFICATE

(Official seal)     (State)

Certificate Number ........................................

Issued under the provisions of the

INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE

SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT FACILITIES

(ISPS CODE)

under the authority of the Government of

_____________________________________________________________________________

(name of State)

by __________________________________________________________________________

(person(s) or organization authorized)

Nameofship.............................................................................................................

Distinctive number of letters..........................................................................................

Port of registry..................................................................................................

Type of ship.....................................................................................................

Gross tonnage...................................................................................................

IMONumber....................................................................................................

Name and address of the Company...........................................................................

Is this a subsequent, consecutive Interim Certificate? Yes/No

If Yes, date of issue of initial Interim Certificate............................................................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the requirements of section A/19.4.2 of the ISPS Code have been complied with.

This Certificate is issued pursuant to section A/19.4 of the ISPS Code.

This Certificate is valid until..................................................................................

Issued at..........................................................................................................

(Place of issue of the Certificate)

(Date of issue) ....................... ...........................................................................

(Signature of the duly authorized official
issuing the Certificate)

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

FORM C

(Regulation 35)

FORM OF A STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
OF A PORT FACILITY
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE OF A PORT FACILITY

(Official seal)     (State)

Statement Number ........................................

Issued under the provisions of Part B of the

INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE

SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT FACILITIES

(ISPS CODE)

The Government of

_____________________________________________________________________________

(name of State)

Name of the port facility..............................................................................................

Address of the port facility............................................................................................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY That the compliance of this port facility with the provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the International Code of the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities (ISPS Code) has been verified and that this port facility operates in accordance with the approved port facility security plan. This plan has been approved for the following specify the types of operations, types of ship or activities or other relevant information (delete as appropriate):

Passenger ship

Passenger high-speed craft

Cargo high-speed craft

Bulk carrier

Oil tanker

Chemical tanker

Gas carrier

Mobile offshore drilling units

Cargo ships other than those referred to above

This Statement of Compliance is valid until ............................................................... subject

to verifications (as indicated overleaf)

Issued at..................................................................................................................

(place of issue of the statement)

Date of issue............................................................................................................

(Signature of the duly authorized
official issuing the document)

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Endorsement for verifications

The Government of insert name of the State has established that the validity of this Statement of Compliance is subject to insert relevant details of the verifications (e.g. mandatory annual or unscheduled).

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, during a verification carried out in accordance with paragraph B/16.6.62.4 of the ISPS Code, the port facility was found to comply with the relevant provisions of chapter X1-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code.

1st VERIFICATION Signed: ...........................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

2nd VERIFICATION Signed: ........................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

3rd VERIFICATION Signed: .........................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

4th VERIFICATION Signed: ........................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place: .................................................

Date: ..................................................

FORM D

(Regulation 47)

Form Of A Declaration Of Security Between A Ship And A Port Facility
DECLARATION OF SECURITY
Name of ship:
Port of registry:
IMO Number:
Name of port facility:
This Declaration of Security is valid from ..................................................................... until .................................. for the following activities:
...........................................................................................................
(list the activities with relevant details)
under the following security levels
Security level(s) for the ship:
Security level(s) for the port facility:
The port facility and ship agree to the following security measures and responsibilities to ensure compliance with the requirements of Part A of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities.
The affixing of the initials of the SSO or PFSO under these columns indicates that the activity will be done, in accordance with the relevant approved plan, by
Activity The port facility:The ship:
Ensuring the performance of all security duties
Monitoring restricted areas to ensurethat only authorized personnel have access
Controlling access to the port facility
Controlling access to the ship
Monitoring of the port facility, including berthing areas and areas surrounding the ship
Monitoring of the ship, including berthing areas and areas surrounding the ship
Handling of cargo
Delivery of ship's stores
Handling unaccompanied baggage
Controlling the embarkation of persons and their effects
Ensuring that security communication is readily available between the ship and the port facility
The signatories to this agreement certify that security measures and arrangements for both the port facility Part A of the Code that will be implemented in accordance with the provisions already stipulated in their approved plan or the specific arrangements agreed to and set out in the attached annex.
Dated at ........................................................... on the.....................................
Signed for and on behalf of
the port facility: the ship:
(Signature of port facility security     (Signature of master or security
officer)     officer)
Name and title of person who signed
Name: Name:
Title: Title:
Contact details
(to be completed as appropriate)
(indicate the telephone numbers or the radio channels
or frequencies to be used)
for the port facility: for the ship:
Port facility Master
Port facility security officer Ship security officer
Company
Company security officer
FORM E

(Regulation 47)

Form Of A Declaration Of Security Between A Ship And Another Ship
DECLARATION OF SECURITY
Ship-AShip-B
Name of ship:
Port of registry:
IMO Number:
Name of port facility:
This Declaration of Security is valid from .................................................. until .................................. For the following activities:
..................................................................................................................
(list the activities with relevant details)
under the following security levels
Security level(s) for the ship A:
Security level(s) for the ship B:
Ship-A and Ship-B agree to the following security measures and responsibilities to ensure compliance with the requirements of Part A of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities.
The affixing of the initials of the SSO,s under these columns indicates that the activity will be done, in accordance with the relevant approved plan, by
Activity Ship-A:Ship- B:
Ensuring the performance of all security duties
Monitoring restricted areas to ensure that only authorized personnel have access
Controlling access to Ship–A
Controlling access to Ship-B
Monitoring of Ship-A, including areas surrounding Ship
Monitoring of ship-B, including areas surrounding the ship
Handling of cargo
Delivery of ship's stores
Handling unaccompanied baggage
Controlling the embarkation of persons and their effects
Ensuring that security communication
is readily available between the ships
This signatories to this agreement certify that security measures and arrangements for both ships Part A of the Code that will be implemented in accordance with the provisions already stipulated in their approved plan or the specific arrangements agreed to and set out in the attached annex.
Dated at ...................................................... on the ...........................................
Signed for and on behalf of
Ship-A: Ship-B:

(Signature of master or ship security officer)

Name and title of person who signed
Name: Name:
Title: Title:
Contact details
(to be completed as appropriate)
(indicate the telephone numbers or the radio channels
or frequencies to be used)
for ship-A: for ship-B:
Master Master
Ship security officerShip security officer
CompanyCompany
Company security officerCompany security officer
Shipping (Fees) Regulations

(S.I. 16/2010)

Statutory Instrument 16/2010 .. in force 22 February 2010

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

1.Citation
2.Registration fees
Schedule
SHIPPING (FEES) REGULATIONS –SECTION 305

Commencement [22 February, 2010]

1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Fees) Regulations.

2.   Registration fees

The fee under section 13(8) of the Shipping Act for the registration of ships is as prescribed in the Schedule.

Schedule

(Regulation 2)

REGISTRATION OF SHIPS-SECTION 13(8)

Fees for Registration, Transfer and Mortgage of Ships and Inspection of the Register

  1.  

    1.   In this Part “ship” includes every description of vessel used in navigation and not propelled by oars under Part I of the Shipping Act, but does not include a fishing vessel.

  1.  

    2.   Service

    1.  

      (1)     Registration of a ship (including registration of a ship whose registry has expired)

      (Gross tons)(Rate per ton)
      0 – 500$1.50
      501 – 1600$1
      1601 – 5000$0.75
      > 5000$0.60
      Minimum fee$300
    1.  

      (2)     (a)     Annual tonnage tax on a Saint Lucian ship

      (Gross tons)(Rate per ton)
      0 – 500$1
      501 – 1600$0.75
      1601 – 5000$0.60
      > 5000$0.30
      Minimum fee$200
      1.  

        (b)     Where Registration is after 31 January in any year, the annual tonnage tax payable for that year shall be calculated at the rate of one-twelfth of the annual fee for that ship for each complete month in that year in which the ship is registered.

SCHEDULE OF FEES FOR VESSELS 24 METRES AND ABOVE
XCD
(3)Articles of Agreement$75
(4)Minimum Safe Manning Certificate/Document (Assessment and issue)$675
(5)Certificate of Discharge.$75
(6)Certificate of Registry (Duplicate)$500
(7)Certified copies of Documents$75
(8)Change of name$500
(9)Deletion Certificate$125
(10)Discharge of Mortgage$375
(11)Dispensation$150
(12)Endorsement or Recognition of Certificate$500
(13)Inspection of Register$185
(14)Duplicate Certificate of Registry$500
(15)Lifeboat/Tanker Man Certificate$185
(16)Marine Inspection$1875
(17)Marine Investigation$1875
(18)Official Log Book$90
(19)Oil record Book$90
(20)Oral Examination$115
(21)Permanent Certificate of Registry$625
(22)Permanent Radio Licence$700
(23)Letter of Authorization (following Preliminary Assessment of Application for Endorsement)$125
(24)Provisional Certificate of Registry$625
(25)Recording Bill of Sale$375
(26)Registration Anew and Re-registration$3125
(27)Registration of Alteration$150
(28)Registration of Mortgage$1060
(29)Registration of Priority Notice$185
(30)Registration of Ship Under Construction
(For issue of certificate on transfer to the Permanent Register of Ships, no additional fee is applicable)
$625
(31)Registration of transfer of Mortgage$1060
(32)Registration of transfer of Ownership$750
(33)Registration of transmission of Ownership$875
(34)Replacement of an Endorsement unless lost or due to ship wreck$150
(35)Replacement of Seaman's Book unless lost or due to ship wreck$100
(36)Reprocessing of Documents outstanding$100
(37)Revalidation of Certificate$125
(38)Seaman I.D$200
(39)Seaman's Record Book (Discharge Book)$100
(40)Temporary Radio Licence$185
(41)Re-sit of an Oral examination$140
(42)Re-sit of a Written Examination (per Subject$125
(43)Transcript of Record of Qualification or Examinations for a Certificate$75
(44)Transcript$185
(45)Verification for Sea Service for a Seafarer who has served on a Saint Lucian Ship$75
(46)Written Examination per subject$100
(47)International participation0.50/gt
(48)Radar Observer Endorsement$375
SCHEDULE OF FEES FOR PLEASURE CRAFT 24 METRES AND ABOVE
XCD
1.REGISTRATION FEE
Up to 1500 (gt)$1250
Above 1500 (gt)$2500
2.ANNUAL FEE
Up to 1500 (gt)$750
Above 1500 (gt)$1250
3.Certificate of Registry$500
4.Certificate of Registry (Duplicate)$500
5.Certified copies of Documents$60
6.Change of name$500
7.Endorsements or$500
8.Permanent Radio Licence$700
9.Duplicate of any Documents$500
10.Inspection of Register$185
11.Marine Inspection$1875
12Marine Investigation$1875
13.MSM certificate$250
14.Official Log Book$85
15.Oil Record Book$85
16.Permanent Certificate of Registry$625
17.Provisional Certificate of Registry$625
18.Publications & Forms$250
19.Radar Observer Endorsement$190
20.Recording Bill of Sale$375
21.Registration Anew a$750
22.Registration of Alteration$150
23.Registration of Mortgage$1060
24.Registration of Priority Notice$185
25.Registration of Ship Under Construction
(For issue of certificate on transfer to the Permanent register of Ships no additional fee is applicable)
$625
26.Registration of transfer of Mortgage$1060
27.Registration of transfer of Ownership$750
28.Registration of transmission of Ownership$875
29.Reprocessing of Documents outstanding$100
30.Re-registrationc$750
31.Seaman I.D$375
32.Seaman's Record Book$100
33.Special Registration$625
34.Temporary Radio Licence$185
35.Transcript$185
  1.  

    A   Registration resulting from extensive alteration to a registered Saint Lucian Ship

  1.  

    B   For issue of Certificate on transfer to the permanent register of Ships, no additional fee is applicable

PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF FEES FOR VESSELS UNDER 24 METRES
1.     REGISTRATION
CommercialXCD
Length of vesselDeckedUndecked
(Up to 30ft) 9.15m$308$200
(30'2” 40ft) 9.20 – 12.20m$930$804
(40' 2” – 78'8”) 12.25 – 24.00m$1600$930
Annual Inspection FeesXCD
(Up to 30ft) 9.15m$300$200
(30' 2” – 40ft) 9.20 – 12.20m$400$300
(40' 2” – 78'8”) 12.25 – 24.00m$500$400
Payable on the anniversary date of registration
2.     REGISTRATION AND ANNUAL FEES-COMBINED YR1
Pleasure CraftXCD
Length of vesselDeckedUndecked
(Up to 30ft) 9.15m$330$180
(30' 2” – 40ft) 9.20 – 12.20m$900$480
(40 2” – 7S'8”) 12.25 – 24.00m$1200$780
3.     BIENNIAL INSPECTION FEES XCD
Length of vesselDeckedUndecked
(Up to 30ft) 9.15m$160$140
(30' 2” 40ft) 9.20 – 12.20m$200$175
(40' 2” – 78'8”) 12.25 – 24.00m$250$225
Payable biennially on the anniversary date of registration
SCHEDULE OF FEES FOR VESSELS UP TO 24 M
XCD
1.Authentication of Document$75
2.Certificate of Registry$75
3.Certificate of Articles of Agreement$75
4.Certified copy of Document$75
5.Change of Name$150
6.Deletion Certificate$150
7.Discharge of Mortgage$450
8.Inspection of Register$180
9.Letter of Consent for bareboat (OUT) Registration$180
10.Out of Water Survey1.5 inspection fee
11.Permanent Radio Licence$700
12.Registration of Priority Notice$90
13.Registration and Transfer of Mortgage$1200
14.Registration Anew50% of Registration Fee
15.Registration of Alteration$225
16.Re-issuance of Manning Dispensation$300
17.Temporary Radio Licence$185
18.Transcript of Ownership$300
19.Survey and Report (for Insurance Purposes)$900
20.Re-inspectionsame as inspection fee
21.Out of Water Re-Survey80% of out of water survey
22.Transfer of ownership$250
Annual Inspection Fee
XCD
Vessels without propulsion machinery and 5 metres in length, with a capacity of not more than 4 persons$300
Vessels of under 3 metres in length equipped with Propulsion Machinery of not more than 5 horse power and a capacity of not More than 4 persons$275.
Shipping (Safety of Pleasure Vessels) Regulations

(S.I. 17/2010)

Statutory Instrument 17/2010 .. in force 22 February 2010

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application
4.Prohibition on proceeding on any voyage
5.Equivalent provisions
6.Penalties
7.Detention
Schedule
SHIPPING (SAFETY OF PLEASURE VESSELS) REGULATIONS – SECTION 305

Commencement [22nd February 2010]

1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Safety of Pleasure Vessels) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation

In these Regulations—

Act” means the Shipping Act;

Department” means the Division of Maritime Affairs established under section 4 of the Act;

fishing” has the meaning assigned in section 2 of the Act;

pleasure vessel” has the meaning assigned in section 2 of the Act;

shipping notice” means a notice issued by the Department;

voyage” includes an excursion, which commences when a vessel leaves its berth or anchorage at a port.

3.   Application

These Regulations apply to Saint Lucian fishing and pleasure vessels of less than 24 metres in length.

4.   Prohibition on proceeding on any voyage
  1.  

    (1)   A vessel shall not proceed on any voyage unless the vessel carries the safety equipment appropriate to its length and construction, decked or open, in accordance with the requirements of the Schedule.

  1.  

    (2)   The operator of a pleasure craft shall be familiar with the Shipping (Distress Signals and Collision) Regulations.

5.   Equivalent provisions

Where the Schedule requires that a particular fitting, material, appliance or apparatus or type shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular provision shall be made, the Director may permit any other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus or type to be fitted or carried or any other provision to be made in that vessel if he or she is satisfied by trial or otherwise that such other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus or type thereof or provision is at least as effective as that required by the Schedule.

6.   Penalties
  1.  

    (1)   Where a vessel proceeds or attempts to proceed on any voyage, in contravention of regulation 4, the owner and the skipper commits an offence, and are liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding $1,000.

  1.  

    (2)   It is a defence for a person charged under these Regulations to show that he or she took all reasonable precautions to avoid the commission of the offence.

7.   Detention

In any case where a vessel does not comply with the requirements of regulation 4, the vessel is liable to be detained in keeping with section 346 of the Act.

Schedule

(Regulation 4)

PART A
CHECK LIST OF REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SAFETY OF PLEASURE VESSELS
  1.  

    1.   DECKED Vessels 12m to less than 20m in length

    ItemRemarks/ complianceExpiry/ Service Date
    1Lifejackets – 1 per person
    2Liferafts
    32 Lifebuoys
    (1 with 18m buoyant line attached) or
    1 Lifebuoy
    (with 18m buoyant line)
    + 1 Buoyant Rescue Quoit
    43 Parachute flares
    2 Hand-held
    flares 1 Smoke Signal (buoyant or handheld)
    51 Fire bucket + Lanyard
    1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher
    [(fire rating 5A/34B)]
    1 Fire Pump + Hose; or
    1 Fire Bucket + 1 Multi-purpose
    Fire Extinguisher [(fire rating 5A/34B)] +
    1 fixed Fire Extinguishing system for the machinery space
    1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher for oil fires [(fire rating 13A/113B)]
    6VHF Radio – fixed or hand held
    7Bilge Pump
    Bilge alarm
    8Navigation Lights & Sound Signals
    9Compass
    10Waterproof Torch
    11First Aid Kit
  1.  

    2.   DECKED Vessels 20m in length to less than 24m in length

The items specified in paragraph 1 with the following substitutions

ItemRemarks/ complianceExpiry/
Service Date
32 Lifebuoys
(1 with 18m buoyant line attached and 1 with self igniting light)
51 Fire bucket + Lanyard
Multi-purpose Fire Extinguishers
(1 in each compartment)
[(fire rating 5A/34B)]
1 Fire Pump + Hose
1 fixed Fire Extinguishing system for the machinery space
1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher for oil fires [(fire rating 13A/113B)]

Notes:

  1.  

    (a)     Equipment need not be approved by the Department provided it is fit for its intended purpose.

  1.  

    (b)     “Decked vessel” means a vessel with a continuous watertight weather deck that extends from stem to stem and has positive freeboard throughout, in any condition of loading the vessel.

  1.  

    (c)     VHF using DSC is highly recommended in view of cessation of the Channel 16 Dedicated Headset Watch on 1 February 2005.

ALL DECKED Vessels up to 12m in length

ItemRemarks/ complianceExpiry/
Service Date
Lifejackets – 1 per person
2 Lifebuoys
(1 with 18m buoyant line attached)
or
1 Lifebuoy (with 18m buoyant line)
+ 1 Buoyant Rescue Quoit
3 Parachute flares
2 Hand-held flares
1 Smoke Signal (buoyant or handheld)
1 Fire bucket + Lanyard
1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher
[(fire rating 5A/34B)]
1 Fire Pump + Hose or
1 Fire Bucket
1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher for oil fires [(fire rating 13A/113B)]
VHF Radio – fixed or hand held (if operating more than 3 miles from land)
Bilge Pump
Bilge alarm
Navigation Lights & Sound Signals
Compass
Waterproof Torch
First Aid Kit

Notes:

  1.  

    (a)     Equipment need not be approved by the Department provided it is fit for its intended purpose.

  1.  

    (b)     “Decked vessel” means a vessel with a continuous watertight weather deck that extends from stem to stem and has positive freeboard throughout, in any condition of loading the vessel.

  1.  

    (c)     VHF using DSC is highly recommended in view of cessation of the Channel 16 Dedicated Headset Watch on 1 February 2005.

  1.  

    OPEN Vessels 10m and above to less than 24m in length

    ItemRemarks/ complianceExpiry/
    Service Date
    Lifejackets – 1 per person
    Liferafts
    2 Lifebuoys
    (1 with 18m buoyant line) or
    1 Lifebuoy (with 18m buoyant line)
    + 1 Buoyant Rescue Quoit
    3 Parachute flares
    2 Hand-held flares
    1 Smoke Signal(buoyant or handheld)
    1 Fire bucket + Lanyard
    1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher
    [(fire rating 5A/34B)]
    1 Fire Pump + Hoseor 1 Fire Bucket
    1 Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher for
    oil fires [(fire rating 13A/113B)]
    VHF Radio – fixed or hand held
    Bilge Pump
    Navigation Lights & Sound Signals
    Compass
    Waterproof Torch
    First Aid Kit

Notes:

  1.  

    (a)     Equipment need not be approved by the Department provided it is fit for its intended purpose.

  1.  

    (b)     “Open vessel” means a vessel that is not fitted with a complete watertight or weathertight deck or complete structure above the waterline.

  1.  

    (c)     VHF using Digital Selective Calling (DSC) is highly recommended in view of cessation of the Channel 16 Dedicated Headset Watch on 1 February 2005

  1.  

    OPEN Vessels less than 10m in length

    ItemRemarks/ complianceExpiry/
    Service Date
    Lifejackets – 1 per person
    1 Lifebuoy (with 18m buoyant line attached)
    2 Parachute Flares
    2 Hand-held Flares
    1 Smoke Signal, buoyant or hand held
    1 Fire Bucket – Lanyard
    I Multi-purpose Fire Extinguisher
    [(fire roting 5A/34B)]
    – if vessel has in-board engine
    VHF Radio – fixed or hand held
    (if operating more than 3 miles from land)
    Bailer
    Navigation Lights & Sound Signals
    Compass
    Waterproof Torch
    First Aid Kit

Notes:

  1.  

    (a)     Equipment need not be approved by the Department provided it is fit for its intended purpose.

  1.  

    (b)     “Open vessel” means a vessel that is not fitted with a complete watertight or weathertight deck or complete structure above the waterline

  1.  

    (c)     VHF using Digital Selective Calling (DSC) is highly recommended in view of cessation of the Channel 16 Dedicated Headset Watch on l February 2005.

PART B
GUIDANCE FOR SURVEYORS, INSPECTORS, OWNERS OF PLEASURE BOATS AND FISHERMEN
  1.  

    1.     Lifejackets should be of the solid-filled type, or should have automatic gas inflation and at least 150 Newtons buoyancy. One lifejacket per person carried, fitted with light, whistle and reflective tape.

  1.  

    2.     Liferafts should either be float free, fitted with an hydrostatic release unit (HRU), or stowed in a position where it is accessible for deployment in an emergency. It/they should have a capacity sufficient for the total number of persons on board.

  1.  

    3.     Lifebuoys should be marked with the vessel name and port of registry, or identification or fishing vessel number, and fitted with reflective tape and may be circular or horseshoe in shape.

  1.  

    4.     Flares and smoke signals should be of an acceptable type and within their expiry date.

  1.  

    5.     Fixed fire-extinguishing systems should be an approved system or a fixed fire extinguisher of sufficient capacity arranged to discharge directly into the machinery space.

  1.  

    6.     Navigation lights and sound signals

    1.  

      (1)     Any vessel that operates between sunset and sunrise or in times of restricted visibility must exhibit the navigation and fishing lights prescribed in the Distress Signals and Prevention of Collision Regulations.

    1.  

      (2)     For power-driven vessels of less than 12m in length

      1.  

        (a)     A masthead light or all round white light of 2-mile range, is to be at least 1 metre higher than sidelights;

      1.  

        (b)     Sidelights of 1 mile range at a height above the uppermost continuous deck not greater than three-quarters the height of the masthead light;

      1.  

        (c)     A stern light of 2-mile range, if the masthead light (in paragraph (a)) is carried;

      1.  

        (d)     An all-round white anchor light of 2 mile range is required if anchored in or near a narrow channel, fairway or anchorage, or where other vessels normally navigate.

    1.  

      (3)     Alternatively, a vessel under 7 metres, with speed less than 7 knots may, instead of the above lights, exhibit one all-round white light of 2 mile range and if practical, sidelights or a combination lantern.

    1.  

      (4)     For power-driven vessels 12-20m in length—

      1.  

        (a)     A masthead light of 3-mile range, is to be at least 1 metre higher than sidelights and not less than 2.5m above the gunwale;

      1.  

        (b)     Sidelights of 2 mile range at a height above the uppermost continuous deck not greater than three-quarters the height of the masthead light;

      1.  

        (c)     A stern light of 2-mile rang;

      1.  

        (d)     An all-round white anchor light of 2 mile range.

    1.  

      (5)     For power-driven vessels of 20-24m in length

      1.  

        (a)     A masthead light of 5-mile range, is to be at least 6 metres above the hull;

      1.  

        (b)     Sidelights of 2 mile range at a height above the uppermost continuous deck not greater than three-quarters the height of the masthead light, at or near the side of the vessel and not in front of the masthead light;

      1.  

        (c)     A stern light of 2-mile range;

      1.  

        (d)     An all-round white anchor light of 2 mile range.

    1.  

      (6)     Sailing vessels

      1.  

        (a)     Side lights and a stern light appropriate for the size of vessel;

      1.  

        (b)     In a vessel of less than 20m in length, the lights in subparagraph (1) may be combined in one lantern at or near the top of the mast;

      1.  

        (c)     Alternatively, a vessel of less than 7m in length may have ready a white light to be shown in sufficient time to prevent collision.

    1.  

      (7)     Vessels under oars may exhibit the lights prescribed in subparagraph (3).

    1.  

      (8)     For Fishing Vessels

      1.  

        (a)     lights appropriate for the size of vessel referred to in subparagraphs (2) and (7);

      1.  

        (b)     An all round white light of 2 miles range when trawling or fishing as referred to in 6.8.4 (that may also on its own be used as a anchor light). Which is to be more than 2 metres above the gunwales and above the sidelights at more than twice the distance between this light and that in subparagraph (c);

      1.  

        (c)     An all-round light (green if trawling, red if fishing other than trawling) at least 1 metre above the all-round white light in subparagraph (b) and of 2 mile range.

    1.  

      (9)     Sound Signals

      1.  

        (a)     Vessels of 20-24m in length shall be provided with sound signalling appliances audible one mile away.

      1.  

        (b)     Vessels of less than 20m in length shall be provided with sound signalling apparatus audible one half mile away.

      1.  

        (c)     Vessels of less than 12m are not obliged to carry the sound signalling apparatus in paragraph (b) but shall have some other means of making an efficient sound signal.

PART C
FIRST AID KITS

1.   Type and Size

  1.  

    First-aid kits shall be of the water-tight cabinet carrying type capable of holding the items specified in paragraph 3.2.

2.   Construction and Workmanship

  1.  

    The container shall be of substantial and rugged construction, with the body, handle and all fittings of a corrosion-resistant material or suitably protected against corrosion to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3.   Contents

  1.  

    (1)   tems shall be properly labelled to designate the name of contents and method of use. Each package shall be enclosed in a jacket of tough, transparent material, properly sealed, which shall be watertight. Vials for tablets shall not be made of glass.

  1.  

    (2)   The items contained in the first-aid kit shall be as listed in the following Table.

TABLE A8
ItemsNo.
Bandage compress – 4”5
Bandage compress – 2”8
Waterproof adhesive compress – 1”32
Triangular bandage – 40”3
Eye dressing packet, 1/8 oz Ophthalmic ointment, adhesive strips, cotton pads32
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2 inches by 6 yards
1 – Tourniquet, 1 – forceps, 1 – scissors, 12 safety pins1
Wire splint10
Ammonia inhalants10
Iodine applicators (½ ml swab type)5
Aspirin, phenacetin and caffeine compound, 6½ gr. tablets, vials of 20 Sterile petrolatum gauze, 3” x 18”12
  1.  

    (3)   Instructions

  1.  

    Instructions for the use of the contents of the first-aid kit shall be printed in legible type on a durable surface and shall be securely attached to the inside of the cover. The Instructions for the use of the contents are as follows—

DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE FIRST-AID KIT
Item TitleRemarks
Ammonia inhalantsBreak one and inhale for faintness, fainting, or collapse.
Aspirin, phenacetin, caffeine tabletsChew up and swallow 2 tablets every three hours for headache, colds, minor aches, pains, and fever. Maximum of 8 in twenty-four hours.
Bandage compress, 4” and 2”
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2”
Bandage, triangular, compressed
Apply as a dressing over wound. DO NOT touch part that comes in contact with wound. For securing splints, dressings, etc. Use as arm sling, tourniquet, or for retaining splints or dressings in place.
Burn dressing Compress, adhesive, 1”The petrolatum gauze bandage is applied in at least two layers over the burned surface and an area extending 2” beyond it. The first dressing should be allowed to remain in place, changing only the outer, dry bandage as needed, for at least 10 days unless signs of infection develop after several days, in which case the dressing should be removed and the burn treated as an infected wound. Watch for blueness or coldness of the skin beyond the dressing and loosen the dressing if such signs appear.
Apply as dressing over small wounds.
DO NOT touch part that comes in contact with wound.
Eye patchApply as dressing over inflamed or injured eye. Use to remove splinters or foreign bodies. Do not dig.
ForcepsApply in space formed by pulling lower eyelid down, once daily for inflamed or injured eyes. Do not touch eyeball with tube.
Ophthalmic ointment
Splint, wire
Tincture of iodine, mild
Tourniquet
Pad with gauze and mold to member to immobilize broken bones. Hold in place with bandage. Do not attempt to set the Bone. Remove protective sleeve, crush tube and apply swab end. DO NOT use in or around eyes. For control of haemorrhage. Loosen for a few seconds every 15 minutes.

4.   Marking

  1.  

    Each approved first-aid kit shall be permanently marked with the following information: name of manufacturer, trade name symbol, model number, or other identification used by the manufacturer and the words “FIRST-AID KIT”'.

Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations

(S.I. 18/2010)

Statutory Instrument 18/2010 .. in force 22 February 2010

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PART 1
PRELIMINARY

1.Citation
2.Interpretation

PART 2
REGISTRATION

3.Form of application for registration
4.Registration fee
5.Application for registration of Government ships
6.Form of declaration of ownership
7.Form of builder's certificate
8.Effect of cancellation of registration
9.De-registration
10.Register books
11.Form of application for change of name of ship
12.Approval of change of name
13Notice of change of name of ship
14.Issue of marking and carving note
15.Replacement of existing name of ship
16Change of name of ship in register
17.Change of name of a ship in a foreign state
18.Change of port of registry
19.Change of name of owner, etc.
20.Call sign
21.Obtaining copy of the register book

PART 3
TONNAGE MEASUREMENT

22.Form of certificate of survey
23.Survey of ship at ports in a foreign state

PART 4
MARKING OF SHIPS

24.Carving and marking notes
25.Carving and marking of ships under 24 metres
26.Carving and marking of ships over 24 metres
27.Marking with IMO identification number
28.Ships constructed of material other than steel or metal
29.Verification of measurement and carving and marking
30.Cancellation of carving and marking note
31.Removal of marks

PART 5
CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRY

32.Form of certificate of registry
33.Surrender of certificate of registry
34.Power to grant new certificate of registry
35.Loss of certificate of registry
36.Keeping of a record of masters
37.Form of provisional certificate of registry
38.Form of application for temporary pass and form of temporary pass

PART 6
TRANSFER AND TRANSMISSIONS    

39.Form of Bill of Sale
40.Form of declaration of transfer
41.Form of declaration of transmission

PART 7
MORTGAGES

42.Form of mortgage
43.Form of transfer of mortgage
44.Form of certificate of sale and certificate of mortgage

PART 8
MISCELLANEOUS

45.Declarations generally
46.Documents not in English
Schedule
SHIPPING (REGISTRATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS IN SHIPS) REGULATIONS – SECTION 491

Commencement [22 February 2010]

PART 1
PRELIMINARY
1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation

In these Regulations “Act” means the Shipping Act.

PART 2
REGISTRATION
3.   Form of application for registration

For the purposes of section 14 of the Act (which deals with application for registration), an application for the registration of a ship must be in the form set out in Form 1 of the Schedule.

4.   Registration fee
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), the application for registration of a ship must be accompanied by the prescribed fee.

  1.  

    (2)   Notwithstanding subregulation (1), a fee must not be charged for the registration of a Saint Lucian Government ship which is used for a public purpose.

  1.  

    (3)   There must be paid in respect of each registration, the prescribed annual fee.

5.   Application for registration of Government ships
  1.  

    (1)   An application for registration of a Government ship shall be made by the Permanent Secretary or the Head of Department of the Ministry to which the management of the ship is entrusted or by any other officer authorized by the Permanent Secretary or the Head of Department of the Ministry.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a ship is forfeited by the Government, neither a declaration of ownership nor a declaration of transfer is necessary.

6.   Form of declaration of ownership

For the purposes of section 15 of the Act (which deals with declaration of ownership), a declaration of ownership must be in the form set out in Form 2 of the Schedule.

7.   Form of builder's certificate

A builder's certificate required under section 16 of the Act (which deals with evidence on first registration) on the first registration of a ship must be in the form set out in Form 3 of the Schedule.

8.   Effect of cancellation of registration

Where the registration of a ship is cancelled, the Registrar shall make an entry in the Register Book and the registration of the ship in that Register Book is be considered as cancelled except insofar as it relates to any unsatisfied mortgages or existing certificates of mortgage entered therein.

9.   De-registration

Where a ship is de-registered in accordance with section 19 of the Act (which deals with the restriction on de-registration of ships), the Registrar shall issue a certificate of de-registration in the form set out in Form 4 of the Schedule.

10.   Register books
  1.  

    (1)   The Registrar may keep the following register books—

    1.  

      (a)     a register for ships under 24 metres;

    1.  

      (b)     a register for ships over 24 metres.

  1.  

    (2)   The register books for ships under 24 metres must be divided into two parts—

    1.  

      (a)     commercial vessels; and

    1.  

      (b)     pleasure vessels,

  1.  

    and the register book must identify ships to which the provisions on proprietary interests do not apply and ships to which the provisions on proprietary interest do apply.

  1.  

    (3)   A ship under 24 metres which has once been registered as a ship to which the provisions on proprietary interests applies must not thereafter be registered as a ship to which the provisions on proprietary interest does not apply.

  1.  

    (4)   Electronic records of the register book may be used for the purposes of maintaining the Register books under section 21 of the Act and this regulation.

11.   Form of application for change of name of ship

For the purposes of section 24(2) of the Act (which deals with change of name of ship), an application for change of name of a ship must be in the form set out in Form 5 of the Schedule.

12.   Approval of change of name
  1.  

    (1)   Where the Registrar is satisfied that a name complies with section 24 of the Act (which deals with name of ship), he or she shall notify the applicant in writing that the name is approved and the ship may be registered with that name.

  1.  

    (2)   Any approval given under subregulation (1) is valid only for 3 months commencing from the date the approval is notified to the applicant.

  1.  

    (3)   Where the Registrar is not satisfied that a name complies with section 24 of the Act he or she shall notify the applicant accordingly.

  1.  

    (4)   Notwithstanding subregulation (2), the Registrar may allow the reservation of a ship's name or designation for a period of 10 years if he or she is satisfied that—

    1.  

      (a)     the ship is intended to replace another ship with the same name which is to be registered within 10 years of the date of the application; and

    1.  

      (b)     the applicant is the owner of a registered ship with the same name as that which is to be reserved and it is registered in Saint Lucia, the registration will be closed before the registration of the new vessel; or

    1.  

      (c)     the applicant is the owner of a registered ship with the same name as that which is to be reserved and it will be sold before the registration of the new vessel on condition that it changes its name and that its name is so changed.

  1.  

    (5)   Applications for a reservation under subregulation (3) must be accompanied by a full statement of the circumstances of the case.

13   Notice of change of name of ship

Where a change of name has been approved by the Registrar, the Registrar shall issue a certificate of amendment showing the new name of the ship and shall immediately give notice of the change in the Gazette and in a newspaper which is printed or circulated in Saint Lucia.

14.   Issue of marking and carving note

The Registrar shall immediately after amending the register under regulation 12 issue a carving and marking note in accordance with regulation 23.

15.   Replacement of existing name of ship

Upon receiving the marking and carving note the owner shall ensure that the existing name is immediately replaced by the new name on the bows and stern of the ship and the carving and marking note confirming that this has been done shall be returned to the Registrar, together with the certificate of registry.

16   Change of name of ship in register

Upon receipt of the carving and marking note and the certificate of registry, the Registrar shall change the ship's name in the register and on the certificate of registry and shall return the certificate of registry to the owner.

17.   Change of name of a ship in a foreign state
  1.  

    (1)   Where an application for a change of name of a Saint Lucian ship is made while the ship is in a foreign state the procedures set out in regulations 10 to 15 must be followed except that a proper officer at or near the port where the change of name is to be effected may receive the carving and marking note and the certificate of registry and, if satisfied, change the name on the certificate of registry.

  1.  

    (2)   The proper officer shall notify the Registrar at the ship's port of registry of the date on which the change of name was made and send a copy of the amended certificate of registry to the Registrar.

  1.  

    (3)   On receipt of notification of the name change from the proper officer the Registrar shall amend the Register accordingly.

18.   Change of port of registry
  1.  

    (1)   The registry of any ship may be transferred from one port in Saint Lucia to another on the application to the Registrar made by declaration in writing by all persons appearing on the Register book to be interested therein but that transfer shall not in any way affect the rights of those persons, and those rights must in all respects continue in the same manner as if no such transfer had been effected.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the Registrar approves the proposed change of the ship's Port of Registry, upon payment of the prescribed fee—

    1.  

      (a)     a carving and marking note authorizing the change in the Port of Registry shall be issued to the owner or master of the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     the new Port of Registry shall be marked on the stern in accordance with regulation 25 in such a way that the name of the existing Port of Registry shall be removed from the stern and replaced by the new Port of Registry;

    1.  

      (c)     in the case of a fishing vessel, the identity mark on each of the bows shall also, where applicable, be altered as indicated in the carving and marking note;

    1.  

      (d)     the carving and marking note, duly certified by a surveyor and showing that the new Port of Registry has been marked on the stern in accordance with these Regulations, and, in the case of a fishing vessel, that the identity mark on each of the bows has been changed, shall be returned to the Registrar;

    1.  

      (e)     the certificate of registry shall be delivered up to the Registrar as soon as practicable after the Carving and Marking note has been returned, but in no case, shall it be delivered after 60 days;

    1.  

      (ƒ)     on receipt of the documents specified in paragraphs (a), (d) and (e), the Registrar shall enter in the Register book the new Port of Registry and all particulars relating to the ship and the names of all persons interested therein and grant a new certificate of registry, and such ship shall be considered as registered at the new Port of Registry.

19.   Change of name of owner, etc.
  1.  

    (1)   Where the name, address or nationality of an owner, mortgagee, managing owner or representative person has changed subsequent to registration such owner, mortgagee, managing owner or representative person shall send to the Registrar a notice of such change in the form prescribed in Form 6 of the Schedule.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the new owner, mortgagee, managing owner or representative person is a company, the certificate of incorporation relating to the company must be produced.

  1.  

    (3)   A new certificate of registry shall be issued in accordance with regulation 34 in respect of the new owner and where ownership is effected in a foreign State the new certificate shall be issued on the ship's first subsequent arrival at a port in Saint Lucia or within 6 months of the date of the change of ownership, whichever is earlier.

20.   Call sign
  1.  

    (1)   For the purposes of section 27 of the Act (which deals with call sign), an owner shall make an application to the Registrar to have a call sign assigned to the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   The Registrar shall control the series of call signs.

  1.  

    (3)   The call sign assigned to a ship shall be noted in the register and shall be endorsed on the certificate of registry by the Registrar or by some other person authorized to do so.

  1.  

    (4)   Upon a call sign being assigned to a ship the Registrar shall inform the agency responsible for telecommunications accordingly.

21.   Obtaining copy of the register book

Any person may obtain a copy of the register book by making an application to the Registrar in the form set out in Form 7 of the Schedule.

PART 3
TONNAGE MEASUREMENT
22.   Form of certificate of survey

For the purposes of section 29 of the Act (which deals with survey and measurements of ships), a certificate of survey must be in the form prescribed in Form 8 of the Schedule.

23.   Survey of ship at ports in a foreign state

Where it becomes necessary for a ship to be surveyed at a port in a foreign state, for purposes of registration, the Registrar may depute a surveyor or request the Government of the State where the ship is lying to appoint a qualified surveyor to survey the ship and submit to the Registrar a certificate of survey in the form set out in Form 9 in respect of the ship.

PART 4
MARKING OF SHIPS
24.   Carving and marking notes

Where in respect of a ship an official number or an identity mark has been allotted, the Registrar shall issue to the owner a carving and marking note in the form set out in Form 10 of the Schedule for ships under 24 metres and in the form set out in Form 11 of the Schedule for ships over 24 metres, which shall be returned to the Registrar after the ship has been carved and marked in accordance with regulation 23 or 26.

25.   Carving and marking of ships under 24 metres
  1.  

    (1)   A ship which is under 24 metres in length is to be marked as follows—

    1.  

      (a)     the official number and net tonnage are to be marked on the main beam or, if there is no main beam, on a readily accessible visible permanent part of the structure of the ship, either—

      1.  

        (i)     by cutting in, centre punching or raised lettering, or

      1.  

        (ii)     to be engraved on plates of metal, wood or plastic, secured to the main beam or, if there is no main beam, to a readily accessible visible part of the structure with rivets, through bolts with the ends clenched, or screws with the slots removed;

    1.  

      (b)     the name and port of registry are to be marked on a conspicuous and permanent part of the stern on a dark background in white or yellow letters, or on a light background in black letters, the letters being not less than 5 centimetres high and of proportionate breadth, or, where this is not possible by the following alternative methods—

      1.  

        (i)     by engraving on plates of metal or of plastic or by cutting it on a shaped wooden chock and where a shaped wooden chock is used it should be secured to the hull through bolts, the ends being clenched, or

      1.  

        (ii)     by individual glass reinforced plastic letters and numbers approximately 2 millimetres in thickness and these to be fixed to the hull with epoxy adhesive, and painted with suitable paint and coated with translucent epoxy resin, or

      1.  

        (iii)     where metal or plastic plates have been used these must be fixed by the use of epoxy adhesives and metal or plastic plates secured by adhesives should be coated with translucent epoxy resin after they have been fixed in position;

    1.  

      (c)     the official number and net tonnage to be marked as follows:

      “O.N. xxxxxxN.T. xx.xx”
      100.
26.   Carving and marking of ships over 24 metres
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to this regulation, for the purposes of section 36 of the Act (which deals with marking of ships), every ship must, prior to registration, be marked permanently and conspicuously to the satisfaction of the Registrar in the following manner—

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of a fishing vessel, in accordance with section 25 of the Act;

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of any other ship, the name must be marked on each of the bows and the name of the intended port of registry must be marked on the stern;

    1.  

      (c)     in all cases, the marking must be in white or yellow numerals or letters on a dark background or in black numerals or letters on a light background;

    1.  

      (d)     the numerals or letters must not be less than one decimetre in height and of proportionate breadth.

  1.  

    (2)   Notwithstanding subregulation (1), the identity mark allotted in the case of a fishing vessel and the official number allotted to any other type of ship, together with, in all cases, the number denoting the ship's net tonnage must be permanently cut in or welded on the ship's main structure in a conspicuous place as approved by a surveyor.

  1.  

    (3)   A scale of decimetres or of metres and decimetres, denoting draught of water must be marked on each side of the stern and of the stem post—

    1.  

      (a)     in figures at 2 decimetres intervals, where the scale is decimetres;

    1.  

      (b)     in figures at each metre interval and at intervening 2 decimetres intervals, where the scale is in metres and decimetres, the capital letter “M” being placed after each metre figure, the top figure on the scale showing both the metre and except where it marks a full metre interval, the decimetre figure, the lower edge of the figures, or figures and letters, as the case may be coinciding with the draught denoted thereby, the figures and letters being not less than one decimetre in height and marked by being cut in or welded and painted white or yellow on a dark background or black on a light background, or

    1.  

      (c)     in such other way as the Minister may approve.

  1.  

    (4)   In the case of an existing ship, the draught marks may take the form of a scale of feet denoting the draught of water marked on each side of the stern and of the stern post in Roman capital letters or in figures, not less than 6 inches in height, the lower edge of such letters or figures must be marked by being cut in or welded and painted white or yellow on a dark background or black on a light background, or in such other way as the Minister may approve.

  1.  

    (5)   In the case of ships having raked soft stem or cruiser stern, the marks must be cut in or welded as close to the stem as possible following the contour of the stern and the marks at the stern must be cut in or welded as near as possible to the after perpendicular.

  1.  

    (6)   A pleasure craft—

    1.  

      (a)     is exempted from the provisions of subregulation (3);

    1.  

      (b)     which, because of its special design cannot comply with subregulation (1)(b) with respect to the marking of the name on each bow, may instead have the name marked on 2 boards to be fixed to the deck or superstructure amidships on either side.

27.   Marking with IMO identification number
  1.  

    (1)   This regulation applies to passenger ships of 100 gross tons or more, and cargo ships of 300 gross tons or more, which were constructed on and after July 1, 2004, except that for ships constructed before July 1, 2004 it need not be complied with until the first scheduled dry-docking after that date.

  1.  

    (2)   Notwithstanding regulations 24 and 25, a ship must be marked with the IMO identification number as follows—

    1.  

      (a)     in a visible place either on the stern of the ship or on either side of the hull, amidships port and starboard, above the deepest assigned load line or either side of the superstructure, port and starboard or on the front of the superstructure or, in the case of passenger ships, on a horizontal surface visible from the air; and

    1.  

      (b)     in an easily accessible place either on one of the end transverse bulkheads of the machinery spaces, or on one of the hatchways or, in the case of tankers, in the pump-room or, in the case of ship's with ro-ro spaces, on one of the end transverse bulkheads of the ro-ro spaces.

  1.  

    (3)   The permanent marking—

    1.  

      (a)     must be plainly visible, clear of any other markings on the hull and must be painted in a contrasting colour;

    1.  

      (b)     in subregulation (3)(a) shall not be less than 200 millimetres in height and the width of the marking referred to in subregulation (2)(b) must not be less than 100 millimetres in height and the width of the marks must be proportionate to the height; and

    1.  

      (c)     may be made by raised lettering or by cutting it in or by centre punching it or by any other equivalent method of marking the ship identification number which ensures that the marking is not easily expunged.

  1.  

    (4)   In this regulation—

IMO” means the International Maritime Organization;

machinery spaces” means machinery spaces of category A and other spaces containing propulsion machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such stations;

ro-ro spaces” means spaces not normally sub-divided in any way and normally extending to either a substantial length or the entire length of the ship in which motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion or goods, packaged or in bulk, in or on rail or road cars, vehicles, including road or rail tankers, trailers, containers, pallets, demountable tanks or in similar stowage units or other receptacles can be loaded and unloaded normally in a horizontal direction.

28.   Ships constructed of material other than steel or metal

On ships constructed of material other than steel or metal, the Director shall approve the method of marking the ship identification number.

29.   Verification of measurement and carving and marking
  1.  

    (1)   Where the Registrar is not satisfied—

    1.  

      (a)     that the particulars of the measurement and tonnage or such other particulars describing the identity of the ship, as required by the Minister, furnished to him or her are correct; or

    1.  

      (b)     that the ship is carved and marked in the manner required,

  1.  

    he or she may direct the owner to have the measurement or other details, and carving or marking of the vessel verified by the authorized measurer or inspector of marks as appropriate.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the owner fails to comply with the direction of the Registrar, the Registrar may—

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of an unregistered ship, refuse registration until the Registrar's direction has been complied with; or

    1.  

      (b)     in case of a registered ship, the Registrar may serve notice on the owner or managing owner, or any charter, manager or operator of the ship requiring him or her to produce evidence within 30 days to satisfy the Registrar that the particulars of the measurement and tonnage are, or that the marking of the ship is correct.

  1.  

    (3)   Where at the expiry of the 30 day period referred to in subregulation (2)(b), the Registrar is not satisfied, he or she may—

    1.  

      (a)     extend the notice and ask for further information; or

    1.  

      (b)     serve a final notice which closes the ship's registration and issue a certificate of de-registration in accordance with regulation 9, such closure to be effected 7 days after the service of that notice.

  1.  

    (4)   Where a ship's registration is closed under subregulation (3), the owner of the ship shall immediately surrender the certificate of registry.

  1.  

    (5)   Where the Registrar serves a notice under this regulation on the owner of a ship in respect of which a mortgage is registered, he or she shall send a copy of that notice to the mortgagee at the address recorded in the Register for the mortgage.

30.   Cancellation of carving and marking note

Where a carving and marking note issued under regulation 29 is not duly completed and returned to the Registrar within 3 months of its issue, the Registrar may cancel it and the application must be treated as having been withdrawn.

31.   Removal of marks

Where a ship's registration is terminated whether by expiration of the registration or otherwise, the marking prescribed under these Regulations must be removed from the ship and written confirmation of that removal must be sent to the Registrar.

PART 5
CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRY
32.   Form of certificate of registry

For the purposes of section 37 of the Act (which deals with the certificate of registry), a certificate of registry shall be in the form set out in Form 12 of the Schedule.

33.   Surrender of certificate of registry

On the cancellation the certificate of registry, the certificate of registry must be surrendered by the owner to the Registrar for cancellation.

34.   Power to grant new certificate of registry
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), the Registrar may, upon the delivery up to him or her of the certificate of registry in accordance with regulation 35, grant a new certificate of registry.

  1.  

    (2)   An application for a new certificate of registry shall be made to the Registrar in the form prescribed in Form 10 of the Schedule.

35.   Loss of certificate of registry
  1.  

    (1)   In the event of the certificate of registry of a ship being lost or destroyed, the Registrar shall, subject to this regulation, grant a replacement certificate of registry in lieu of the original Certificate of Registry.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the ship is in Saint Lucia, the master, or some other person having knowledge of the facts of the case, shall make a declaration stating those facts and the names and descriptions of the registered owners of the ship to the best of the declarant's knowledge and belief.

  1.  

    (3)   Where the ship is in a foreign State and the certificate of registry is lost or destroyed, the master or some other person authorized by him or her shall make a declaration to the proper officer and the proper officer shall issue a provisional certificate of registry containing a statement of the circumstances under which it was granted.

  1.  

    (4)   Section 41(3) of the Act applies to subregulation (3).

  1.  

    (5)   Every replacement certificate of registry granted to a registered Saint Lucian ship must be clearly marked “Duplicate” in red ink.

  1.  

    (6)   Where a replacement certificate of registry has been granted by reason of the original having been lost or destroyed and such original is subsequently found or received by the owner, the original certificate of registry must be surrendered to the Registrar for cancellation.

36.   Keeping of a record of masters
  1.  

    (1)   The Registrar shall keep and maintain a record of masters.

  1.  

    (2)   The record to be kept and maintained under subregulation (1) must include the name of the master at the time of first registration and the name of the new master where the master is subsequently changed.

  1.  

    (3)   The owner shall give notice of the appointment or change of a master to the Registrar or to a proper officer in the form set out in Form 14 of the Schedule, and produce the certificate of registry to him or her.

  1.  

    (4)   The Registrar or proper officer shall on production of the certificate of registry, endorse the name of the master or new master, the date when the appointment or change was made and the number of the certificate of competency or service of the master or new master on the certificate of registry.

37.   Form of provisional certificate of registry

For the purposes of section 41 of the Act (which deals with provisional certificate of registry), a provisional certificate of registry shall be in the form set out in Form 15 of the Schedule.

38.   Form of application for temporary pass and form of temporary pass

For the purposes of section 42 of the Act (which deals with temporary pass in lieu of certificate of registry)—

  1.  

    (a)     an application for a temporary pass shall be in the form set out in Form 16 of the Schedule; and

  1.  

    (b)     a temporary pass in lieu of the certificate of registry shall be in the form set out in Form 17 of the Schedule.

PART 6
TRANSFER AND TRANSMISSIONS
39.   Form of Bill of Sale

For the purposes of section 53 of the Act (which deals with transfer of ship or share), a Bill of Sale shall be in the form set out in Form 18 of the Schedule.

40.   Form of declaration of transfer

For the purposes of section 54 of the Act (which deals with declaration of transfer), a declaration of transfer shall in the form set out in Form 19 of the Schedule.

41.   Form of declaration of transmission

For the purposes of section 56 of the Act (which deals with transmission of property in ship on bankruptcy or death), a declaration of transmission shall in the form set out in Form 20 of the Schedule.

PART 7
MORTGAGES
42.   Form of mortgage

For the purposes of section 60 of the Act (which deals with mortgage of ship or share therein), a mortgage of a ship or share in a ship shall in the form set out in Form 21 of the Schedule.

43.   Form of transfer of mortgage

For the purposes of section 67 of the Act (which deals with transfer of mortgages), a transfer of mortgage shall be in the form set out in Form 22 of the Schedule.

44.   Form of certificate of sale and certificate of mortgage

For the purposes of section 69 of the Act (which deals with authority to sell or mortgage out of Saint Lucia), a—

  1.  

    (a)     certificate of sale shall be in the form set out in Form 23 of the Schedule;

  1.  

    (b)     certificate of mortgage shall be in the form set out in Form 24 of the Schedule.

PART 8
MISCELLANEOUS
45.   Declarations generally
  1.  

    (1)   A declaration required by the Act or these Regulations must—

    1.  

      (a)     be headed with the title of the matter in respect of which the declaration is made; and

    1.  

      (b)     be expressed in the first person; and

    1.  

      (c)     state—

      1.  

        (i)     the name and address of the declarant, and

      1.  

        (ii)     if the declaration is made on behalf of another person the name and address of the other person, and

    1.  

      (d)     if the declaration is made for the purposes of a business the details of which are set out in the declaration state—

      1.  

        (i)     the office or position held by the person by whom the declaration is made, and

      1.  

        (ii)     the address of the place where the business is conducted or principally conducted, and

    1.  

      (e)     be divided into paragraphs, each of which must be numbered consecutively and, as far as practicable, be confined to one subject.

  1.  

    (2)   The name and title of the person before whom the declaration is made and the date when, and the place where it was made must be stated in the declaration.

46.   Documents not in English

If a document that is filed as evidence in proceedings before the Registrar is not in English, the party who files the document must file with it—

  1.  

    (a)     a translation of the document into English; and

  1.  

    (b)     a certificate of verification in relation to the translation.

Schedule
FORM 1

(Regulation 3)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF A SAINT LUCIAN SHIP
SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 14
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests of Ships)
Regulations – Regulation 3
PROPOSED NAME OF SHIP
(Several names should be entered in order of preference)
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean Number
(if known)
(delete as appropriate)
Radio Call Sign(s)
(if known)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialLength (This dimension is to be as defined in the Model Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations 2004)
Full Name and
Address of Builder
Year of BuildCountry of Build
PARTICULARS OF SHIP UNDER CONSTRUCTION (if applicable)
Temporary NameNo. of Masts
Type of ShipStem
Intended Port of RegistryStern
How PropelledNo. Of Bulkheads
No. of DecksBreadth
Length of Engine RoomDepth
Gross TonnageNet Tonnage
Description of Construction
PARTICULARS OF PREVIOUS REGISTRATION OF SHIP (if applicable)
Registered Name of Ship
Official NumberCountry of Registry
Port of RegistryPort Letters and Numbers (if applicable)
Year of RegistryRegistered Length of Ship
Has the ship an outstanding mortgage?
(Indicate YES or NO in box)
PARTICULARS OF NATURE OF TITLE (if applicable)
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual: Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
PARTICULARS OF PAYMENT/CORRESPONDENCE
Are you the permanent agent for the owner?(indicate YES or NO in box)
NOTE: All correspondence will be sent to the registered owner/managing owner unless the owner requests the Registrar of Ships to send it to a specified person.
I/We* being the Owner(s) of the above ship request that all correspondence including the Certificate of Registry be sent to my / our* registration agent/agent*:
* delete as appropriate
Full Name
Address
(Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address - for a body corporate; Principal place of business - for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date __ / __/ __ (d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s)
In the case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness
WHEN COMPLETED YOU SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPS (see below), TOGETHER WITH—
     ∙     The correct fee (if you do not know the fee contact the Registrar of Ships);
     ∙     The Declaration of Eligibility and any information required for the application
     ∙     The Builder's Certificate and/or Bill(s) of Sale, except for ships under 24 metres in length
     ∙     The Certificate of Survey and Tonnage
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on __/__/__
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)....................
FORM 2

(Regulation 6)

SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 15
[COAT OF ARMS]DECLARATION OF OWNERSHIP
A SAINT LUCIAN SHIP
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 6
NOTE: If more than one Owner then a separate form is required for each, unless shares are held jointly.
I/We* hereby declare that I am / we are qualified to own the ship as stated below.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF SHIP, and in the case of a foreign ship, her foreign name
PARTICULARS OF OWNER
Full Name(s)
Address(es)(Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate).
Qualification to own a Saint Lucian ship*, and, in the case of a body corporate, such circumstances of the constitution and business thereof as prove it to be qualified to own a Saint Lucian Ship
Number of Shares
(indicate if jointly owned)
Date of Purchase of Shares____/ ____/ ____
(d/m/y)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date ___/ ___/ ___ (d/m/y)
Signature(s)of Owner(s)
In the case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness
  1.  

    *     The following are qualified to own a Saint Lucian ship:

    1.  

      (a)     nationals of Saint Lucia;

    1.  

      (b)     citizens of CARICOM States residing in a member State of the Caribbean Community, where the ship is customarily engaged in international voyages;

    1.  

      (c)     individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charter to nationals of Saint Lucia;

    1.  

      (d)     individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Saint Lucia as may be prescribed; and

    1.  

      (e)     such other persons as the Minister may by Order determine.

  1.  

    When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:

    Registrar of Ships
    [Address]
    Telephone:
    Fax:
    E-Mail:
    OFFICIAL USE ONLY
    Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
    (d/m/y)
    at___________ (time).
    By Officer (print name) ...............................................
FORM 3

(Regulation 7)

SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 16
BUILDER'S CERTIFICATE
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 7
NAME OF SHIP
PARTICULARS OF BUILDING
Place of ConstructionDate of Completion __/ __/ __(d/m/y)
Builder's Identification of Ship
(if ship is unnamed)
Full Name and Address of Builder
Full Name and Address of person/ company for whom ship was built
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)Build (carvel, clinker, hard chine, etc)
Stern (raked, straight, curved. clipper, etc.)Stern (transom, canoe, counter, tuck)
Rigging (cutter, ketch, sloop. schooner)Number of decks
Number of watertight bulkheadsNumber of non-watertight bulkheads
Number of mastsPrincipal material of construction
Length Overall
(for ships under 24 metres)
Length (other ships)
BreadthDepth
Brake powerkWIndicated powerkWShaft powerKW
Estimated maximum speed under powerKnNumber of Hulls
PARTICULARS OF PROPULSION
Method
(sail and motor, sail, motor)
Power transmission
(single screw, twin screw, etc.)
Engines
Number of EnginesType of Engines
Maker's NameNumber of Cylinders
Serial NumberOther
Boilers
Number of BoilersType of Boilers
Maker's NameLoaded pressure
PARTICULARS OF DELIVERY
Date ship was/will be delivered__/ __/ __ (d/m/y)
The ship was/will be delivered
(tick one box)
Encumbrance
Particulars of encumbrance
Free Encumbered
THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED BY
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date __/ __/ __ (d/m/y)
Signature of Builder
If the builder is a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate.
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness
DEFINITIONS
  1.  

    Length overall: Length overall is obtained by measuring (to two decimal places) the distance between a vertical line passing through a point being the foremost part of the stem, and a vertical line passing through a point being the aftermost part of the stern. (Do not give class length). The Registrar should be contacted where the length cannot be measured with this definition.

  1.  

    Breadth: Breadth is the breadth measured (to two decimal places) to the moulded line of the frame if the ship has a metal shell, or to the outer surface of the hull if the ship has a shell of any other material.

  1.  

    Moulded depth amidships: This is the vertical distance measured (to two decimal places) from the top of the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at side amidships. (Amidships means the vertical plane situated at the middle length of the ship and at right angles to the centre line plane of the ship).

  1.  

    In the case of a wooden ship or composite ship the top of the keel is the lower edge of the keel rabbet.

  1.  

    In the case of a ship in which the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or if thick garboards are fitted, the top of the keel is the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel of the ship.

  1.  

    In the case of a ship having rounded gunwales the top of the freeboard deck beam at side is the point of intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and of the side, the moulded lines being treated as extending as though the gunwale were of angular design.

  1.  

    In the case of a ship having stepped freeboard deck, the raised part of which extends. over amidships, the top of the freeboard deck beam at side is the point of intersection of amidships and of a line of reference extending from the top of the freeboard deck beam at side at the lower part of the deck along a line parallel to the raised part.

Length

  1.  

    The length of a ship is either—

    1.  

      (a)     a length equal to 96% of the total length of the ship measured on a waterline that is at a distance, from the top of the keel, equal to 85% of the least moulded depth of the ship; or

    1.  

      (b)     if the length of the ship measured from the foreside of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline is greater than the length ascertained in accordance with paragraph (a) – that greater length.

  1.  

    When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:

    Registrar of Ships
    [Address]
    Telephone:
    Fax:
    E-Mail:
    OFFICIAL USE ONLY
    Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
    (d/m/y)
    at___________ (time).
    By Officer (print name)..............................................................
FORM 4

(Regulation 9)

CERTIFICATE OF DE-REGISTRATION
SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 19
[COAT OF ARMS]CERTIFICATE OF DE-REGISTRATION
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 9

NOTE: On receipt of this Certificate, the Owner(s) must immediately return the ship's Certificate of Registry to the Registrar of Ships.

NAME OF SHIP
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Official NumberPort of Registry
IMO/HIN/Caribbean
Number(delete as appropriate)Radio Call Sign(s)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
PARTICULARS OF OWNER
Full Name(s)
Address(es)
(Residential address –
for an individual;
Registered office address –
for a body corporate;
Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Number of SharesDate of Purchase
(indicate if jointly owned)of Shares ______/ _____/ ______ (d/m/y)
SIGNATURE    
I hereby certify that the registration of the above-mentioned ship was terminated on the date given below.
Issuing Office Address
and/or Official Stamp
Signature of Registrar
of Ships
Full Name
Date _______/ _______/ ______ (d/m/y)
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
FORM 5

(Regulation 11)

SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 24
[COAT OF ARMS]APPLICATION FOR CHANGE OF NAME OF SHIP
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 11
I / We* hereby apply to change the name of the ship as specified below.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
PROPOSED NAME OF SHIP
(Several names may be entered in order of preference)
SIGNATURE
PlaceDate ____/ ____/ _____ (d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s)
In the case of a body corporate,
an authorised officer of the
body corporate
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/___/____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)...............................................................
FORM 6

(Regulation 19)

NOTICE OF CHANGE OF NAME, ADDRESS OR NATIONALITY OF OWNER, MORTGAGEE, MANAGING OWNER OR REPRESENTATIVE PERSON
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 19
I / We* hereby notify the Registrar of Ships of the following changed particulars as specified below.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
PARTICULARS CHANGED
Present Name of Owner*, Mortgagee, Managing Owner or Representative Person (delete as appropriate)Former Name
(if this has been changed)
Present Address
(Residential address – for an individual;
Registered office address –
for a body corporate;
Principal place of business –
for a statutory body or
foreign body corporate)
Former Address
(if this has been changed)
Present Telephone number
Present Fax number
Present E-mail address
Present NationalityFormer Nationality
(if this has been changed)
SIGNATURE
PlaceDate ____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y
Signature of Owner, Mortgagee, Managing Owner or Representative Person (delete as appropriate)
In the case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate
* In the case of a change in the particulars of an Owner, this form must be accompanied by a Declaration of Eligibility to Own a Saint Lucian Ship.
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)........................................................
FORM 7

(Regulation 21)

APPLICATION TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE REGISTER BOOK
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships)
Regulations – Regulation 21
I, _________________________________________________ of _______________________
Wish to obtain a copy of the following Register book _________________________________
for the purpose of ______________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE
PlaceDate _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y)
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).........................................................
FORM 8

(Regulation 22)

CERTIFICATE OF SURVEY AND TONNAGE
SHIPS UNDER 24 METRES
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interest in Ships)
Regulations – Regulation 22
NAME OF SHIP
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Official Number (if there has been any former registry)Port of Registry
Whether a sailing, steam or motor shipMethod of Propulsion
(if steam or motor ship)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Material used to construct hullNumber of decks
Number of mastsRigged
StemStern
BuildNumber of Bulkheads
Length of Engine Room
(if any)Length of Ship Overall *
Length of Ship*Breadth *
Depth*Moulded Draught *(if any)
* These dimensions are to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations 2004.
Number of passengers for whom accommodation is certified in cabins of not more than 8 berthsNumber of other passengersNumber of seamen and apprentices for whom accommodation is certified
Full Name and
Address of Builder
Year of BuildCountry of Build
Date when keel was laid
______/ ______/ ______ d/m/y)
Date measured
______ /_____ /______(d/m/y)
PARTICULARS OF TONNAGE
These tonnages are to be in accordance with the ship's International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate.
NOTE: A summary of the spaces included and excluded from the tonnages are shown on the International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate.
Gross TonnageNet Tonnage
CERTIFIED EXTRACTS OF PARTICULARS SUPPLIED BY BUILDERS, OWNERS OR ENGINE MAKERS
PARTICULARS OF PROPELLING ENGINES (if any)
Description of Engines
Number of sets of EnginesNumber of shafts
When made ______/ ______/ ______ (d/m/y)
Full Name and Address of Makers
Reciprocating Engines
Number of cylinders in each setDiametre of cylinders
Length of stroke
Rotary Engines
Number of cylinders in each set
PARTICULARS OF BOILERS
Description of boilers
NumberWorking pressure
When made ______/ ______/ ______ (d/m/y)
Full Name and Address of Makers
Estimated brake or shaft power kWEstimated speed of ship
NOTE: In the case of multiple engined ships the figure for brake or shaft power should show the total power and not the power for each set of Engines.
SIGNATURE
I, the undersigned Surveyor appointed by the Director, having surveyed the above-named ship, hereby certify that the above particulars are true, and that her name is marked clearly on each of her bows, and her name and the port of registry are properly marked on a conspicuous part of her stern, and a scale of decimetres, or metres and decimetres marked on each side of her stem, and of her stern post.
Surveyor's Address
and/or
Official Stamp
Signature of Surveyor
Full Name
Date _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y)
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
(d/m/y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).........................................................
FORM 9

(Regulation 23)

CERTIFICATE OF SURVEY AND TONNAGE
SHIPS OVER 24 METRES
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interest in Ships)
Regulations – Regulation 23
NAME OF SHIP
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Official Number (if there has been any former registry)Port of Registry
Whether a sailing, steam or motor shipMethod of Propulsion
(if steam or motor ship)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Material used to construct hullNumber of decks
Number of mastsRigged
StemStern
BuildNumber of Bulkheads
Length of Engine Room
(if any)
Length of Ship*Breadth *
Moulded Depth *Moulded Draught *
* These dimensions are to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations 2004.
Number of passengers for whom accommodation is certified in cabins of not more than 8 berthsNumber of other passengersNumber of seamen And apprentices for Whom accommodation is certified
Full Name and
Address of Builder
Year of BuildCountry of Build
Date when keel was laid
______/ ______/ ______ d/m/y)
Date measured
____/ _____/ ______ (d/m/y)
PARTICULARS OF TONNAGE
These tonnages are to be in accordance with the ship's International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate.
NOTE: A summary of the spaces included and excluded from the tonnages are shown on the International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate.
Gross TonnageNet Tonnage
CERTIFIED EXTRACTS OF PARTICULARS SUPPLIED BY BUILDERS, OWNERS OR ENGINE MAKERS
PARTICULARS OF PROPELLING ENGINES (if any)
Description of engines
Number of sets of enginesNumber of shafts
When made ______/ ______/ ______ (d/m/y)
Full Name and Address of Makers
Reciprocating Engines
Number of cylinders in each setDiametre of cylinders
Length of stroke
Rotary Engines
Number of cylinders in each set
PARTICULARS OF BOILERS
Description of boilers
NumberWorking pressure
When made ______/ ______/ ______ (d/m/y)
Full Name and Address of Makers
Estimated brake or shaft powerkWEstimated speed of ship
NOTE: In the case of multiple engined ships the figure for brake or shaft power should show the total power and not the power for each set of engines.
SIGNATURE
I, the undersigned Surveyor appointed by the Director, having surveyed the above-named ship, hereby certify that the above particulars are true, and that her name is marked clearly on each of her bows, and her name and the port of registry are properly marked on a conspicuous part of her stern, and a scale of decimetres, or metres and decimetres marked on each side of her stem, and of her stern post, in a manner directed by the Shipping Act.
Surveyor's Address
and/or
Official Stamp
Signature of Surveyor
Full Name
Date _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y)
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)..........................................................
FORM 10

(Regulation 24)

FORM OF CARVING AND MARKING NOTE FOR SHIP UNDER 24 METRES
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration of Ships and Proprietary Interests in Ships)
Regulations – Regulation 24

WARNING: The ship is not registered until this Certificate is returned to the Registrar of Shipsand a Certificate of Registry has been issued.

NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
Port of Registry
Net Tonnage
The above-named ship is to be marked with the following:
•     the official numb er and net tonnage are to be permanently and conspicuously carved or marked as appropriate:
•     the name is to be marked on the stern
•     the port of registry is to be marked on the stern
in the manner prescribed overleaf.
SIGNATURE
I certify that the above-named ship has been marked in accordance with the instructions above and overleaf.
Issuing Office
Address or Stamp,or
Inspector's Address
(delete as appropriate)
Signature of Issuing Officer, Inspector or Owner (delete as appropriate)
Full Name
Date _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y)
Telephone number Fax number
E-mail address
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on _____/_____/_____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).............................................................
FORM 11

(Regulation 24)

FORM OF CARVING AND MARKING NOTE FOR SHIP OVER 24 METRES
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration of Ships and Proprietary Interests in Ships)
Regulations – Regulation 24

WARNING: The ship is not registered until this Certificate is returned to the Registrar of Ships and a Certificate of Registry has been issued.

NAME OF SHIP Official Number
Port of Registry
Net Tonnage
SIGNATURE
I certify that the above-named ship has been marked in accordance with the instructions above and overleaf.
Issuing Office
Address or Stamp, or
Inspector's Address
(delete as appropriate)
Signature of Issuing
Officer or Inspector
Full Name
Date _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y)
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on _____/______/_____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)..............................................................
FORM 12

(Regulation 31)

[COAT OF ARMS]SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 37
CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRY

Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 32

NAME OF SHIP
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Official NumberPort of Registry
IMO/HIN/Caribbean
Number (delete as appropriate)
Radio Call Sign(s)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro passenger, etc.)
Method of Propulsion
Engine Make and Model
Total Engine PowerkW
Length of Ship *Breadth *Moulded Depth *
* These dimensions are to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations
Gross Tonnage #Net Tonnage #
# These tonnages are to be in accordance with the ship's International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate
Full Name and
Address of Builder
Year of BuildCountry of Build
CERTIFICATE VALIDITY PERIOD
This Certificate was issued
on______ /_____ /_____ (d/m/y)
at __________ (time)
This Certificate
expires on _____ /____ /____ (d/m/y)
THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED BY
Issuing Office Address
and/or Official Stamp
Signature of Registrar of Ships
Full Name
Date ___/ ___/ ___ (d/m/y)
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
PARTICULARS OF OWNER(S)
Full Name and Address of Owner(s)Number of Shares
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
∙     A Certificate of Registry is not proof of ownership.
∙     Details of registered mortgages are not shown.
∙     The Registrar must be informed immediately—
∙     of any changes to the ship's particulars or ownership; or
∙     if the ship is lost.
∙     The Certificate must be surrendered to the Registrar if the ship ceases to be a Saint Lucia registered ship.
∙     A duplicate must be obtained if the Certificate is lost or becomes illegible.
For further information contact the:
Registrar of ShipsTelephone:
[Address]Fax:
E-Mail:
FORM 13

(Regulation 32)

[COAT OF ARMS]APPLICATION FOR NEW CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRY

Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations 2010

Regulation 34

I /We* hereby apply for the grant of a new Registration Certificate for the ship described below.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF SHIP Official Number
REASON WHY A NEW REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE IS REQUIRED
(If it is mislaid, lost or destroyed, describe the circumstances)
SIGNATURE
Place Signature of Witness
Date ______/ ______/ _____ (d/m/y)
Signature of Owner
(or his authorised agent)
In the case of a body corporate,
an authorised officer of the
body corporate
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/___
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)..............................................................
FORM 14

(Regulation 36)

[COAT OF ARMS]NOTICE OF APPOINTMENT/CHANGE OF MASTER
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 36
I/We* hereby notify the Registrar of Ships of the following changed particulars as specified below.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF OWNER
Present Address
(Residential address –
for an individual;
Registered office address –
for a body corporate;
Principal place of business –
for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
No. of Shares
Being registered owners of
NAME OF VESSEL
Port of RegistryOfficial Number
Gross TonuageNet Tonnage
NAME OF MASTER
(Full Name)
Certificate No.
Address
Telephone No.Email Address
Name of Former Master
(if any)
Certificate No.
SIGNATURE
PlaceDate _____/ _______/ _____ (d/m/y)
Signature of Owner, Mortgagee
Managing Owner or Representative
Person (delete as appropriate)
In the case of a body corporate an authorised officer of the body corporate
Signature of Witness
Name and Address of Witness
When completed you should send this form together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on _____/_____/____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)....................................................................
FORM 15

(Regulation 37)

SHIPPING ACT – SECTION41
[COAT OF ARMS]PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRY
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in ships) Regulations – Regulation 37
Warning: Provisional registration conveys no entitlement to register a ship under the Shipping Act.
This Certificate of Provisional Registration is valid for 3 months only, and expires on:
___________________________________ (d/m/y)
or at arrival at a Port of Registry, if earlier
NAME OF SHIP
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Length of Ship *Breadth *Moulded Depth *
* These dimensions are to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations
Gross Tonnage #Net Tonnage #
# These tonnages are to be in accordance with the ship's International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate
Details of any Permanent
Marks
NOTE: The person issuing the Certificate shall include the best particulars of these details which can obtain.
THIS PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED BY
Issuing Office Address
and/or Official Stamp
Signature of
Issuing Officer
Full Name
Telephone numberDate _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y)
E-mail addressFax number
NOTES TO THE ISSUING OFFICE
∙     This Certificate of Provisional Saint Lucia Registry can only be issued if the necessary documents for an application to register a Saint Lucia ship have been submitted by the applicant, and authority to issue the Certificate has been sought from, and confirmed by, the Registrar of Ships (address overleaf).
∙     You should strike through any boxes not completed on this form and rule off any unused space after the last owner has been entered.
∙     A copy of this Certificate, when completed, must be forwarded to the Registrar of Ships.
PARTICULARS OF PURCHASE OF THE SHIP
PlaceDate __/___/___(d/m/y)
at _____________ (time)
PARTICULARS OF OWNER(S)
Full Name and Address of Owner(s)Number of Shares
NOTES TO OWNER(S)
∙     Provisional registration conveys no entitlement to register a ship under the Shipping Act.
∙     In order to register your ship under the above Act, a further application must be made direct to the Registrar (address below).
∙     This Certificate is valid only:
∙     for 3 months from the date of issue;
∙     until the ship's arrival in Saint Lucia; or
∙     until termination by the Registrar on request from the owner, whichever is the sooner.
∙     If registration under the above Act is not completed before this Certificate expires, your ship will cease to be recognised as Saint Lucia ship.
∙     If you lose this Certificate, you must inform the Registrar immediately.
∙     This Certificate cannot be renewed.
∙     A ship once provisionally registered, cannot be provisionally registered again within 1 year of the date of the issue of the original Certificate of Provisional Registration.
For further information contact the:
Registrar of ShipsTelephone:
[Address]Fax:
E-Mail:
FORM 16

(Regulation 38)

APPLICATION FOR TEMPORARY PASS
[COAT OF ARMS]Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 38
OFFICIAL NUMBERINTENDED PORT OF REGISTRY
PROPOSED NAME OF SHIP
(Several names should be entered in order or preference
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Official Number
IMO/HIN/Caribbean
Number (delete as appropriate)
Radio Call Sign
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Method of Propulsion
Engine Make and Model
Total Engine PowerkW
Length of Ship *Breadth *Moulded Depth *
* These dimensions are to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations
Gross Tonnage #Net Tonnage #
# These tonnages are to be in accordance with the ship's International Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate
Full Name and
Address of Builder
Year of BuildCountry of Build
DETAILS OF APPLICANT
Full NameAddress
Date _____/ _____/ ______ (d/m/y) Fax number
E-mail Address
DETAILS OF OWNER (s)
Full Name AddressOccupationNo. of Shares
DETAILS OF PROPOSED VOYAGE
Application is made for the unregistered ship................................................................................
To pass from................................... to...........................................................................................
The voyage will commence on or after _____/ _____ / ______ (d/m/y)
and end on or before _______ / _______/ ________ (d/m/y)
..................................................
Signature of Applicant
......................................................
Name (Please Print)
Date _____ /_____ /_____ (d/m/y)
For official use
APPROVED ON BEHALF OF THE MINISTER
..........................................................................
Signature
..........................................................................Date _____/_____/_____(d/m/y)
Title
NOTE:
(1)     This application must be accompanied by the following completed registration documents unless the documents have already been submitted to the Registrar at the Intended Port of Registry:
     Builder's Certificate, Application for Registration, Declaration of Ownership, Notice of Proposed Name.
(2)     When an application for registration has been made to the Administration of a foreign state, confirmation of that Administration's agreement to the issue of a Temporary Pass must be submitted in addition to the above documents.
For further information contact the:
Registrar of ShipsTelephone:
[Address]Fax:
E-Mail:
FORM 17

(Regulation 38)

[COAT OF ARMS]SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 42
TEMPORARY PASS

Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations –
Regulation 38

BUILDER'S IDENTIFICATIONNAME OF SHIPINTENDED PORT OF REGISTRY
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Official Number
IMO/HIN/Caribbean Number
(delete as appropriate)
Radio Call Sign(s)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)Construction Material
Method of Propulsion
Engine Make and Model
Total Engine PowerkW
Length of Ship *Breadth *Moulded Depth *
* These dimensions are to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations
Gross Tonnage #Net Tonnage #
# These tonnages are to be in accordance with the ship's international Tonnage Certificate (1969) or Saint Lucia Tonnage Certificate
Full Name And Address of Builder
Year of BuildCountry of Build
DETAILS OF OWNER(s)
Full NameAddressOccupationNo. of Shares
I, the undersigned, Registrar of Ships at the port of.......................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
Upon application of..................................... hereby certify that under the Shipping Act and the Shipping (Registration and proprietary interests in Ships) Regulations, the Minister has directed that permission be granted for the above ship to pass as follows:
Particulars of Voyage
From the Pon of................................................................. to the Port of.......................................
Limitation........................................................................................................................................
Date of Commencement _____/ _____/ _____ (d/m/y) Date of Completion ______/ ______/ ______ (d/m/y)
For Official Use
The Temporary Pass was issued By:
Issuing Office
Address and/or
Official Stamp
Signature of
Registrar of Ships
Full Name
Date ___/ ___/___(d/m/y)
For further information contact the:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
FORM 18

(Regulation 39)

[COAT OF ARMS]BILL OF SALE
SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 53
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations 2010
NOTE:     Where one owner is selling to two or more owners, separate forms are required unless they are buying as joint owners.
I, the registered owner and seller, hereby acknowledge the transfer of shares in the ship described below to the buyer for the amount shown. Further, for myself and my successors I covenant with the buyer and his/her/their assigns that I have power to transfer the shares and declare that the shares are mortgaged as shown.
NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
REGISTERED MORTGAGES (if any)
PARTICULARS OF SALE
Seller's Full NameBuyer's Full Name
Seller's AddressBuyer's Address
(Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Amount paid, or considerationTelephone number
Fax number
Number of shares transferredE-mail address
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date _____/_____/_____ (d/m/y)Full Name of Witness
Signature of Seller
In the case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate
Address of Witness
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/______
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name)..................................................................
FORM 19

(Regulation 40)

[COAT OF ARMS]SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 54
DECLARATION OF TRANSFER
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations –
Regulation 40
I / We* hereby declare that the particulars of ownership of the ship purchased by Bill of Sale (date given below) to be as follows, and further declare that to the best of my / our* knowledge and belief, the ship's particulars are correct and the ship continues to be wholly owned by person(s) qualified to own Saint Lucia ships, and is otherwise entitled to be registered.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
PARTICULARS OF BUYER
Full Name(s)
Address(es)
(Residential address – for an individual;
Registered office address – for a body corporate;
Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Qualification to own a Saint Lucia ship*, and, in the case of a body corporate, such circumstances of the constitution and business thereof as prove it to be qualified to own a Saint Lucia ship
Number of Shares
(indicate if jointly owned)
Date of Bill of Sale ___ /___ /___ (d/m/y)
Telephone number(s) Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
Place Date _____ /______ /_______ (d/m/y)
Signature(s) of Buyer(s)
In the case of a body
corporate, an authorised
officer of the body corporate
* The following are qualified to own a Saint Lucian ship—
     (a)     nationals of Saint Lucia;
     (b)     citizens of CARICOM States residing in a member State of the Caribbean Community, where the ship is customarily engaged in International voyages;
     (c)     individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charter to nationals of Saint Lucia;
     (d)     individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Saint Lucia as may be prescribed; and
     (e)     such other persons as the Minister may by Order determine.
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/______
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).........................................................
FORM 20

(Regulation 41)

[COAT OF ARMS]declaration of transmission of ownership
Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations
I/We* hereby declare that to the best of my/our* knowledge and belief, the ship continues to be wholly owned by person(s) qualified to own Saint Lucian ships, and is otherwise entitled to be registered.
* delete as appropriate
NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
PARTICULARS OF TRANSMITTOR
Full Name
Address
PARTICULARS OF TRANSMITTEE
Full Name
Address
(Residential address – for an individual; Registered office
address – for a body corporate –
Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Qualification to own a Saint Lucian ship* and in the case of a body corporate, such circumstances of the constitution and business there of as prove it to be qualified to own a Saint Lucian ship
Telephone numberFax number
E-mail address
MANNER OF TRANSMISSION **
SIGNATURE
PlaceDate ___/___ /___ (d/m/y)
Signature(s) of Transmittee(s) In the case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate
NOTES:
*     The following are qualified to own a Saint Lucia ship—
(a)     nationals of Saint Lucia;
(b)     citizens of CARICOM States residing in a member State of the Caribbean Community, where the ship is customarily engaged in international voyages;
(c)     individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charter to nationals of Saint Lucia;
(d)     individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Saint Lucia as may be prescribed; and
(e)     such other persons as the Minister may by Order determine.
**     Manner of Transmission
(a)     where the transmission is consequent on bankruptcy, the declaration of transmission shall be accompanied by such evidence as is acceptable by the Court as proof of the title of persons claiming under a bankruptcy;
(b)     where the transmission is consequent on death, the declaration of transmission shall be accompanied by the instrument of representation. or an official extract therefrom; and
(c)     where the transmission was consequent upon an order of a Court, a copy of the order or judgment of that Court.
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/_____/_____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).........................................................
FORM 21

(Regulation 42)

[COAT OF ARMS]MORTGAGE OF A SHIP
SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 60

Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 42

NAME OF SHIP Official Number
Is this mortgage in respect of a small ship?
(Indicate YES or NO in box):
(a “small ship” is of less than 24 metres in length)
THE MORTGAGE
Mortgagor's Mortgagee's
Full Name Full name
Mortgagor's Address Mortgagee's Address
(Residential address –
for an individual:
Registered office address
– for a body corporate;
Principal place of business –
for a statutory body or
foreign body corporate)
Telephone number: Telephone number:
Fax number: Fax number:
E-mail address: E-mail address:
Amount paid, or consideration: Number of shares:
The Mortgagor now covenants with the Mortgagee to pay to the Mortgagee the sums for the time being due on this security, whether by way of principal or interest at the times and In the manner aforesaid. For the purpose of better securing to the Mortgagee the payment of such sums the Mortgagor hereby mortgages to the Mortgagee the above-mentioned number of shares of which the Mortgagor is the owner in the ship above described, and in its boats and appurtenances. Further, the Mortgagor covenants with the Mortgagee that the Mortgagor has power to mortgage in the manner aforesaid the above-mentioned shares, and that the same are free from encumbrances, except as appears on the register In relation to the ship*.
SIGNATURE
Place Signature of Witness
Date _____ / ______/ ______ (d/m/y)
Signature of Mortgagor
In the case of a body
corporate, an authorised
officer of the body corporate
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness
*     If no subsisting encumbrances exist, delete the last phrase “except as appears on the register in relation to the ship”.
DISCHARGE OF MORTGAGE
Mortgagor's Full NameMortgagee's Full name
Mortgagor's AddressMortgagee's Address
(Residential address – for an individual;
Registered office address – for a company;
Principal place of business
– for a statutory body or foreign company)
Telephone numberTelephone number
Fax numberFax number
E-mail addressE-mail address
Amount paid, or considerationNumber of shares
I/We*, the above-mentioned Mortgagee received the above-mentioned amount in discharge of the within-written security.
* delete as appropriate
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date.______ /______ /______ (d/m/y)
Signature of Mortgagee
In the case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporate
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness
NOTES:
1     If more than one mortgage then a separate mortgage is required from each mortgagee, unless the shares are jointly held.
2     The expression “Mortgagor” and “Mortgagee” used in this document shall include their heirs, successors, assigns, executors, administrators or any other legal representative.
3     In respect of small ships, mortgages may be registered only against those with full registration. A small ship is one of less than 24 metres in length.
4     The prompt registration of a Mortgage Deed at the Port of Registry of the ship is essential to the security of the mortgagee.
5     Registered mortgagees are reminded of the importance of keeping the Registrar of Ships informed of any change of residence on their part.
6     Describe the nature of the amount paid, or consideration by—
     (a)     entering the principal sum or stating that there is an account current or line of credit and refer to the collateral loan agreement and the date agreement was executed; or
     (b)     entering the principal sum or stating that there is an account current or line credit and give details of the interest and method of repayment.
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/____/______
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).....................................................................
FORM 22

(Regulation 43)

[COAT OF ARMS]TRANSFER OF MORTGAGE BY INDIVIDUAL OR JOINT OWNERS
SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 67

Shipping (Registration and Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations –Regulation 43

NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
Is this mortgage in respect of a small ship? (Indicate YES or NO in box):
(a “small ship” is of less than 24 metres in length)
TRANSFER OF MORTGAGE
Mortgagor's Full Name
Mortgagor's Address
Telephone number
Fax number
E-mail address
DETAILS OF OWNER(s)/MORTGAGEE(s)
Mortgagee's
Full Name
Mortgagee's Address (Residential address individual)Contact InformationNo. of Shares
1Tel.
Fax.
Email.
2Tel.
Fax.
Email.
3Tel.
Fax.
Email.
4Tel.
Fax.
Email.
Amount paid, or consideration
I/We*, the above-mentioned Mortgagee in consideration of the above-mentioned amount paid to me/us* by the above-mentioned Mortgagor, hereby transfer the benefit of the within written security.
*  delete as appropriate
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date______ /______ /______ (d/m/y
Signature of Mortgagee1Full Name of Witness
2Address of Witness
3
4
NOTES:
1     If more than one mortgage then a separate mortgage is required from each mortgagee, unless the shares are jointly held.
2     The expression “Mortgagor” and “Mortgagee” used in this document shall include their heirs, successors, assigns, executors, administrators or any other legal representative.
3     In respect of small ships, mortgages may be registered only against those with full registration. A small ship is one of less than 24 metres in length.
4     The prompt registration of a Mortgage Deed at the Port of Registry of the ship is essential to the security of the mortgagee.
5     Registered mortgagees are reminded of the importance of keeping the Registrar of Ships informed of any change of residence on their part.
6     Describe the nature of the amount paid, or consideration by—
     (a)     entering the principal sum or stating that there is an account current or line of credit and refer to the collateral loan agreement and the date agreement was executed; or
     (b)     entering the principal sum or stating that there is an account current or line credit and give details of the interest and method of repayment.
When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:
Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on ____/______/____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name).........................................................
FORM 23

(Regulation 44)

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF SALE
OFFICIAL NUMBERNAME OF SHIPNo. YEARPORT OF REGISTRY
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Propulsion
◦ None◦ Sail◦ Auxiliary◦ Motor◦ Steam◦ Other (Specify)
No. of Screws/Pad dies, etc.If sail, how rigged
Main DimensionsFeetInchesMetresCentimetres
LENGTH (Specify)
Maximum Breadth 10 Outside of Hull
Depth in Hold from Tonnage Deck to Ceiling/Tank Top Amidships
Depth from Top of Upper Deck at Side Amidships to Bottom of Keel
Length of Engine Room (If Any)
TONNAGE
Gross Tonnage.. –TonsCu. MetresNet Tonnage... –TonsCu. Metres
Deductions on account of space required for propelling power TonsCu. Metres
Year BuiltPlace BuiltName and address of Builder
Type of ShipConstruction Material
No. of EnginesDescription of EnginesParticulars of Boilers
Description
No. of Shafts NHPKW or BHPKW or SHFEstimated Speed
Name and Address of Owners No. of Shares held by eachAmount of Mortgages
Certificates of Mortgage
or or of Sale ln respect of Ship
The Owner(s) of the Ship described above. appointed..................................................................
Full Name
..................................................................... Address his/their attorney in his/their name and on his/their behalf to sell the above Ship, and to execute and do all such deeds, matters and things as may be necessary for carrying into effect the power hereby given and declared that the Ship shall not be sold for a sum less than ...........................................................
........................................................ and declared that the above-power shall not be exercised after the expiration of.............................. months from the date hereof.
I, the undersigned Registrar of Ships, hereby certify that the above particulars are correct.
Dated at.................................... on the....................... day of.......................................20...........
................................................................
Signature
................................................................................
Port of Registry
.................................................................
Name (Please Print)
ENDORSEMENT OF DETAILS OF BILL OF SALE
(This section is to be completed by a Proper Officer, in accordance with the relevant instructions, when the sale has been completed)
Dated at................................................... this................................ day of............. 20................
..............................................................
     Proper Officer
FORM 24
[COAT OF ARMS]
CERTIFICATE OF MORTGAGE

Shipping (Registration of' Proprietary Interests in Ships) Regulations – Regulation 44

OFFICIAL
NUMBER
NAME OF
SHIP
No.DATEPORT OF
REGISTRY
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Propulsion
◦ None◦ Sail◦ Auxiliary◦ Motor◦ Steam◦ Other (Specify)
No. of Screws/Paddles, etc.If sail, how rigged
FeetInchesMetresCentimetres
LENGTH
(This dimension is to be as defined in the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations
Maximum Breadth to Outside of Hull
Depth in Hold from Tonnage Deck to Ceiling/Tank Top Amidships
Depth from Top of Upper Deck at Side Amidships to Bottom of Keel
Length of Engine Room (If Any)
TONNAGE
Gross Tonnage ... TonsCu. MetresRegister TonnageTonsCu. Metres
Deductions on account of space required for propelling power TonsCu. Metres
Year Built Place BuiltName and address of Builder
Type of ShipConstruction Material
No. of Engines Description of EnginesParticulars of Boilers
Description
No. of Shafts NHPKW or BHPKW or SHFEstimated SpeedNo
Name and Address of OwnersNo. of Shares held by eachAmount of Mortgages Certificates of Mortgage or or of Sale in respect of Ship
The Owner (s) of ............... Shares in the Ship described above, appointed
.............................................................................................. Full Name
................................................................................................. Address
his/their attorney in his/their name and on his/her behalf to mortgage the said shares, and to execute and do all such deeds, matters and things as may be necessary for carrying into effect the power hereby given and declared that the amount of money to be mortgage under this power shall not exceed ................................................................ and that the rate of interest at which the sum is raised shall not exceed ............................... and declared that the power hereby given may be exercised at ................................... and declared that the above shall not be exercised after expiration of ...................... months from the date hereof.
I, the undersigned Registrar of Ships, hereby certify that the above particulars are correct.
Dated at ................................... on the .......................... day of .................................. 20 ..............
....................................................
Signature
..................................................
Port of Registry
....................................................
Name (Please Print)
ENDORSEMENT OF DETAILS OF MORTGAGE
(This section is to be completed by a Proper Officer, in accordance with the relevant instructions, when the sale has been completed)
Dated at ....................................................... this .......................... day of ................. 20 ..........,....
FORM 25
[COAT OF ARMS]CONSENT OF MORTGAGEE TO
TRANSFER OWNERSHIP OF A SHIP
SHIPPING ACT – SECTION 68(6)
To be used if the mortgage instrument prohibits the transfer of ownership of the ship without the prior consent of the Mortgagee.
NAME OF SHIPOfficial Number
PARTICULARS OF REGISTERED OWNER/MORTGAGOR
Full Name
Address
(Residential address – for an individual;
Registered office address –- for a body corporate;
Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
PARTICULARS OF MORTGAGE
Full Name(s) of Mortgagee(s)
Address(es)
(Residential address – for an individual;
Registered office address – for a body corporate;
Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Mortgage Reference Number
(as issued by Mortgagee)
CONSENT
I/We*, being the above-named Mortgagee(s), hereby consent to the transfer of ownership of the ship described above by the above-named Registered Owner/Mortgagor to;
* delete as appropriate
Full Name of proposed Transferee
Address
(Residential address – for an individual;
Registered office address – for a body corporate;
Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date _____ /_____ /_____ (d/m/y)
Signature of Mortgagee
In the case of a body
corporate, an authorised
officer of the body corporate
Full Name of Witness
Address of Witness

When completed you should send this form, together with the appropriate fee and supporting documents (if required) to:

Registrar of Ships
[Address]
Telephone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Entry in Register made on _____ /_____ /_____
(d /m /y)
at___________ (time).
By Officer (print name) ...........................................
Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations

(S.I. 19/2010)

Statutory Instrument 19/2010 .. in force 22 February 2010

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application
4.Signals of distress
5.Prevention of collision
6.Exemptions
7.Offences
8.Detention
Schedule
SHIPPING (DISTRESS SIGNALS AND PREVENTION OF COLLISIONS) REGULATIONS – SECTIONS 235 AND 251

Commencement [22 February 2010]

1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation
  1.  

    (1)   In these Regulations—

date of entry into force of these Regulations” in Rule 38 of the International Regulations on exemptions means, in the case of a vessel registered outside Saint Lucia, the date of entry into force of the International Regulations for the State whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly;

“high speed craft” means a craft capable of maximum speed equal to or exceeding 0.1667(m/s) where the displacement corresponding to the design waterline is (m3);

International Regulations” means the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972 the text of which is set out in the Schedule, together with such amendments or replacements as may be in effect in respect of Saint Lucia;

mile” means a nautical mile of 1,852 metres;

Organization” means the International Maritime Organization designated under article XIV of the Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matters 1972.

  1.  

    (2)   The diagram mentioned in paragraph 7 of Annex 1 to the International Regulations is the diagram specified in the Chromaticity Chart (1975) published by the International Illumination Commission.

  1.  

    (3)   The reference to the International Code of Signals in paragraph 3 of Annex IV to the International Regulations is a reference to the International Code of Signals (1985) published by the Organization, and the reference to the Merchant Ship Search and Rescue Manual in that paragraph is a reference to the manual of that name published in 1986 by the Organization together with such amendments or replacements as may be in effect in respect of Saint Lucia.

3.   Application

These Regulations apply to the following vessels—

  1.  

    (a)     Saint Lucian ships wherever they may be, and other ships while within Saint Lucian or the territorial waters;

  1.  

    (b)     seaplanes registered in Saint Lucia and on the surface of water anywhere, and other seaplanes on the surface of water in Saint Lucia territorial waters.

4.   Signals of distress
  1.  

    (1)   The signals of distress which shall be used by vessels to which regulation 3(1)(a) apply are those set out in Annex IV to the International Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   Signals of distress shall not be used by any vessel unless the master of the vessel so orders.

  1.  

    (3)   The master shall not order any signal of distress to be used by his or her vessel unless he or she is satisfied that—

    1.  

      (a)     his or her vessel is in serious and imminent danger, or that another ship or an aircraft or person is in serious and imminent danger and cannot send that signal; and

    1.  

      (b)     the vessel in danger, whether that vessel is his or her own vessel or another vessel or the aircraft or person in danger, as the case may be, requires immediate assistance in addition to any assistance then available.

  1.  

    (4)   The master of a vessel which has sent any signal of distress by means of radio or other means shall cause that signal to be revoked by all appropriate means as soon as he or she is satisfied that the vessel or aircraft to which, or the person to whom, the signal relates is no longer in need of assistance.

5.   Prevention of collision
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), vessels to which these Regulations apply shall comply with the provisions of Rules 1 to 36 of and Annexes 1 to III to the International Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   Nothing in these Regulations shall be taken to require compliance by any vessel or class of vessels, which by virtue of Rule 38 of the International Regulations, may be exempted from compliance with any of the provisions of the said Regulations specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) inclusive of that Rule, at any time when, by virtue of that Rule, that vessel or class of vessels may be exempted from that provision.

6.   Exemptions

The Director may exempt any ship or description of ships from all or any of the provisions of these Regulations which relate to the number, position, range or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as well as to the disposition and characteristics of sound-signalling appliances if he is satisfied that compliance with such provision is either impractical or unreasonable in the case of that ship or description of ships in such terms, if any, as he may specify and may, subject to giving reasonable notice, alter or cancel any such exemption.

7.   Offences
  1.  

    (1)   Where any provision of these Regulations is contravened, the owner of the vessel, the master and any person for the time being responsible for the conduct of the vessel each commits an offence and are liable to imprisonment for two years and a fine—

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of any infringement of Rule 10(b)(i) of the International Regulations duty to proceed with traffic flow in lanes of separations schemes, of the Collision Convention by a fine of US$100; and

    1.  

      (b)     in any other case by a fine of US$50,000.

  1.  

    (2)   It shall be a defence for any person charged under these Regulations to show that he or she took all reasonable precautions to avoid the commission of the offence.

8.   Detention

In any case where a ship does not comply with the requirements of these Regulations, the ship is liable to be detained and section 457 of the Shipping Act, which relates to the detention of a ship, has effect in relation to the ship, subject to the modification that for the words “this Act” there were substituted the words “Shipping (Distress Signals and Collision) Regulations” wherever they appear.

Schedule

Regulations 2, 4 and 5

INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA, 1972 (AS AMENDED)
PART A
GENERAL
Rule 1
Application
  1.  

    These Rules shall apply to all vessels upon the high seas and in all waters connected therewith navigable by seagoing vessels.

  1.  

    Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation of special rules made by an appropriate authority for roadsteads, harbours, rivers, lakes or inland waterways connected with the high seas and navigable by seagoing vessels. Such special rules shall conform as closely as possible to these Rules.

  1.  

    Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation of any special rules made by the Government of any State with respect to additional station or signal lights or whistle signals for ships of war and vessels proceeding under convoy, or with respect to additional station or signal lights for fishing vessels engaged in fishing as a fleet. These additional station or signal lights or whistle signals shall, so far as possible, be such that they cannot be mistaken for any light or signal authorized elsewhere under these Rules.Traffic separation schemes may be adopted by the Organization for the purpose of these Rules.

  1.  

    Whenever the Government concerned shall have determined that a vessel of special construction or purpose cannot comply fully with the provisions of any of these Rules with respect to the number, position, range or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as well as to the disposition and characteristics of sound-signalling appliances, without interfering with the special function of the vessel, such vessel shall comply with such other provisions in regard to the number, position, range or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as well as to the disposition and characteristics of sound-signalling appliances, as her Government shall have determined to be the closest possible compliance with these Rules with respect to that vessel.

Rule 2
Responsibility
  1.  

    (a)     Nothing in these Rules shall exonerate any vessel, or the owner, master or crew thereof, from the consequences of any neglect to comply with these Rules or of the neglect of any precaution which may be required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special circumstances of the case.

  1.  

    (b)     In construing and complying with these Rules due regard shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision and to any special circumstances, including the limitations of the vessels involved, which may make a departure from these Rules necessary to avoid immediate danger.

Rule 3
General definitions
  1.  

    For the purpose of these Rules, except where the context otherwise requires—

    1.  

      (a)     The word “vessel” includes every description of water craft, including non-displacement craft and seaplanes, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on water.

    1.  

      (b)     The term “power-driven vessel” means any vessel propelled by machinery.

    1.  

      (c)     The term “sailing vessel” means any vessel under sail provided that propelling machinery, if fitted, is not being used.

    1.  

      (d)     The term “vessel engaged in fishing” means any vessel fishing with nets, lines, trawls or other fishing apparatus which restrict maneuvreability, but does not include a vessel fishing with trolling lines or other fishing apparatus which do not restrict maneuvreability.

    1.  

      (e)     The word “seaplane” includes any aircraft designed to manoeuvre on the water.

    1.  

      (f)     The term “vessel not under command” means a vessel which through some exceptional circumstance is unable to manoeuvre as required by these Rules and is therefore unable to keep out of the way of another vessel.

    1.  

      (g)     The term “vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre” means a vessel which from the nature of her work, is restricted in her ability to manoeuvre as required by these Rules and is therefore unable to keep out of the way of another vessel.

  1.  

    The following vessels shall be regarded as vessels restricted in their ability to manoeuvre—

    1.  

      (i)     a vessel engaged in laying, servicing or picking up a navigation mark, submarine cable or pipeline,

    1.  

      (ii)     a vessel engaged in dredging, surveying or underwater operations,

    1.  

      (iii)     a vessel engaged in replenishment or transferring persons, provisions or cargo while underway,

    1.  

      (iv)     a vessel engaged in the launching or recovery of aircraft,

    1.  

      (v)     a vessel engaged in minesweeping operations,

    1.  

      (vi)     a vessel engaged in a towing operation such as renders her unable to deviate from her course.

    1.  

      (h)     The term “vessel constrained by her draught” means a power-driven vessel which, because of her draught in relation to the available depth of water, is severely restricted in her ability to deviate from the course she is following.

    1.  

      (i)     The word “underway” means that a vessel is not at anchor, or made fast to the shore, or aground.

    1.  

      (j)     The words “length” and “breath” of a vessel mean her length overall and greatest breadth.

    1.  

      (k)     Vessels shall be deemed to be in sight of one another only when one can be observed visually from the other.

    1.  

      (l)     The term “restricted visibility” means any condition in which visibility is restricted by fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, sandstorms or any other similar causes.

PART B
STEERING AND SAILING RULES
SECTION I
CONDUCT OF VESSELS
IN ANY CONDITION OF VISIBILITY
Rule 4
Application
  1.  

    Rules in this section apply in any condition of visibility.

Rule 5
Look-out
  1.  

    Every vessel shall at all times maintain a proper look-out by sight and hearing as well as by all available means appropriate in the prevailing circumstances and conditions so as to make a full appraisal of the situation and of the risk of collision.

Rule 6
Safe speed
  1.  

    Every vessel shall at all times proceed at a safe speed so that she can take proper and effective action to avoid collision and be stopped within a distance appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions.

In determining a safe speed the following factors shall be among those taken into account—

  1.  

    (a)     By all vessels—

    1.  

      (i)     the state of visibility,

    1.  

      (ii)     the traffic density including concentrations of fishing vessels or any other vessels,

    1.  

      (iii)     the manageability of the vessel with special reference to stopping distance and turning ability in the prevailing conditions,

    1.  

      (iv)     at night the presence of background light such as from shore lights or from back scatter of her own lights,

    1.  

      (v)     the state of wind, sea and current, and the proximity of navigational hazards,

    1.  

      (vi)     the draught in relation to the available depth of water.

  1.  

    (b)     Additionally, by vessels with operational radar—

    1.  

      (i)     the characteristics, efficiency and limitations of the radar equipment,

    1.  

      (ii)     any constraints imposed by the radar range scale in use,

    1.  

      (iii)     the effect on radar detection of the sea state, weather and other sources of interference,

    1.  

      (iv)     the possibility that small vessels, ice and other floating objects may not be detected by radar at an adequate range,

    1.  

      (v)     the number, location and movement of vessels detected by radar,

    1.  

      (vi)     the more exact assessment of the visibility that may be possible when radar is used to determine the range of vessels or other objects in the vicinity.

Rule 7
Risk of collision
  1.  

    (a)     Every vessel shall use all available means appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions to determine if risk of collision exists. If there is any doubt such risk shall be deemed to exist.

  1.  

    (b)     Proper use shall be made of radar equipment if fitted and operational, including long-range scanning to obtain early warning of risk of collision and radar plotting or equivalent systematic observation of detected objects.

  1.  

    (c)     Assumptions shall not be made on the basis of scanty information, especially scanty radar information.

  1.  

    (d)     In determining if risk of collision exists the following considerations shall be among those taken into account—

    1.  

      (i)     such risk shall be deemed to exist if the compass bearing of an approaching vessel does not appreciably change,

    1.  

      (ii)     such risks may sometimes exist even when an appreciable bearing change is evident, particularly when approaching a very large vessel or a tow or when approaching a vessel at close range.

Rule 8
Action to avoid collision
  1.  

    (a)     Any action taken to avoid collision shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, be positive, made in ample time and with due regard to the observance of good seamanship.

  1.  

    (b)     Any alteration of course and/or speed to avoid collision shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, be large enough to be readily apparent to another vessel observing visually or by radar; a succession of small alterations of course and/or speed should be avoided.

  1.  

    (c)     If there is sufficient sea room, alteration of course alone may be the most effective action to avoid a close-quarters situation provided that is made in good time, is substantial and does not result in another close-quarters situation.

  1.  

    (d)     Action taken to avoid collision with another vessel shall be such as to result in passing at a safe distance. The effectiveness of the action shall be carefully checked until the other vessel is finally past and clear.

  1.  

    (e)     If necessary to avoid collision or allow more time to assess the situation, a vessel shall slacken her speed or take all way off by stopping or reversing her means of propulsion.

Rule 9
Narrow channels
  1.  

    (a)     A vessel proceeding along the course of a narrow channel or fairway shall keep as near to the outer limit of the channel or fairway which lies on her starboard side as is safe and practicable.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel of less than 20 metres in length or a sailing vessel shall not impede the passage of a vessel which can safely navigate only within a narrow channel or fairway.

  1.  

    (c)     A vessel engaged in fishing shall not impede the passage of any other vessel navigating within a narrow channel or fairway.

  1.  

    (d)     A vessel shall not cross a narrow channel or fairway if such crossing impedes the passage of a vessel which can safely navigate only within such channel or fairway. The latter vessel may use the sound signal prescribed in Rule 34(d) if in doubt as to the intention of the crossing vessel.

  1.  

    (e)     (i)     In a narrow channel or fairway when overtaking can take place only if the vessel to be overtaken has to take action to permit safe passing, the vessel intending to overtake shall indicate her intention by sounding the appropriate signal prescribed in Rule 34(c)(i). The vessel to be overtaken shall, if in agreement, sound the appropriate signal prescribed in Rule 34(c)(ii) and take steps to permit safe passing. If in doubt she may sound the signals prescribed in Rule 34(d).

    1.  

      (ii)     This Rule does not relieve the overtaking vessel of her obligation under Rule 13.

  1.  

    (f)     A vessel nearing a bend or an area of a narrow channel or fairway where other vessels may be obscured by an intervening obstruction shall navigate with particular alertness and caution and shall sound the appropriate signal prescribed in Rule 34(e).

  1.  

    (g)     Any vessel shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid anchoring in a narrow channel.

Rule 10
Traffic separation schemes
  1.  

    (a)     This Rule applies to traffic separation schemes adopted by the Organization.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel using a traffic separation scheme shall—

    1.  

      (i)     proceed in the appropriate traffic lane in the general direction of traffic flow for that lane,

    1.  

      (ii)     so far as practicable keep clear of a traffic separation line or separation zone,

    1.  

      (iii)     normally join or leave a traffic lane at the termination of the lane, but when joining or leaving from the side shall do so at as small an angle to the general direction of traffic flow as practicable.

  1.  

    (c)     A vessel shall so far as, practicable avoid crossing traffic lanes, but if obliged to do so shall cross as nearly as practicable at right angles to the general direction of traffic flow.

  1.  

    (d)     (i)     A vessel shall not use an inshore traffic zones shall not normally be used by through traffic which can safely use the appropriate traffic lane within the adjacent traffic separation scheme. However, vessels of less than 20 metres in length, sailing vessels and vessels engages in fishing may use the inshore traffic zone.

    1.  

      (ii)     Notwithstanding subparagraph d) (i), a vessel may use an inshore traffic zone en route to or from a port, offshore installation or structure, pilot station or another place situated within the inshore traffic zone, or to avoid immediate danger.

  1.  

    (e)     A vessel, other than a crossing vessel, shall not normally enter a separation zone or cross a separation line except—

    1.  

      (i)     in cases of emergency to avoid immediate danger,

    1.  

      (ii)     to engage in fishing within a separation zone.

  1.  

    (f)     A vessel navigating in areas near the terminations of traffic separation schemes shall do so with particular caution.

  1.  

    (g)     A vessel shall so far as practicable avoid anchoring in a traffic separation scheme or in areas near its terminations.

  1.  

    (h)     A vessel not using a traffic separation scheme shall avoid it by as wide a margin as is practicable.

  1.  

    (i)     A vessel engaged in fishing shall not impede the passage of any vessel following a traffic lane.

  1.  

    (j)     A vessel of less than 20 metres in length or a sailing vessel shall not impede the safe passage of a power-driven vessel following a traffic lane.

  1.  

    (k)     A vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre when engaged in an operation for the maintenance of safety of navigation in a traffic separating scheme is exempted from complying with this Rule to the extent necessary to carry out the operation.

  1.  

    (l)     A vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre when engaged in an operation for the laying, serving or picking up a submarine cable, within a traffic separating scheme, is exempted from complying with this Rule to the extent necessary to carry out the operation.

SECTION II
CONDUCT OF VESSELS IN SIGHT OF ONE ANOTHER
Rule 11
Application

Rules in this section apply to vessels in sight of one another.

Rule 12
Sailing vessels
  1.  

    (a)     When two sailing vessels are approaching one another, so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep out of the way of the other as follows—

    1.  

      (i)     when each has the wind on a different side, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep out of the way of the other,

    1.  

      (ii)     when both have the wind on the same side, the vessel which is to windward shall keep out of the way of the vessel which is to leeward,

    1.  

      (iii)     if a vessel with the wind on the port side sees a vessel to windward and cannot determine with certainty whether the other vessel has the wind on the port or on the starboard side, she shall keep out of the way of the other.

  1.  

    (b)     For the purposes of this Rule the windward side shall be deemed to be the side opposite to that on which the mainsail is carried or, in the case of a square-rigged vessel, the side opposite to that on which the largest fore-and-aft sail is carried.

Rule 13
Overtaking
  1.  

    (a)     Notwithstanding anything contained in the Rules of this Section, any vessel overtaking any other shall keep out of the way of the vessel being overtaken.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel shall be deemed to be overtaking when coming up with another vessel from a direction more than 22.5 degrees abaft her beam, that is, in such a position with reference to the vessel she is overtaking, that at night she would be able to see only the sternlight of that vessel but neither of her sidelights.

  1.  

    (c)     When a vessel is in any doubt as to whether she is overtaking another, she shall assume that this is the case and act accordingly.

  1.  

    (d)     Any subsequent alteration of the bearing between the two vessels shall not make the overtaking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these Rules or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel until she is finally past and clear.

Rule 14
Head-on situation
  1.  

    (a)     When two power-driven vessels are meeting on reciprocal or nearly reciprocal courses so as to involve risk of collision, each shall alter her course to starboard so that each shall pass on the port side of the other.

  1.  

    (b)     Such a situation shall be deemed to exist when a vessel sees the other ahead or nearly ahead and by night she could see the masthead lights of the other in a line or nearly in a line and/or both sidelights and by day she observes the corresponding aspect of the other vessel.

  1.  

    (c)     When a vessel is in any doubt as to whether such a situation exists she shall assume that it does exist and act accordingly.

Rule 15
Crossing situation
  1.  

    When two power-driven vessels are crossing so as to involve risk of collision, the vessel which has the other on her own starboard side shall keep out of the way and shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other vessel.

Rule 16
Action by give-way vessel
  1.  

    Every vessel which is directed by these Rules to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, so far as possible, take early and substantial action to keep well clear.

Rule 17
Action by stand-on vessel
  1.  

    (a)     (i)     Where by any of these Rules one of two vessels is to keep out of the way, the other shall keep her course and speed.

    1.  

      (ii)     The latter vessel may however take action to avoid collision by her manoeuvre alone, as soon as it becomes apparent to her that the vessel required to keep out of the way is not taking appropriate action in compliance with these Rules.

  1.  

    (b)     When, from any cause, the vessel required to keep her course and speed finds herself so close that collision cannot be avoided by the action of the give-way vessel alone, she shall take such action as will best aid to avoid collision.

  1.  

    (c)     A power-driven vessel which takes action in a crossing situation in accordance with subparagraph (a)(ii) of this Rule to avoid collision with another power-driven vessel shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, not alter course to port for a vessel on her own port side.

  1.  

    (d)     This Rule does not relieve the give-way vessel of her obligation to keep out of the way.

Rule 18
Responsibilities between vessels
  1.  

    Except where Rules 9, 10 and 13 otherwise require—

    1.  

      (a)     A power-driven vessel underway shall keep out of the way of—

      1.  

        (i)     a vessel not under command,

      1.  

        (ii)     a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre,

      1.  

        (iii)     a vessel engaged in fishing,

      1.  

        (i)     a sailing vessel.

    1.  

      (b)     A sailing vessel underway shall keep out of the way of—

      1.  

        (i)     a vessel not under command,

      1.  

        (ii)     a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre,

      1.  

        (iii)     a vessel engaged in fishing.

    1.  

      (c)     A vessel engaged in fishing when underway shall, so far as possible, keep out of the way of—

      1.  

        (i)     a vessel not under command,

      1.  

        (ii)     a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre.

    1.  

      (d)     (i)     Any vessel other than a vessel not under command or a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid impeding the safe passage of a vessel constrained by her draught, exhibiting the signals in Rule 28.

      1.  

        (ii)     A vessel constrained by her draught shall navigate with particular caution having full regard to her special condition.

    1.  

      (e)     A seaplane on the water shall, in general, keep well clear of all vessels and avoid impeding their navigation. In circumstances, however, where risk of collision exists, she shall comply with the Rules of this Part.

SECTION III
CONDUCT OF VESSELS IN RESTRICTED VISIBILITY
Rule 19
Conduct of vessels in restricted visibility
  1.  

    (a)     This Rule applies to vessels not in sight of one another when navigating in or near an area of restricted visibility.

  1.  

    (b)     Every vessel shall proceed at a safe speed adapted to the prevailing circumstances and conditions of restricted visibility. A power-driven vessel shall have her engines ready for immediate manoeuvre.

  1.  

    (c)     Every vessel shall have due regard for the prevailing circumstances and conditions of restricted visibility when complying with the Rules of section I of this Part.

  1.  

    (d)     A vessel which detects by radar alone the presence of another vessel shall determine if a close-quarters situation is developing and/or risk of collision exists. If so, she shall take avoiding action in ample time. provided that when such action consists of an alteration of course, so far as possible the following shall be avoided—

    1.  

      (i)     an alteration of course to port for a vessel forward of the beam, other than for a vessel being overtaken,

    1.  

      (ii)     an alteration of course towards a vessel abeam or abaft the beam.

  1.  

    (e)     Except where it has been determined that a risk of collision does not exist, every vessel which hears apparently forward of her beam the fog signal of another vessel, or which cannot avoid a close-quarters situation with another vessel forward of her beam, shall reduce her speed to the minimum at which she can be kept on her course. She shall, if necessary, take all her way off and in any event navigate with extreme caution until danger of collision is over.

PART C
LIGHTS AND SHAPES
Rule 20
Application
  1.  

    (a)     Rules in this Part shall be complied with in all weathers.

  1.  

    (b)     The Rules concerning lights shall be complied with from sunset to sunrise, and during such times no other lights shall be exhibited, except such lights as cannot be mistaken for the lights specified in these Rules or do not impair their visibility or distinctive character, or interfere with the keeping of a proper look-out.

  1.  

    (c)     The lights prescribed by these Rules shall, if carried, also be exhibited from sunrise to sunset in restricted visibility and may be exhibited in all other circumstances when it is deemed necessary.

  1.  

    (d)     The Rules concerning shapes shall be complied with by day.

  1.  

    (e)     The lights and shapes specified in these Rules shall comply with the provisions of Annex I to these Regulations.

Rule 21
Definitions
  1.  

    (a)     “Masthead light” means a white light placed over the fore and aft centreline of the vessel showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 225 degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right ahead to 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on either side of the vessel.

  1.  

    (b)     “Sidelights” means a green light on the starboard side and a red light on the port side each showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 112.5 degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right ahead to 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on its respective side. In a vessel of less than 20 metres in length the sidelights may be combined in one lantern carried on the fore and aft centreline of the vessel.

  1.  

    (c)     “Stern light” means a white light placed as nearly as practicable at the stern showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 135 degrees and so fixed as to show the light 67.5 degrees from right aft on each side of the vessel.

  1.  

    (d)     “Towing light” means a yellow light having the same characteristics as the “stern light” defined in paragraph (c) of this Rule.

  1.  

    (e)     “All round light” means a light showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 360 degrees.

  1.  

    (f)     “Flashing light” means a light flashing at regular intervals at a frequency of 120 flashes or more per minute.

Rule 22
Visibility of lights
  1.  

    The lights prescribed in these Rules shall have an intensity as specified in section 8 of Annex I to these Regulations so as to be visible at the following minimum ranges—

    1.  

      (a)     In vessels of 50 metres or more in length—

      1.  

        –     a masthead light, 6 miles;

      1.  

        –     a sidelight, 3 miles;

      1.  

        –     a sternlight, 3 miles;

      1.  

        –     a towing light, 3 miles;

      1.  

        –     a white, red, green or yellow all-round light, 3 miles.

    1.  

      (b)     In vessels of 12 metres or more in length but less than 50 metres in length—

      1.  

        –     a masthead light, 5 miles; except that where the length of the vessel is less than 20 metres, 3 miles;

      1.  

        –     a sidelight, 2 miles;

      1.  

        –     a sternlight, 2 miles;

      1.  

        –     a towing light, 2 miles;

      1.  

        –     a white, red, green or yellow all-round light, 2 miles.

    1.  

      (c)     In vessels of less than 12 metres in length—

      1.  

        –     a masthead light, 2 miles;

      1.  

        –     a sidelight, 1 mile;

      1.  

        –     a sternlight, 2 miles;

      1.  

        –     a towing light, 2 miles;

      1.  

        –     a white, red, green or yellow all-round light, 2 miles.

Rule 23
Power-driven vessels underway
  1.  

    (a)     A power-driven vessel underway shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     a masthead light forward,

    1.  

      (ii)     a second masthead light abaft of and higher than the forward one; except that a vessel of less than 50 metres in length shall not be obliged to exhibit such light but may do so,

    1.  

      (iii)     sidelights,

    1.  

      (iv)     a sternlight.

  1.  

    (b)     An air-cushion vessel when operating in the non-displacement mode shall, in addition to the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule, exhibit an all-round flashing yellow light.

  1.  

    (c)     A power-driven vessel of less than 7 metres in length and whose maximum speed does not exceed 7 knots may, in lieu of the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule, exhibit an all-round white light. Such vessel shall, if practicable, also exhibit sidelights.

Rule 24
Towing and pushing
  1.  

    (a)     A power-driven vessel when towing shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23(a)(i), two masthead lights forward in a vertical line. When the length of the tow, measuring from the stern of the towing vessel to the after end of the tow exceeds 200 metres, three such lights in a vertical line;

    1.  

      (ii)     sidelights,

    1.  

      (iii)     a sternlight,

    1.  

      (iv)     a towing light in a vertical line above the sternlight,

    1.  

      (v)     when the length of the tow exceeds 200 metres, a diamond shape where it can best be seen.

  1.  

    (b)     When a pushing vessel and a vessel being pushed ahead are rigidly connected in a composite unit they shall be regarded as a power- driven vessel and exhibit the lights prescribed in Rule 23.

  1.  

    (c)     A power-driven vessel when pushing ahead or towing alongside, except in the case of a composite unit, shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23 (a)(i), two masthead lights forward in a vertical line,

    1.  

      (ii)     sidelights,

    1.  

      (iii)     a sternlight.

  1.  

    (d)     A power-driven vessel to which paragraphs (a) and (c) of this Rule apply shall also comply with Rule 23(a)(ii).

  1.  

    (e)     A vessel or object being towed shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     sidelights,

    1.  

      (ii)     a sternlight,

    1.  

      (iii)     when the length of the tow exceeds 200 metres, a diamond shape where it can best be seen.

  1.  

    (f)     Provided that any number of vessels being towed or pushed in a group shall be lighted as one vessel,

    1.  

      (i)     a vessel being pushed ahead, not being part of a composite unit, shall exhibit at the forward end, sidelights,

    1.  

      (ii)     a vessel being towed alongside shall exhibit a sternlight and at the forward end, sidelights.

  1.  

    (g)     Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable for a vessel or object being towed to exhibit the lights prescribed in paragraph (e) of this Rule, all possible measures shall be taken to light the vessel or object towed or at least to indicate the presence of the unlighted vessel or object.

Rule 25
Sailing vessels underway and vessels under oars
  1.  

    (a)     A sailing vessel underway shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     sidelights,

    1.  

      (ii)     a sternlight.

  1.  

    (b)     In a sailing vessel of less than 12 metres in length the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule may be combined in one lantern carried at or near the top of the mast where it can best be seen.

  1.  

    (c)     A sailing vessel underway may, in addition to the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule, exhibit at or near the top of the mast, where they can best be seen, two all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being red and the lower green, but these lights shall not be exhibited in conjunction with the combined lantern permitted by paragraph (b) of this Rule.

  1.  

    (d)     (i)     A sailing vessel of less than 7 metres in length shall, if practicable, exhibit the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule, but if she does not, she shall have ready at hand an electric torch or lighted lantern showing a white light which shall be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision.

    1.  

      (ii)     A vessel under oars may exhibit the lights prescribed in this Rule for sailing vessels, but if she does not, she shall have ready at hand an electric torch or lighted lantern showing a white light which shall be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision.

  1.  

    (e)     A vessel proceeding under sail when also being propelled by machinery shall exhibit forward where it can best be seen a conical shape, apex downwards.

Rule 26
Fishing vessels
  1.  

    (a)     A vessel engaged in fishing, whether underway or at anchor, shall exhibit only the lights and shapes prescribed in this Rule.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel when engaged in trawling, by which is meant the dragging through the water of a dredge net or other apparatus used as a fishing appliance, shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     two all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being green and the lower white, or a shape consisting of two cones with their apexes together in a vertical line one above the other; a vessel of less than 20 metres in length may instead of this shape exhibit a basket,

    1.  

      (ii)     a masthead light abaft of and higher than the all-round green light; a vessel of less than 50 metres in length shall not be obliged to exhibit such a light but may do so,

    1.  

      (iii)     when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this paragraph, sidelights and a sternlight.

  1.  

    (c)     A vessel engaged in fishing, other than trawling, shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     two all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being red and the lower white, or a shape consisting of two cones with apexes together in a vertical line one above the other; a vessel of less than 20 metres in length may instead of this shape exhibit a basket,

    1.  

      (ii)     when there is outlying gear extending more than 150 metres horizontally from the vessel, an all-round white light or a cone apex upwards in the direction of the gear,

    1.  

      (iv)     when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this paragraph, sidelights and a sternlight.

  1.  

    (d)     A vessel engaged in fishing in close proximity to other vessels may exhibit the additional signals described in Annex II to these Regulations.

  1.  

    (e)     A vessel when not engaged in fishing shall not exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed in this Rule, but only those prescribed for a vessel of her length.

Rule 27
Vessels not under command or restricted in their ability to manoeuvre
  1.  

    (a)     A vessel not under command shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     two all-round red lights in a vertical line where they can best be seen,

    1.  

      (ii)     two balls or similar shapes in a vertical line where they can best be seen,

    1.  

      (iii)     when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this paragraph, sidelights and a sternlight.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre, except a vessel engaged in minesweeping operations, shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     three all-round lights in a vertical line where they can best be seen. The highest and lowest of these lights shall be red and the middle light shall be white,

    1.  

      (ii)     three shapes in a vertical line where they can best be seen. The highest and lowest of these shapes shall be balls and the middle one a diamond,

    1.  

      (iii)     when making way through the water, masthead lights, sidelights and a sternlight, in addition to the lights prescribed in subparagraph (i),

    1.  

      (iv)     when at anchor, in addition to the lights or shapes prescribed in subparagraphs (i) and (ii), the light, lights or shape prescribed in Rule 30.

  1.  

    (c)     A vessel engaged in a towing operation such as renders her unable to deviate from her course shall, in addition to the lights or shapes prescribed in subparagraph (b)(i) and (ii) of this Rule, exhibit the lights or shape prescribed in Rule 24(a).

  1.  

    (d)     A vessel engaged in dredging or underwater operations, when restricted in her ability to manoeuvre, shall exhibit the lights and shapes prescribed in paragraph (b) of this Rule and shall in addition, when an obstruction exists, exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     two all-round red lights or two balls in a vertical line to indicate the side on which the obstruction exists,

    1.  

      (ii)     two all-round green lights or two diamonds in a vertical line to indicate the side on which another vessel may pass,

    1.  

      (iii)     when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this paragraph, masthead lights, sidelights and a sternlight,

    1.  

      (iv)     a vessel to which this paragraph applies when at anchor shall exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) instead of the lights or shape prescribed in Rule 30.

  1.  

    (e)     Whenever the size of a vessel engaged in diving operations makes it impracticable to exhibit the shapes prescribed in paragraph (d) of this Rule, a rigid replica of the International Code flag “A” not less than 1 metre in height shall be exhibited. Measures shall be taken to ensure all-round visibility.

  1.  

    (f)     A vessel engaged in minesweeping operations shall, in addition to the lights prescribed for a power-driven vessel in Rule 23, exhibit three all-round green lights or three balls. One of these lights or shapes shall be exhibited at or near the foremast head and one at each end of the fore yard. These lights or shapes indicate that it is dangerous for another vessel to approach closer than 1,000 metres astern or 500 metres on either side of the minesweeper.

  1.  

    (g)     Vessels of less than 7 metres in length shall not be required to exhibit the lights prescribed in this Rule.

  1.  

    (h)     The signals prescribed in this Rule are not signals of vessels in distress and requiring assistance. Such signals are contained in Annex IV to these Regulations.

Rule 28
Vessels constrained by their draught
  1.  

    A vessel constrained by her draught may, in addition to the lights prescribed for power-driven vessels in Rule 23, exhibit where they can best be seen three all-round red lights in a vertical line, or a cylinder.

Rule 29
Pilot vessels
  1.  

    (a)     A vessel engaged on pilotage duty shall exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     at or near the masthead, two all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being white and the lower red,

    1.  

      (ii)     when underway, in addition, sidelights and a sternlight,

    1.  

      (iii)     when at anchor, in addition to the lights prescribed in sub- paragraph (i), the anchor light, lights or shape.

  1.  

    (b)     A pilot vessel when not engaged on pilotage duty shall exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed for a similar vessel of her length.

Rule 30
Anchored vessels and vessels aground
  1.  

    (a)     A vessel at anchor shall exhibit where it can best be seen—

    1.  

      (i)     in the fore part, an all-round white light or one ball,

    1.  

      (ii)     at or near the stern and at a lower level than the light prescribed in subparagraph (i), an all-round white light.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel of less than 50 metres in length may exhibit an all-round white light where it can best be seen instead of the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule.

  1.  

    (c)     A vessel at anchor may, and a vessel of 100 metres and more in length shall, also use the available working or equivalent lights to illuminate her decks.

  1.  

    (d)     A vessel aground shall exhibit the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule and in addition, where they can best be seen—

    1.  

      (i)     two all-round red lights in a vertical line,

    1.  

      (ii)     three balls in a vertical line.

  1.  

    (e)     A vessel of less than 7 metres in length, when at anchor or aground, not in or near a narrow channel, fairway or anchorage, or where other vessels normally navigate, shall not be required to exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed in paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) of this Rule.

Rule 31
Seaplanes
  1.  

    Where it is impracticable for a seaplane to exhibit lights and shapes of the characteristics or in the positions prescribed in the Rules of this Part she shall exhibit lights and shapes as closely similar in characteristics and position as is possible.

PART D
SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS
Rule 32
Definitions
  1.  

    (a)     The word “whistle” means any sound signalling appliance capable of producing the prescribed blasts and which complies with the specifications in Annex III to these Regulations.

  1.  

    (b)     The term “short blast” means a blast of about one second's duration.

  1.  

    (c)     The term “prolonged blast” means a blast of from four to six seconds' duration.

Rule 33
Equipment for sound signals
  1.  

    (a)     A vessel of 12 metres or more in length shall be provided with a whistle and a bell and a vessel of 100 metres or more in length shall, in addition, be provided with a gong, the tone and sound of which cannot be confused with that of the bell. The whistle, bell and gong shall comply with the specifications in Annex III to these Regulations. The bell or gong or both may be replaced by other equipment having the same respective sound characteristics, provided that manual sounding of the required signals shall always be possible.

  1.  

    (b)     A vessel of less than 12 metres in length shall not be obliged to carry the sound signalling appliances prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule but if she does not, she shall be provided with some other means of making an efficient sound signal.

Rule 34
Manoeuvring and warning signals
  1.  

    (a)     When vessels are in sight of one another, a power-driven vessel underway, when manoeuvring as authorized or required by these Rules, shall indicate that manoeuvre by the following signals on her whistle—

    1.  

      –     one short blast to mean “I am altering my course to starboard”;

    1.  

      –     two short blasts to mean “I am altering my course to port”;

    1.  

      –     three short blasts to mean “I am operating astern propulsion”.

  1.  

    (b)     Any vessel may supplement the whistle signals prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule by light signals, repeated as appropriate, whilst the manoeuvre is being carried out—

    1.  

      (i)     these light signals shall have the following significance—

      1.  

        –     one flash to mean “I am altering my course to starboard”;

      1.  

        –     two flashes to mean “I am altering my course to port”;

      1.  

        –     three flashes to mean “I am operating astern propulsion”,

    1.  

      (ii)     the duration of each flash shall be about one second, the interval between flashes shall be about one second, and the interval between successive signals shall be not less than ten seconds,

    1.  

      (iii)     the light used for this signal shall, if fitted, be an all-round white light, visible at a minimum range of 5 miles, and shall comply with the provisions of Annex I.

  1.  

    (c)     When in sight of one another in a narrow channel or fairway—

    1.  

      (i)     a vessel intending to overtake another shall in compliance with Rule 9(e)(i) indicate her intention by the following signals on her whistle—

      1.  

        –     two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast to mean “I intend to overtake you on your starboard side”,

      1.  

        –     two prolonged blasts followed by two short blasts to mean “I intend to overtake you on your port side”.

    1.  

      (ii)     the vessel about to be overtaken when acting in accordance with Rule 9(e)(i) shall indicate her agreement by the following signal on her whistle—

      1.  

        –     one prolonged, one short, one prolonged and one short blast, in that order.

  1.  

    (d)     When vessels in sight of one another are approaching each other and from any cause either vessel fails to understand the intentions or actions of the other, or is in doubt whether sufficient action is being taken by the other to avoid collision, the vessel in doubt shall immediately indicate such doubt by giving at least five short and rapid blasts on the whistle. Such signal may be supplemented by a light signal of at least five short and rapid flashes.

  1.  

    (e)     A vessel nearing a bend or an area of a channel or fairway where other vessels may be obscured by an intervening obstruction shall sound one prolonged blast. Such signal shall be answered with a prolonged blast by any approaching vessel that may be within hearing around the bend or behind the intervening obstruction.

  1.  

    (f)     If whistles are fitted on a vessel at a distance apart of more than 100 metres, one whistle only shall be used for giving manoeuvring and warning signals.

Rule 35
Sound signals in restricted visibility
  1.  

    In or near an area of restricted visibility, whether by day or night, the signals prescribed in this Rule shall be used as follows—

    1.  

      (a)     A power-driven vessel making way through the water shall sound at intervals of not more than 2 minutes one prolonged blast.

    1.  

      (b)     A power-driven vessel underway but stopped and making no way through the water shall sound at intervals of not more than 2 minutes two prolonged blasts in succession with an interval of about 2 seconds between them.

    1.  

      (c)     A vessel not under command, a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre, a vessel constrained by her draught, a sailing vessel, a vessel engaged in fishing and a vessel engaged in towing or pushing another vessel shall, instead of the signals prescribed in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Rule, sound at intervals of not more than 2 minutes three blasts in succession, namely one prolonged followed by two short blasts.

    1.  

      (d)     A vessel towed or if more than one vessel is towed the last vessel of the tow, if manned, shall at intervals of not more than 2 minutes sound four blasts in succession, namely one prolonged followed by three short blasts. When practicable, this signal shall be made immediately after the signal made by the towing vessel.

    1.  

      (e)     When a pushing vessel and a vessel being pushed ahead are rigidly connected in a composite unit they shall be regarded as a power-driven vessel and shall give the signals prescribed in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Rule.

    1.  

      (f)     A vessel at anchor shall at intervals of not more than one minute ring the bell rapidly for about 5 seconds. In a vessel of 100 metres or more in length the bell shall be sounded in the forepart of the vessel and immediately after the ringing of the bell the gong shall be sounded rapidly for about 5 seconds in the after part of the vessel. A vessel at anchor may in addition sound three blasts in succession, namely one short, one prolonged and one short blast, to give warning of her position and of the possibility of collision to an approaching vessel.

    1.  

      (g)     A vessel aground shall give the bell signal and if required the gong signal prescribed in paragraph (f) of this Rule and shall, in addition, give three separate and distinct strokes on the bell immediately before and after the rapid ringing of the bell. A vessel aground may in addition sound an appropriate whistle signal.

    1.  

      (h)     A vessel of less than 12 metres in length shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned signals but, if she does not, shall make some other efficient sound signal at intervals of not more than 2 minutes.

    1.  

      (i)     A pilot vessel when engaged on pilotage duty may in addition to the signals prescribed in paragraphs (a), (b) or (f) of this Rule sound an identity signal consisting of four short blasts.

Rule 36
Signals to attract attention
  1.  

    If necessary to attract the attention of another vessel any vessel may make light or sound signals that cannot be mistaken for any signal authorized elsewhere in these Rules, or may direct the beam of her searchlight in the direction of the danger, in such a way as not to embarrass any vessel.

Rule 37
Distress signals
  1.  

    When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance she shall use or exhibit the signals prescribed in Annex IV to these Regulations.

PART E
EXEMPTIONS
Rule 38
Exemptions
  1.  

    Any vessel (or class of vessels) provided that she complies with the requirements of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1960, the keel of which is laid or which is at a corresponding stage of construction before the entry into force of these Regulations may be exempted from compliance therewith as follows—

    1.  

      (a)     The installation of lights with ranges prescribed in Rule 22, until four years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

    1.  

      (b)     The installation of lights with colour specifications as prescribed in section 7 of Annex I to these Regulations, until four years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

    1.  

      (c)     The repositioning of lights as a result of conversion from Imperial to metric units and rounding off measurement figures, permanent exemption.

    1.  

      (d)     (i)     The repositioning of masthead lights on vessels of less than 150 metres in length, resulting from the prescriptions of section 3(a) of Annex I, permanent exemption.

      1.  

        (ii)     The repositioning of masthead lights on vessels of 150 metres or more in length, resulting from the prescriptions of section 3(a) of Annex I to these Regulations, until nine years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

    1.  

      (e)     The repositioning of masthead lights resulting from the prescriptions of section 2(b) of Annex I, until nine years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

    1.  

      (f)     The repositioning of sidelights resulting from the prescriptions of section 3(b) of Annex I, until nine years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

    1.  

      (g)     The requirements for sound signal appliances prescribed in Annex III, until nine years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

ANNEX I
POSITIONING AND TECHNICAL DETAILS OF LIGHTS AND SHAPES

1.   Definition

The term “height above the hull” means height above the uppermost continuous deck.

2.   Vertical positioning and spacing of lights

  1.  

    (a)     On a power-driven vessel of 20 metres or more in length the masthead lights shall be placed as follows—

    1.  

      (i)     the forward masthead light, or if only one masthead light is carried, then that light, at a height above the hull of not less than 6 metres, and, if the breadth of the vessel exceeds 6 metres, then at a height above the hull not less than such breadth, so however that the light need not be placed at a greater height above the hull than 12 metres,

    1.  

      (ii)     when two masthead lights are carried the after one shall be at least 4.5 metres vertically higher than the forward one.

  1.  

    (b)     The vertical separation of masthead lights of power-driven vessels shall be such that in all normal conditions of trim the after light will be seen over and separate from the forward light at a distance of 1000 metres from the stem when viewed from sea level.

  1.  

    (c)     The masthead light of a power-driven vessel of 12 metres but less than 20 metres in length shall be placed at a height above the gunwale of not less than 2.5 metres.

  1.  

    (d)     A power-driven vessel of less than 12 metres in length may carry the uppermost light at a height of less than 2.5 metres above the gunwale. When however a masthead light is carried in addition to sidelights and a sternlight, then such masthead light shall be carried at least I metre higher than the sidelights.

  1.  

    (e)     One of the two or three masthead lights prescribed for a power-driven vessel when engaged in towing or pushing another vessel shall be placed in the same position as the forward masthead light of a power-driven vessel.

  1.  

    (f)     In all circumstances the masthead light or lights shall be so placed as to be above and clear of all other lights and obstructions.

  1.  

    (g)     The sidelights of a power-driven vessel shall be placed at a height above the hull not greater than three quarters of that of the forward masthead light. They shall not be so low as to be interfered with by deck lights.

  1.  

    (h)     The sidelights, if in a combined lantern and carried on a power-driven vessel of less than 20 metres in length, shall be placed not less than 1metre below the masthead light.

  1.  

    (i)     When the Rules prescribe two or three lights to be carried in a vertical line, they shall be spaced as follows—

    1.  

      (i)     on a vessel of 20 metres in length or more such lights shall be spaced not less than 2 metres apart, and the lowest of these lights shall, except where a towing light is required, not be less than 4 metres above the hull,

    1.  

      (ii)     on a vessel of less than 20 metres in length such lights shall be spaced not less than 1 metre apart and the lowest of these lights shall, except where a towing light is required, not be less than 2 metres above the gunwale,

    1.  

      (iii)     when three lights are carried they shall be equally spaced.

  1.  

    (j)     The lower of the two all-round lights prescribed for a fishing vessel when engaged in fishing shall be at a height above the sidelights not less than twice the distance between the two vertical lights.

  1.  

    (k)     The forward anchor light, when two are carried, shall not be less than 4.5 metres above the after one. On a vessel of 50 metres or more in length this forward anchor light shall not be less than 6 metres above the hull.

3.   Horizontal positioning and spacing of lights

  1.  

    (a)     When two masthead lights are prescribed for a power-driven vessel, the horizontal distance between them shall not be less than one half of the length of the vessel but need not be more than 100 metres. The forward light shall be placed not more than one quarter of the length of the vessel from the stem.

  1.  

    (b)     On a vessel of 20 metres or more in length the sidelights shall not be placed in front of the forward masthead lights. They shall be placed at or near the side of the vessel.

4.   Details of location of direction-indicating lights for fishing vessels, dredgers and vessels engaged in underwater operations

  1.  

    (a)     The light indicating the direction of the outlying gear from a vessel engaged in fishing as prescribed in Rule 26(c)(ii) shall be placed at a horizontal distance of not less than 2 metres and not more than 6 metres away from the two all-round red and white lights. This light shall be placed not higher than the all-round white light prescribed in Rule 26(c)(i) and not lower than the sidelights.

  1.  

    (b)     The lights and shapes on a vessel engaged in dredging or underwater operations to indicate the obstructed side and/or the side on which it is safe to pass, as prescribed in Rule 27(d)(i) and (ii), shall be placed at the maximum practical horizontal distance, but in no case less than 2 metres, from the lights or shapes prescribed in Rule 27(b)(i) and (ii). In no case shall the upper of these lights or shapes be at a greater height than the lower of the three lights or shapes prescribed in Rule 27(b)(i) and (ii).

5.   Screens for sidelights

  1.  

    The sidelights shall be fitted with inboard screens painted matt black, and meeting the requirements of section 9 of this Annex. With a combined lantern, using a single vertical filament and a very narrow division between the green and red sections, external screens need not be fitted.

6.   Shapes

  1.  

    (a)     Shapes shall be black and of the following sizes—

    1.  

      (i)     a ball shall have a diameter of not less than 0.6 metre,

    1.  

      (ii)     a cone shall have a base diameter of not less than 0.6 metre and a height equal to its diameter,

    1.  

      (iii)     a cylinder shall have a diameter of at least 0.6 metre and a height of twice its diameter,

    1.  

      (iv)     a diamond shape shall consist of two cones as defined in (ii) above having a common base.

  1.  

    (b)     The vertical distance between shapes shall be at least 1.5 metre.

  1.  

    (c)     In a vessel of less than 20 metres in length shapes of lesser dimensions but commensurate with the size of the vessel may be used and the distance apart may be correspondingly reduced.

7.   Colour specification of lights

  1.  

    The chromaticity of all navigation lights shall conform to the following standards, which lie within the boundaries of the area of the diagram specified for each colour by the International Commission on Illumination (CIE).

  1.  

    The boundaries of the area for each colour are given by indicating the corner coordinates, which are as follows—

    1.  

      (i)     White

      x0.5250.5250.4520.3100.3100.443
      0.3820.4400.4400.3480.2830.382
    1.  

      (ii)     Green

      x0.0280.0090.3000.203
      y0.3850.7230.5110.356
    1.  

      (iii)     Red

      x0.6800.6600.7350.721
      y0.3200.3200.2650.259
    1.  

      (iv)     Yellow

      x0.6120.6180.5750.575
      y0.3820.3820.4250.406

8.   Intensity of lights

  1.  

    (a)     The minimum luminous intensity of lights shall be calculated by using the formula—

  1.  

         I = 3.43 × l06 × T × D2 × K-D

  1.  

         where I is luminous intensity in candelas under service conditions,

  1.  

         T is threshold factor 2 × 10-7 lux,

  1.  

         D is range of visibility (luminous range) of the light in nautical miles,

  1.  

         K is atmospheric transmissivity.

  1.  

         For prescribed lights the value of K shall be 0.8, corresponding to a meteorological visibility of approximately 13 nautical miles,

  1.  

    (b)     A selection of figures derived from the formula is given in the following table—

    Range of visibility (luminous range) of light in nautical milesLuminous intensity of light in candelas for K = 0.8
    D1
    10.9
    24.3
    312
    427
    552
    694
  1.  

    NOTE: The maximum luminous intensity of navigation lights should be limited to avoid undue glare.

9.   Horizontal sectors

  1.  

    (a)     (i)     In the forward direction, sidelights as fitted on the vessel must show the minimum required intensities. The intensities must decrease to reach practical cut-off between 1 degree and 3 degrees outside the prescribed sectors.

    1.  

      (ii)     For sternlights and masthead lights and at 22.5 degrees abaft the beam for sidelights, the minimum required intensities shall be maintained over the arc of the horizon up to 5 degrees within the limits of the sectors prescribed in Rule 21. From 5 degrees within the prescribed sectors the intensity may decrease by 50 per cent up to the prescribed limits; it shall decrease steadily to reach practical cut-off at not more than 5 degrees outside the prescribed limits.

  1.  

    (b)     All-round lights shall be so located as not to be obscured by masts, topmasts or structures within angular sectors of more than 6 degrees, except anchor lights, which need not be placed at an impracticable height above the hull.

10.   Vertical sectors

  1.  

    (a)     The vertical sectors of electric lights, with the exception of lights on sailing vessels shall ensure that—

    1.  

      (i)     at least the required minimum intensity is maintained at all angles from 5 degrees above to 5 degrees below the horizontal,

    1.  

      (ii)     at least 60 per cent of the required minimum intensity is maintained from 7.5 degrees above to 7.5 degrees below the horizontal.

  1.  

    (b)     In the case of sailing vessels the vertical sectors of electric lights shall ensure that—

    1.  

      (i)     at least the required minimum intensity is maintained at all angles from 5 degrees above to 5 degrees below the horizontal,

    1.  

      (ii)     at least 50 per cent of the required minimum intensity is maintained from 25 degrees above to 25 degrees below the horizontal.

  1.  

    (c)     In the case of lights other than electric these specifications shall be met as closely as possible.

11.   Intensity of non-electric lights

  1.  

    Non-electric lights shall so far as practicable comply with the minimum intensities, as specified in the Table given in section 8 of this Annex.

12.   Manoeuvring light

  1.  

    Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2(f) of this Annex the manoeuvring light described in Rule 34(b) shall be placed in the same fore and aft vertical plane as the masthead light or lights and, where practicable, at a minimum height of 2 metres vertically above the forward masthead light, provided that it shall be carried not less than 2 metres vertically above or below the after masthead light. On a vessel where only one masthead light is carried the manoeuvring light, if fitted, shall be carried where it can best be seen, not less than 2 metres vertically apart from the masthead light.

13.   High Speed Craft

  1.  

    The masthead light of high speed craft with a length to breadth ratio of less than 3.0 may be placed at a height related to the breadth of the craft lower than that prescribed in paragraph 2(a)(i) of this Annex, provided that the base angle of the isosceles triangles formed by the sidelights and masthead light, when seen in end elevation, is not less than 27 degrees.

14.   Approval

  1.  

    The construction of lanterns and shapes and the installation of lanterns on board the vessel shall be to the satisfaction of the appropriate authority of the State where the vessel is registered.

ANNEX II
ADDITIONAL SIGNALS FOR FISHING VESSELS FISHING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY

1.   General

  1.  

    The lights mentioned herein shall, if exhibited in pursuance of Rule 26(d), be placed where they can best be seen. They shall be at least 0.9 metre apart but at a lower level than lights prescribed in Rule 26(b)(i) and (c)(i). The lights shall be visible all round the horizon at a distance of at least 1 mile but at a lesser distance than the lights prescribed by these Rules for fishing vessels.

2.   Signals for trawlers

  1.  

    (a)     Vessels when engaged in trawling, whether using demersal or pelagic gear, may exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     when shooting their nets: two white lights in a vertical line,

    1.  

      (ii)     when hauling their nets: one white light over one red light in a vertical line,

    1.  

      (iii)     when the net has come fast upon an obstruction: two red lights in a vertical line.

  1.  

    (b)     Each vessel engaged in pair trawling may exhibit—

    1.  

      (i)     by night, a searchlight directed forward and in the direction of the other vessel of the pair,

    1.  

      (ii)     when shooting or hauling their nets or when their nets have come fast upon an obstruction, the lights prescribed in 2(a) above.

3.   Signals for purse seiners

  1.  

    Vessels engaged in fishing with purse seine gear may exhibit two yellow lights in a vertical line. These lights shall flash alternately every second and with equal light and occultation duration. These lights may be exhibited only when the vessel is hampered by its fishing gear.

ANNEX III
TECHNICAL DETAILS OF SOIND SIGNAL APPLIANCES

1.   Whistle

  1.  

    (a)     Frequencies and range of audibility

  1.  

         The fundamental frequency of the signal shall lie within the range 70-700 Hz.

  1.  

         The range of audibility of the signal from a whistle shall be determined by those frequencies, which may include the fundamental and/or one or more higher frequencies, which lie within the range 180-700 Hz (+/-1 per cent) and which provide the sound pressure levels specified in paragraph 1(c) below.

  1.  

    (b)     Limits of fundamental frequencies

  1.  

         To ensure a wide variety of whistle characteristics, the fundamental frequency of a whistle shall be between the following limits—

    1.  

      (i)     70-200 Hz, for a vessel 200 metres or more in length;

    1.  

      (ii)     130-350 Hz, for a vessel 75 metres but less than 200 metres in length;

    1.  

      (iii)     250-700 Hz, for a vessel less than 75 metres in length.

  1.  

    (c)     Sound signal intensity and range of audibility

  1.  

         A whistle fitted in a vessel shall provide, in the direction of maximum intensity of the whistle and at a distance of 1 metre from it, a sound pressure level in at least one 1/3rd-octave band within the range of frequencies 180-700 Hz (+/-1 per cent) of not less than the appropriate figure given in the table below.

    Length of vessel in metres1/3rd-octave band level at 1 metre in dB referred to 2 × 10-5 N/m2Audibility range in nautical miles
    200 or more1432
    75 but less than 2001381.5
    20 but less than 751301
    Less than 201200.5
  1.  

         The range of audibility in the table above is for information and is approximately the range at which a whistle may be heard on its forward axis with 90% probability in conditions of still air on board a vessel having average background noise level at the listening posts (taken to be 68 dB in the octave band centred on 250 Hz and 63 dB in the octave band centred on 500 Hz).

  1.  

         In practice the range at which a whistle may be heard is extremely variable and depends critically on weather conditions; the values given can be regarded as typical but under conditions of strong wind or high ambient noise level at the listening post the range may be much reduced.

  1.  

    (d)     Directional properties

  1.  

         The sound pressure level of a directional whistle shall be not more than 4 dB below the sound pressure level on the axis at any direction in the horizontal plane within +/-45 degrees of the axis. The sound pressure level at any other direction in the horizontal plane shall be not more than 10 dB below the sound pressure level on the axis, so that the range in any direction will be at least half the range on the forward axis. The sound pressure level shall be measured in that 1/3rd-octave band which determines the audibility range.

  1.  

    (e)     Positioning of whistles

  1.  

         When a directional whistle is to be used as the only whistle on a vessel, it shall be installed with its maximum intensity directed straight ahead.

  1.  

         A whistle shall be placed as high as practicable on a vessel, in order to reduce interception of the emitted sound by obstructions and also to minimize hearing damage risk to personnel. The sound pressure level of the vessel's own signal at listening posts shall not exceed 110 dB(A) and so far as practicable should not exceed 100 dB(A).

  1.  

    (f)     Fitting of more than one whistle

  1.  

         If whistles are fitted at a distance apart of more than 100 metres, it shall be so arranged that they are not sounded simultaneously.

  1.  

    (g)     Combined whistle systems

  1.  

         If due to the presence of obstructions the sound field of a single whistle or of one of the whistles referred to in paragraph 1(f) above is likely to have a zone of greatly reduced signal level, it is recommended that a combined whistle system be fitted so as to overcome this reduction. For the purposes of the Rules a combined whistle system is to be regarded as a single whistle. The whistles of a combined system shall be located at a distance apart of not more than 100 metres and arranged to be sounded simultaneously. The frequency of any one whistle shall differ from those of the others by at least 10 Hz.

2.   Bell or gong

  1.  

    (a)     Intensity of signal

  1.  

         A bell or gong, or other device having similar sound characteristics shall produce a sound pressure level of not less than 110 dB at 1 metre.

  1.  

    (b)     Construction

  1.  

         Bells and gongs shall be made of corrosion-resistant material and designed to give a clear tone. The diameter of the mouth of the bell shall be not less than 300 mm for vessels of more than 20 metres in length, and shall be not less than 200 mm for vessels of 12 to 20 metres in length. Where practicable, a power-driven bell striker is recommended to ensure constant force but manual operation shall be possible. The mass of the striker shall be not less than 3 per cent of the mass of the bell.

3.   Approval

  1.  

    The construction of sound signal appliances, their performance and their installation on board the vessel shall be to the satisfaction of the appropriate authority of the State where the vessel is registered.

ANNEX IV
DISTRESS SIGNALS
  1.  

    1.   The following signals, used or exhibited either together or separately, indicate distress and need of assistance—

    1.  

      (a)     a gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a minute;

    1.  

      (b)     a continuous sounding with any fog-signalling apparatus;

    1.  

      (c)     rockets or shells, throwing red stars fired one at a time at short intervals;

    1.  

      (d)     a signal made by radiotelegraphy or by any other signalling method consisting of the group (SOS) in the Morse Code;

    1.  

      (e)     a signal sent by radiotelephony consisting of the spoken word “Mayday”;

    1.  

      (f)     the International Code Signal of distress indicated by N.C.;

    1.  

      (g)     a signal consisting of a square flag having above or below it a ball or anything resembling a ball;

    1.  

      (h)     flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar barrel, oil barrel, etc.);

    1.  

      (i)     a rocket parachute flare or a hand flare showing a red light;

    1.  

      (j)     a smoke signal giving off orange-coloured smoke;

    1.  

      (k)     slowly and repeatedly raising and lowering arms outstretched to each side;

    1.  

      (l)     the radiotelegraph alarm signal;

    1.  

      (m)     the radiotelephone alarm signal;

    1.  

      (n)     signals transmitted by emergency position-indicating radio beacons.

  1.  

    2.   The use or exhibition of any of the foregoing signals except for the purpose of indicating distress and need of assistance and the use of other signals which may be confused with any of the above signals is prohibited.

  1.  

    3.   Attention is drawn to the relevant sections of the International Code of Signals, the Merchant Ship Search and Rescue Manual and the following signals—

    1.  

      (a)     a piece of orange-coloured canvas with either a black square and circle or other appropriate symbol (for identification from the air);

    1.  

      (b)     a dye marker.

Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations – Section 30

(Statutory Instrument 9/2016)

Statutory Instrument 9/2016 .. in force 1 February 2016

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PRELIMINARY

1.Citation
2.Interpretation

PART 1
SAINT LUCIAN SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 M IN LENGTH

3.Application of Part 1
4.Measurement of ship of less than 24 metres

PART 2
SAINT LUCIAN SHIPS OF 24 M IN LENGTH AND OVER

5.Application of Part 2
6.Measurement of ships of 24 m in length and over
7.Calculation of volumes
8.Gross Tonnage
9.Net Tonnage
10.Segregated ballast oil tankers

PART 3
TONNAGE CERTIFICATE

11.Tonnage certificate
12.Cancellation
13.Alterations
14.Transfer of ship

PART 4
FOREIGN SHIPS

15.Ascertainment of tonnage and certification
Schedule 1
Schedule 2
SHIPPING (TONNAGE) REGULATIONS – SECTION 30

Commencement [1 February 2016]

PRELIMINARY
1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation

In these Regulations —

Act” means the Shipping Act;

amidships” means the mid-point of the length of the ship;

breadth” means the maximum breadth of the ship, measured amidships, to the moulded line of the frame in a ship with a metal shell, and, to the outer surface of the hull in a ship with a shell of any other material;

break” means the space bounded longitudinally by a side to side upward step in the lowest line of the upper deck and another such step or the end of the ship, transversely by the sides of the ship and vertically by the higher part of the deck and the lowest line of the upper deck continued parallel to the upper deck;

cargo spaces” means enclosed spaces which are included in the computation of gross tonnage and are appropriated for the transport of cargo to be discharged from the ship and which are permanently marked with the letters “CC” which mean cargo compartment, such letters being not less than one hundred millimetres in height and so positioned as to be readily visible;

combination carrier”, in relation to an oil tanker, means a ship designed to carry oil or solid cargo in bulk;

depth” means the vertical distance measured from the top of the keel of a metal ship, or, in a wood and composite ship from the lower edge of the keel rabbet, to the underside of the upper deck at the side, or, in the case of a ship which is not fully decked, to the top of the upper strake or gunwale, except —

  1.  

    (a)     where the form at the lower part of the amidships sections is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel;

  1.  

    (b)     in the case of a glass reinforced plastic ship where no keel member is fitted and keel is of open trough construction, the distance is measured from the top of the keel filling, if any, or the level at which the inside breadth of the trough is 100 mm, whichever gives the lesser depth;

  1.  

    (c)     in a ship having rounded gunwales, the depth measured to the point of intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and side shell plating, the lines extending as though the gunwales were of angular design; and

  1.  

    (d)     where the upper deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at which the moulded depth is to be determined, the depth measured to a line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel to the raised part;

enclosed spaces” means all the spaces, other than excluded spaces, which are bounded by the ship's hull, by fixed or portable partitions or bulkheads, or by decks or coverings other than permanent or moveable awnings and a break in a deck, or any opening in the ship's hull, and includes a deck, a covering of a space, or the partitions or bulkheads of a space, or the absence of a partition or bulkhead or space which is —

  1.  

    (a)     fitted with shelves or other means for securing cargo or stores;

  1.  

    (b)     fitted with any means of closing the openings;

  1.  

    (c)     constructed in such a way so that there exists any possibility of an opening mentioned in paragraph (b) being closed;

excluded spaces” in relation to enclosed spaces, means —

  1.  

    (a)     that part of an enclosed space within an erection opposite an end opening and extending from the opening to an athwartships line at a fore and aft distance from the opening equal to half the breadth of the deck of the line of the opening, such end opening having a breadth equal to or greater than 90% of the breadth of the deck at the line of the opening and extending from deck to deck or to a curtain plate of a depth not exceeding by more than 25 mm the depth of the adjacent deck beams, as specified in Figure 1 of Schedule 1 except —

    1.  

      (i)     where at any point the width of the enclosed space because of any arrangement except convergence of the outside plating, as specified in Figure 3 of Schedule 1, becomes less than 90% of the breadth of the deck at the line of the opening, the excluded space extends only to an athwartships line intersecting that point, as specified in Figures 2 and 4 of Schedule 1,

    1.  

      (ii)     where the opposite ends of two enclosed spaces are separated by a gap, which is completely open except for bulwarks or open rails and of fore and aft length less than half the least breadth of the deck at the gap, no part of the enclosed spaces are excluded, as specified in Figures 5 and 6 of Schedule 1;

  1.  

    (b)     a space under an overhead deck covering open to the sea and weather having no other connection on the exposed sides with the body of the ship than the stanchions necessary for its support, however, in such a space, open rails or a bulwark and curtain plate may be fitted or stanchions fitted at the ship's side and the distance between the top of the rails or the bulwark and the curtain plate is not less than 0.75 m or 1/3 of the height of the space, whichever is the greater, as specified in Figure 7 of Schedule 1;

  1.  

    (c)     a space in a side-to-side erection between opposite side openings not less in height than 0.75 m or 1/3 of the height of the erection, whichever is the greater, save that where the opening in such an erection is provided on one side only, the space to be excluded from the volume of enclosed spaces is limited inboard from the opening to a maximum of one-half of the breadth of the deck in way of the opening, as specified in Figure 8 of Schedule 1;

  1.  

    (d)     a space in an erection immediately below an uncovered opening in the deck overhead, save that such an opening is exposed to the weather and the space excluded from enclosed spaces is limited to the area of the opening, as specified in Figure 9 of Schedule 1;

  1.  

    (e)     a recess in the boundary bulkhead of an erection which is exposed to the weather and the opening of which extends from deck to deck without means of closing, save that the interior width is not greater than the width at the entrance and its extension into the erection is not greater than twice the width of its entrance, as specified in Figure 10 of Schedule 1;

length” means the greater of the following distances —

  1.  

    (a)     the distance between the foreside of the stem and the axis of the rudder stock; or

  1.  

    (b)     ninety-six per cent of the distance between the foreside of the stem and the aft side of the stern,

the points and measurements being taken respectively at and along a waterline at 85% of the least moulded depth of the ship, the waterline, being taken to be parallel to the designed waterline in the case of a ship having a rake of keel;

length overall” means the distance between the foreside of the foremost fixed permanent structure and the aft side of the aftermost fixed permanent structure;

moulded depth” means the vertical distance measured from the top of the keel of a metal ship, or in a wood and composite ship from the lower edge of the keel rabbet, to the underside of the upper deck at side, or, in the case of a ship which is not fully decked, to the top of the upper strake or gunwale, except—

  1.  

    (a)     where the form at the lower part of the amidships section is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel;

  1.  

    (b)     in the case of a glass reinforced plastic ship where no keel member is fitted and the keel is of open trough construction, the distance is measured from the top of the keel filling, if any, or the level at which the inside breadth of the trough is 100 mm, whichever gives the lesser depth;

  1.  

    (c)     in a ship having rounded gunwales, the depth measured to the point of intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and side shell plating, the lines extending as though the gunwales were of angular design; and

  1.  

    (d)     where the upper deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at which the moulded depth is to be determined, the depth measured to a line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel to the raised part;

moulded draught” means —

  1.  

    (a)     for ships assigned load lines in accordance with any law relating to load line, the draught corresponding to the Summer Load Line, other than timber load lines;

  1.  

    (b)     for passenger ships, the draught corresponding to the deepest subdivision load line assigned in accordance with any law relating to passenger ship construction which is applicable to the ship in question at the time the draught is assigned;

  1.  

    (c)     for ships to which no load line has been assigned but the draught of which is restricted by the Minister, the maximum permitted draught;

  1.  

    (d)     for other ships, 75% of the moulded depth amidships;

oil tanker” means a ship constructed or adapted to carry oil in bulk in its cargo spaces and includes a combination carrier;

register book” means a register book kept under section 21 of the Act;

similar stage of construction” means the point at which —

  1.  

    (a)     construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and

  1.  

    (b)     assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is the less;

Surveyor of Ships” means a surveyor appointed under section 35 of the Act;

upper deck” in relation to moulded depth, means the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea, which has a permanent means of weathertight closing all openings in the weather part, and below which all openings in the sides of the ship are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing and, in a ship having a stepped upper deck, the lowest line of the exposed deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck;

weathertight” in relation to upper deck, means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.

PART 1
SAINT LUCIAN SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 M IN LENGTH
3.   Application of Part I

This Part applies to ships of less than 24 m in length, except fishing vessels, registered or to be registered in Saint Lucia.

4.   Measurement of ship of less than 24 metres
  1.  

    (1)   A ship shall be measured by a Surveyor of Ships.

  1.  

    (2)   The tonnage of a ship is the sum of —

    1.  

      (a)     the product of multiplying together its length overall, extreme breadth over the outside hull and depth in metres and multiplying the resultant figure by 0.16; and

    1.  

      (b)     the tonnage of any break or breaks, calculated for each break by multiplying together its mean length, mean breadth and mean height in metres and multiplying the resultant figure by 0.35.

  1.  

    (3)   For the purpose of this Part —

    1.  

      (a)     the breadth of a ship is its extreme breadth over the outside plating, planking or hull, no account being taken of rubbers and fenders even where they are moulded so as to be integral with the hull;

    1.  

      (b)     the depth of a ship is measured vertically at amidships;

    1.  

      (c)     the upper terminal point for depth is —

      1.  

        (i)     in the case of a decked ship, the underside of the deck on the middle line or, where there is no deck on the middle line at the point of measurement, the underside of the deck at the side of the ship plus the full deck camber,

      1.  

        (ii)     in the case of an open ship, the top of the upper strake or gunwale;

    1.  

      (d)     the lower terminal point for depth is —

      1.  

        (i)     in the case of a wooden ship, the upper side of the plank at the side of the keel or hog,

      1.  

        (ii)     in the case of a metal ship, the top of the plating at the side of the keel,

      1.  

        (iii)     in the case of a glass reinforced plastic ship, the inside of the hull, and where no keel member is fitted and the keel is of open trough construction, the top of the keel filling, where fitted, or the level at which the inside breadth of the trough is 10 cm, whichever gives the greater depth;

    1.  

      (e)     where a break exists in way of the point of measurement for depth, the height of the break is not included in the measurement of depth.

  1.  

    (4)   The tonnage determined in accordance with subregulation (2) is the gross tonnage and net tonnage.

  1.  

    (5)   In the case of multi-hull ships the tonnage of each hull is measured separately and the sum of the tonnages is used in computing the tonnage referred to in subregulation (2).

  1.  

    (6)   For multi-hull ships having a structure connecting the hull which has a buoyant volume the buoyant volume is —

    1.  

      (a)     treated as a break and added to the computation;

    1.  

      (b)     the average length multiplied by breadth multiplied by depth below main deck multiplied by 0.35 of the joining structure.

  1.  

    (7)   All measurements used in the calculations of volumes must be taken and expressed in metres to the nearest one hundredth of a metre.

  1.  

    (8)   Tonnage must be expressed to two decimal places, the second decimal place being increased by one where the third decimal place is 5 or more.

  1.  

    (9)   Notwithstanding subregulation (2), nothing in this Part is taken to require any ship, the tonnage of which was validly determined under the law in force immediately before the coming into force of these Regulations to have its tonnage re-determined.

PART 2
SAINT LUCIAN SHIPS OF 24 M IN LENGTH AND OVER
5.   Application of Part 2

This Part applies to ships of 24 m in length or over registered or to be registered in Saint Lucia.

6.   Measurement of ships of 24 m in length and over
  1.  

    (1)   A ship shall be measured by a Surveyor of Ships in accordance with section 29 of the Act.

  1.  

    (2)   The gross and net tonnages are determined in accordance with regulations 8 and 9 provided that in the case of novel types of craft with constructional features which render the application of the provisions of these Regulations unreasonable or impracticable, the gross and net tonnages shall be determined as required by the Minister.

  1.  

    (3)   All measurements used in the calculation of volumes must be taken and expressed in metres to the nearest one hundredth of a metre.

  1.  

    (4)   Gross and net tonnages must be expressed as whole numbers, decimals being rounded off downwards.

7.   Calculation of volumes
  1.  

    (1)   A Surveyor of Ships shall measure all volumes included in the calculation of gross and net tonnages irrespective of the fitting of insulation or the like —

    1.  

      (a)     to the inner side of the shell or structural boundary plating in ships constructed of metal, and to the outer surface of the shell; or

    1.  

      (b)     to the inner side of the structural boundary surfaces in ships constructed of any other material.

  1.  

    (2)   In calculating the total volume, a Surveyor of Ships shall include the volumes of appendages and exclude the volumes of spaces open to the sea.

  1.  

    (3)   The method and accuracy of the calculations must be to the satisfaction of the Minister and must be sufficiently detailed to facilitate checking.

8.   Gross Tonnage

The gross tonnage of a ship is determined by the formula —

GT = K1 V

where —

  1.  

    (a)     V     =     total volume of all enclosed spaces of the ship in cubic metres; and

  1.  

    (b)     K1     =     0.2+0.02 log10 V, as specified in Schedule 2.

9.   Net Tonnage
  1.  

    (1)   The net tonnage of a ship is determined by the formula —

  1.  

       where —

    1.  

      (a)     Vc = total volume of cargo spaces in cubic metres;

    1.  

      (b)     K2 = 0.2+0.02 log10 Vc, as specified in Schedule 2;

    1.  

      (c)     ;

    1.  

      (d)     GT = gross tonnage calculated in accordance with regulation 8;

    1.  

      (e)     D = moulded depth amidships in metres;

    1.  

      (f)     d = moulded draught amidships in metres;

    1.  

      (g)     N1 = number of passengers in cabins with not more than 8 berths; and

    1.  

      (h)     N2 = number of other passengers who may be accommodated on the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   Notwithstanding subregulation (1) —

    1.  

      (a)     the factor — is not taken as greater than unity;

    1.  

      (b)     the term — K2 Vc is not taken as less than 0.25 GT;

    1.  

      (c)     N1 and N2 are taken as zero when N1 + N2 is less than 13;

    1.  

      (d)     NT is not taken as less than 0.30 GT.

10.   Segregated ballast oil tankers
  1.  

    (1)   Where segregated ballast tanks complying with any international instrument relating to the prevention of pollution from ships are provided in oil tankers, an entry may be made on the certificate of survey indicating the total tonnage of these tanks.

  1.  

    (2)   The tonnage of such segregated ballast tanks is calculated according to the formula —

K1 x Vb

  1.  

       where —

    1.  

      (a)     K1 represents 0.2+0.02 log10 V, or as specified in Schedule 2;

    1.  

      (b)     V represents the total volume of all enclosed spaces of the ship in cubic metres measured in accordance with regulation 7.

PART 3
TONNAGE CERTIFICATE
11.   Tonnage Certificate

A tonnage certificate must be issued to every vessel for which the gross and net tonnages have been determined in accordance with these Regulations.

12.   Cancellation
  1.  

    (1)   A tonnage certificate is cancelled where alterations are made in the arrangement, construction, use of spaces of the ship such as would cause an increase in the tonnage and the existing measurement ceases to be valid.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a tonnage certificate is cancelled under subregulation (1), the owner or master of the ship shall make an application for the ship to be remeasured.

  1.  

    (3)   Any owner or master who fails, without reasonable cause, to deliver up a certificate for cancellation as required by subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000.

13.   Alterations
  1.  

    (1)   When alterations in the values of V, Vc, d, N1 or N2 as defined in regulations 8 and 9 result in an increase in the net tonnage, a new tonnage certificate incorporating the increase of net tonnage is issued.

  1.  

    (2)   In the case of a passenger ship assigned subdivision load lines in accordance with any law relating to passenger ship construction and load lines in accordance with any law relating to load lines, one net tonnage is applied and where the draught corresponding to the Summer Load Line differs from that corresponding to the deepest subdivision load line the net tonnage is, subject to subregulation (3), determined in accordance with regulation 9 by applying the draught corresponding to the appropriate assigned load line for the trade in which the ship is engaged.

  1.  

    (3)   Subject to subregulation (4), where alterations in the values of V, Vc, d, N1 or N2 as defined in regulations 8 and 9, or changes in the position of the load lines result in a decrease in the net tonnage, a new tonnage certificate incorporating the decreased net tonnage must not be issued until 12 months have elapsed from the date on which the current certificate was issued.

  1.  

    (4)   A new tonnage certificate may be issued when —

    1.  

      (a)     a ship which was registered outside Saint Lucia is registered in Saint Lucia; or

    1.  

      (b)     a ship undergoes alterations or modifications of a major character, such as the removal of a superstructure, which requires an alteration of the assigned load line; or

    1.  

      (c)     the ship is a passenger ship employed in special trades for carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade.

14.   Transfer of ship
  1.  

    (1)   When a ship is transferred from the Saint Lucian Register the tonnage certificate ceases to be valid except when the transfer is to a State which is a party to the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships (1969), in which case the certificate remains in force for a period not exceeding 3 months or until that State issues another tonnage certificate whichever is the earlier.

  1.  

    (2)   The Surveyor of Ships shall transmit to the State referred to in subregulation (1), as soon as possible after the transfer has taken place, a copy of the tonnage certificate carried by the ship at the time of transfer and a copy of the tonnage calculations.

PART 4
FOREIGN SHIPS
15.   Ascertainment of tonnage and certification
  1.  

    (1)   A Surveyor of Ships may, at the request of a State which is party to the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships (1969), ascertain the gross and net tonnages of a foreign ship in accordance with these Regulations and issue to the owner a tonnage certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A tonnage certificate issued under subregulation (1), must be endorsed to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the State, and a copy of the certificate and the calculations of the tonnages must be transmitted to the State as soon as possible.

  1.  

    (3)   The Certifying Authority may, at the request of an owner of a foreign ship flying the flag of a State whose Government is not a party to the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships (1969), ascertain the gross and net tonnages of the ship in accordance with these Regulations and issue a tonnage certificate and in such cases the certificate must bear the endorsement “for use only whilst within Saint Lucia or Saint Lucian waters”.

  1.  

    (4)   Where a ship is not measured in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations or in accordance with the Convention, the ship may be measured by the method given by IMO and the tonnage determined may be used in the calculation of port and other dues.

Schedule 1

(Regulation 2)

EXCLUDED SPACES
Key:
O = excluded space;
C = enclosed space;
I = space to be considered as an enclosed space. (Hatched-in parts to be included as enclosed spaces);
B = breadth of the deck in way of the opening. (In ships with rounded gunwales the breadth is measured as indicated in Figure 11).
Schedule 2

(Regulations 8, 9 and 10)

COEFFICIENTS K1 AND K2
V or Vc = Volume in cubic metres;
Coefficients K1 or K2 at intermediate values of V or Vc shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
V or V0K1 or K2V orV0K1 or K2V orV0K1 or K2V orV0K1 or K2
100.220045 0000.2931330 0000.3104670 0000.3165
200.226050 0000.2940340 0000.3106680 0000.3166
300 229555 0000.29483500000.3109690 0000.3168
400232060 0000.2956360 0000.3111700 0000.3169
500.234065 0000.2963370 0000.3114710 0000.3170
600 235670 0000.2969380 0000.3116720 0000.3171
700.236975 0000.2975390 0000.3118730 0000.3173
800.238180 0000.2981400 0000.3120740 0000.3174
900.239185 0000.2986410 0000.3123750 0000.3175
1000.240090 0000.2991420 0000.3125760 0000.3176
2000.246095 0000.2996430 0000.3127770 0000.3177
3000.2495100 0000.3000440 0000.3129780 0000.3178
4000.2520110 0000.3008450 0000.3131790 0000.3180
5000.2540120 0000.3016460 0000.3133800 0000.3181
6000.2556130 0000.3023470 0000.3134810 0000.3182
7000.2569140 0000.3029480 00003136820 0000.3183
8000.2581150 0000.3035490 0000.3138830 0000.3184
9000.2591160 0000.3041500 0000.3140840 0000.3185
10000.2600170 0000.3046510 0000.3142850 0000.3186
20000.2660180 0000.3051520 0000.3143860 0000.3187
30000.2695190 0000.3056530 0000.3145870 0000.3188
40000.2720200 0000.3060540 0000.3146880 0000.3189
50000.2740210 0000.3064550 0000.3148890 0000.3190
60000.2756220 0000.3068560 0000.3150900 0000.3191
70000.2769230 0000.3072570 0000.3151910 0000.3192
80000.2781240 0000.3076580 0000.3153920 0000.3193
90000.2791250 0000.3080590 0000.3154930 0000.3194
10 0000.2800260 0000.3083600 0000.3156940 0000.3195
15 0000.2835270 0000.3086610 0000.3157950 0000.3196
20 0000.2860280 0000.3089620 0000.3158960 0000.3196
25 0000.2880290 0000.3092630 0000.3160970 0000.3197
30 0000.2895300 0000.3095640 0000.3161980 0000.3198
35 0000.2909310 0000.3098650 0000.3163990 0000.3199
40 0000.2920320 0000.3101660 0000.31641 000 0000.3200
Shipping (Inquiry and Formal Investigation) Regulations – Sections 111(1)(l) and 491

(Statutory Instrument 69/2016)

Statutory Instrument 69/2016 .. in force 25 July 2016

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PRELIMINARY

1.Citation
2.Interpretation

PART 1
INQUIRY BY BOARD OF INQUIRY

3.Notice of inquiry
4.Holding of inquiry
5.Procedure at inquiry
6.Report of board of inquiry

PART 2
FORMAL INVESTIGATION

7.Assessors for formal investigation
8.Notice of formal investigation
9.Parties to the formal investigation
10.Evidence and procedure
11.Commencement procedure
12.Further procedures
13.Opportunity to make defence
14.Closing address
15.Adjournment
16.Results of formal investigation
17.Report
18.Cost of the formal investigation

PART 3
INQUIRY INTO FITNESS OR CONDUCT

19.Assessors for inquiry into fitness or conduct
20.Notice of inquiry into fitness or conduct
21.Holding of inquiry into fitness or conduct
22.Procedure at inquiry into fitness or conduct
23.Report of inquiry into fitness or conduct

PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS

24.Rehearing
Schedule
SHIPPING (INQUIRY AND FORMAL INVESTIGATION) REGULATIONS – SECTIONS 111(1)(L) AND 491

Commencement [25 July 2016]

PRELIMINARY
1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Inquiry and Formal Investigation) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation
  1.  

    (1)   In these Regulations —

Act” means the Shipping Act;

Director” has the meaning assigned under section 2 of the Act;

formal investigation” means a formal investigation into a casualty under section 439 of the Act;

officer” includes a master, skipper, mate, second hand, deck officer, marine engineer officer and radio officer;

Wreck Commissioner” means a person appointed by the Minister under section 439 of the Act to hold a formal investigation into a casualty.

  1.  

    (2)   Any period of time specified in these Regulations by reference to days is exclusive of the first day and inclusive of the last day unless the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday, Good Friday or any day appointed by law to be a public holiday in Saint Lucia, in which case the time is determined exclusive of that day also.

PART 1
INQUIRY BY BOARD OF INQUIRY
3.   Notice of inquiry
  1.  

    (1)   When the Minister appoints a board of inquiry under section 114 of the Act, the board of inquiry shall cause a notice of inquiry to be served on the officer concerned who shall be made a party to the inquiry.

  1.  

    (2)   Service of a notice of inquiry shall be effected at least 30 days before the date fixed for the inquiry either by serving the officer concerned personally or by sending the notice of inquiry to his or her last known address by registered post or by a recorded delivery service.

  1.  

    (3)   The notice of inquiry must state —

    1.  

      (a)     the facts giving rise to the inquiry;

    1.  

      (b)     the allegation made against the officer to whom the notice is addressed and the grounds for the allegation;

    1.  

      (c)     the time and date when and the place where the inquiry is to be held;

    1.  

      (d)     the officer's rights as set out in regulation 5(2) and (3).

4.   Holding of inquiry
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), at the time and the place appointed for holding the inquiry the board of inquiry may proceed with the inquiry in the absence of the officer upon whom the notice of inquiry was served, any other party, or any person who has applied to become a party.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the officer concerned has been served with the notice of inquiry by post, the board of inquiry shall not proceed with the inquiry in his or her absence unless satisfied that the officer has been served under regulation 4(l) and (2).

  1.  

    (3)   Any other person, not being the officer concerned, may, with the leave of the board of inquiry, become a party to the inquiry.

  1.  

    (4)   The inquiry shall be held in public except where the board of inquiry is properly satisfied that in the interests of justice, or for other good and sufficient reason in the public interest, any part of the evidence or any argument relating to the evidence should be heard in private.

5.   Procedure at inquiry
  1.  

    (1)   The proceedings at the inquiry shall commence with the presentation on behalf of the Director of the case against the officer concerned.

  1.  

    (2)   The officer concerned has the right —

    1.  

      (a)     to defend himself or herself against an allegation, in person or otherwise;

    1.  

      (b)     to admit to, before or at any time after the commencement of the inquiry, an allegation or any part of an allegation made against him or her.

  1.  

    (3)   Where more than one allegation is made against an officer, his or her admission to an allegation or any part of that allegation pursuant to subregulation (2)(b) is without prejudice to his or her right to defend himself or herself against any other allegation to which he or she does not admit.

  1.  

    (4)   Any party to the inquiry has the right in person or by a representative to make an opening statement, call witnesses, cross-examine witnesses called by other parties, tender evidence other than oral evidence and address the board of inquiry.

  1.  

    (5)   Where a party does not appear in person at the inquiry and is not represented by another person he or she may make representations in writing to the board of inquiry and such written representations shall be read out at the inquiry by or on behalf of the board of inquiry.

  1.  

    (6)   Without prejudice to the admission of documents as secondary evidence allowed by statute or otherwise, affidavits, depositions, statutory declarations and other written evidence shall, unless the board of inquiry considers it unjust, be accepted as evidence at the inquiry.

  1.  

    (7)   The board of inquiry may postpone or adjourn the hearing of the inquiry for such period as it thinks fit on its own motion or upon the application of any party.

6.   Report of board of inquiry
  1.  

    (1)   The board of inquiry shall, at the conclusion of the inquiry or as soon as possible thereafter, announce its decision in public and make a report on the case to the Minister under section 114(3) of the Act.

  1.  

    (2)   Each member of the board of inquiry shall either sign the report with or without reservations, or state in writing his or her dissent from the report and his or her reasons for such dissent, and such reservations or dissent and reasons, if any, shall be forwarded to the Minister with the report.

  1.  

    (3)   The board of inquiry shall inform the officer concerned, in writing, of the decision of the board of inquiry if the officer was not present at the inquiry when that decision was announced and make a copy of the report available to the officer concerned.

  1.  

    (4)   A copy of the report shall be made available to any party to the inquiry upon a request made to the Minister.

PART 2
FORMAL INVESTIGATION
7.   Assessors for formal investigation
  1.  

    (1)   For the purposes of section 439(2) of the Act, the Wreck Commissioner must be assisted by at least one or more assessors who have the appropriate qualifications and experience in merchant shipping service specified in the Schedule.

  1.  

    (2)   For the purposes of section 439(4), where any question as to the cancellation or suspension of an officer's certificate is likely to arise, the Wreck Commissioner shall be assisted by at least 2 assessors with the appropriate qualifications and experience in merchant shipping service as follows —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of a master or deck officer, 2 of whom are mercantile marine masters;

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of a marine engineer officer, one of whom is a mercantile marine engineer and one a mercantile marine master;

    1.  

      (c)     in the case of a fishing vessel officer, one of whom is a mercantile marine master and one a fishing vessel skipper.

  1.  

    (3)   In any case and wherever possible at least one of the assessors must have experience in the same capacity and in the same type of ship as the officer concerned.

  1.  

    (4)   The Minister shall maintain a list of assessors and may add or withdraw the name of any person to or from the list.

8.   Notice of formal investigation
  1.  

    (1)   Where the Minister causes a formal investigation to be held, the Wreck Commissioner shall cause a notice of investigation to be served on any person, including the Director, who in the opinion of the Wreck Commissioner ought to be made a party to the formal investigation.

  1.  

    (2)   A person upon whom a notice of investigation has been served under subregulation (1) is a party to the formal investigation.

  1.  

    (3)   The Attorney General shall be a party to the formal investigation.

  1.  

    (4)   The notice of investigation must contain —

    1.  

      (a)     a statement of the facts giving rise to the formal investigation; and

    1.  

      (b)     a statement of the questions which the Attorney General intends to raise at the formal investigation.

  1.  

    (5)   At any time before or during the hearing of the formal investigation the Wreck Commissioner may amend, add to or omit any of the questions contained in the notice of investigation.

  1.  

    (6)   The Wreck Commissioner shall as far as practicable cause every party to the formal investigation to be given not less than 30 days notice in writing of the time and the date when and the place where the hearing of the formal investigation will commence.

  1.  

    (7)   Notwithstanding subregulation (6), a notice is not required to be given to any person who is made a party pursuant to regulation 10 after the date of the hearing has been fixed.

  1.  

    (8)   Where at any time during the preparation for the formal investigation it appears likely to the Wreck Commissioner that the conduct of any person will be in issue, the Wreck Commissioner shall cause that person to be notified to that effect.

  1.  

    (9)   Service of any notice or other document issued under this regulation may be effected either personally or by registered post or by recorded delivery service to the person's last known address.

9.   Parties to the formal investigation
  1.  

    (1)   Any person who is not already a party to a formal investigation may, with the leave of the Wreck Commissioner, become a party to the formal investigation.

  1.  

    (2)   An application for such leave may be made to the Wreck Commissioner at any time before or during the formal investigation.

10.   Evidence and procedure
  1.  

    (1)   Without prejudice to the admission of documents as secondary evidence allowed by statute or otherwise, affidavits, statutory evidence, and other written evidence shall, unless the Wreck Commissioner considers it unjust, be admitted as evidence at the formal investigation.

  1.  

    (2)   A party may give to any other party notice in writing to admit any documents, and in case of neglect or refusal to admit after such notice, the party so neglecting or refusing is liable for all the costs of proving the documents, whatever may be the results, unless the Wreck Commissioner considers that the refusal to admit was reasonable.

  1.  

    (3)   The costs of proving any document is not allowed unless the notice under subregulation (2) has been given.

  1.  

    (4)   At any time before the date appointed for the commencement of the formal investigation, the Wreck Commissioner may hold a preliminary meeting at which any direction may be given or any preliminary or interlocutory order as to the procedure may be made.

  1.  

    (5)   At the time and place appointed for the commencement of the formal investigation, the Wreck Commissioner may proceed with the formal investigation whether the parties upon whom a notice of investigation has been served, or a person who has applied to become a party, or any of them, are present or not, provided that where the party concerned has been served with the notice of investigation by post the Wreck Commissioner shall not proceed with the formal investigation in his or her absence unless satisfied that the party has been served under regulation 8(9).

  1.  

    (6)   The Wreck Commissioner shall hold the formal investigation in public unless he or she is of the opinion that, in the interest of justice or for other good and sufficient reason in the public interest, any part of the evidence, or any argument relating to the evidence, should be heard in private.

11.   Commencement procedure
  1.  

    (1)   The formal investigation commences with an opening statement by the Attorney General, followed, at the discretion of the Wreck Commissioner, with brief speeches on behalf of the other parties.

  1.  

    (2)   The proceedings continue with the production and examination of witnesses on behalf of the Attorney General, and the Attorney General may adduce documentary evidence.

  1.  

    (3)   Witnesses may be cross-examined by the parties in such order as the Wreck Commissioner directs and be re-examined on behalf of the Attorney General.

  1.  

    (4)   The Attorney General shall cause to be stated, the questions relating to the casualty, and to the conduct of persons connected with the casualty, upon which the opinion of the Wreck Commissioner is required.

  1.  

    (5)   In framing the questions for the opinion of the Wreck Commissioner the Attorney General may make such modifications in, additions to, or omissions from, the questions as set out in the notice of investigation or subsequent notices as, having regard to the evidence which has been given, the Attorney General considers fit.

12.   Further procedures
  1.  

    (1)   Any other party to the formal investigation is entitled to make a further opening statement, to give evidence, to adduce documentary evidence, to call witnesses, to cross-examine any witnesses called by any other party and to address the Wreck Commissioner in such order as the Wreck Commissioner directs.

  1.  

    (2)   The Attorney General may produce and examine further witnesses who may be cross-examined by the parties and re-examined by the Attorney General.

  1.  

    (3)   A party who does not appear in person at a formal investigation and is not represented may make representations in writing to the Wreck Commissioner and such written representations may be read out at the formal investigation on behalf of the party, subject to the approval of the Wreck Commissioner.

13.   Opportunity to make defence

Every formal investigation must be conducted in such manner that where substantial criticism is made against any person, that person has an opportunity of making his or her defence either in person or otherwise.

14.   Closing address
  1.  

    (1)   Any of the parties may, after completion of the taking of evidence, address the Wreck Commissioner on the evidence and the Attorney General may address the Wreck Commissioner in reply on the whole case.

  1.  

    (2)   After an address in reply on the whole case, the Wreck Commissioner may permit or invite an officer of whose conduct substantial criticism has been made during the formal investigation to make a final statement as to why, in the event of a finding that his or her conduct caused or contributed to the casualty, his or her certificate of competency should not be cancelled or suspended, or as to why he or she should not be censured.

15.   Adjournment

The Wreck Commissioner may adjourn the formal investigation from time to time and from place to place, and where an adjournment is requested by any party to the formal investigation, the Wreck Commissioner may impose such terms as to payment of costs or otherwise, as he or she thinks just, as a condition of granting the adjournment.

16.   Results of formal investigation

At the end of the formal investigation the Wreck Commissioner shall —

  1.  

    (a)     in any case where an officer's certificate is in issue, give his or her decision concerning the certificate in public; and

  1.  

    (b)     whether or not a certificate is in issue, make a report on the formal investigation to the Minister including his or her and the assessors' findings as to the reasons for the casualty or as to any particular matter relating to the casualty, or as to the conduct of any person implicated in the casualty, and the reasons for suspending or cancelling an officer's certificate.

17.   Report
  1.  

    (1)   Each assessor shall sign the report with or without reservations, or state in writing his or her dissent from the report and give his or her reasons for dissent, and the dissent and reasons, if any, shall be forwarded to the Minister with the report.

  1.  

    (2)   The Minister shall, unless in the interests of justice or otherwise in the public interest there are good reasons to the contrary, cause each party to the formal investigation to be given a copy of the whole or, where appropriate, a relevant part of the report.

  1.  

    (3)   Further copies of the report shall not be released until the Minister is satisfied that the parties have had reasonable time to receive copies of the report.

18.   Cost of the formal investigation

Where the Wreck Commissioner makes any order as to the costs of the formal investigation and of any of the parties at the formal investigation or with regard to the parties by whom these costs are to be paid, he or she shall state in the report the reasons for making such an order.

PART 3
INQUIRY INTO FITNESS OR CONDUCT
19.   Assessors for inquiry into fitness or conduct
  1.  

    (1)   An inquiry into fitness and conduct under section 442 of the Act shall be conducted by a Wreck Commissioner, with the assistance of one or more assessors, in accordance with section 439 of the Act.

  1.  

    (2)   For the purposes of section 439 of the Act, an assessor must be suitably qualified to assess the competence of a master, mate or engineer to discharge the duties and responsibilities commensurate with his or her certificate or licence.

20.   Notice of inquiry into fitness or conduct
  1.  

    (1)   When the Minister causes an inquiry to be held, a Wreck Commissioner shall cause a notice of inquiry to be served in writing on the master, mate or engineer who holds a certificate or licence under section 111 or 113 of the Act who shall be made a party to the inquiry.

  1.  

    (2)   Service of a notice of inquiry must be effected at least thirty days before the date fixed for the inquiry either by serving the master, mate or engineer who holds a certificate or licence personally or by sending the notice of inquiry to his or her last known address by registered post or by a recorded delivery service.

  1.  

    (3)   The notice of inquiry must state —

    1.  

      (a)     the facts giving rise to the inquiry;

    1.  

      (b)     the grounds under sections 114(1) and 442(1) of the Act for the suspension of the certificate or licence of the master, mate or engineer to whom the notice is addressed;

    1.  

      (c)     the time and date when, and the place where, the inquiry is to be held;

    1.  

      (d)     the rights of the master, mate or engineer under regulation 22(2) and (3).

21.   Holding of inquiry into fitness or conduct
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), at the time and the place appointed for holding the inquiry the Wreck Commissioner may proceed with the inquiry in the absence of the master, mate or engineer who holds the certificate or licence, any other party, or any person who has applied to become a party.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the master, mate or engineer who holds the certificate or licence has been served with the notice of inquiry by post, the Wreck Commissioner shall not proceed with the inquiry in his or her absence unless satisfied that the master, mate or engineer has been served under regulation 20(1) and (2).

  1.  

    (3)   Any other person, not being the master, mate or engineer concerned, may, with the leave of the Wreck Commissioner, become a party to the inquiry.

  1.  

    (4)   The inquiry must be held in public unless the Wreck Commissioner is satisfied that in the interests of justice, or for other good and sufficient reason in the public interest, any part of the evidence or any argument relating to the evidence may be heard in private.

22.   Procedure at inquiry into fitness or conduct
  1.  

    (1)   The proceedings at the inquiry shall commence with the presentation, on behalf of the Director, of the case against the master, mate or engineer who holds the certificate or licence.

  1.  

    (2)   The master, mate or engineer concerned has the right —

    1.  

      (a)     to defend himself or herself in person or otherwise;

    1.  

      (b)     to admit the grounds of the inquiry in whole or in part before or at any time after the commencement of the inquiry.

  1.  

    (3)   Where there is more than one ground for the inquiry, the admission by the master, mate or engineer to all or any part of a ground under subregulation (2)(b) is without prejudice to his or her right to defend himself or herself against any other ground to which he or she does not admit.

  1.  

    (4)   Any party to the inquiry has the right in person or by a representative to make an opening statement, call witnesses, cross-examine witnesses called by other parties or on behalf of the Director, tender evidence other than oral evidence and address the Wreck Commissioner in such order as the Wreck Commissioner directs.

  1.  

    (5)   Where a party does not appear in person at the inquiry and is not represented by another person, he or she may make representations in writing to the Wreck Commissioner and such written representations shall be read out at the inquiry by or on behalf of the Wreck Commissioner.

  1.  

    (6)   Without prejudice to the admission of documents as secondary evidence allowed by statute or otherwise, affidavits, depositions, statutory declarations and other written evidence must, unless the Wreck Commissioner considers it unjust, be accepted as evidence at the inquiry.

  1.  

    (7)   The Wreck Commissioner may postpone or adjourn the hearing of the inquiry for such period as he or she considers fit either of his or her own motion or upon the application of any party.

23.   Report of inquiry into fitness or conduct
  1.  

    (1)   The Wreck Commissioner shall, at the conclusion of the inquiry or as soon as possible thereafter, announce his or her decision in public.

  1.  

    (2)   Each assessor shall either sign the report with or without reservations, or state in writing his or her dissent from the report and his or her reasons for such dissent, and any such reservations or dissent and reasons must be forwarded to the Minister with the report.

  1.  

    (3)   The Wreck Commissioner shall inform the master, mate or engineer who holds the certificate or licence, in writing, of the decision of the Wreck Commissioner if the master, mate or engineer was not present when that decision was announced and make a copy of the report available to the master, mate or engineer.

  1.  

    (4)   A copy of the report must be made available to any party to the inquiry upon request made to the Minister.

PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS
24.   Rehearing

Where the Minister orders the whole or any part of an inquiry or formal investigation to be reheard under section 443 of the Act, the rehearing must be conducted in accordance with these Regulations.

Schedule

(Regulation 8)

SPECIAL SKILLS OR KNOWLEDGE OF ASSESSORS

1.     Mercantile Marine Masters

  1.  

    (a)     must be in possession of a Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) (Class 1) (Master Mariner) (or its equivalent) and have had command of a vessel for at least 2 years;

  1.  

    (b)     must have a wide knowledge of all modern aids to navigation;

  1.  

    (c)     must not be more than 70 years of age.

2.     Mercantile Marine Engineers

  1.  

    (a)     must be in possession of a Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer) (Class 1) (or its equivalent) and have been the Chief Engineer Officer of a ship for at least 2 years;

  1.  

    (b)     must have a wide knowledge of matters relating to marine engineering;

  1.  

    (c)     must not be more than 70 years of age.

3.     Coast Guard

  1.  

    (a)     must have had rank of Lieutenant Commander and 2 years service in that rank in a Saint Lucia Guard Ship at sea; and

  1.  

    (b)     must not be more than 70 years of age.

4.     Persons of special skill or knowledge

  1.  

    (a)     Naval architects;

  1.  

    (b)     persons with managerial or other experience.

Shipping (Medical Fitness) Regulations – Section 172

(Statutory Instrument 70/2016)

Statutory Instrument 70/2016 .. in force 25 July 2016

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application
4.Recognition of duly qualified medical practitioners
5.Requirement for medical fitness certificate
6.Medical examination
7.Conduct of medical examination
8.Assessment of fitness
9.Issuance of medical fitness certificate
10.Recognition of medical fitness certificate issued abroad
11.Period of validity
12.Suspension or cancellation of medical fitness certificate
13.Review
14.Inspection, production of documents and detention
15.Other offences
16.Transitional
Schedule 1
Schedule 2
Schedule 3
Schedule 4
Schedule 5
Schedule 6
SHIPPING (MEDICAL FITNESS) REGULATIONS – SECTION 172

Commencement [25 July 2016]

1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Medical Fitness) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation

In these Regulations —

Act” means the Shipping Act;

duly qualified medical practitioner” has the meaning assigned under section 2 of the Act;

chemical” means any liquid product listed in any international instrument relating to the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and includes products not listed in the international instrument but which have been accepted for carriage in chemical tankers by IMO;

GT” means gross tonnage as determined in accordance with the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations;

medical fitness certificate” means a medical fitness certificate issued under regulation 9;

IMO” means the International Maritime Organization;

offshore installation” means a fixed or floating platform capable of engaging in operations for the exploration or exploitation of resources beneath the seabed, whether on location or not.

3.   Application
  1.  

    (1)   These Regulations apply to sea-going Saint Lucian ships.

  1.  

    (2)   Notwithstanding subregulation (1), regulations 13 and 14 apply to sea-going foreign ships when they are in a Saint Lucia port or Saint Lucian waters, being ships which are of 100 GT or over other than fishing vessels and pleasure craft and offshore installations whilst on their working stations.

  1.  

    (3)   These Regulations do not apply to the employment of —

    1.  

      (a)     a pilot who is not a member of the crew;

    1.  

      (b)     a person employed on board a ship or offshore installation solely in connection with the construction, alteration, repair or testing of the ship or offshore installation, its machinery or equipment, and not engaged in the navigation of the ship or offshore installation;

    1.  

      (c)     a person solely employed in work directly related to —

      1.  

        (i)     the exploration of the seabed or subsoil or the exploitation of their natural resources,

      1.  

        (ii)     the storage of gas in or under the seabed or the recovery of gas so stored,

      1.  

        (iii)     the laying, inspection, testing, repair, alteration, renewal or removal of any submarine telegraph cable, or

      1.  

        (iv)     pipe-line works, including the assembling, inspecting, testing, maintaining, adjusting, repairing, altering, renewing, changing the position of, or dismantling of a pipe-line or length of pipe-line,

    1.  

           who is not engaged in the navigation of the ship or offshore installation or in the deck, engine room, radio, medical or catering department of that ship or offshore installation;

    1.  

      (d)     a person employed in a port who is not ordinarily employed at sea; or

    1.  

      (e)     a person employed on board a ship or offshore installation solely to provide goods, personal services or entertainment on board who is not employed by the owner or the person employing the master of the ship and has no emergency safety responsibilities.

4.   Recognition of duly qualified medical practitioners
  1.  

    (1)   A duly qualified medical practitioner may be recognized to conduct a medical examination of a seafarer and issue a medical fitness certificate under these Regulations if he or she —

    1.  

      (a)     has experience in general and occupational medicine or maritime occupational medicine;

    1.  

      (b)     has knowledge of the living and working conditions on board ships and the job demands on seafarers in so far as they relate to the effects of health problems on fitness for work, gained wherever possible through special instruction and through knowledge based on personal experience of seafaring;

    1.  

      (c)     has facilities for the conduct of examinations that are conveniently situated for access by seafarers and enable all the requirements of the medical fitness examination to be met and conducted with respect for confidentiality, modesty and cleanliness;

    1.  

      (d)     is familiar with the latest edition of the International Medical Guide for Ships, or an equivalent medical guide for use on ships.

  1.  

    (2)   The Minister shall maintain a list of recognized duly qualified medical practitioners.

  1.  

    (3)   The list maintained under subregulation (2) must be made available to competent authorities in other countries, companies and seafarers' organizations on request.

5.   Requirement for medical fitness certificate
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to this regulation, a seafarer shall not work on a ship unless that seafarer holds of a valid medical fitness certificate issued under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A seafarer who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to a term of imprisonment not exceeding 2 years or to both.

  1.  

    (3)   Notwithstanding subregulation (1), a seafarer —

    1.  

      (a)     who has served at sea on a Saint Lucian ship at any time during one year immediately preceding the coming into force of these Regulations may continue his or her seagoing employment without a medical fitness certificate for a period of one year from the date of commencement of these Regulations;

    1.  

      (b)     whose medical fitness certificate expires while he or she is in a location where medical examination in accordance with these Regulations is impracticable, may continue to be employed without a medical fitness certificate for a period not exceeding 3 months from the date of expiry of the medical fitness certificate.

6.   Medical examination
  1.  

    (1)   In order for a seafarer to obtain a medical fitness certificate he or she shall be examined by a recognized duly qualified medical practitioner.

  1.  

    (2)   A seafarer who is being examined by a recognized duly qualified medical practitioner shall —

    1.  

      (a)     produce personal identification;

    1.  

      (b)     reveal to the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner if he or she has been issued with a medical fitness certificate indicating that he or she failed a medical examination by another recognized duly qualified medical practitioner.

  1.  

    (3)   A seafarer —

    1.  

      (a)     who is below the age of 18 years is required to have a yearly medical examination;

    1.  

      (b)     who is 18 years of age or over is required to have a medical examination at an interval not exceeding 2 years;

    1.  

      (c)     who serves on a bulk chemical carrier is required to have a medical examination at a yearly or more frequent interval, according to the nature of the cargo.

7.   Conduct of medical examination
  1.  

    (1)   A recognized duly qualified medical practitioner who conducts a medical examination shall take into account the vision standards set out in Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (2)   The recognized duly qualified medical practitioner shall be satisfied in each case that —

    1.  

      (a)     no disease or defect is present which could either be aggravated by working at sea or represent an unacceptable health risk to the seafarer, other crew or the safety of the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     no condition is present which is likely to lead to problems during voyages and no treatment is being followed which might cause adverse side effects.

  1.  

    (3)   Notwithstanding subregulations (1) and (2), the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner shall take into account occupational circumstances which apply at sea including —

    1.  

      (a)     the potentially hazardous nature of seafaring, which calls for a high standard of health and continuing fitness;

    1.  

      (b)     the restricted medical facilities likely to be available onboard a ship;

    1.  

      (c)     the possible difficulty of providing or replacing required medication;

    1.  

      (d)     the confined nature of life onboard a ship and the need to be able to live and work in a closed community;

    1.  

      (e)     the limited crew complements which mean that illness of one crew member may place a burden on others or impair the safe and efficient working of the ship;

    1.  

      (f)     the potential need for crew members to play a role in an emergency drill, which may involve strenuous activity in adverse conditions;

    1.  

      (g)     since many seafarers will need to join and leave ships by air, the need for a seafarer to be free from any condition which precludes air travel or could be seriously affected by it, such as pneumothorax or conditions which are predisposed to barotrauma.

  1.  

    (4)   A recognized duly qualified medical practitioner may, with the consent of the seafarer, consult with the seafarer's doctor, and when it is necessary to consult with the seafarer's doctor the usual ethical considerations apply, but the decision on medical fitness rests with the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner.

  1.  

    (5)   A recognized duly qualified medical practitioner who conducts a medical examination under this regulation shall —

    1.  

      (a)     make a report of each medical examination in the form set out in Schedule 2; and

    1.  

      (b)     retain the report under paragraph (a) for a period of 6 years.

8.   Assessment of fitness
  1.  

    (1)   In assessing whether or not the seafarer is fit in terms of the medical and vision standards —

    1.  

      (a)     the seafarer may be assessed as fit in category —

      1.  

        (i)     A, for unrestricted sea service,

      1.  

        (ii)     A(T), for unrestricted sea service, subject to medical surveillance,

      1.  

        (iii)     B, for restricted sea service only, with the restriction being clearly specified on the medical fitness certificate;

    1.  

      (b)     the seafarer may be assessed as not fit in category —

      1.  

        (i)     C, temporarily, subject to review in 4 weeks,

      1.  

        (ii)     D, indefinitely, subject to review in 6 months,

      1.  

        (iii)     E, permanently.

  1.  

    (2)   A seafarer assessed as fit in category A(T) is considered fit for all shipping trades, geographical areas, types of ships or jobs but medical surveillance is required at intervals and the medical fitness certificate should be validated only for the appropriate period which should take into account the expected duration of the tour of duty.

  1.  

    (3)   A seafarer assessed as fit in category B for restricted service is restricted to certain shipping trades, geographical areas, types of ships or jobs for such period of time as stipulated in the medical fitness certificate.

  1.  

    (4)   Before assessing a seafarer as not fit in category E permanently, a recognized duly qualified medical practitioner shall make full use of categories B, C and D, conduct a full investigation and consideration of the case and discuss the matter with the seafarer.

  1.  

    (5)   A recognized duly qualified medical practitioner shall have regard to the categories specified for the diseases set out in Schedule 3.

  1.  

    (6)   Where a recognized duly qualified medical practitioner assesses a seafarer as not fit under subregulation (1)(b), he or she shall give the seafarer notice in the form set out in Schedule 4.

9.   Issuance of medical fitness certificate

Where, upon medical examination, the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner assesses the seafarer as fit for sea service under regulation 8(1)(a), he or she shall issue a medical fitness certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5.

10.   Recognition of medical fitness certificate issued abroad

Where the laws of any other State provide for the medical examination for, and grant of, medical fitness certificates to seafarers, and the Minister is satisfied that all medical examinations and related requirements for the medical examination in that other State are such as to be equally effective as the medical examination and related requirements under these Regulations, the Minister may deem the medical fitness certificate granted in accordance with the laws of that State to be at least equivalent to a medical fitness certificate granted under these Regulations.

11.   Period of validity

A medical fitness certificate issued under regulation 9 is valid commencing from the date of issue of the medical fitness certificate —

  1.  

    (a)     in the case of a seafarer under 18 years of age, for one year;

  1.  

    (b)     in the case of a seafarer 18 years of age or over, for 2 years;

  1.  

    (c)     in the case of colour vision certificates, for a maximum of 6 years.

12.   Suspension or cancellation of medical fitness certificate
  1.  

    (1)   A recognized duly qualified medical practitioner may suspend or cancel a medical fitness certificate under subregulation (2) if he or she has reasonable grounds for believing that —

    1.  

      (a)     there has been a significant change in the medical fitness of a seafarer during the period of validity of his or her medical fitness certificate; or

    1.  

      (b)     when the medical fitness certificate was issued the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner, had he or she been in possession of full details of the seafarer's condition, could not reasonably have considered that the seafarer was fit, having regard to the medical standards referred to in regulation 7; or

    1.  

      (c)     the medical fitness certificate was issued otherwise than in accordance with these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a ground under subregulation (1) exists, the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner may —

    1.  

      (a)     suspend the validity of the certificate until the seafarer has undergone a further medical examination;

    1.  

      (b)     suspend the certificate for such period as he or she considers the seafarer will remain unfit to go to sea; or

    1.  

      (c)     cancel the certificate where he or she considers that the seafarer is likely to remain permanently unfit to go to sea.

  1.  

    (3)   A recognized duly qualified medical practitioner shall notify the seafarer in writing of the suspension or cancellation of a medical fitness certificate.

13.   Review
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), a seafarer —

    1.  

      (a)     who has served at sea on a Saint Lucian ship at any time during the 2 years immediately preceding the date on which these Regulations come into operation; or

    1.  

      (b)     who has held a valid medical fitness certificate at any time during the 2 years immediately preceding an assessment of not fit or suspension or cancellation of a medical fitness certificate,

who is aggrieved by the assessment of a recognized duly qualified medical practitioner or the suspension of a medical fitness certificate for a period of more than 3 months or cancellation of a medical fitness certificate under regulation 12, may apply to the Director or if the Director so directs, the Registrar, for the matter to be reviewed by a medical referee appointed by the Director.

  1.  

    (2)   An application for a review must —

    1.  

      (a)     be made in the form set out in Schedule 6;

    1.  

      (b)     be submitted within one month of the date on which the seafarer is given notice of the refusal, imposition of a restriction, suspension or cancellation of a medical fitness certificate, or such longer period as the Director determines, where the delay is caused by the seafarer's employment onboard ship away from Saint Lucia; and

    1.  

      (c)     include the applicant's consent for the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner responsible for the assessment of fitness, suspension or cancellation of a medical fitness certificate to provide a report to the medical referee, and specify the name and address of that practitioner.

  1.  

    (3)   The medical referee to whom the matter is referred by the Director or if the Director so directs, the Registrar, shall —

    1.  

      (a)     obtain a report from the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner by whom the applicant was examined and shall examine the medical condition of the applicant;

    1.  

      (b)     where the applicant so requests, disclose to the applicant the report of the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner and any other evidence not produced by the applicant himself, but such disclosure is not required to be made, where the medical referee considers that disclosure would be harmful to the applicant's health;

    1.  

      (c)     have regard to any relevant medical evidence, whether produced by the applicant, his or her employer, or otherwise, and whether or not disclosed as aforesaid.

  1.  

    (4)   In the light of the medical evidence before him or her, the medical referee shall, where he or she considers that the applicant is fit having regard to the medical standards referred to in regulation 7, issue to the applicant, a medical fitness certificate.

  1.  

    (5)   Where the medical referee considers that restrictions should be imposed as to capacity or geographical area other than those imposed on the medical fitness certificate issued to the applicant or that any restrictions so imposed should be deleted or varied, he shall issue to the applicant, a revised medical fitness certificate and the former medical fitness certificate ceases to have effect and in any other case, he or she shall notify the applicant of his or her decision.

  1.  

    (6)   An action by the medical referee under subregulation (4) or (5) shall be taken not later than 2 months from the date on which the application for review is submitted to the Director or if the Director so directs, the Registrar, who shall notify the medical referee of the date, or within such longer period as the Director determines.

14.   Inspection, production of documents and detention

An authorised officer may inspect, require the production of any document in relation to, or detain, any ship in accordance with sections 458, 479 and 480 of the Act.

15.   Other offences
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not employ a seafarer in a ship in a capacity or in a geographical area precluded by any restriction in that seafarer's medical fitness certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person shall not employ a seafarer in a ship carrying chemicals in bulk unless that seafarer is the holder of a valid medical fitness certificate issued in respect of a medical examination undertaken not more than 12 months previously, notwithstanding that the period of validity specified in the medical fitness certificate may exceed 12 months.

  1.  

    (3)   An employer who contravenes subregulation (1) or (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to a term of imprisonment not exceeding 2 years or to both.

  1.  

    (4)   In any proceedings for an offence under this regulation it is a defence for the employer to show that all reasonable steps had been taken by him or her to ensure compliance with these Regulations.

16.   Transitional
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), a medical fitness certificate issued before the coming into force of these Regulations is deemed for the purposes of these Regulations to be equivalent to a medical fitness certificate issued under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A medical fitness certificate issued by a recognized duly qualified medical practitioner remains valid from the date of the medical examination only for the appropriate maximum period, according to the age of the seafarer, under regulation 8, or for such lesser period as may be specified in that certificate.

Schedule 1

(Regulation 7(1))

VISION STANDARDS FOR SEAFARERS

1.1     No person should be accepted for training or sea service where any irremediable morbid condition of either eye, or the lids of either eye, is present and liable to risk of aggravation or recurrence.

1.2     Binocular vision is necessary for all categories of seafarers. However, monocular seafarers serving and those who become monocular in service and meet the required standard should be allowed to continue at sea.

1.3     In all cases where visual aids, spectacles or contact lenses, are required for the efficient performance of duties, a spare pair must be carried while seafaring. Where different visual aids are used for distant and near vision, a spare pair of each must be carried.

1.4     Colour Vision for deck officers and ratings is tested with Ishihara plates; using the introductory plate and all the transformation and vanishing plates. Candidates who fail the Ishihara colour plate test may ask for their colour vision to be re-tested using a Holmes Wright B lantern at a nominated centre. For engineer and radio department personnel colour vision is tested using either Ishihara plates (as for deck department) or Farnsworth D15 test or City University test.

TABLE

Category
of seafarer
Basic Visual Acuity Standard – unaidedHigher visual acuity standard
– aided if necessary
NearColourVisual Field
Deck or dual careerBetter eye 6/60Other eye 6/60Better eye 6/6Other eye 6/12N8Ishihara or Lantern 2 milesNo pathological field defect
Engineer/
Radio
6/606/186/18N8Ishihara or Farnsworth D15 or City UniversitySufficient to undertake duties efficiently
OthersSufficient to undertake duties efficiently
Those who become monocular in service with no evidence of progressive eye disease in the remaining eye
Deck6/606/6N8Ishihara or Lantern 2 milesNo pathological field defect
Engineer/ Radio6/606/90N8Ishihara or Farnsworth D15 or City UniversitySufficient to undertake duties efficiently
OthersSufficient to undertake duties efficiently
There should be a sufficient period of adaptation after becoming monocular to enable stairs to be descended rapidly and safely.
Notes
1.     No diplopia, congenital night blindness, retinitis pigmentosa or any other serious or progressive eye disease is permitted.
2.     Where bifocal glasses are worn there should be a period of adaptation first because of the risk of falls.
3.     Where glasses or contact lenses are needed to meet the higher standard, a spare pair (distance and near vision if necessary) should be carried.
4.     Aids to colour vision, e.g. Red-tinted, x-chroma, chromas lenses and chromagen lenses are not permitted.
5.     Seafarers who suffer pathological field defects (i.e. not new entrants, deck officers and monocular seafarers) should have a field of vision at least 120° in the horizontal measured by the Goldman perimeter using the iii/4 setting (equivalent perimetry). In addition, there should be no significant defect in the binocular field which encroaches within 20° of fixation above or below the meridian. Homonymous or bi-temporal defects which come close to fixation where hemianopic or quadrantopic are not accepted.
6.     Where the vision standard in this Schedule is marginally higher than the previous standard, seafarers in service before the date of publication of this Schedule may continue to be assessed according to the old standard, to ensure that serving seafarers are not penalised. This means that the following standards may continue to apply for seafarers already in service —
     .1     deck department personnel required to operate lifting plant: 6/9 for the better eye (as opposed to the new standard of 6/6) for aided visual acuity;
     .2     deck department personnel not required to perform lookout duties or to operate lifting plant: 6/18 for the better eye (as opposed to the new standard of 6/6) for aided visual acuity;
     .3     engineers: 6/60 for the other eye (As opposed to the new standard of 6/18) for aided visual acuity.
Schedule 2

(Regulation 7(5))

FORM OF REPORT OF MEDICAL EXAMINATION
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION REPORT
(This Report comprises 2 pages)
PLEASE COMPLETE CLEARLY IN CAPITAL LETTERS IN BLACK INK OR BY USE OF A TYPEWRITER
Last Name of Applicant:First Name of applicant:Middle Initial
Seafarers Number (if assigned)
Date of Birth:Place of Birth:Sex:
MonthDayYearCityCountry[  ] : Male
[  ] : Female
Examination for Duty As:Mailing Address of Applicant:
[  ] : Master[  ] : Radio Officer
[  ] : Mate[  ] : Rating
[  ] : Engineer
MEDICAL EXAMINATION
Height:Weight:Blood Pressure:Pulse:Respiration:General Appearance:
Vision:Right Eye:Left Eye: Hearing:Hearing
With Glasses
Without Glasses
Right EarLeft Ear
Colour Test Type:[  ]: Book [  ] : LanternCheck if Colour Test is Normal: Yellow Red Green Blue
Head and Neck:Heart (Cardiovascular):
Lungs:Speech (Is speech unimpaired for normal voice communication?):
Extremities:
UpperLower
Is applicant suffering from any disease likely to be aggravated by, or to render him/her unfit for service at sea or likely to endanger the health of other persons on board? (Give further details overleaf if necessary):
This is to certify that a physical examination was given to: [Name of Applicant]
The Shipping (Medical Fitness) Regulations have been/have not been* met and a Medical Certificate has/has not* been issued.
Delete as appropriate and tick box below
A Unrestricted sea service [  ]
A (T) Unrestricted sea service, subject to medical supervision [  ]
B Restrictive Service only [  ]
Details of any Restriction     
    
Period of restriction
C.     Temporarily[  ] (Review in      (max. four) weeks)
D.     Indefinitely[  ] (Review in      (max. six ) months)
E.     Permanently[  ]
Name and Degree of Medical Doctor     
Address     
Name of Medical Doctor's Certificating Authority     
Date of Issue of Medical Doctor's Certificate     
Signature of Medical Doctor     
Date     



    
Signature of ApplicantDate of Application:
The signature should be affixed in the presence of the examining Medical Doctor and signed without touching any of the box lines.
Remarks to or further details of Medical Examination:
(to be completed by examining Medical Doctor)
    
    
    
    
Schedule 3

(Regulation 8(5))

MEDICAL STANDARDS FOR SEAFARERS

3.1     Infectious Diseases

     3.1.1     Gastro-Intestinal Infectious Diseases – until satisfactorily treated – category C. Special care should be taken in respect of catering staff.

     3.1.2     Other Infectious or Contagious Diseases until satisfactorily treated – category C.

     3.1.3     Active Pulmonary Tuberculosis.

     .1     When the examining doctor is satisfied, on the advice of a chest physician, that the lesion is fully healed and that the patient has completed a full course of chemotherapy, then re-entry should be considered. In such cases, Category “A(T)” would be appropriate initially to allow for adequate surveillance.

     .2     Cases where either one or both lungs have been seriously affected are rarely suitable for re-employment. All relapsed cases should be category E.

     3.1.4     Sexually Transmissible Diseases

     .1     All cases of acute infection or while under treatment – category C. Cases under surveillance having finished treatment will usually be fit for normal service but restricted service may be necessary if facilities for supervision are inadequate.

          In all cases evidence of satisfactory tests of cure should be produced.

     3.1.5     AIDS related complex and clinical AIDS – All confirmed cases – category E.

3.2     Malignant Neoplasms

     3.2.1     Malignant Neoplasms – including Lymphoma, Leukemia and similar conditions.

     3.2.2     Each case should be graded on diagnosis – category D. Later progression to Categories A, A(T), B or C should be dependent on assessment of progress, prognosis, measure of disability and the need for surveillance following treatment. No unrestricted category A grading should be given within 5 years of completion of treatment, except in cases of skin cancer.

3.3     Endocrine and Metabolic Diseases

     3.3.1     Serving seafarers developing thyroid disease – for investigation – category C, then category A, A (T), B or C on case assessment.

     3.3.2     All other cases of endocrine disease in serving seafarers – for investigation – category C upon which assessment will depend.

     3.3.3     Diabetes Mellitus —

     .1     all cases requiring insulin – category E;

     .2     serving seafarers whose diabetes is controlled by food restriction; an initial period of 6 months should be allowed to achieve stabilization – category D. Thereafter, to be subject to medical review at appropriate intervals. The current treatment regimen should be confirmed with the general practitioner at each review. (Category A (T));

     .3     serving seafarers requiring hypoglycemic agents: an initial period of 6 months should be allowed to achieve stabilization – category D. Thereafter, in the absence of any complication, service may be considered subject to 6 monthly medical reviews and assessment for suitable job and sea trade. (Category A (T) on assessment).

     3.3.4     Obesity – A general degree of obesity, with or without complications, and adversely affecting exercise tolerance, mobility and general health – category C for treatment.

          Refractory or relapsing cases – category E.

          Note: When a body mass index (BMI – weight in kg/height in m2) is 30 or over, it is especially important to take into account other existing risk factors for mobility and mortality.

3.4     Diseases of the Blood and Blood Forming Organs

     3.4.1     There should not be any significant disease of the haemopoetic system.

     3.4.2     Unexplained or symptomatic anaemia – category C, then category A, A(T), B or E on case assessment.

3.5     Mental Disorders

     3.5.1     Acute Psychosis – whether organic, schizophrenic, manic depressive or any other psychosis listed in the International Classification of Diseases – category E.

     3.5.2     Alcohol Abuse (Dependency) – where persistent and affecting health by causing physical or behavioural disorder – category E.

     3.5.3     Drug Dependence

     .1     A history of abuse of drugs or substances within the last 5 years – category E.

     .2     Neurosis – e.g. – Anxiety state, depression, or any other mental disorder likely to impair safe performance at sea – category C, for assessment. Chronic or recurrent – category E.

3.6     Diseases of the Nervous System and Sense Organs

     3.6.1     .1     Organic Nervous Disease – especially those conditions causing defect of muscular power, balance, mobility and co-ordination – category E

     .2     Some minor localized disorders not causing symptoms of incapacity and unlikely to progress, may be – category A.

     3.6.2     Epilepsy

     .1     Any type of epilepsy since the age of 5 years – category E.

     .2     A single fit in a serving seafarer – category C for investigation. Then, providing that the post medical history is clear and investigation has shown no abnormality; re-entry can be considered after 1 year without seizure without treatment or after 1 year without seizure following the cessation of treatment.

     .3     Serving seafarers who have had cranial surgery or significant traumatic brain damage – category D for 12 months – then category A, B or E on case assessment.

     3.6.3     Migraine – slight infrequent attacks responding quickly to treatment – category A. Frequent attacks causing incapacity – category E.

     3.6.4     Syncope or Other Disturbances of Consciousness for assessment – category C. Recurrent attacks with complete or partial loss of consciousness – category E.

     3.6.5     Ménière's Disease – category E.

3.7     Cardiovascular System

     3.7.1     The Cardiovascular System should be free from acute or chronic disease causing significant disability —

     .1     Valvular disease – causing significant impairment or having required surgery – category E.

     .2     Satisfactorily treated patent ductus arteriosus or arterial septal defect could be accepted.

     3.7.2     Hypertension

     .1     All cases for investigation – category C.

     .2     Serving seafarers with hypertension whose blood pressure can be maintained below 170/100mm by dietary control – category A (T) for annual assessment.

     .3     Serving seafarers whose blood pressure can be maintained below 170/100mm by anti hypertension therapy without significant side effect – category B; category A(T) to allow for health surveillance and to ensure that arrangements have been made for continuation of treatment.

     .4     All other cases – category E.

     3.7.3     Ischaemic Heart Disease

     .1     A history of Coronary Thrombosis Myocardial infarction – category E.

     .2     Confirmed Angina – category E.

     3.7.4     Other Cardiovascular Disorders

          Any clinically significant abnormality of rate or rhythm or disorder of conduction – category E.

     3.7.5     Cerebro-vascular Disease

     .1     Any cerebro-vascular accident including transient ischaemic attacks – category E.

     .2     General cerebral arteriosclerosis including dementia and senility – category E.

     3.7.6     Diseases of Arteries

          A history of intermittent claudication – including any case where vascular surgery was required – category E.

     3.7.7     Disease of Veins

     .1     Varicose Veins B slight degree – A. Moderate degree without symptoms or oedema may be A, but with symptoms – category C for treatment. Recurrent after operation, with symptoms – category D for further surgical opinion or, where not suitable for further treatment – category E.

     .2     Chronic varicose ulceration – E. Thin unhealthy scars of healed ulcers or unhealthy skin of varicose eczema – category E.

     .3     Recurrent or persistent deep vein thrombosis or thrombophlebitis – category E.

     .4     Haemorrhoids – not prolapsed, bleeding or causing symptoms – category A. Other cases should be category C until satisfactory treatment has been obtained.

     .5     Varicocoele – symptomless – category A. With symptoms – category D for surgical opinion.

3.8     Respiratory System

     The respiratory system should be free from acute or chronic disease causing significant disability.

     3.8.1     Acute Sinusitis – until resolved – category C.

     3.8.2     Chronic Sinusitis – where disabling and frequently relapsing despite treatment – category E.

     3.8.3     Nasal Obstruction, septal abnormality or polypus – until satisfactorily treated – category C.

     3.8.4     Throat Infections – a history of frequent sore throats or unhealthy tonsils with adenitis – until satisfactorily treated – category C.

     3.8.5     Chronic Bronchitis or Emphysema – class depends on severity. Mild uncomplicated cases with good exercise tolerance may be – category A, but cases with recurrent illness causing significant disability in relation to the job should be – category E.

     3.8.6     Bronchial Asthma – category C, for investigation. Where confirmed – category E subject to consideration of exceptions as follows —

     .1     a history of bronchial asthma resolving, without recurrence, before the age of 16 may be disregarded.

     .2     Well controlled asthma (confirmed by investigation and appropriate supporting evidence) treated with inhaled medication only and without a history of exacerbation requiring hospital admission or oral steroids, and subject to suitable follow up – category A (T) or E.

     3.8.7     Occupational Asthma to avoid the allergen – category B.

     3.8.8     Pneumothorax – All cases to be classified – category D for at least 12 months. With recurrences – category E.

3.9     Disease of the Digestive System

     3.9.1     Diseases of the Oral Cavity —

     .1     Mouth or gum infection until satisfactorily treated – category C.

     .2     Dental defects – until satisfactorily treated – category C. Seafarers should be dentally fit.

     3.9.2     Diseases of the Oesophagus, Stomach and Duodenum —

     .1.1     Peptic Ulceration – for investigation – category C.

     .1.2     Cases of proven ulceration should not return to seafaring until they are free from symptoms. There should also be evidence of healing on gastroscopy and the seafarer should have been on an ordinary diet, without treatment, for at least 3 months – category A (T).

     .1.3     Where there has been gastro-intestinal bleeding, perforation or recurrent peptic ulceration, in spite of maintenance H2 blocker treatment, or an unsatisfactory operation result – normally category E.

     .2     Recurrent attacks of Appendicitis – pending surgical removal – category C.

     .3     Non-Infective Enteritis and Colitis – severe or recurrent or requiring special diet – category E.

     .4     Intestinal Stoma – category E.

     3.9.3     Diseases of the Liver and Pancreas —

     .1     Cirrhosis of the Liver – for investigation – category C, then where condition is serious or progressive or where complications such as oesophageal varices or ascites are present – category E.

     .2     Biliary Tract Diseases – after complete surgical cure – category A or A(T) on case assessment.

     .3     Pancreatitis – recurrent pancreatitis and all cases where alcohol is an aetiological factor – category E.

3.10     Diseases of the Genito-urinary System

     3.10.1     All cases of proteinuria, glycosuria or other urinary abnormalities should be referred for investigation.

     3.10.2     Acute Nephritis – until resolved – category C.

     3.10.3     Subacute or Chronic Nephritis or Nephrosis – for investigation – category C, then category B or E on case assessment.

     3.10.4     Acute urinary infection – until satisfactorily treated – category C. Recurrent cases – category B unless full investigation has proved satisfactory.

     3.10.5     Renal or Ureteric Calculus – for investigation and any necessary treatment – category C. An isolated attack of renal colic with passage of small calculus may be – category A after a period of observation, provided urine and renal function remain normal and there is no clinical and radiological evidence of other calculi. Recurrent stone formation – category E.

     3.10.6     Urinary Obstruction B from any cause for investigation – category D, where not remediable – category E.

     3.10.7     Removal of Kidney – in serving seafarers, provided remaining kidney is healthy with normal function – category A(T). Such cases may be unsuitable for service in the tropics or other conditions of high temperature, in which case – category B.

     3.10.8     Renal Transplant – category E.

     3.10.9     Incontinence of Urine for investigation – category C. Where irremediable – category E.

     3.10.10     Enlarged Prostate for investigation – category C.

     3.10.11     Hydrocoele – Small and symptomless – category A. Large or recurrent – category C or, where untreated – category E.

     3.10.12     Abnormality of the Primary and Secondary Sexual Characteristics for investigation – category C, upon which final assessment will depend.

3.11     Obstetrical and Gynaecological Conditions

     3.11.1     There should be no persistent gynaecological disorder or disease affect working capacity at sea.

     3.11.2     Pregnancy

     .2.1     The doctor should discuss with the seafarer the implications of continuing to work at sea, particularly if it is a first pregnancy.

     .2.2     A seafarer with a normal pregnancy before the 28th week may be permitted to work on short haul trips or a long haul trip on a vessel carrying a doctor – to allow for ante-natal care – category B.

     .2.3     Employment shall not be permitted after the 28th week of pregnancy until at least 6 weeks after delivery.

     3.11.3     Abnormal Pregnancy, on diagnosis – category D.

3.12     Skin

     Special care is required in passing fit for care in the tropics where there is a history of skin trouble. Catering staff in particular should have no focus of skin sepsis.

     Any condition liable to be aggravated by heat, sea air, oil, caustics or detergents or specific occupational allergens may be – category A(T), B, C, D or E on case assessment.

     3.12.1     Infections of Skin

     .1     until satisfactorily treated category C.

     .2     Acne – Most cases – category A, but severe pustular cystic acne – category E.

     3.12.2     Other Inflammatory Skin Conditions

     .1     Atopic Dermatitis and Related Conditions until satisfactorily treated – category C.

     .2     Contact Dermatitis. Refer for dermatological opinion – category C.

     .3     Acute Eczema. No seafarer should return to duty until skin is healthy – category C.

     .4     Recurrent Eczema of more than minimal extent – category E.

     .5     Psoriasis – category B. Most cases can be – category A, but some widespread or ulcerated cases should be – category C for treatment. Severe cases resistant to treatment, frequently relapsing or associated with joint disease – category E.

3.13     Musculo-skeletal System

     It is essential that seafarers should not have any defect of the musculo-skeletal system which might interfere with the discharge of their duties; muscular power, balance, mobility and co-ordination should be unimpaired.

     3.13.1     Osteo-arthritis for assessment – category C. Advanced cases where disability is present – category E.

     3.13.2     Limb prothesis normally would not be acceptable.

     3.13.3     Back Pain – recurrent incapacitating back pain – category E.

     3.13.4     Hernia

     .1     Hernia until repaired – category C.

     .2     Diaphragmatic Hernia – to be assessed according to the disability.

3.14     Speech Defects

     3.14.1     Where likely to interfere with communication – category E.

3.15     Hearing

     3.15.1     Acute and Chronic Otitis Externa – category C. Should be completely healed before returning to sea. Care is required for passing fit for tropics.

     3.15.2     Acute Otitis Media – category C. Until satisfactorily treated.

     3.15.3     Chronic Otitis Media – category C. May become category A or B after satisfactory treatment or surgery. Special care is required in passing fit for tropics, where air travel is required, or where the job requires food handling.

     3.15.4     Loss of Hearing – category A; degree of impairment sufficient to interfere with communication – category E.

     3.15.5     Unilateral Complete Loss of Hearing in serving seafarers – assessment of this condition should be considered in relation to the job.

     3.15.6     A serving seafarer in whom impaired hearing acuity is found should be referred for full investigation by an ENT surgeon.

     3.15.7     .1     Hearing Aids. The use of a satisfactory hearing aid at work by certain catering department personnel could be considered where not hearing an instruction would not result in a danger to the seafarer or others. The hearing aid should be sufficiently effective to allow communication at normal conversational tones.

     .2     The use of a hearing aid by those working in, or associated with, the deck or engine room departments, including electricians and radio officers, should not be permitted.

Schedule 4

(Regulation 8(6))

FORM OF NOTICE OF FAILURE TO MEET MEDICAL FITNESS STANDARDS FOR SEAFARERS

NOTICE OF FAILURE TO MEET MEDICAL FITNESS STANDARDS FOR SEAFARERS

TO:
Full Name     
Seafarers Number     
I have examined you in accordance with the standards of fitness for seafarers, as contained in the Shipping (Medical Fitness) Regulations and found that you are —
†     *     A(T)     Fit for full range of duties but for restricted period only
†     *     B     Fit for restricted service only
†          C     Temporarily unfit for service: For review in      (max. 4)
weeks.
†          D     Indefinitely unfit for sea service. For review in      (max. 6)
months.
†          E     Permanently unfit for service
For the following reasons:     
    
    
Official Stamp
Signed     
Name     
(Recognized duly qualified medical practitioner)
Date of Examination (dd/mm/yyyy)     
*     Restrictions, where applicable, are to be detailed in the Medical Fitness Certificate
†     delete whichever is not applicable
Note: Any application for review of the above decision must be lodged in writing on the prescribed form within one month of the date of the examination to Director or if the Director so directs, the Registrar.
Schedule 5

(Regulation 9)

FORM OF MEDICAL FITNESS CERTIFICATE

MEDICAL FITNESS CERTIFICATE

ISSUED UNDER THE SHIPPING (MEDICAL FITNESS) REGULATIONS

Seafarer's Name     
Seafarer's Number     
Date of expiry of this Certificate (dd/mm/yyy)     
This certificate is valid for one year, from date of issue, for seafarers under 18 years of age and for 2 years for seafarers 18 years of age or over.
I certify that I have examined the seafarer named above to the Medical and Visual Standards for Seafarers as contained in the Schedules 1 and 3 of the above-named Regulations and have found *him or her fit for seafaring subject to the following restrictions: *Delete as appropriate
Restrictions:
Official Stamp
Signed     
Name     
(Recognized duly qualified medical practitioner)
Date of Examination (dd/mm/yyyy)     
The original or certified copy of the physical report must accompany an application for a Seafarers Document/Certificate. A duplicate copy clearly labelled 'certified copy' on its face and initialled by the examining Medical Doctor must be maintained by the applicant as evidence of physical qualification while serving on board a vessel.
Schedule 6

(Regulation 13(2))

FORM OF APPLICATION FOR REVIEW
APPLICATION FOR REVIEW OF:
ASSESSMENT
*Refuse to issue a Medical Certificate
*Impose Restriction on Medical Certificate
*Suspend or Cancel Medical Certificate
(Delete whichever is inapplicable)
I hereby apply for a review of the above decision and request that arrangements be made for me to be examined by an independent medical referee.
I agree that a report of my case may be submitted to the medical referee by the recognized duly qualified medical practitioner.
I understand that I am entitled to present any medical evidence available to me in support of my case and agree to any medical report prepared by the examining doctor being made available to the medical referee.
Signed     
(Name in block letters)
Address     
Telephone No.     
NOTE. Before lodging an appeal you are advised to consult your usual medical practitioner and, should you wish to submit medical evidence in support of the appeal, you should arrange for this to be sent to the medical referee before the appointment date.
You will be advised of the name and address of the referee and the date for your appointment as soon as this has been arranged.
Shipping (Load Lines) Regulations – Section 309

(Statutory Instrument 97/2019)

Statutory Instrument 97/2019 .. in force 1 July 2019

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PRELIMINARY

1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application

PART I
DECK LINE, LOAD LINE MARK AND LOAD LINE

4.Description and position of deck line
5.Description of load line mark and load lines
6.Load line for seasonal zone, area and period
7.Position of load line
8.Marking of appropriate marks
9.Mark of Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister

PART II
ASSIGNMENT OF FREEBOARD AND CONDITION OF ASSIGNMENT

10.Assignment of freeboard
11.Correction of freeboard for deck line under regulation 4(2)
12.Condition of assignment
13.Record of particulars
14.Circumstances in which ship fails to comply with condition of assignment
15.Equivalents
16.Notice of draught and freeboard
17.Information as to the stability of a ship
18.Information as to loading and ballast of a ship

PART III
INITIAL SURVEY, RENEWAL SURVEY AND ANNUAL SURVEY

19.Survey of ship
20.Initial survey
21.Renewal survey
22.Annual survey

PART IV
LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE AND EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

23.Application for Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
24.Form of Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
25.Duration of Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
26.Extension of Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
27.Cancellation of Load Line Certificate
28.Termination of Exemption Certificate
29.Notice of cancellation or termination and representation
30.Validity of foreign certificates

PART V
MISCELLANEOUS

31.Deck lower than freeboard deck
32.Determination of freeboard deck and freeboard if valid certificate cannot be produced
33.Detention
Schedule 1
Schedule 2
Schedule 3
Schedule 4
Schedule 5
Schedule 6
Schedule 7
SHIPPING (LOAD LINE) REGULATIONS – SECTION 309

Commencement [1 July 2019]

PRELIMINARY
1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation

In these Regulations —

Act” means the Shipping Act, Cap. 13.27;

amidships”, in relation to a ship, means the middle of the ship's length (L);

appropriate load line” means a load line described under regulation 5(3), 6 or 28;

appropriate marks” means a deck line, load line mark and load line;

Caribbean Trading Area” means the area bounded by a line from a point on the east coast of the United States of America in latitude 35°00' north, to a point 5°00' south, 33°00' west; thence to a point 10°00' south, 33°00' west; thence to a point on the coast of Brazil in latitude 10°00' south; then northward along the coast of Continental America to a point in latitude 35°00' north, on the east coast of the United States of America;

condition of assignment” means the condition relating to construction, arrangement and stability with which a ship must comply in order to be assigned a freeboard;

Director” means the Director of Maritime Affairs appointed under section 4 of the Act;

Exemption Certificate” means —

  1.  

    (a)     an International Load Line Exemption Certificate; and

  1.  

    (b)     a Saint Lucian Local Load Line Exemption Certificate;

freeboard” means the distance measured vertically downwards at amidships from the upper edge of the deck line described in regulation 4 to the position at which the upper edge of the load line appropriate to the freeboard is to be marked;

freeboard deck” means —

  1.  

    (a)     the deck from which a freeboard is assigned to a ship calculated as the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea, which has permanent means of closing all openings exposed to the weather, and below which all openings in the sides of the ship are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing;

  1.  

    (b)     a deck lower than the deck under paragraph (a) that is approved by the Director on the request of an owner under regulation 31; or

  1.  

    (c)     a deck under regulation 32;

International Load Line Certificate (1966)” means an appropriate certificate issued under section 311(1)(a) of the Act;

International Load Line Exemption Certificate” means an appropriate certificate issued under section 318(2)(a) of the Act;

length (L)” in relation to a ship means the greater of the following distances —

  1.  

    (a)     ninety-six per cent of the total length on a waterline at eighty-five per cent of the least moulded depth measured from the top of the keel; or

  1.  

    (b)     the length from the fore-side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that water line,

where the stem contour is concave above the waterline at eighty-five per cent of the least moulded depth, both the forward terminal of the total length and the fore-side of the stem respectively is taken at the vertical projection to that waterline of the aftermost point of the stem contour, above that waterline, designed with a rake of keel, the waterline on which this length is measured is parallel to the designed waterline;

load line” means a mark on the ship indicating the maximum depth to which a ship may be loaded;

Load Line Certificate” means —

  1.  

    (a)     an International Load Line Certificate (1966); and

  1.  

    (b)     a Saint Lucian Local Load Line Certificate;

moulded depth, in relation to a ship, means the vertical distance measured from the top of the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at side, except that —

  1.  

    (a)     in the case of a wood or composite ship, it is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet;

  1.  

    (b)     if the form at the lower part of the midship section of the ship is of a hollow character or where thick garboards are fitted, it is be measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel;

  1.  

    (c)     in the case of a ship having rounded gunwales, it is measured to the point of intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and side shell plating, the lines extending as though the gunwale were of angular design; and

  1.  

    (d)     if the freeboard deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at which the moulded depth is to be determined, it is measured to a line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel to the raised part of the deck;

Near Coastal Voyage” means a voyage within the Caribbean Trading Area in the course of which the ship is at no time more than one hundred and fifty miles from a safe port of refuge;

non-Saint Lucian ship” means a ship other than a Saint Lucian ship under section 12 of the Act;

sailing ship” means a ship designed to carry sail, whether as the sole means of propulsion, or as a supplementary means;

Saint Lucian Local Load Line Certificate” means an appropriate certificate under section 311(2)(b) of the Act;

Saint Lucian Local Load Line Exemption Certificate” means an appropriate certificate issued under section 318(2)(b) of the Act;

watertight”, in relation to any part of the ship, means capable of preventing the passage of water in any direction.

3.   Application

Subject to section 307 of the Act, these Regulations apply to Saint Lucian ships, on an international voyage or while in Saint Lucian waters and to foreign ships while in Saint Lucian waters.

PART I
DECK LINE, LOAD LINE MARK AND LOAD LINE
4.   Description and position of deck line
  1.  

    (1)   The deck line as shown in Figure 1 must —

    1.  

      (a)     consist of a horizontal line three hundred millimetres in length and twenty-five millimetres in breadth and marked amidships on each side of the ship so as to indicate the position of the freeboard deck;

    1.  

      (b)     subject to subregulation (2), be marked in a position on the side of the ship that its upper edge passes through the point amidships if the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the freeboard deck, or of any sheathing of that deck, intersects the outer surface of the shell of the ship.

      Fig. 1. Deck Line
  1.  

    (2)   If the design of the ship, or another circumstance, makes it impracticable to mark the deck line under subregulation (1), the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister may direct that it be marked by reference to another fixed point as near as practicable to the position under subregulation (1).

5.   Description of load line mark and load lines
  1.  

    (1)   A load line mark as shown in Figure 2 consists of a ring three hundred millimetres in outside diameter and twenty-five millimetres wide which is intersected by a horizontal line four hundred and fifty millimetres in length and twenty-five millimetres in breadth, the upper edge of which passes through the centre of the ring and the centre of the ring is placed amidships and at a distance equal to the assigned Summer freeboard measured vertically below the upper edge of the deck line.

  1.  

    (2)   A line that indicates the load line, as shown in Figure 2, must be horizontal lines of two hundred and thirty millimetres in length and twenty-five millimetres in breadth extending forward or abaft of a vertical line twenty-five millimetres in breadth marked five hundred and forty millimetres forward of the centre of the ring of the load line mark and at right angles to that line.

  1.  

    (3)   A load line consists of —

    1.  

      (a)     a Summer Load Line that extends forward of the vertical line, and corresponds horizontally with the line passing through the centre of the ring of the load line mark, and is marked S;

    1.  

      (b)     a Winter Load Line that extends forward of the vertical line, and is marked W;

    1.  

      (c)     a Winter North Atlantic Load Line, that extends forward of the vertical line, and is marked WNA;

    1.  

      (d)     a Tropical Load Line that extends forward of the vertical line, and is marked T;

    1.  

      (e)     a Fresh Water Load Line that extends abaft the vertical line, and is marked F;

    1.  

      (f)     a Tropical Fresh Water Load Line that extends abaft the vertical line and is marked TF, as shown in Figure 2; and

    1.  

      (g)     if a timber freeboard is assigned, a Timber Load Line marked under subregulations (6) and (7).

      Fig. 2  Load Line Mark and load lines
  1.  

    (4)   The maximum depth to which a ship may be loaded in relation to a load line referred to in subregulations (1), (2) and (3) is the depth indicated by the upper edge of the appropriate load line.

  1.  

    (5)   In the case of a sailing ship —

    1.  

      (a)     the Summer Load Line consists of the line passing through the centre of the ring of the load line mark; and

    1.  

      (b)     the Winter North Atlantic Load Line marked WNA and Fresh Water Load Line marked F are marked on the ship as shown in Figure 3.

      Fig. 3  Load Line Mark and load lines on Sailing Ships
  1.  

    (6)   A Timber Load Line, as shown in Figure 4 —

    1.  

      (a)     must be horizontal lines of the dimensions specified in respect of the lines in subregulations (2) and (3), extending abaft or forward of a vertical line twenty-five millimetres in width and marked five hundred and forty millimetres abaft the centre of the ring of the load line mark and at right angles to that line;

    1.  

      (b)     consists of —

      1.  

        (i)     a Summer Timber Load Line that extends abaft the vertical line and is marked LS,

      1.  

        (ii)     a Winter Timber Load Line that extends abaft the vertical line and is marked LW,

      1.  

        (iii)     a Winter North Atlantic Timber Load Line that extends abaft the vertical line and is marked LWNA,

      1.  

        (iv)     a Tropical Timber Load Line that extends abaft of the vertical line and is marked LT,

      1.  

        (v)     a Fresh Water Timber Load Line that extends forward of the vertical line and is marked LF, and

      1.  

        (vi)     a Tropical Fresh Water Timber Load Line that extends forward of the vertical line and is marked LTF.

        Fig. 4  Timber Load Line Mark and lines to be used with this mark
  1.  

    (7)   The maximum depth to which a ship may be loaded in relation to a Timber Load Line referred to in subregulation (6) is the depth indicated by the upper edge of the appropriate Timber Load Line.

6.   Load line for seasonal zone, area and period

A load line for seasonal zone, area and period is as specified under Schedule 1.

7.   Position of load line

The position of a load line on each side of a ship under section 328(d) of the Act is a distance measured vertically downwards from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the load line that is equal to the freeboard assigned to the ship which is appropriate to the load line.

8.   Marking of appropriate marks
  1.  

    (1)   Appropriate marks shall be marked by the owner of the ship on each side of the ship in accordance with the directions of the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister and the requirements of this Part.

  1.  

    (2)   Appropriate marks must be —

    1.  

      (a)     marked in such a manner as to be plainly visible;

    1.  

      (b)     if the sides of the ship are of metal, cut in, centre punched or welded;

    1.  

      (c)     if the sides of the ship are of wood, cut into the planking to a depth of not less than three millimetres;

    1.  

      (d)     if the sides of the ship are of other materials to which the methods of marking described in paragraphs (b) and (c) cannot effectively be applied, permanently affixed by bonding or some other effective method; and

    1.  

      (e)     painted in white or yellow if the background is dark, and in black if the background is light.

  1.  

    (3)   If an Exemption Certificate is issued with the assignment of a freeboard which is less than the requirement under regulation 10, the load line and the load line mark must be marked on the ship by being painted in red on a contrasting background.

9.   Mark of Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister
  1.  

    (1)   The identity of the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister may be marked alongside the load line ring above the horizontal line which passes through the centre of the ring, or above and below it.

  1.  

    (2)   The mark under subregulation (1) consists of not more than four initials each measuring approximately one hundred and fifty millimetres in height and seventy-five millimetres in width.

PART II
ASSIGNMENT OF FREEBOARD AND CONDITION OF ASSIGNMENT
10.   Assignment of freeboard
  1.  

    (1)   The Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister shall, in accordance with Schedule 2, assign to a new Saint Lucian ship —

    1.  

      (a)     a Summer Freeboard;

    1.  

      (b)     a Tropical Freeboard;

    1.  

      (c)     a Winter Freeboard;

    1.  

      (d)     a Winter North Atlantic Freeboard;

    1.  

      (e)     a Fresh Water Freeboard;

    1.  

      (f)     a Tropical Fresh Water Freeboard;

    1.  

      (g)     in the case of a ship carrying Timber —

      1.  

        (i)     a Summer Timber Freeboard,

      1.  

        (ii)     a Winter Timber Freeboard,

      1.  

        (iii)     a Winter North Atlantic Timber Freeboard,

      1.  

        (iv)     a Tropical Timber Freeboard,

      1.  

        (v)     a Fresh Water Timber Freeboard, and

      1.  

        (vi)     a Tropical Fresh Water Timber Freeboard;

    1.  

      (h)     a freeboard other than a Timber Freeboard.

  1.  

    (2)   A freeboard assigned under subregulation (1) is the minimum freeboard that may be assigned to the ship.

  1.  

    (3)   A freeboard, other than a Timber freeboard under subregulation (1)(g) may exceed the minimum freeboard by an amount determined by the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister.

  1.  

    (4)   A Timber Freeboard under subregulation (1)(g) must not be assigned to a ship to which greater than the minimum freeboard has been assigned.

  1.  

    (5)   If a freeboard greater than the minimum freeboard is assigned to a ship and the appropriate load line to that freeboard corresponds to, or is lower than, the position at which the lowest of the appropriate load line to the minimum freeboard would be marked —

    1.  

      (a)     the load line appropriate to the greater than minimum Summer Freeboard and Fresh Water Freeboard are marked on the sides of the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     the load line appropriate to the greater than minimum Summer Freeboard is known as the “All Seasons load line” and consists of the horizontal line intersecting the load line mark;

    1.  

      (c)     subject to paragraph (d), the Fresh Water Load Line is as described under regulation 5(2); and

    1.  

      (d)     the vertical line described under regulation 5 is omitted.

11.   Correction of freeboard for deck line under regulation 4(2)
  1.  

    (1)   In a ship where the deck line is marked under regulation 4(2), the freeboards assigned to the ship must be corrected to allow for the vertical distance by which the position of the deck line is altered under that regulation.

  1.  

    (2)   The reference point to which the deck line has been marked, and the identity of the deck which has been taken as the freeboard deck, must be specified in the certificate issued in respect of the ship.

12.   Condition of assignment

A ship to which a freeboard is assigned under regulation 10 must comply with the condition of assignment applicable to that ship and set out in Schedule 3.

13.   Record of particulars
  1.  

    (1)   A record of particulars relating to a condition of assignment in the form set out in Schedule 4 must be provided on a ship.

  1.  

    (2)   A record of particulars under subregulation (1) must be furnished to the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister and be retained on board at all times.

14.   Circumstances in which ship fails to comply with condition of assignment
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), a ship fails to comply with a condition of assignment under regulation 12 —

    1.  

      (a)     if after the assignment of a freeboard there has been an alteration of the hull, superstructures, fittings or appliances of the ship such that —

      1.  

        (i)     a condition under regulation 12 is not complied with, or

      1.  

        (ii)     it differs in a material respect from the record of particulars under regulation 13; or

    1.  

      (b)     if the record of particulars is not on board as required under regulation 13(1).

  1.  

    (2)   A ship complies with a condition of assignment despite an alteration under subregulation (1)(a) if —

    1.  

      (a)     an amended freeboard appropriate to the condition of the ship has been assigned, and the ship has been marked with load lines and a new certificate is issued to the owner of the ship; or

    1.  

      (b)     the alteration has been inspected by a surveyor of ships on behalf of the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister and the surveyor of ships is satisfied that the alteration is not such as to require a change in the freeboard assigned to the ship, and full particulars of the alteration together with the date and place of his or her inspection have been endorsed by the surveyor of ships on the record under regulation 13(1).

15.   Equivalents
  1.  

    (1)   A ship which fails to comply with a condition of assignment specified under regulation 12 may be required to meet equivalent conditions in accordance with subregulation (2).

  1.  

    (2)   The Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister may, with the approval of the Director —

    1.  

      (a)     allow a fitting, material, appliance or apparatus to be fitted in a ship, or allow other provisions to be made in a ship, in the place of a fitting, material, appliance, apparatus or provision respectively which is required under the provisions of these Regulations, if satisfied by trial or otherwise that it is at least as effective as that so required; or

    1.  

      (b)     allow in an exceptional case departure from the requirements of a provision under paragraph (a) on condition that the freeboard to be assigned to the ship is increased to an extent to satisfy the Director that the safety of the ship and protection afforded to the crew will be no less effective than would be the case if the ship fully complied with the conditions and there was no increase of the freeboard.

16.   Notice
  1.  

    (1)   A notice of the draught and freeboard relating to the depth to which the ship is loaded, the density of the water in which the ship is floating and all other related particulars under section 332(2)(b) of the Act must be in the form set out in Schedule 5.

  1.  

    (2)   Subregulation (1) does not apply to a ship employed on a Near Coastal Voyage.

17.   Information as to the stability of a ship
  1.  

    (1)   The owner of a ship shall provide, for the guidance of the master, information in the form of a book relating to the stability of the ship under this regulation which must be kept on the ship at all times in the custody of the master.

  1.  

    (2)   In the case of a Saint Lucian ship, the information under subregulation (1) includes matters specified in Schedule 6, and is in the form required by that Schedule and must be in accordance with the requirements of subregulations (3), (4) and (5).

  1.  

    (3)   Subject to subregulation (4), the information under subregulation (1) —

    1.  

      (a)     must be based on the determination of stability taken from an inclining test carried out in the presence of a surveyor of ships or marine officer or, in the case of a ship listed in Part II of Schedule 6, by the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister;

    1.  

      (b)     must be amended whenever alterations are made to the ship or changes occur to it which will materially affect the information and, if necessary, the ship must be re-inclined.

  1.  

    (4)   An inclining test may be dispensed with if —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of a ship, basic stability data is available from the inclining test of a sister ship and the Director or, in the case of a ship listed in Part II of Schedule 6, the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister is satisfied that reliable stability information can be obtained from the data; and

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of a ship specially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk, or a class of such ships, the information available in respect of similar ships shows that the ship's proportions and arrangements will ensure more than sufficient stability in all probable loading conditions.

  1.  

    (5)   Before the information under subregulation (1) is issued to the master —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of a ship which is listed in Part II of Schedule 6, it shall be approved by the Director or the Minister or a person or organization authorized by the Minister which assigned a freeboard to the ship; and

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of another ship, it shall be approved by the Director.

18.   Information as to loading and ballast of a ship
  1.  

    (1)   The owner of a ship of more than one hundred and fifty metres in length specially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk shall provide, for the guidance of the master, information relating to the loading and ballast of the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   The information under subregulation (1) must indicate the maximum stresses permissible for the ship and specify the manner in which the ship is to be loaded and ballast to avoid the creation of unacceptable stresses in its structure.

  1.  

    (3)   In the case of a Saint Lucian ship, regulation 17(5) has effect in respect of information required under this regulation, and the information approved must be included in the book under regulation 17(1).

PART III
INITIAL SURVEY, RENEWAL SURVEY AND ANNUAL SURVEY
19.   Survey of ship

A Saint Lucian ship is subject to —

  1.  

    (a)     an initial survey under regulation 20;

  1.  

    (b)     a renewal survey under regulation 21; and

  1.  

    (c)     an annual survey under regulation 22.

20.   Initial survey
  1.  

    (1)   Before a ship is put into service, the owner of the ship shall make an application to a surveyor of ships for an initial survey.

  1.  

    (2)   In an initial survey a surveyor of ships shall —

    1.  

      (a)     include a complete inspection of a ship's structure and equipment under these Regulations; and

    1.  

      (b)     ensure that the arrangements, materials and scantlings comply with these Regulations.

21.   Renewal survey
  1.  

    (1)   Within three months before the expiry of a Load Line Certificate or after the expiry of a Load Line Certificate, the owner of a ship shall make an application to a surveyor of ships, for the purposes of section 321(2) of the Act, for a renewal survey.

  1.  

    (2)   In a renewal survey, a surveyor of ships shall ensure that the structure, equipment, arrangements, materials and scantlings comply with these Regulations.

22.   Annual survey
  1.  

    (1)   The owner of a ship shall make an application to a surveyor of ships for an annual survey, for the purposes of section 321(3) of the Act, three months before or after the expiry of a Load Line Certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   In an annual survey the surveyor of ships shall ensure that —

    1.  

      (a)     alterations have not been made to the hull or super structures which would affect the calculations determining the position of the load line;

    1.  

      (b)     the fittings and appliances for the protection of openings, guard rails, freeing ports and means of access to crew's quarters are maintained in an effective condition;

    1.  

      (c)     the appropriate marks are correctly and permanently indicated; and

    1.  

      (d)     information is provided under regulations 17 and 18.

  1.  

    (3)   A surveyor of ships shall, on being satisfied with the annual survey under subregulation (2), endorse the Load Line Certificate.

PART IV
LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE AND EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
23.   Application for Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate

An application for —

  1.  

    (a)     a Load Line Certificate is —

    1.  

      (i)     in the case of an International Load Line Certificate (1966), in the form set out as Form 1 in Schedule 7;

    1.  

      (ii)     in the case of a Saint Lucian Local Load Line Certificate in the form set out as Form 2 in Schedule 7;

  1.  

    (b)     an Exemption Certificate is —

    1.  

      (i)     in the case of an International Load Line Exemption Certificate, in the form set out as Form 3 in Schedule 7;

    1.  

      (ii)     in the case of a Saint Lucian Local Load Line Exemption Certificate, in the form set out as Form 4 in Schedule 7.

24.   Form of Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
  1.  

    (1)   A Load Line Certificate is —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of an International Load Line Certificate (1966), in the form set out as Form 5 in Schedule 7;

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of a Saint Lucian Local Load Line Certificate, in the form set out as Form 6 in Schedule 7.

  1.  

    (2)   An Exemption Certificate is —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of an International Load Line Exemption Certificate, in the form set out as Form 7 in Schedule 7;

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of a Saint Lucian Local Load Line Exemption Certificate, in the form set out as Form 8 in Schedule 7.

25.   Duration of Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
  1.  

    (1)   The period of a Load Line Certificate is as specified under section 321 of the Act.

  1.  

    (2)   An Exemption Certificate issued by the Minister under section 318 of the Act, unless it is renewed, expires at the end of the period specified in the Exemption Certificate such period not to exceed five years from the date of its issue.

  1.  

    (3)   An International Load Line Exemption Certificate issued under section 318 of the Act is limited to the single voyage for which it is issued.

26.   Extension of Load Line Certificate and Exemption Certificate
  1.  

    (1)   The Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister may extend the period of a Load Line Certificate and an Exemption Certificate if —

    1.  

      (a)     after a renewal survey, a new certificate cannot be issued to the ship before the expiry of the existing certificate;

    1.  

      (b)     at the time when the certificate expires, the ship is not in a port in which it is to be surveyed to allow the ship to complete its voyage to the port in which it is to be surveyed;

    1.  

      (c)     there have been no alterations in the structure, equipment, arrangements, materials or scantlings which affect the ship's freeboard; or

    1.  

      (d)     the safety of the ship and a person on board the ship will not be adversely affected.

  1.  

    (2)   A ship to which an extension is granted under subregulation (1)(b) shall not, on its arrival in the port in which it is to be surveyed, leave that port without having a new certificate.

  1.  

    (3)   A Load Line Certificate in accordance with section 321(3) of the Act and an Exemption Certificate must not be extended for a period longer than three months beginning with the date of expiry.

  1.  

    (4)   An extension under this regulation must be endorsed on the Load Line Certificate.

27.   Cancellation of Load Line Certificate

A Load Line Certificate may be cancelled —

  1.  

    (a)     in the circumstances under paragraph (b) by —

    1.  

      (i)     without prejudice to section 321(3) of the Act, the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister, or

    1.  

      (ii)     without prejudice to section 325(3) of the Act, the Director;

  1.  

    (b)     if —

    1.  

      (i)     the Load Line Certificate is not endorsed to show that the annual survey was conducted within three months or after the date of expiry of the Load Line Certificate, or

    1.  

      (ii)     the ship's strength has decreased to an extent that it is unsafe.

28.   Termination of Exemption Certificate

The Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister may terminate an Exemption Certificate if —

  1.  

    (a)     a circumstance under regulation 27(b) exists;

  1.  

    (b)     a material alteration has taken place in the hull or superstructure of the ship that would necessitate the assignment of an increased freeboard; or

  1.  

    (c)     the fittings and appliances for the protection of an opening, guard rail, the freeing port or the means of access to the crew's quarters have not been maintained on the ship in an effective condition.

29.   Notice of cancellation or termination and representation
  1.  

    (1)   Before a Load Line Certificate is cancelled under section 321(3) or 325(3) of the Act or regulation 27 or an Exemption Certificate is terminated under regulation 28, the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister or the Director shall, by a notice in writing, notify the owner of the grounds for the proposed cancellation.

  1.  

    (2)   A notice under subregulation (1) is made in writing if the text of the notice —

    1.  

      (a)     is transmitted by electronic means;

    1.  

      (b)     is received in legible form; and

    1.  

      (c)     is capable of being used for subsequent reference.

  1.  

    (3)   Subject to subregulation (4), the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister or Director shall not cancel a certificate until the owner has been given a reasonable opportunity to make representations, and the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister or Director has considered the representations made.

  1.  

    (4)   Subregulation (3) does not apply if the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister or Director considers that urgent safety considerations requires the immediate cancellation or termination of the Load Line Certificate or Exemption Certificate.

30.   Validity of foreign certificates
  1.  

    (1)   Section 314(1) of the Act does not apply to a foreign ship in respect of which a valid International Load Line Certificate or a valid International Load Line Exemption Certificate is produced.

  1.  

    (2)   In the case of a ship that has transferred from the registry of a non-Saint Lucian government to the Saint Lucia registry, the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister may issue an International Load Line Certificate (1966) if satisfied that —

    1.  

      (a)     the ship has been subjected to a satisfactory initial survey, renewal survey or annual survey;

    1.  

      (b)     the condition of the ship, including its structure and equipment, have been maintained so as to comply with the requirements of the Load Lines Convention applicable to the ship; and

    1.  

      (c)     after an initial survey, renewal survey or annual survey has been completed, a material change has not been made to the ship, including its structure and equipment, subject to a survey, without the approval of the administration of the non-Saint Lucian government.

  1.  

    (3)   An International Load Line Certificate (1966) issued under subregulation (2) is valid for a period to be determined by the Minister, a person or organization authorized by the Minister, but the period must not exceed the period of validity of the certificate issued by or on behalf of the non-Saint Lucian government.

PART V
MISCELLANEOUS
31.   Deck lower than freeboard deck

At the request of the owner and subject to the approval of the Director, a deck lower than the freeboard deck may be used if it is a complete and permanent deck which is continuous both in fore and aft direction at least between the machinery space and the peak bulkheads of the ship, and athwartships, a deck which is stepped, being taken to consist for this purpose of the lowest line of the deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck.

32.   Determination of freeboard deck and freeboard if valid certificate cannot be produced

For the purposes of sections 197, 198 and 203 of the Act, if a valid Convention certificate cannot be produced, the freeboard deck and the freeboard are determined in accordance with these Regulations and the appropriate load line is the maximum depth to which the ship may be loaded in salt water.

33.   Detention

If a ship is detained under section 334 of the Act, section 458 of the Act applies in relation to a detention notice issued under section 460 of the Act as it applies in relation to section 457 of the Act.

Schedule 1

(Regulation 6)

APPROPRIATE LOAD LINES AND SEASONAL ZONES, AREAS AND PERIODS

Appropriate Load Lines

1.     The seasonal zones, areas and periods which determine the appropriate load line in a particular sea area at a given time are set out in this Schedule and shown by way of illustration on Chart No. D.6083 “Load Line Regulations: Zones, Areas & Seasonal Periods, Edition No. 2”; available from the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office.

2.     Subject to subparagraphs 2.4 to 2.7 the load line appropriate to a ship is —

  1.  

    2.1     the Summer load line, when the ship is in a Summer Zone, excluding any part of such a zone which is a seasonal area in relation to the ship;

  1.  

    2.2     the Tropical load line, when the ship is in a Tropical Zone;

  1.  

    2.3     the Summer load line, the Winter load line or the Tropical load line, according to the season when the ship is in a seasonal zone or area, including any part of a Summer Zone which is a seasonal area in relation to the ship;

  1.  

    2.4     the Winter North Atlantic load line, in the case of a ship of one hundred metres or less in length, when it is in these zones during the Winter seasonal periods applicable to them —

2.4.1     North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone I, as set out in paragraph 4.1;

2.4.2     North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone II, as set out in paragraph 4.2 as lies between the meridians of longitude 150W and 500W,

  1.  

         during the winter seasonal periods applicable in those zones;

  1.  

    2.5     the Summer load line, in the case of a sailing ship, except in circumstances in which subparagraph 2.4 applies;

  1.  

    2.6     an All Seasons load line, in the case of a ship marked under regulation 8;

  1.  

    2.7     the Timber load line, corresponding to the seasons and zones, in the case of a ship marked with Timber load lines and carrying timber deck cargo.

Ports on Boundary Lines

3.     For the purposes of applying the provisions of this Schedule to a ship at a port which stands on the boundary line between two zones or areas or between a zone and an area, or which is required by this Schedule to be considered as being on such a boundary line, the port is deemed to be within the zone or area into which the ship is about to proceed or from which the ship has arrived as the case may be.

Zones, Areas and Seasonal Periods

NORTHERN WINTER SEASONAL ZONES AND AREA

North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zones I and II

  1.  

    4.1     The North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone I lies within the meridian of longitude 50°W from the coast of Greenland to latitude 45°N, thence the parallel of latitude 45°N to longitude 15°W, thence the meridian of longitude 15°W to latitude 60°N, thence the parallel of latitude 60°N to the Greenwich Meridian, thence this meridian northwards.

Seasonal periods:

WINTER:16th day of October to 15th day of April.
SUMMER:16th day of April to 15th day of October.
  1.  

    4.2     The North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone II lies within the meridian of longitude 68° 30'W from the coast of the United States to latitude 40°N, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 36°N longitude 73°W, thence the parallel of latitude 36°N to longitude 25°W and thence the rhumb line to Cape Toriñana.

  1.  

         Excluded from this zone are the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone I, the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Area and the Baltic Sea bounded by the parallel of latitude of The Skaw in the Skagerrak.

  1.  

         The Shetland Islands are to be considered as being on the boundary line between the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zones I and II.

Seasonal periods:

WINTER:1st day of November to 31st day of March
SUMMER:1st day of April to 31st day of October.

North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Area

5.     The boundary of the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Area is the meridian of longitude 68°30'W from the coast of the United States to latitude 40°N, thence the rhumb line to the southernmost intersection of the meridian of longitude 61°W with the coast of Canada and thence the east coasts of Canada and the United States.

Seasonal periods

     For ships over one hundred metres in length:

WINTER:16th day of December to 15th day of February.
SUMMER:16th day of February to 15th day of December.

     For ships of one hundred metres or less in length:

WINTER:1st day of November to 31st day of March.
SUMMER:1st day of April to 31st day of October.

North Pacific Winter Seasonal Zone

6.     The southern boundary of the North Pacific Winter Seasonal Zone is the parallel of latitude 50°N from the east coast of the Russian Federation to the west coast of Sakhalin, thence the west coast of Sakhalin to the southern extremity of Cape Kril'on, thence the rhumb line to Wakkanai, Hokkaido, Japan, thence the east and south coasts of Hokkaido to longitude 145°E, thence the meridian of longitude 145°E to latitude 35°N, thence the parallel of latitude 35°N to longitude 150°W and thence the rhumb line to the southern extremity of Dall Island, Alaska.

Seasonal periods

WINTER:16th day of October to 15th day of April.
SUMMER:16th day of April to 15th day of October.
SOUTHERN WINTER SEASONAL ZONE

Southern Winter Seasonal Zone

7.     The northern boundary of the Southern Winter Seasonal Zone is the rhumb line from the east coast of the American continent at Cape Tres Puntas to the point latitude 34°S longitude 50°W, thence the parallel of latitude 34°S to longitude 17°E, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 35°10'S, longitude 20°E, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 34°S, longitude 28°E, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 35°30'S, longitude 118°E, and thence the rhumb line to Cape Grim on the northwest coast of Tasmania; thence along the north and east coasts of Tasmania to the southernmost point of Bruny Island, thence the rhumb line to Black Rock Point on Stewart Island, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 47°S, longitude 170°E, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 33°S, longitude 170°W, and thence the parallel of latitude 33°S to the point latitude 33°S, longitude 79°W, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 41°S, longitude 75°W, thence the rhumb line to Punta Corona lighthouse on Chiloe Island, latitude 41°47'S longitude 75°53'W, thence along the north, east and south coasts of Chiloe Island to the point latitude 43°20'S, longitude 74°20'W, and thence the meridian of longitude 74°20'W, to the parallel of latitude 45°45'S, including the inner zone of Chiloe channels from the meridian 74°20'W to the east.

Seasonal Periods

WINTER:16th day of April to 15th day of October.
SUMMER:16th day of October to 15th day of April.
TROPICAL ZONE

Northern Boundary of the Tropical Zone

8.     The northern boundary of the Tropical Zone is the parallel of latitude 13°N from the east coast of the American continent to longitude 60°W, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 10°N, longitude 58°W, thence the parallel of latitude 10°N to longitude 20°W, thence the meridian of longitude 20°W to latitude 30°N and thence the parallel of latitude 30°N to the west coast of Africa; from the east coast of Africa the parallel of latitude 8°N to longitude 70°E, thence the meridian of longitude 70°E to latitude 13°N, thence the parallel of latitude 13°N to the west coast of India; thence the south coast of India to latitude 10°30'N on the east coast of India, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 9°N, longitude 82°E, thence the meridian of longitude 82°E to latitude 8°N, thence the parallel of latitude 8°N to the west coast of Malaysia, thence the coast of South-East Asia to the east coast of Vietnam at latitude 10°N, thence the parallel of latitude 10°N to longitude 145°E, thence the meridian of longitude 145°E to latitude 13°N and thence the parallel of latitude 13°N to the west coast of the American continent.

     Saigon is to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Tropical Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area.

Southern Boundary of the Tropical Zone

9.     The southern boundary of the Tropical Zone is the rhumb line from the Port of Santos, Brazil, to the point where the meridian of longitude 40°W intersects the Tropic of Capricorn; thence the Tropic of Capricorn to the west coast of Africa; from the east coast of Africa the parallel of latitude 20°S to the west coast of Madagascar, thence the west and north coasts of Madagascar to longitude 50°E, thence the meridian of longitude 50°E to latitude 10°S, thence the parallel of latitude 10°S to longitude 98°E, thence the rhumb line to Port Darwin, Australia, thence the coasts of Australia and Wessel Island eastwards to Cape Wessel, thence the parallel of latitude 11°S to the west side of Cape York; from the east side of Cape York the parallel of latitude 11°S to longitude 150°W, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 26°S, longitude 75°W, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 32°47'S, longitude 72°W, and thence to the parallel of latitude 32°47'S to the west coast of South America.

     Valparaiso and Santos are to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Tropical and Summer Zones.

Areas to be included in the Tropical Zone

10.     The following areas are to be as included in the Tropical Zone —

  1.  

    10.1     the Suez Canal, the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden, from Port Said to the meridian of longitude 45°E;

  1.  

         Aden and Berbera are to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Tropical Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area;

  1.  

    10.2     the Persian Gulf to the meridian of longitude 59°E; and

  1.  

    10.3     the area bounded by the parallel of latitude 22°S from the east coast of Australia to the Great Barrier Reef, thence the Great Barrier Reef to latitude 11°S. The northern boundary of the area is the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone.

SEASONAL TROPICAL AREAS

11.     The following are Seasonal Tropical Areas.

  1.  

    11.1     In the North Atlantic

  1.  

         An area bounded on the north by the rhumb line from Cape Catoche, Yucatan, to Cape San Antonio, Cuba, the north Coast of Cuba to latitude 20°N and thence the parallel of latitude 20°N to longitude 20°W; on the west by the coast of the American continent; on the south and east by the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of November to 15th day of July.
SUMMER:16th day of July to 31st day of October.
  1.  

    11.2     In the Arabian Sea

  1.  

         An area bounded on the west by the coast of Africa, the meridian of longitude 45°E in the Gulf of Aden, the coast of South Arabia and the meridian of longitude 59°E in the Gulf of Oman; on the north and east by the coasts of Pakistan and India; on the south by the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of September to 31st day of May.
SUMMER:1st day of June to 31st day of August.
  1.  

    11.3     In the Bay of Bengal

  1.  

         The Bay of Bengal north of the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of December to 30th day of April.
SUMMER:1st day of May to 30th day of November.
  1.  

    11.4     In the South Indian Ocean

11.4.1     An area bounded on the north and west by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone and the east coast of Madagascar; on the south by the parallel of latitude 20°S; on the east by the rhumb line from the point latitude 20°S, longitude 50°E, to the point latitude 15°S, longitude 51°30'E, and thence by the meridian of longitude 51°30'E to latitude 10°S.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of April to 30th November.
SUMMER:1st day of December to 31st March.

11.4.2     An area bounded on the north by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the east by the coast of Australia; on the south by the parallel of latitude 15°S from longitude 51°30'E, to longitude 114°E and thence the meridian of longitude 114°E to the coast of Australia; on the west by the meridian of longitude 51°30'E.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of May to 30th day of November.
SUMMER:1st day of December to 30th day of April.
  1.  

    11.5     In the China Sea

  1.  

         An area bounded on the west and north by the coasts of Vietnam and China from latitude 10°N to Hong Kong; on the east by the rhumb line from Hong Kong to the Port of Sual (Luzon Island) and the west coasts of the Islands of Luzon, Samar and Leyte to latitude 10°N; on the south by the parallel of latitude 10°N.

  1.  

         Hong Kong and Sual are to be considered as being on the boundary of the Seasonal Tropical Area and Summer Zone.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:21st day of January to 30th day of April.
SUMMER:1st day of May to 20th day of January.
  1.  

    11.6     In the North Pacific

11.6.1     An area bounded on the north by the parallel of latitude 25°N; on the west by the meridian of longitude 160°E; on the south by the parallel of latitude 13°N; on the east by the meridian of longitude 130°W.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of April to 31st day of October.
SUMMER:1st day of November to 31st day of March.

11.6.2     An area bounded on the north and east by the west coast of the American continent; on the west by the meridian of longitude 123°W from the coast of the American continent to latitude 33°N and by the rhumb line from the point latitude 33°N, longitude 123°W to the point latitude 13°N, longitude 105°W; on the south by the parallel of latitude 13°N.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of March to 30th day of June and
1st day of November to 30th day of November.
SUMMER:1st day of July to 31st day of October and
1st day of December to 28th or 29th day of February.
  1.  

    11.7     In the South Pacific

11.7.1     The Gulf of Carpentaria south of latitude 11°S

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of April to 30th day of November.
SUMMER:1st day of December to 31st day of March.

11.7.2     An area bounded on the north by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the south by the parallel of latitude of 24°S from the east coast of Australia to longitude 154°E, thence by the meridian of longitude 154°E to the Tropic of Capricorn and thence by the Tropic of Capricorn to longitude 150°W, thence by the meridian of longitude 150°W to latitude 20°S and thence by the parallel of latitude 20°S to the point where it intersects the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the west by the boundaries of the area within the Great Barrier Reef included in the Tropical Zone and by the east coast of Australia.

Seasonal periods

TROPICAL:1st day of April to 30th day of November.
SUMMER:1st day of December to 31st day of March.
SUMMER ZONES

12.     The remaining sea areas constitute the Summer Zones.

     However, for ships of one hundred metres or less in length, the area bounded on the north and west by the east coast of the United States; on the east by the meridian of longitude 68°30'W from the coast of the United States to latitude 40°N and thence by the rhumb line to the point latitude 36°N longitude 73°W; on the south by the parallel of latitude 36°N; is a Winter Seasonal Area.

Seasonal periods

WINTER:1st day of November to 31st day of March.
SUMMER:1st day of April to 31st day of October.
ENCLOSED SEAS

13.     Baltic Sea

     This sea bounded by the parallel of latitude of The Skaw in the Skagerrak is included in the Summer Zones.

     However, for ships of one hundred metres or less in length, it is a Winter Seasonal Area.

Seasonal periods

WINTER:1st day of November to 31st day of March.
SUMMER:1st day of April to 31st day of October.

14.     Black Sea

     This sea is included in the Summer Zones.

     However, for ships of one hundred metres or less in length, the area north of latitude 44°N is a Winter Seasonal Area.

Seasonal periods

WINTER:1st day of December to 28th or 29th day of February.
SUMMER:1st day of March to 30th day of November.

15.     Mediterranean

     This sea is included in the Summer Zones.

     However, for ships of one hundred metres or less in length, the area bounded on the north and west by the coasts of France and Spain and the meridian of longitude 3°E from the coast of Spain to latitude 40°N; on the south by the parallel of latitude 40°N from longitude 3°E to the west coast of Sardinia; on the east by the west and north coasts of Sardinia from latitude 40°N to latitude 9°E to the south coast of Corsica, hence by the west and north coasts of Corsica to longitude 9°E and thence by the rhumb line to Cape Sicié; is a Winter Seasonal Area.

Seasonal periods

WINTER:16th day of December to 15th day of March.
SUMMER:16th day of March to 15th day of December.

16.     Sea of Japan

     This sea south of latitude 50°N is included in the Summer Zones.

     However, for ships of one hundred metres or less in length, the area between the parallel of latitude 50°N and the rhumb line from the east coast of Korea at latitude 38°N to the west coast of Hokkaido, Japan, at latitude 43°12'N is a Winter Seasonal Area.

Seasonal periods

WINTER:1st day of December to 28th or 29th day of February.
SUMMER:1st day of March to 30th day of November.
Schedule 2

(Regulation 10(1))

ASSIGNMENT OF FREEBOARD

Interpretation

1.     Expressions in this Schedule have the same meanings as those assigned in Schedule 3, and —

  1.  

    block coefficient (Cb)” means the product of —

     where —

  1.  

    ∇     is the volume of the moulded displacement of the ship, excluding bossing, where the ship has a metal shell, and of displacement to the outer surface of the hull where the ship has a shell of any other material, displacement being taken in each case at a moulded draught of d1; and

  1.  

    d1     is eighty-five per cent of the least moulded depth, provided that in no case shall the block coefficient (Cb) be taken to be less than 0.68;

  1.  

    depth for freeboard (D)” means —

    1.  

      (a)     except as otherwise stated in paragraph (b) below, the moulded depth of the ship amidships plus the thickness of the freeboard deck stringer plate where fitted, plus, where the exposed freeboard deck is sheathed, the product of —

  1.  

         where —

  1.  

         T is the mean thickness of the exposed sheathing clear of deck openings;

  1.  

    (b)     in a ship having a rounded gunwale with a radius greater than 4 per cent of the breadth of the ship or having topsides of unusual form, the depth calculated in accordance with subparagraph (a), would be the depth for freeboard purposes of a ship having a midship section with vertical topsides and with the same round of beam and the same area of topside section as that of the midship section of the actual ship;

  1.  

    effective length (E)” in relation to a superstructure means the effective length of the superstructure determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 9.3.1;

  1.  

    flush deck ship” means a ship which has no superstructure on the freeboard deck;

  1.  

    length (S)” in relation to a superstructure means the length of the superstructure determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 9.2.1;

  1.  

    salt water” means water having a relative density of 1.025;

  1.  

    Summer draught” means the draught measured from —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of a wood or composite ship, the lower edge of the keel rabbet;

    1.  

      (b)     where the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel; and

    1.  

      (c)     in any other case, the top of the keel;

     to the point which, when load lines and marks have been marked on the ship's side, will correspond to the centre of the ring of the load line mark;

  1.  

    Summer Timber draught” means the draught measured from point (a),(b) or (c) described in the definition of the Summer draught to the point which when Timber load lines have been marked on the ship's side will correspond to the upper edge of the Summer Timber load line;

  1.  

    tabular freeboard” means in the case of a Type “A” ship the freeboard appropriate to the ship's length under Freeboard Table A and, in the case of a Type “B” ship, the freeboard appropriate to the ship's length under Freeboard Table B.

Freeboards: general

  1.  

    2.1     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 2.2, the freeboards, other than Timber freeboards, to be assigned to a ship shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Part I, and Timber freeboards to be assigned to a ship shall be determined in accordance with Part II.

  1.  

    2.2     The freeboards to be assigned to —

2.2.1     sailing ships;

2.2.2     tugs;

2.2.3     ships of wood or of composite construction or of other materials;

2.2.4     ships with constructional features such as to render freeboards determined in accordance with subparagraph 2.1 unreasonable or impracticable; and

2.2.5     unmanned barges having on the freeboard deck only small access openings closed by watertight gasketed covers of steel,

  1.  

         shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Part III of this Schedule.

PART I
FREEBOARDS OTHER THAN TIMBER FREEBOARDS

Determination of freeboards

  1.  

    3.1     Subject to subparagraph 3.3, a Summer freeboard must be determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 4 to 16.

  1.  

    3.2     Subject to subparagraph 3.3, a Tropical freeboard must be obtained by deducting from the Summer freeboard one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Summer draught of the ship.

  1.  

    3.3     The freeboard under subparagraphs 3.1 and 3.2, but omitting a correction made in paragraph 8 for deck-line, must be not less than fifty millimetres except in the case of a ship with hatchways in Position 1 to which paragraph 5 applies but which do not have pontoon covers, in which case it must be not less than one hundred and fifty millimetres.

  1.  

    3.4     A Winter freeboard must be obtained by adding to a Summer freeboard one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Summer draught of the ship.

  1.  

    3.5     A Winter North Atlantic freeboard must be obtained by adding to the Winter freeboard a distance of fifty millimetres.

3.6.1     Subject to subparagraph 3.6.2, a Fresh Water freeboard must be obtained by deducting from a Summer freeboard the quantity —

     where —

     ∆     is the displacement in salt water in metric tons at the Summer load waterline, and T represents metric tons per centimetre immersion in salt water at that waterline.

3.6.2     In any case in which the displacement at that waterline cannot be ascertained the deduction must be one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Summer draught of the ship.

Summer freeboard: Type “A” ships

4.     A Summer freeboard assigned to a Type “A” ship must be determined as follows —

  1.  

    4.1     There must first be ascertained the ship's tabular freeboard from Table A.

  1.  

    4.2     Where the block coefficient (Cb) of the ship exceeds 0.68 the tabular freeboard must be multiplied by the factor —

  1.  

    4.3     Corrections in accordance with paragraphs 6 to 16 must be applied to the freeboard obtained in accordance with subparagraphs 4.1 and 4.2.

  1.  

    4.4     Subject to subparagraph 3.3, the freeboard so corrected must be the Summer freeboard assigned to the ship.

Summer freeboard: Type “B” ships

5.     A Summer freeboard to be assigned to a Type “B” ship must be determined as follows

  1.  

    5.1     There must first be ascertained the ship's tabular freeboard from Table B.

5.2.1     If the ship has hatchways in Position 1 the covers of which are either pontoon covers complying with the requirements of subparagraph 5.4 of Schedule 3 or covers which comply with paragraph 6.2 of that Schedule, the tabular freeboard may be corrected in accordance with such of the provisions of subparagraphs 5.3 to 5.8 as are applicable to the ship.

5.2.2     If the ship has hatchways in Position 1 the covers of which comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 except those of subparagraph 5.4 of that paragraph, the tabular freeboard shall be corrected in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph 5.9.

  1.  

    5.3     The tabular freeboard of a ship to which subparagraph 5.2.1 applies and which exceeds 100 metres in length may be reduced by an amount not exceeding the maximum applicable under subparagraphs 5.4 and 5.5 where the Minister or any person or organization authorized by him or her is satisfied that —

5.3.1     all covers of hatchways in Positions 1 and 2 comply with the requirements of paragraph 6;

5.3.2     the freeing arrangements comply with the requirements of paragraph 14;

5.3.3     the measures for the protection of the crew comply with the requirements of paragraph 15;

5.3.4     in the case of a ship constructed before the 8th day of June, 2000, when the ship is loaded to the Summer load waterline it will remain afloat, after the flooding of a single damaged compartment other than the machinery space at an assumed permeability of 0.95, in the condition of equilibrium described in subparagraph 5.6 and if the length of the ship exceeds two hundred and twenty-five metres the machinery space shall rank as a floodable compartment for the purposes of this requirement having for the purpose an assumed permeability of 0.85.

5.3.5     in the case of a ship constructed on or after the 8th day of June, 2000 which is loaded in accordance with the initial condition of loading before flooding, the ship will —

5.3.5.1     be able to withstand the flooding of a compartment or compartments, with an assumed permeability of 0.95, consequent upon the damage assumptions specified in paragraph 5.8, and,

5.3.5.2     remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as referred to in subparagraph 5.6; and if the ship is over one hundred and fifty metres in length, the machinery space shall be treated for these purposes as a floodable compartment, but with a permeability of 0.85.

  1.  

    5.4     Subject to subparagraph 5.5 no reduction of freeboard under subparagraph 5.3 shall exceed 60% cent of the difference between the tabular freeboards under Freeboard Table A and Freeboard Table B.

  1.  

    5.5     The reduction of 60% under subparagraph 5.4 may be increased to 100% if the Minister or a person or organization authorized by him or her is satisfied that —

5.5.1     the ship complies with paragraphs 17 and 20 as if it were a Type “A” ship paragraph 22;

5.5.2     the ship complies with subparagraphs 5.3.1 to 5.3.3;

5.5.3     in the case of a ship constructed before the 8th day of June, 2000, when loaded to the Summer waterline the ship remains afloat in the condition of equilibrium under subparagraph 5.6 after the flooding —

5.5.3.1     of two compartments adjacent fore and aft, neither of which is the machinery space, at an assumed permeability of 0.95; and

5.5.3.2     in the case of a ship exceeding two hundred and twenty-five metres in length, of the machinery space alone, at an assumed permeability of 0.85; and

5.5.4     in the case of a ship constructed on or after 8th June, 2000, the ship complies with the requirements of subparagraph 5.3.5; but in relation to the damage assumptions specified in subparagraph 5.8, throughout the length of the ship any one transverse bulkhead will be assumed to be damaged, such that two adjacent fore and aft compartments shall be flooded simultaneously, except that such damage will not apply to the boundary bulkheads of a machinery space.

  1.  

    5.6     In the case of a ship constructed before the 8th day of June, 2000, the condition of equilibrium referred to in subparagraphs 5.3 and 5.5 above is as follows —

5.6.1     the final waterline after flooding is below the top of a ventilator coaming, the lower edge of an air pipe opening, the upper edge of the sill of an access opening fitted with a weathertight door, and the lower edge of another opening through which progressive flooding may take place;

5.6.2     the angle of heel due to asymmetrical flooding does not exceed 150, or where no part of the deck is immersed the angle of heel does not exceed 170; and

5.6.3     the metacentric height calculated using the constant displacement method has a positive value of at least fifty millimetres in the upright condition after flooding; and

5.6.4     the ship has adequate residual stability; and

5.6.5     the ship has sufficient stability during intermediate stages of flooding to the satisfaction of the Minister or a person or organization authorized by him or her;

  1.  

    5.7     In the case of a ship constructed before the 8th day of June, 2000, the following assumptions are made for the purposes of calculations under subparagraphs 5.3.4 and 5.5.3 —

5.7.1     the vertical extent of damage is equal to the depth of the ship at the point of damage, measured from and including the freeboard deck at side to the underside of the keel;

5.7.2     the transverse penetration of damage is not more than one fifth of the breadth of the ship (B), this distance being measured inboard from the ship's side at right angles to the centre line of the ship at the level of the Summer load waterline. The depth of transverse penetration damage assumed shall be that which results in the most severe conditions;

5.7.3     except in the case of compartments under subparagraph 5.5.3.1, no transverse bulkhead is damaged;

5.7.4     the height of the centre of gravity above the baseline is assessed allowing for homogeneous loading of cargo holds and for 50 per cent of the designed capacity of consumable fluids and stores.

  1.  

    5.8     In the case of a ship constructed on or after the 8th day June, 2000, the following assumptions shall be made for the purposes of the calculations under subparagraphs 5.3.5 and 5.5.4 —

5.8.1     the vertical extent of damage in all cases is assumed to be from the base line upwards without limit;

5.8.2     the transverse extent of damage is equal to one fifth of the breadth of the ship (B) or 11.5 meters, whichever is the lesser, measured inboard from the side of the ship perpendicularly to the centreline at the level of the summer load waterline;

5.8.3     if damage of a lesser extent than that specified in subparagraphs 5.8.1 and 5.8.2 results in a more severe condition, such lesser extent shall be assumed;

5.8.4     except where otherwise required by subparagraph 5.5, the flooding shall be confined to a single compartment between adjacent transverse bulkheads provided the inner longitudinal boundary of the compartment is not in a position within the transverse extent of assumed damage. Transverse boundary bulkheads of wing tanks which do not extend over the full breadth of the ship shall be assumed not to be damaged, provided they extend beyond the transverse extent of assumed damage prescribed in subparagraph 5.8.2.

     If in a transverse bulkhead there are steps or recesses of not more than 3m in length located within the transverse extent of assumed damage as defined under subparagraph 5.8.2, such transverse bulkhead may be assumed intact and the adjacent compartment may be flooded singly. If, however, within the transverse extent of assumed damage there is a step or recess of more than 3m in length in a transverse bulkhead, the two compartments adjacent to this bulkhead shall be considered as flooded. The step formed by the afterpeak bulkhead and the afterpeak tank top shall not be regarded as a step for the purpose of this subparagraph;

5.8.5     if a main transverse bulkhead is located within the transverse extent of assumed damage and is stepped in way of a double bottom or side tank by more than 3m, the double bottom or side tanks adjacent to the stepped portion of the main transverse bulkhead shall be considered as flooded simultaneously. If this side tank has openings, into one or several holds, such as grain feeding holes, such hold or holds shall be considered as flooded simultaneously. Similarly in a ship designed for the carriage of liquid cargoes, where a side tank has openings into adjacent compartments, such adjacent compartments shall be considered as empty and as being flooded simultaneously. This provision is applicable even where such openings are fitted with closing appliances, except in the case of sluice valves fitted in bulkheads between tanks and where the valves are controlled from the deck. Manhole covers with closely spaced bolts are considered equivalent to the unpierced bulkhead except in the case of openings in topside tanks common to the holds;

5.8.6     if the flooding of any two adjacent fore and aft compartments is envisaged, main transverse watertight bulkheads shall be spaced at least 1/3 L 2/3 or 14.5m, whichever is the lesser, in order to be considered effective. Where transverse bulkheads are spaced at a lesser distance, one or more of these bulkheads shall be assumed as non-existent in order to achieve the minimum spacing between bulkheads.

  1.  

    5.9     The tabular freeboard of a ship to which subparagraph 5.2.2 applies must be increased by the amount shown in Table 1 appropriate to the ship's length.

  1.  

         Freeboards, at intermediate lengths of ship shall be obtained by linear interpolation. The increase in the case of ships of more than two hundred metres in length shall be by an amount which the Minister determines in each particular case.

TABLE 1
Length of ship (metres)Freeboard increase (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard increase (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard increase (millimetres)
108 and below013917517090
10952140181171292
11055141186172294
11157142191173297
11259143196174299
11362144201175301
11464145206176304
11568146210177306
11670147215178308
11773148219179311
11876149224180313
11980150228181315
12084151232182318
12187152236183320
12291153240184322
12395154244185325
12499155247186327
125103156251187329
126108157254188332
127112158258189334
128116159261190336
129121160264191339
130126161267192341
131131162270193343
132136163273194346
133142164275195348
134147165278196350
135153166280197353
136159167283198355
137164168285199357
138170169287200358

5.10.1     This subparagraph applies to a Type “B” ship of not more than one hundred metres in length having enclosed superstructures the total effective length (E) of which does not exceed 35% of the ship's length (L).

5.10.2     The freeboard calculated in respect of such a ship under paragraph 5.10.1 in accordance with subparagraphs 5.1, 5.2 and 5.9 must be increased by the following amount —

  1.  

    5.11     In the case of a ship with a block coefficient (Cb) exceeding 0.68, the freeboard calculated in accordance with subparagraphs 5.1 to 5.10 must multiplied by the factor —

  1.  

    5.12     Corrections in accordance with paragraphs 6 to 16 must be applied to the freeboard calculated under subparagraphs 5.1 to 5.11 and, subject to paragraph 3.3, the freeboard corrected is the Summer freeboard to be assigned to the ship.

    Length of ship (metres)Freeboard increase (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard increase (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard increase (millimetres)
    134147165278196350
    135153166280197353
    136159167283198355
    137164168285199357
    138170169287200358

Basic freeboard

6.     In the following paragraphs “basic freeboard” means the accordance with paragraph 4 or 5, whichever is applicable, but ship, the corrections referred to in paragraph 4.3, or in the case of a referred to in paragraph 5.12.

Correction for Depth

  1.  

    7.1     Where the depth for freeboard (D) exceeds, the basic freeboard of the ship shall be increased by – millimetres where R is —

  1.  

         , in the case of a ship less than 120 metres in length; and

  1.  

         250 in the case of a ship of 120 metres or more in length.

  1.  

    7.2     Where (D) is less than, the basic freeboard of the ship shall be reduced by —

millimetres

  1.  

         where, but only where, the ship has, subject to subparagraph 7.3 —

7.2.1     an enclosed superstructure covering at least 0.6 (L) amidships;

7.2.2     an efficient trunk extending for the ship's length; or

7.2.3     a combination of enclosed superstructures connected by efficient trunks, being a combination extending for the ship's length.

  1.  

    7.3     If the height of any such superstructure or trunk in subparagraph 7.2 is less than standard height the amount of reduction shall be reduced in the ratio of the actual to the standard height of the superstructure or trunk.

Correction for position of deck-line

  1.  

    8.1     Subject to the provisions of subparagraph 8.2, if the actual depth to the upper edge of the deck-line is greater or less than the depth for freeboard, the difference where greater shall be added to, or if less shall be deducted from, the basic freeboard of the ship.

  1.  

    8.2     If the position of the deck-line has been fixed under regulation 4(2), the actual depth of the ship must be taken to the point amidships where the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the freeboard deck or of any sheathing on that deck intersects the outer surface of the shell of the ship.

Standard height, length and effective length of superstructures

  1.  

    9.1     The standard height of a superstructure is determined in accordance with Table 2 —

TABLE 2
Length of ship (L) (metres)Standard Height (metres)
Raised quarter deckSuperstructure other than a raised quarter deck
30 or less0.901.80
751.201.80
125 or more1.802.30
  1.  

         Standard heights for intermediate lengths of the ship are obtained by linear interpolation.

9.2.1     Subject to subparagraph 9.2.2, the length of a superstructure (S) is the mean length of the parts of the superstructure which lie within the length of the ship.

9.2.2     In the case of an enclosed superstructure having an end bulkhead which extends in a fair convex curve beyond its intersection with the superstructure sides, the length of the superstructure (S) may be taken as its length determined in accordance with subparagraph 9.2.1, but increased by two-thirds of the fore and aft extent of the curvature to a maximum of one half the breadth of the superstructure at the point of intersection of the curved end of the superstructure with its side.

9.3.1     In the case of an enclosed superstructure of standard height, the effective length of a superstructure (E) shall be, subject to subparagraph 9.3.3 —

9.3.1.1     its length; or

9.3.1.2     where the superstructure is set in from the sides of the ship, its length modified in the ratio b/Bs, where —

9.3.1.2.1     “b” is the breadth of the superstructure at the middle of its length; and

9.3.1.2.2     “Bs” is the breadth of the ship at the middle of the length of the superstructure:

     where the superstructure is only set in for part of its length, this modification shall be applied only to that part.

9.3.2     In the case of an enclosed superstructure of less than standard height the effective length of a superstructure, subject to subparagraphs 9.3.1 and 9.3.3 are its length reduced in the ratio of the actual height of the superstructure to its standard height.

9.3.3     In the case of an enclosed superstructure consisting of a raised quarter deck the effective length of a superstructure must, if the deck is fitted with an intact front bulkhead, be its length subject to a maximum of 0.6 of the ship's length and, where not so fitted, be determined by treating the raised quarter deck as a poop of less than standard height.

9.3.4     A superstructure which is not an enclosed superstructure as defined in paragraph 9.3.1 has no effective length.

Standard height and effective length of trunks

  1.  

    10.1     The standard height of a trunk is that applicable to a superstructure other than a raised quarter deck in paragraph 9.1.

  1.  

    10.2     The effective length of a trunk is determined as follows —

10.2.1     a trunk which is not an efficient trunk as described in subparagraph 10.2.2 has no effective length;

10.2.2     a trunk is treated as an efficient trunk if —

10.2.2.1     it is at least as strong as a superstructure;

10.2.2.2     the hatchways in way of the trunk are in the trunk deck, and the hatchway coamings and covers comply with the requirements of paragraphs 4 to 6, except that small access openings with watertight covers may be permitted in the freeboard deck;

10.2.2.3     the width of the trunk deck stringer provides a satisfactory gangway and sufficient lateral stiffness;

10.2.2.4     a permanent working platform fore and aft fitted with guard rails or guard wires complying with applicable requirements in subparagraph 18.2.1 is provided by the trunk deck, or by detached trunks connected to superstructures by efficient permanent gangways;

10.2.2.5     ventilators are protected by the trunk, by watertight covers or by equivalent means;

10.2.2.6     open rails or wires are fitted on the weather parts of the freeboard deck in way of the trunk for at least half their length;

10.2.2.7     the machinery casings are protected by the trunk, or by an enclosed superstructure of at least standard height, or by a deckhouse of the same height, strength and weathertightness equivalent to such an enclosed superstructure;

10.2.2.8     the breadth of the trunk is at least 60% of the breadth of the ship;

10.2.2.9     If there is no superstructure the length of the trunk is at least 0.6(L).

10.2.3     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 10.2.4, the effective length of an efficient trunk is its full length reduced in the ratio of its mean breadth to the breadth of the ship.

10.2.4     If the actual height of an efficient trunk is less than the standard height, its effective length shall be the length calculated under subparagraph 10.2.3 reduced in the ratio of the actual to the standard height of the trunk. In addition, where the ship is a Type “B” ship and the height of hatchway coamings on the trunk deck is less than that required by subparagraph 5.1 a reduction from the actual height of the trunk shall be made of an amount corresponding to the difference between the actual height and the required height of the hatchway coamings.

Deduction for effective length of superstructures and trunks

  1.  

    11.1     If the sum of the effective lengths of superstructures and trunks of a ship is 1.0(L), the basic freeboard of the ship shall be reduced by —

  1.  

         three hundred and fifty millimetres if the ship is twenty-four metres in length (L);

  1.  

         eight hundred and sixty millimetres if the ship is eighty-five metres in length (L);

  1.  

         one thousand and seventy millimetres if the ship is one hundred and twenty-two metres in length or more;

  1.  

         and by amounts obtained by linear interpolation in the case of ships of intermediate length.

  1.  

    11.2     If the sum of the effective lengths of superstructures and trunks are less than 1.0 (L), the basic freeboard of a ship shall be reduced by a percentage of the figures in subparagraph 11.1 according to the total effective length of its superstructures and trunks as follows —

11.2.1     In the case of a Type “A” ship, by a percentage given in Table 3, the percentage in the case of a ship having superstructures and trunks of an effective length intermediate to those specified in Table 3 is to be obtained by linear interpolation.

11.2.2.1     Subject to subparagraphs 11.2.2.2, 11.2.2.3 and 11.2.2.4, in the case of a Type “B” ship, by a percentage given in Table 4. The percentage in the case of a ship having superstructures and trunks of an effective length intermediate to those specified in Table 4 is to be obtained by linear interpolation.

11.2.2.2     If the effective length of a bridge covers less than 0.1(L) before and 0.1(L) abaft amidships the percentages shall be obtained by linear interpolation between the lines I and II.

11.2.2.3     If the effective length of a forecastle is more than 0.4 (L), the percentages are obtained from line II.

11.2.2.4     If the effective length of a forecastle is less than 0.07 (L), the above percentages are reduced by —

     where “f” is the effective length of the forecastle.

TABLE 3
PERCENTAGE OF DEDUCTION FOR TYPE A SHIPS
Percentage of deduction for all types of superstructure and trunksTotal effective length of superstructure and trunks
00.1 (L)0.2 (L)0.3 (L)0.4 (L)0.5 (L)0.6 (L)0.7 (L)0.8 (L)0.9 (L)1.0 (L)
0714213141526375.387.7100
TABLE 4
PERCENTAGE OF DEDUCTION FOR TYPE B SHIPS
Ships with forecastle and without detached bridgeTotal effective length of superstructure and trunks

Line00.1 (L)0.2 (L)0.3 (L)0.4 (L)0.5 (L)0.6 (L)0.7 (L)0.8 (L)0.9 (L)1.0 (L)

I05101523.532466375.387.7100
Total effective length of superstructure and trunksII06.312.71927.536466375.387.7100

Measurement of Sheer

  1.  

    12.1     The sheer is measured from the deck at side to a line of reference drawn parallel to the keel through the sheer line amidships.

  1.  

    12.2     In ships designed with a rake of keel, the sheer is measured in relation to a line of reference drawn parallel to the design load waterline.

  1.  

    12.3     In flush deck ships and in ships with detached superstructures the sheer is measured at the freeboard deck.

  1.  

    12.4     In ships with topsides of unusual form in which there is a step or break in the topsides, the sheer is considered in relation to the equivalent depth amidships.

  1.  

    12.5     In ships with a superstructure of standard height which extends over the whole length of the freeboard deck, the sheer is measured at the superstructure deck. If the height of the superstructure exceeds the standard height the least difference (Z) between the actual and standard heights shall be added to each end ordinate. Similarly, the intermediate ordinates at distances of 1/6(L) and 1/3(L) from each perpendicular is increased by 0.444 (Z) and 0.111 (Z) respectively.

  1.  

    12.6     If the deck of an enclosed superstructure has at least the same sheer as the exposed freeboard deck, the sheer of the enclosed portion of the freeboard deck is not taken into account.

  1.  

    12.7     If an enclosed poop or forecastle is —

12.7.1     of standard height with greater sheer than that of the freeboard deck; or

12.7.2     is of more than standard height;

  1.  

         an addition to the sheer of the freeboard deck shall be made calculated in accordance with subparagraph 14.4.

Standard sheer profile

13.     The ordinates of the standard sheer profile are given in Table 5 —

TABLE 5
StationOrdinate (in millimetres)Factor
After halfAfter perpendicular25.0((L)/3 + 10)1
(A.P.)11.1((L)/3 + 10)3
1/6(L) from A.P.2.8((L)/3 + 10)3
1/3(L) from A.P.01
Amidships
Forward halfAmidships01
1/3(L) from F.P.5.6((L)/3 + 10)3
1/6(L) from F.P.22.2((L)/3 + 10)3
Forward perpendicular (F.P.)50.0((L)/3 + 101

Measurement of variation front standard sheer profile

  1.  

    14.1     If the sheer profile differs from the standard sheer profile, the four ordinates of each profile in the forward or after halves of the ship shall be multiplied by the appropriate factors given in paragraph 13. The difference between the sums of the respective products and those of the standard divided by eight is the deficiency or excess of sheer in the forward or after half. The arithmetical mean of the excess or deficiency in the forward and after halves is the excess or deficiency of sheer.

  1.  

    14.2     If the after half of the sheer profile is greater than the standard sheer profile and the forward half is less than the standard sheer profile, no credit is allowed for the part in excess, and deficiency only is measured.

  1.  

    14.3     If the forward half of the sheer profile exceeds the standard sheer profile, and the after half of the sheer profile is not less than 75 % of the standard sheer profile, credit shall be allowed for the part in excess. If the after half of the sheer profile is less than 50% of the standard sheer profile, no credit shall be given for the excess of sheer forward. Where the sheer in the after half is between 50% and 75% of the standard sheer profile, intermediate allowances may be granted for excess sheer forward.

  1.  

    14.4     If sheer credit is given for a poop or forecastle the following formula is used —

  1.  

         where —

     s     =     sheer credit, to be deducted from the deficiency or added to the excess of sheer;

     y     =     difference between actual and standard height of superstructure at the after or forward perpendicular; and

     L'     =     mean enclosed length of poop or forecastle up to a maximum length of 0.5 (L).

  1.  

         This formula provides a curve in the form of a parabola tangential to the actual sheer curve at the freeboard deck and intersecting the end ordinate at a point below the superstructure deck at a distance equal to the standard height of the poop or forecastle. The superstructure deck is not less than standard height above this curve at any point. This curve is used in determining the sheer profile for the forward and the after halves of the ship.

Correction for Variations from standard sheer profile

  1.  

    15.1     The correction for sheer shall be the deficiency or excess of sheer determined under paragraph 14 multiplied by —

  1.  

    15.2     In the case of a ship with sheer less than the standard sheer profile, the correction for deficiency of sheer determined in accordance with subparagraph 15.1 shall be added to the basic freeboard of the ship.

  1.  

    15.3     Subject to subparagraph 15.4, in the case of a ship having an excess of sheer —

15.3.1     If an enclosed superstructure covers 0.1(L) before and 0.1(L) abaft amidships, the correction for excess of sheer determined in accordance with subparagraph 15.1 shall be deducted from the basic freeboard of the ship;

15.3.2     If no enclosed superstructure covers amidships, no deductions shall be made from the basic freeboard of the ship;

15.3.3     If an enclosed superstructure covers less than 0.1(L) before and 0.1(L) abaft amidships, the correction for excess of sheer determined in accordance with subparagraph 15.1 shall be modified in the ratio of the amount of 0.2(L) amidship which is covered by the superstructure, to 0.2(L).

  1.  

    15.4     The maximum deduction for excess sheer is at the rate of one hundred and twenty-five millimetres per one hundred metres of length (L).

Correction for minimum bow height

  1.  

    16.1     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraphs 16.2 and 16.3, if the bow height determined under subparagraph 16.4 is less than the minimum bow height determined in accordance with subparagraph 16.5, the freeboard determined for the ship is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the bow height and the minimum bow height.

  1.  

    16.2     If an existing ship to which subparagraph 16.1 applies has been so constructed or modified as to comply with all the requirements of Schedule 3 applicable to a new ship of its type and is to be assigned freeboards determined in accordance with this Schedule —

16.2.1     the forecastle is less than 0.07(L);

16.2.2     the sheer extends for less than 15% of the ship's length (L) measured from the forward perpendicular,

  1.  

         the freeboard is increased by an amount as the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister determines in each particular case.

  1.  

    16.3     In the case of a ship to which subparagraph 16.1 applies, being a ship which is constructed to meet exceptional operational requirements, the correction to be made in accordance with subparagraphs 16.1 and 16.2 may be reduced or waived if the Director is satisfied that the safety of the ship will not be impaired in consequence of the worst sea and weather conditions likely to be encountered by the ship in service.

  1.  

    16.4     The bow height of a ship is the vertical distance at the forward perpendicular between the Summer load waterline at the designed trim and the top of the exposed deck at side.

16.4.1     If the bow height is obtained by including sheer, the sheer shall extend for no less than 15% of length (L) measured from the forward perpendicular.

16.4.2     If the bow height is obtained by including the height of a superstructure, such superstructure shall —

16.4.2.1     extend from the stem to a point not less than 0.07 of the ship's length (L) measured from the forward perpendicular;

16.4.2.2     If length (L) is one hundred metres or less, be an enclosed superstructure; and

16.4.2.3     If length (L) exceeds one hundred metres in length, be fitted with satisfactory closing appliances.

  1.  

    16.5     The minimum bow height in millimetres shall be —

  1.  

         where (L) is less than two hundred and fifty metres; and

  1.  

         where (L) is two hundred and fifty metres or more;

  1.  

         Cb shall not be taken as less than 0.68.

PART II
TIMBER FREEBOARDS

Summer Timber freeboard

17.     The Summer Timber freeboard is the freeboard determined in accordance with the provisions of subparagraphs 5.1, 5.2.1, 5.10.1, 5.10.2 and 5.11 and corrected in accordance with the provisions of subparagraphs 6 to 15, except that the percentages in Table 6 are substituted for those given in Table 4 of paragraph 11.2.

TABLE 6
PERCENTAGE OF DEDUCTION FOR TYPE SHIPS
Percentage of deduction for all types of superstructure and trunksTotal effective length of superstructure and trunks

00.1 (L)0.2 (L)0.3 (L)0.4 (L)0.5 (L)0.6 (L)0.7 (L)0.8 (L)0.9 (L)1.0 (L)

20314253647076828894100

     Percentages at intermediate lengths superstructures are obtained by linear interpolation.

Other Timber freeboards

  1.  

    18.1     A Winter Timber freeboard is obtained by adding to the Summer Timber freeboard one thirty-sixth of the Summer Timber draught.

  1.  

    18.2     A Winter North Atlantic Timber freeboard is the same as the Winter North Atlantic freeboard assigned.

  1.  

    18.3     A Tropical Timber freeboard is obtained by deducting from the Summer Timber freeboard one forty-eighth of the Summer Timber draught.

18.4.1     The Fresh Water Timber freeboard shall, subject to subparagraph 18.4.2, obtained by deducting from the Summer Timber freeboard the quantity —

centimetres

     where —

          is the displacement in salt water in tonnes at the waterline which will when load lines have been marked on the ship's side correspond to the Summer Timber load line; and

     T     represents tonnes per centimetre immersion in salt water at that waterline.

18.4.2     If the displacement at that waterline cannot be ascertained, the deduction is one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Summer Timber draught of the ship.

PART III
SAILING SHIPS AND OTHER SHIPS

Sailing ships and tugs

19.     The freeboards to be assigned to sailing ships and tugs are freeboards determined under Part I of this Schedule increased by such amounts as the Director directs in each particular case.

Ships of wood and other ships

20.     The freeboards to be assigned to wooden ships or of composite construction or of other materials, or to ships with constructional features such as to render freeboards calculated under Part I of this Schedule unreasonable or impracticable shall be determined by the Minister or any person or organization authorized by the Minister in each particular case.

Unmanned barges

21.     The freeboards to be assigned to unmanned barges having on the freeboard deck small access openings closed by watertight gasketed covers of steel shall be freeboards determined in accordance with the provisions of Part I of this Schedule omitting paragraphs 5 and 16. Such freeboards may be reduced by such amounts not exceeding twenty-five per cent as the Director may direct in each particular case.

FREEBOARD TABLES

22.     The following is the Freeboard Table A referred to in paragraph 4 of this Schedule —

TABLE A
FREEBOARD TABLE TYPE A SHIPS
Length of Ship (metres)Freeboard (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard (millimetres)
24200646261041196
25208656391051212
26217666531061228
27225676661071244
28233686801081260
29242696931091276
30250707061101293
31258717201111309
32267727331121326
33275737461131342
34283747601141359
35292757731151376
36300767861161392
37308778001171409
38316788141181426
39325798281191442
40334808411201459
41344818551211476
42354828691221494
43364838831231511
44374848971241528
45385859111251546
46396869261261563
47408879401271580
48420889551281598
49432899691291615
50443909841301632
51455919991311650
524679210141321667
534789310291331684
544909410441341702
555039510591351719
565169610741361736
575309710891371753
585449811051381770
595599911201391787
6057310011351401803
6158710111511411820
6260010211661421837
6361310311811431853
144187019725822503012
145188619825922513018
146190319926022523024
147191920026122533030
148193520126222543036
149195220226322553042
150196820326412563048
151198420426502573054
152200020526592583060
153201620626692593066
154203220726782603072
155204820826872613078
156206420926962623084
157208021027052633089
158209621127142643095
159211121227232653101
160212621327322663106
161214121427412673112
162215521527492683117
163216921627582693123
164218421727672703128
165219821827752713133
166221221927842723138
167222622027922733143
168224022128012743148
169225422228092753153
170226822328172763158
171228122428252773163
172229422528332783167
173230722628412793172
174232022728492803176
175233222828572813181
176234522928652823185
177235723028722833189
178236923128802843194
179238123228882853198
180239323328952863202
181240523429032873207
182241623529102883211
183242823629182893215
184244023729252903220
185245123829322913224
186246323929392923228
187247424029462933233
188248624129532943237
189249724229592953241
190250824329662963246
191251924429732973250
192253024529792983254
193254124629862993258
194255224729933003262
195256224830003013266
196257224930063023270
303327432433423453394
304327832533453463396
305328132633473473399
306328532733503483401
307328832833533493403
308329232933553503406
309329533033583513408
310329833133613523410
311330233233633533412
312330533333663543414
313330833433683553416
314331233533713563418
315331533633733573420
316331833733753583422
317332233833783593423
318332533933803603425
319332834033823613427
320333134133853623428
321333434233873633430
322333734333893643432
323333934433923653433

     Freeboards at intermediate lengths of ship are obtained by linear interpolation.

     Freeboards, in millimetres, at length of ship less than twenty-four metres shall be —

See also paragraph 3 of this Schedule.

23.     The following is Freeboard Table B referred to in paragraph 5 of this Schedule —

TABLE B
FREEBOARD TABLE FOR TYPE B SHIPS
Length of Ship (metres)Freeboard (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard (millimetres)Length of ship (metres)Freeboard (millimetres)
24200727541201690
25208737691211709
26217747841221729
27225758001231750
28233768161241771
29242778331251793
30250788501261815
31258798681271837
32267808871281859
33275819051291880
34283829231301901
35292839421311921
36300849601321940
37308859781331959
38316869961341979
393258710151352000
403348810341362021
413448910541372043
423549010751382065
433649110961392087
443749211161402109
453859311351412130
463969411541422131
474089511721432171
484209611901442190
494329712091452209
504439812291462229
514559912501472250
5246710012711482271
5347810112931492293
5449010213151502315
5550310313371512334
5651610413591522354
5753010513801532375
5854410614011542396
5955910714211552418
6057310814401562440
6158710914591572460
6260111014791582480
6361511115001592500
6462911215211602520
6564411315431612540
6665911415651622560
6767411515871632580
6868911616091642600
6970511716301652620
7072111816511662640
7173811916711672660
168268022136012744327
169269822236152754339
170271622336302764350
171273522436452774362
172275422536602784373
173277422636752794385
174279522736902804397
175281522837052814408
176283522937202824420
177285523037352834432
178287523137502844443
179289523237652854455
180291523337802864467
181293323437952874478
182295223538082884490
183297023638212894502
184298823738352904513
185300723838492914525
186302523938642924537
187304424038802934548
188306224138932944560
189308024239062954572
190309824339202964583
191311624439342974595
192313424539492984607
193315124639652994618
194316724739783004630
195318524839923014642
196320224940053024654
197321925040183034665
198323525140323044676
199324925240453054686
200326425340583064695
201328025440723074704
202329625540853084714
203331325640983094725
204333025741123104736
205334725841253114748
206336325941393124757
207338026041523134768
208339726141653144779
209341326241773154790
210343026341893164801
211344526442013174812
212346026542143184823
213347526642273194834
214349026742403204844
215350526842523214855
216352026942643224866
217353727042763234878
218355427142893244890
219357027243023254899
220358627343153264909
327492034050553535190
328493134150653545200
329494334250753555210
330495534350863565220
331496534450873575230
332497534551083585240
333498534651193595250
334499534751303605260
335500534851403615268
336501534951503625276
337502535051603635285
338503535151703645294
339504535251803655303

     Freeboards at intermediate lengths of ship shall be obtained by linear interpolation.

     Freeboards, in millimeters, at length of ship less than twenty-four metres shall be —

     See also paragraphs 3 and 17 of this Schedule.

Schedule 3

(Regulation 12)

CONDITION OF ASSIGNMENT
  1.  

    1.1     In this Schedule, except where the context otherwise requires —

    1.  

      breadth (B)” means the maximum breadth of the ship measured amidships to the moulded line of the frame in the case of a ship having a metal shell, or to the outer surface of the hull in the case of a ship having a shell of another material;

    1.  

      enclosed superstructure” means a superstructure —

      1.  

        (a)     which has enclosing bulkheads of efficient construction in which all access openings are fitted with sills and weathertight doors; and

      1.  

        (b)     in which all other openings in sides or ends are fitted with efficient weathertight means of closing;

    1.  

           but does not include a bridge or poop fulfilling these requirements unless access to machinery and other working spaces within the bridge or poop is provided by alternative means which are available at times when access openings in the bulkheads of the bridge or poop are closed;

    1.  

      exposed position” means a position which is —

      1.  

        (a)     exposed to weather and sea; or

      1.  

        (b)     within a structure so exposed other than enclosed superstructure;

    1.  

      forward perpendicular” means the perpendicular taken at the forward end of the ship's length, coinciding with the foreside of the stem on the waterline on which such length is measured; and “after perpendicular” means the perpendicular taken at the after end of such length;

    1.  

      freeing port area (A)” means the sum of the areas of the openings of freeing ports on each side of the ship for each well;

    1.  

      height” in relation to a superstructure means the least vertical height measured at side from the top of the superstructure deck beams to the top of the freeboard deck beams; and the “standard height” of a superstructure means the height ascertained in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 9 of Schedule 2;

    1.  

      Position 1” or “Position 2” means those positions in which structure, openings or fittings are situated —

      1.  

        (a)     in the case of Position 1, on exposed freeboard and raised quarter decks, and on exposed superstructure decks situated forward of a point located a quarter of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular; and

      1.  

        (b)     in the case of Position 2, on exposed superstructure decks situated abaft a quarter of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular;

    1.  

      Summer load waterline” means the waterline which corresponds to the Summer load line of the ship;

    1.  

      superstructure” means a decked structure, including a raised quarter deck, situated on the freeboard deck which either extends from side to side of the ship or is such that its side plating is not inboard of the shell plating by more than four per cent of the breadth of the ship; and where the freeboard deck consists of a lower deck as described in subparagraph (b) of the definition of “freeboard deck”, includes that part of the hull which extends above the freeboard deck;

    1.  

      superstructure deck” means a deck forming the top of a superstructure;

    1.  

      Type Aship” means a ship which is designed to carry only liquid cargoes in bulk and —

      1.  

        (a)     the cargo tanks of the ship have only small access openings closed by watertight gasketed covers of steel or equivalent material;

      1.  

        (b)     the ship has high integrity of the exposed deck and has a low permeability of loaded cargo compartments;

(c)     (i)     in the case of a ship constructed before the 8th day of June, 2000, where over one hundred and fifty metres in length and designed to have empty compartments when loaded to the Summer load waterline, the ship shall be capable of remaining afloat after the flooding of one of these empty compartments, at an assumed permeability of zero point nine five in a condition of equilibrium; where over two hundred and twenty-five metres in length its machinery space shall be treated as a floodable compartment, but with an assumed permeability of zero point eight five;

     (ii)     in the case of a ship constructed on or after the 8th day of June 2000, where over one hundred and fifty metres in length and a freeboard of less than required for a type “B” ship has been assigned, when loaded in accordance with the initial condition of loading before flooding, the ship is capable of remaining afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium after the flooding of a compartment or compartments with an assumed permeability of zero point nine five, consequent on the damage assumptions specified in paragraph 5(8) of Part 1 of Schedule 2; in such a ship the machinery space shall be treated as a floodable compartment, but with a permeability of zero point eight five;

  1.  

    (d)     the condition of equilibrium referred to in subparagraph (c)(i) is as follows —

(i)     the final water line after the flooding is below the top of a ventilator coaming, the lower edge of an air pipe opening, the upper edge of the sill of an access opening fitted with a weathertight door, and the lower edge of another opening through which progressive flooding may take place;

(ii)     the angle of heel due to unsymmetrical flooding does not exceed 150 or, if no part of the deck is immersed, an angle of heel of up to 170 may be accepted;

(iii)     the metacentric height calculated using the constant displacement method has a positive value in the upright condition after the flooding;

(iv)     the ship has adequate residual stability; and

(v)     the ship has sufficient stability during intermediate stages of flooding to the satisfaction of the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister;

  1.  

    (e)     The condition of equilibrium referred to in subparagraph (c)(ii) is regarded as satisfactory if the following conditions are fulfilled —

(i)     The final waterline after flooding, taking into account sinkage, heel and trim, is below the lower edge of an opening through which progressive downflooding may take place. Such openings shall include air pipes, ventilators and openings which are closed by means of weathertight doors or hatch covers, and may exclude those openings closed by means of manhole covers and flush scuttles, cargo hatch covers of the type described in subparagraph (a), remotely operated sliding watertight doors, and sidescuttles of non-opening type. However, in the case of doors separating a main machinery space from a steering gear compartment, watertight doors may be of a hinged, quick-acting type kept closed at sea, while not in use, provided also that the lower sill of such doors is above the summer load waterline,

(ii)     If pipes, ducts or tunnels are situated within the assumed extent of damage penetration as defined under paragraph 5.8.2 of Schedule 2, arrangements shall be made so that progressive flooding cannot thereby extend to compartments other than those assumed to be floodable in the calculation for each case of damage,

(iii)     If no part of the deck is immersed, the angle of heel due to asymmetrical flooding does not exceed 17º. If a part of the deck is immersed, the angle of heel due to asymmetrical flooding does not exceed 15o,

(iv)     The metacentric height in the flooded condition is positive,

(v)     When a part of the deck outside the compartment assumed flooded in a particular case of damage is immersed, or in a case where the margin of stability in the flooded condition may be considered doubtful, the residual stability is to be investigated by the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister. It may be regarded as sufficient if the righting lever curve has a minimum range of 200 beyond the position of equilibrium with a maximum righting lever of at least zero point one metres within this range. The area under the righting lever curve within this range shall not be less than zero point zero one seven five metres rad. The Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister shall give consideration to the potential hazard presented by protected or unprotected openings which may become temporarily immersed within the range of residual stability,

(vi)     The Minister or a person or an organization authorized by the Minister is satisfied that the stability is sufficient during the intermediate stages of flooding;

  1.  

    Type Bship” means a ship other than a Type “A” ship;

  1.  

    unattended machinery space” means a machinery space which during the normal operation of the ship at sea is unattended for any period, and “attended machinery space” means a machinery space other than an unattended machinery space;

  1.  

    weathertight” in relation to a part of a ship other than a door in a bulkhead means that water will not penetrate it and so enter the hull of the ship in the worst sea and weather conditions likely to be encountered by the ship in service; and in relation to a door in a bulkhead it means a door which—

    1.  

      (a)     is constructed of steel or other equivalent material, is strongly and permanently attached to the bulkhead, and is framed, stiffened and fitted so that the whole structure in which it is set is of equivalent strength to the unpierced bulkhead;

    1.  

      (b)     is closed by means of gaskets, clamping devices or other equivalent means permanently attached to the bulkhead or to the door itself;

    1.  

      (c)     when closed, is weathertight as above defined; and

    1.  

      (d)     it can be operated from either side of the bulkhead.

  1.  

    1.2     In the definition of a “Type “A” ship”, the initial condition of loading before flooding referred to in paragraph (c)(ii) shall be determined as follows —

1.2.1     the ship is loaded to its summer load waterline on an imaginary even keel;

1.2.2     when calculating the vertical centre of gravity, the following principles apply —

1.2.2.1     homogenous cargo is carried;

1.2.2.2     all cargo compartments, except those referred to under subparagraph 1.2.2.3, but including compartments intended to be partially filled, shall be considered fully loaded except that in the case of fluid cargoes each compartment shall be treated as 98% full;

1.2.2.3     if the ship is intended to operate at its Summer Load waterline with empty compartments, the compartments shall be considered empty provided the height of the centre of gravity so calculated is not less than as calculated under subparagraph 1.2.2.2;

1.2.2.4     50% of the individual total capacity of all tanks and spaces fitted to contain consumable liquids and stores is allowed for. It shall be assumed that for each type of liquid, at least one transverse pair or a single centreline tank has maximum free surface, and the tank or combination of tanks to be taken into account shall be those where the effect of free surfaces is the greatest; in each tank the centre of gravity of the contents shall be taken at the centre of volume of the tank. The remaining tanks shall be assumed either completely empty or completely filled, and the distribution of consumable liquids between these tanks shall be effected so as to obtain the greatest possible height above the keel for the centre of gravity;

1.2.2.5     at an angle of heel of not more than 5º in each compartment containing liquids, as prescribed in subparagraph 1.2.2.2 except that in the case of compartments containing consumable fluids, as prescribed in subparagraph 1.2.2.4 the maximum free surface effect shall be taken into account. Alternatively, the actual free surface effects may be used, provided the methods of calculation are acceptable to the Minister or any person or organization authorized by him or her;

1.2.2.6     weights shall be calculated on the basis of the following values for specific gravities —

salt water1.025
fresh water1.000
oil fuel0.950
diesel oil0.900
lubricating oil0.900
PART I
SHIPS IN GENERAL

Structural strength and stability

  1.  

    2.1     The construction of the ship must be such that its general structural strength is sufficient for the freeboards assigned.

  1.  

    2.2     The design and construction of the ship must be such as to ensure that its stability in all probable loading conditions is sufficient for the freeboards assigned, and for this purpose due consideration is given to the intended service of the ship and to the following criteria.

2.2.1     The area under the curve of righting levers (GZ curve) is not be less than —

2.2.1.1     zero point zero five five metre-radians up to an angle of 30°;

2.2.1.2     zero point zero nine metre-radians up to an angle of 40° or the angle at which the lower edge of an opening in the hull, superstructures or deckhouses which cannot be closed weathertight, are immersed where that angle is less; and

2.2.1.3     zero point zero three metre-radians between the angles of heel of 30° and 40° or such lesser angle as is referred to under subparagraph 2.2.1.2.

2.2.2     The righting lever (GZ) is at least zero point two zero metres at an angle of heel equal to or greater than thirty.

2.2.3     The maximum righting lever shall occur at an angle of heel not less than 30°.

2.2.4     The initial transverse metacentric height shall not be less than 0.15 metres. In the case of a ship carrying a timber deck cargo which complies with subparagraph 2.2.1 by taking into account the volume of timber deck cargo, the initial transverse metacentric height shall not be less than zero point zero five metres.

  1.  

    2.3     To determine whether the ship complies with the requirements of subparagraph 2.2 the ship shall, unless otherwise permitted, be subject to an inclining test which shall be carried out in the presence of a surveyor appointed by the Minister or, for the ships listed under regulation 17 (5), a Survey or of ships appointed by the Minister or a person or an organization authorized by the Minister.

Superstructure end bulkheads

3.     Bulkheads at exposed ends of enclosed superstructures shall be of efficient construction.

     The height of a sill in an access opening in such a bulkhead shall, except where otherwise stated, be at least three hundred and eighty millimetres above the deck.

Hatchways: general

  1.  

    4.1     The provisions of this paragraph and of paragraphs 5 and 6 apply to all hatchways in Position 1 or in Position 2 except if otherwise stated.

  1.  

    4.2     Subject to subparagraph 4.3, the construction and the means for securing the weathertightness of a hatchway must —

4.2.1     in the case of a hatchway closed by a portable cover and secured weathertight by tarpaulins and battening devices, comply with the requirements of paragraph 5, and

4.2.2     in the case of a hatchway closed by a weathertight cover of steel or other equivalent material fitted with gaskets and clamping devices, comply with the requirements of paragraph 6.

  1.  

    4.3     Every hatchway located in an exposed position on a deck above a superstructure deck and leading to a space below must be of such a construction and be fitted with such means as will secure the weathertightness of the hatchway, having regard to its position.

Hatchways closed by portable covers and secured weathertight by tarpaulins and battening devices

Coamings

  1.  

    5.1     A hatchway must have a coaming of substantial construction. The coaming must be constructed of mild steel but may be constructed of other material provided that the strength and stiffness of the coaming are equivalent to those of a coaming of mild steel. The height of the coaming above the deck must be at least —

5.1.1     six hundred millimetres, if the hatchway is in Position 1;

5.1.2     four hundred and fifty millimetres, if the hatchway is in Position 2.

Covers

5.2.1     The width of a bearing surface for a hatchway cover must be at least sixty-five millimetres.

5.2.2     In the case of a cover made of wood —

5.2.2.1     the finished thickness of the cover shall be at least sixty millimetres in association with a span of not more than one point five metres, and the thickness of covers for larger spans shall be increased by four millimetres for each one hundred millimetres above the span of one point five metres;

5.2.2.2     the ends of the cover shall be protected by galvanised steel bands efficiently secured.

5.2.3     In the case of a cover made of mild steel —

5.2.3.1     the strength of the cover shall withstand the assumed load given in Table 1, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 4.25 does not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material —

TABLE 1
Ship's Length (L)Assumed Load, per square metre
Hatchway in Position 1Hatchway in Position 2
24 metres1 metric tonne0.75 metric tonne
100 metres or over1.75 metric tonnes1.30 metric tonnes
Over 24 metres but less than 100 metresto be ascertained by linear interpolation

5.2.3.2     the cover must be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0028 times the span under the assumed load in Table 1 appropriate to the hatchway cover.

5.2.4     In the case of a cover made neither of mild steel nor wood the strength and stiffness of the cover is equivalent to those of a cover of mild steel.

Portable beams

5.3.1     If portable beams for supporting hatchway covers are made of mild steel, their strength must be such as to withstand the assumed load given in Table 1, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 5 does not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material.

5.3.2     Portable beams must be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0022 times the span under the assumed load in Table 1 appropriate to the beam.

5.3.3     In the case of portable beams not made of mild steel, the strength and stiffness of the beams are be equivalent to those of beams of mild steel.

Pontoon covers

5.4.1     If pontoon covers of mild steel are used in place of portable beams and covers, their strength must be such as to withstand the assumed load given in Table 1, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 5 does not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material.

5.4.2     Pontoon covers must be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0022 times the span under the assumed load in Table 1 appropriate to the pontoon cover.

5.4.3     Mild steel plating forming the tops of pontoon covers must not be less in thickness than one per cent of the spacing of the stiffeners or six millimetres, whichever is the greater.

5.4.4     In the case of pontoon covers not made of mild steel, the strength and stiffness of the cover shall be equivalent to those of a cover of mild steel.

Carriers or sockets

  1.  

    5.5     Carriers or sockets for portable beams shall be of substantial construction and provide efficient means for the fitting and securing of the beams. If rolling types of beams are used the arrangements shall ensure that the beams remain properly in position when the hatchway is closed.

Cleats

  1.  

    5.6     Cleats must be set to fit the taper of the wedges. Cleats must be at least sixty-five millimetres wide and spaced not more than six hundred millimetres, centre to centre. The cleats along each side or end of the hatchway shall not be more than one hundred and fifty millimetres from the hatch corners.

Battens and wedges

  1.  

    5.7     Battens and wedges shall be efficient for their purpose and in good condition. Wedges shall be of tough wood or equivalent material cut to a taper of not more than 1 in 6 and must not be less than thirteen millimetres thick at the toes.

Tarpaulins

  1.  

    5.8     At least two layers of tarpaulin must be provided for a hatchway. The tarpaulin must be waterproof, in good condition, and have satisfactory strength and quality.

Security of hatchway covers

5.9.1     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 5.9.2, steel bars must be provided for every hatchway to ensure that each section of hatchway covers can be efficiently and independently secured after the tarpaulins have been battened down and that hatchway covers of more than one point five metres in length are secured by at least two such bars.

5.9.2     Bars of material other than steel, or means of securing hatchway covers otherwise than by bars, may be used if —

5.9.2.1     in the case of the former, the strength and stiffness of the bars used are equivalent to those of steel bars;

5.9.2.2     in either case the degree of security so achieved is not less than that which would be achieved by the use of steel bars.

Hatchways closed by weathertight covers of steel or equivalent material fitted with gaskets and clamping devices

Coamings

6.1.1     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 6.1.2, a hatchway must have a coaming of substantial construction the height of which above the deck shall be at least —

6.1.1.1     six hundred millimetres, where the hatchway is in Position 1;

6.1.1.2     four hundred and fifty millimetres, where the hatchway is in Position 2.

6.1.2     A hatchway may have a coaming of less than the height applicable under the provisions of subparagraph 6.1.1, or in exceptional circumstances a coaming may be dispensed with altogether, if that —

6.1.2.1     the safety of the ship is not impaired in the worst sea or weather conditions likely to be encountered by the ship in service;

6.1.2.2     when any coaming is fitted it is of substantial construction.

Weathertight covers

6.2.1     The strength of a cover of mild steel must be such as to withstand the assumed load given in Table 1, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 4.25 does not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material. A cover of mild steel must be so designed as to limit the deflection under such a load to not more than 0.0028 times the span.

6.2.2     A cover of mild steel made of materials other than mild steel must have a strength and stiffness equivalent to that required for a cover of mild steel.

6.2.3     A cover of mild steel must be fitted with efficient means by which it can be secured and made weathertight.

6.2.4     Mild steel plating forming the top of a cover must be not less in thickness than 1% of the spacing of the stiffeners or six millimetres whichever is the greater.

Machinery space openings

  1.  

    7.1     A machinery space opening situated in Position I or Position 2 must be efficiently framed and enclosed by a steel casing of substantial strength, account being taken of the extent, if any, to which the casing is protected by other structures.

  1.  

    7.2     A doorway in a casing under subparagraph 7.1 shall be fitted with a steel watertight door having a sill the height of which is be at least —

7.2.1     Six hundred millimetres above the deck, where the opening is in Position 1;

7.2.2     Three hundred and eighty millimetres above the deck, where the opening is in Position 2.

  1.  

    7.3     An opening in a casing other than a doorway must be provided with a permanently attached cover of steel fitted with efficient means by which it can be secured and maintained weathertight and, except in the case of a cover consisting of a plate secured by bolts, is capable of being operated from either side of the opening.

  1.  

    7.4     A fiddley, funnel or machinery space ventilator situated in an exposed position on the freeboard deck or on a superstructure deck must have a coaming of such a height above the deck as will provide adequate protection having regard to its position.

Miscellaneous openings in freeboard and superstructure decks

  1.  

    8.1     A manhole and flush scuttle in Position I or Position 2 shall be provided with a substantial cover fitted with efficient means to secure and maintain it watertight. Unless secured by closely spaced bolts, every such cover is permanently attached by a chain or equivalent means so as to be available for immediate use at all times.

  1.  

    8.2     An opening in a deck other than a hatchway, machinery space opening, manhole or flush scuttle must —

8.2.1     if situated in the freeboard deck, be protected either by an enclosed superstructure or by a deckhouse or companionway equivalent in strength and weathertightness to an enclosed superstructure;

8.2.2     if situated in an exposed position —

8.2.2.1     in a deck over an enclosed superstructure and giving access to space within that superstructure; or

8.2.2.2     on top of a deckhouse on the freeboard deck and giving access to space below that deck,

     be protected by an efficient deckhouse or companionway fitted with weathertight doors;

8.2.3     if situated in an exposed position in a deck above the deck over an enclosed superstructure and giving access to space within that superstructure, be protected either in accordance with the requirements of subparagraph 8.2.2 or to such lesser extent as may be adequate having regard to its position.

  1.  

    8.3     A door in a companionway, deckhouse or enclosed superstructure referred to in subparagraph 8.2.1 or 8.2.2 must have a sill the height of which is at least —

8.3.1     six hundred millimetres, where the structure is in Position 1;

8.3.2     three hundred and eighty millimetres, where the structure is in Position 2.

Ventilators

9.1.1     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 9.1.2, a ventilator in Position 1 or Position 2 leading to spaces below the freeboard deck or below the deck of an enclosed superstructure must have a coaming of steel or equivalent material, substantially constructed and efficiently connected to the deck. The height of the coaming is at least —

9.1.1.1     nine hundred millimetres above the deck, if the ventilator is in Position 1;

9.1.1.2     seven hundred and sixty millimetres above the deck, if the ventilator is in Position 2.

9.1.2     If the coaming for a ventilator under subparagraph 9.1.1 above is situated in a position in which it will be especially exposed to weather and sea the height of the coaming is increased by such an amount as is necessary to provide adequate protection having regard to its position.

  1.  

    9.2     If the coaming of a ventilator referred to in the subparagraph 9.1 exceeds nine hundred millimetres in height above the deck it must be efficiently supported by stays, brackets or other means.

  1.  

    9.3     A ventilator in Position 1 or Position 2 which passes through a superstructure, other than an enclosed superstructure, must have a coaming of steel or equivalent material at the freeboard deck substantially constructed and efficiently connected to that deck and at least nine hundred millimetres in height above that deck.

  1.  

    9.4     Subject to subparagraph 9.5, a ventilator opening in Position 1 or Position 2 must be provided with an efficient appliance by which it can be closed and secured weathertight. A closing appliance provided on board a ship of not more than one hundred metres in length must be permanently attached and, in the case of another ship, must be so attached or be conveniently stowed near to the ventilator for which it is provided.

9.5.1     A ventilator in Position 1 the coaming of which exceeds 4.5 metres in height above the deck and a ventilator in Position 2 the coaming of which exceeds two point three metres in height above the deck, may not be fitted with a closing appliance unless the fitting of such an appliance is considered necessary by the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister in order to provide adequate protection.

9.5.2     A ventilator leading to a battery room must not be fitted with a closing appliance.

Air pipes

  1.  

    10.1     The exposed parts of an air pipe leading to a ballast or other tank and extending above the freeboard deck or a superstructure deck must be of substantial construction.

  1.  

    10.2     The exposed opening of air pipe must be fitted with efficient means of closing the opening weathertight, which must be permanently attached so as to be ready for immediate use.

  1.  

    10.3     Subject to subparagraph 10.4, the height above the deck of the exposed opening of an air pipe must be —

10.3.1     at least seven hundred and sixty millimetres, if that deck is the freeboard deck;

10.3.2     at least four hundred and fifty millimetres, if that deck is a superstructure deck or, if the superstructure is of less than standard height, such height as is necessary to adequately compensate for the lower height of the superstructure.

  1.  

    10.4     The heights given in subparagraph 10.3 may be reduced if —

10.4.1     the working of the ship would be unreasonably impaired if those heights were adhered to; and

10.4.2     the closing arrangements will ensure that the lower height is adequately compensated for.

Cargo ports and similar openings

  1.  

    11.1     Cargo ports and similar openings in the ship's side below the freeboard deck or in the sides or ends of superstructures which form part of the shell of the ship must be compatible with the design of the ship and does not exceed in number those necessary for the proper working of the ship.

  1.  

    11.2     A cargo port and opening must be provided with a door or doors so fitted and designed as to ensure watertightness and structural integrity commensurate with the surrounding shell plating.

  1.  

    11.3     Unless the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister permits, the lower edge of cargo port or opening must not be so situated that it is below a line drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at side having as its lowest point at least 2.30 millimetres above the upper edge of the uppermost load line.

Scuppers, inlets and discharges

  1.  

    12.1     Subject to subparagraphs 12.4 and 12.9, a discharge led through the shell of a ship —

12.1.1     from spaces below the freeboard deck; or

12.1.2     from within an enclosed superstructure;

12.1.3     from within a deckhouse on the freeboard deck which is fitted with weathertight doors,

  1.  

         must be fitted in accordance with subparagraphs 12.2 and 12.3 with the means for preventing water from passing inboard.

  1.  

    12.2     Subject to subparagraph 12.3, this consists of a single automatic non-return valve fitted at the shell of the ship and having positive means of closure from a position above the freeboard deck.

  1.  

         A position must be readily accessible at all times under service conditions and must be provided with an indicator showing whether the valve is open or closed.

12.3.1     If the vertical distance from the Summer load waterline to the inboard end of a discharge pipe exceeds 0.01(L) two automatic non-return valves having no positive means of closure may be fitted. One valve shall be situated as close to the ship's shell as practicable and be substantially connected to it and the inboard valve must be so situated that at all times under service conditions it will be readily accessible for examination.

12.3.2     If the vertical distance referred to in subparagraph 12.3.1 exceeds zero point zero two (L) the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister may permit a single automatic non-return valve having no positive means of closure, to be fitted. The valve must be situated as close to the ship's shell as practicable and substantially connected to it.

12.4.1     The controls of a valve in an attended machinery space and serving a main or auxiliary sea inlet or discharge or bilge injection system must be so sited as to be readily accessible for examination at all times under service conditions.

12.4.2     The controls of a valve in an unattended machinery space and serving a sea inlet or discharge or bilge injection system must be so sited as to be readily accessible at all times under service conditions, with particular regard to possible delay in reaching or operating the controls. In addition, the machinery space in which the valve is situated must be equipped with an efficient warning device to give warning at suitable control positions of an entry of water into the machinery space other than water resulting from the normal operation of machinery.

12.4.3     Valves referred to in subparagraph 12.4.1 and 12.4.2 must be equipped with an indicator showing whether the valve is open or closed.

  1.  

    12.5     Subject to subparagraph 12.6 a scupper and discharge pipe originating at any level and penetrating the shell of the ship—

12.5.1     more than four hundred and fifty millimetres below the freeboard deck; or

12.5.2     less than six hundred millimetres above the Summer load waterline;

  1.  

         must be equipped with an automatic non-return valve situated as close to the ship's shell as practicable and substantially connected to it.

  1.  

    12.6     Subparagraph 12.5 does not apply —

12.6.1     if the scupper or discharge pipe is fitted with the means for preventing water from passing inboard under with the provisions of subparagraphs 12.1 to 12.3; or

12.6.2     if the piping of the scupper or discharge pipe is of substantial thickness;

  1.  

    12.7     A scupper leading from a superstructure other than an enclosed superstructure or from a deckhouse not fitted with weathertight doors, must be led overboard.

  1.  

    12.8     All shell fittings and the valves required by this paragraph must be of steel, bronze or other suitable ductile material, and all pipes under this paragraph must be of steel or equivalent material.

  1.  

    12.9     In ships constructed on or after the 8th day of June, 2000 scuppers led through the shell from enclosed superstructures used for the carriage of cargo must be permitted only where the edge of the freeboard deck is not immersed when the ship heels 5° either way. In other cases the drainage must be led inboard to a suitable space, or spaces, of adequate capacity having a high water level alarm and provided with suitable arrangements for discharge overboard.

Side scuttles

  1.  

    13.1     Every side scuttle to a space below the freeboard deck or to a space within an enclosed superstructure must be fitted with a hinged inside deadlight so that it can be effectively closed and secured watertight.

  1.  

    13.2     No side scuttle must be fitted in a position such that its sill will be below a line drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at side and having its lowest point —

13.2.1     tow point five per cent of the breadth of the ship above the Summer load waterline, or Summer Timber load waterline, if assigned; or

13.2.2     five hundred millimetres above the Summer load waterline, or Summer Timber load waterline, if assigned,

  1.  

         whichever is the greater distance.

  1.  

    13.3     A side scuttle, glass and deadlight, where fitted, must be of substantial construction and be efficiently fitted.

Freeing ports and arrangements

  1.  

    14.1     If bulwarks on the weather portions of the freeboard deck, a raised quarter deck or a superstructure deck form wells, efficient provision shall be made for rapidly freeing the decks of water in bulk and for draining them, and in particular the requirements set out in subparagraphs 14.2 to 14.9 shall be complied with.

  1.  

    14.2     Except as otherwise provided under subparagraphs 14.4 and 14.5, the freeing port area (A) for each well shall —

14.2.1     if the well is on the freeboard deck or on a raised quarter deck, be not less than the area ascertained in accordance with subparagraph 14.3; and

14.2.2     if the well is on a superstructure deck, other than a raised quarter-deck, be not less than one half of the area given by subparagraph 14.3.

14.3.1     Subject to subparagraph 14.3.3 below, if the length (l) of a bulwark in the well is twenty metres or less —

     (A) = 0.7+ 0.035 (1) (square metres); and

14.3.2     Subject to subparagraph 14.3.3 below, where (l) exceeds twenty metres,

     (A) = 0.07 (1) (square metres).

     The length (l) need in no case be greater than 0.7(L).

14.3.3     If the bulwark is more than one point two metres in average height the required area shall be increased by zero point zero zero four square metres per metre of length of well for each zero point one metre difference in height. If the bulwark is less than zero point nine metre in average height, the required area may be decreased by zero point zero zero four square metre per metre of length of well for each zero point one metre difference in height.

14.4.1     If the deck on which the well is situated has no sheer, the freeing port area shall be the area ascertained under subparagraph 14.3 increased by fifty per cent.

14.4.2     If the deck on which the well is situated has sheer less than standard sheer, the freeing port area is the area ascertained under subparagraph 14.3 increased by a percentage to be obtained by linear interpolation.

14.4.3     If the deck on which the well is situated has sheer, two thirds of the freeing port area must be situated in the half of the well which is nearest to the lowest point of the sheer.

  1.  

    14.5     The lower edge of a freeing port must be as near to the deck as practicable.

  1.  

    14.6     A freeing port more than two hundred and thirty millimetres in depth must be protected by rails or bars so fixed that the distance between the lowest rail or bar and the lower edge of the freeing port does not exceed two hundred and thirty millimetres.

  1.  

    14.7     A freeing port fitted with a shutter must have sufficient clearance to prevent jamming of the shutter, and the shutter hinges shall have pins or bearings of efficient non-corrodible material.

  1.  

    14.8     Efficient provision must be made for freeing water from a superstructure other than an enclosed superstructure.

  1.  

    14.9     If a ship fitted with a trunk does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 10.2.2.6 of Schedule 2, “Freeboards”, or if continuous or substantially continuous hatchway side coamings are fitted between detached superstructures the minimum area of the freeing port openings must be calculated using the following table:

    Breadth of hatchway or tunch in relation to the breadth of shipArea of freeing ports in relation to the total area of the bulwarks
    40% or less20%
    75% or more10%
  1.  

         The area of freeing ports at intermediate breadths is obtained by linear interpolation.

Protection of the crew

  1.  

    15.1     A deckhouse used for the accommodation of members of the crew must be of efficient construction.

  1.  

    15.2     Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 15.3, exposed parts of the freeboard deck and superstructure deck must be fitted at their perimeter with efficient guard rails or guard wires and stanchions complying with the requirements of subparagraph 15.4, or with bulwarks. In either case this protection must be at least one metre in height from the deck.

  1.  

    15.3     The height specified in subparagraph 15.2 may be reduced at a particular point if —

15.3.1     the normal working of the ship would be unreasonably impeded; and

15.3.2     adequate protection is provided at that point.

  1.  

    15.4     Guard rails or guard wires fitted under with subparagraph 15.2 consist of courses of rails or wires supported by stanchions efficiently secured to the deck. The opening between the lowest course of the rails or wires and the deck must not exceed two hundred and thirty millimetres in height and no opening above that course of rails or wires shall exceed three hundred and eighty millimetres in height. If the ship has rounded gunwales, the stanchions must be secured at the perimeter of the flat of the deck.

  1.  

    15.5     Gangways, underdeck passages and another means of access used by the crew to pass between their quarters, the machinery space and another space in the ship in the course of their necessary work shall be so designed and constructed, and be fitted, if necessary, with life lines, access ladders, guard rails, guard wires, hand rails or other safety fittings, as to afford effective protection for the crew.

  1.  

    15.6     Deck cargo carried on a ship must be so stowed that an opening which is in way of the cargo and which gives access to and from the crew's quarters, the machinery space and all other parts used in the necessary work of the ship, can be properly closed and secured against the admission of water. Effective protection for the crew in the form of guard rails or life lines must be provided above the deck cargo if there is no convenient passage on or below the deck of the ship.

  1.  

    15.7     The requirements of this paragraph do not apply in the case of unmanned barges.

PART II
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO TYPE A SHIPS

Application

16.     The requirements of paragraphs 17 to 20 apply to Type “A” ships.

Machinery casings

  1.  

    17.1     Subject to subparagraph 17.2. a casing enclosing a machinery space opening in Position 1 or Position 2 must be protected by —

17.1.1     an enclosed poop or bridge of at least standard height; or

17.1.2     a deckhouse of equal height and equivalent strength and weathertightness.

  1.  

    17.2     Subparagraph 17.1 does not apply and the casing need not be protected if —

17.2.1     there is no opening in the casing which gives direct access from the freeboard deck to the machinery space; or

17.2.2     the only opening in the casing has a steel weathertight door and leads to a space or passage way which is as strongly constructed as the casing and is separated from the stairway to the machinery space by a second steel weathertight door.

Gangway and access

  1.  

    18.1     References in this paragraph to a poop or detached bridge apply also to a deckhouse fitted in lieu of and serving the purpose of a poop or detached bridge.

  1.  

    18.2     Access between the poop and the detached bridge must be by means of —

18.2.1     a permanent and efficiently constructed gangway of substantial strength. The gangway must be at the level of the superstructure deck and have a platform at least one metre in width and of non-slip material. Efficient means of access from gangway level to the deck must be provided at each terminal point. The platform shall be fitted on each side throughout its length with guard rails or guard wires supported by stanchions. Such rails or wires must consist of not less than three courses, the lowest being not more than two hundred and thirty millimetres, and the uppermost being at least one metre above the platform, and no intermediate opening being more than three hundred and eighty millimetres in height. Stanchions must be at intervals of not more than one point five metres; or

18.2.2     an underdeck passage connecting and providing unobstructed access between those structures and complying with the following requirements—

18.2.2.1     the passage and all its fittings must be oil and gas tight;

18.2.2.2     the passage must be well lit, and be fitted with efficient gas detection and ventilation systems;

18.2.2.3     it must be situated immediately below the freeboard deck;

18.2.2.4     its distance from the shell plating must at no point throughout its length be less than one fifth of the breadth of the ship. Alternatively two underdeck passages may be provided one to port and one to starboard each of which must comply with the requirements of subparagraphs 18.2.2.1, 18.2.2.2 and 18.2.2.3;

18.2.2.5     means of exit from the passage to the freeboard deck must be —

18.2.2.5.1     so arranged as to be as near as practicable to the working areas to be used by the crew;

18.2.2.5.2     in no case more than ninety metres apart; and

18.2.2.5.3     fitted with efficient means of closing which are capable of quick release and operable from either side;

18.2.2.6     openings in the freeboard deck corresponding to the means of exit referred to in subparagraph 18.2.2.5, must be protected in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 8.2.1.; or

18.2.3     equivalent means of access.

  1.  

    18.3     In adverse weather conditions, if the crew in the course of its duties may be required to go to working areas forward of the detached bridge, or forward of the poop in cases where there is no detached bridge, access must be by means of —

18.3.1     a gangway complying with the requirements of subparagraph 18.2.1;

18.3.2     an underdeck passage complying with the requirements of subparagraph 18.2.2; or

18.3.3     a walkway complying with the following requirements —

18.3.3.1     be not less than one metre in width and be situated on or as near as practicable to the centre line of the ship;

18.3.3.2     where obstructed by pipes or other fittings of a permanent nature, be provided with efficient means of passage over such obstruction;

18.3.3.3     be fitted on each side and throughout its length with guard rails or guard wires complying with the requirements in subparagraph 18.2.1;

18.3.3.4     have openings in these guard rails or guard wires which give access to and from the freeboard deck to the working areas used by the crew. Openings must be on alternate sides of the walkway and be situated not more than ninety metres apart on either side;

18.3.3.5     where the length of exposed deck to be traversed by the crew exceeds seventy metres, shelters of substantial construction must be set in way of the walkway at intervals not exceeding forty-five metres, every such shelter being capable of accommodating at least one person and be so constructed as to afford weather protection on the forward, port and starboard sides.

  1.  

    18.4     The requirements of this paragraph do not apply in the case of unmanned barges.

Hatchway covers

19.     The covers of hatchways in exposed positions on the freeboard deck, on a forecastle deck or on the top of an expansion trunk must be of steel, of efficient construction, and watertight when secured.

Freeing arrangements

  1.  

    20.1     Exposed parts of the freeboard deck and superstructure decks must be fitted at their perimeter for at least half their length with guard rails or guard wires in lieu of bulwarks or with other equally effective freeing arrangements. Such guard rails or guard wires must comply with the requirements set out in relation to such rails or wires in paragraph 18.2.1.

  1.  

    20.2     The upper edge of the sheer strake must be as low as practicable.

  1.  

    20.3     If superstructures of the ship are connected by a trunk, the exposed parts of the freeboard deck in way of the trunk must be fitted at their perimeter throughout their length with guard rails or guard wires complying with the requirements set out in paragraph 18.2.1.

  1.  

    20.4     If the ship is so constructed that notwithstanding the provision of freeing ports and arrangements it will be particularly subjected under service conditions to the building up of quantities of water on the freeboard deck efficient breakwaters must be fitted in suitable positions on that deck.

PART III
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN TYPE B SHIPS

Application

21.     The requirements of paragraphs 22 to 25 apply to Type “B” ships assigned a reduced freeboard under the paragraph 5.3 of Schedule 2.

Gangway and access

22.     A ship must comply with the requirements of —

  1.  

    22.1     paragraph 18 as if it were a Type “A” ship; or

  1.  

    22.2     paragraphs 23 and 24.

  1.  

    23.1     References in this paragraph to a poop or detached bridge apply also to a deckhouse fitted in lieu of and serving the purpose of a poop or detached bridge.

  1.  

    23.2     Access between the poop and the detached bridge must be by means of an efficiently constructed gangway of substantial strength fitted on or near the centre line of the ship. The gangway must be at least one metre in width and shall be fitted on each side and throughout its length with guard rails or guard wires complying with the requirements as set out in paragraph 18.2.1. If the length of the gangway exceeds seventy metres, shelters complying with the requirements under paragraph 18.3.3.5 must be provided in way of the gangway.

  1.  

    24.1     In adverse weather conditions, if the crew in the course of its duties may be required to go to working areas forward of the detached bridge, or forward of the poop in cases where there is no detached bridge, access must be by —

24.1.1     the means described under paragraph 18.3;

24.1.2     the means described under paragraph 23.2; or

24.1.3     equivalent means of access.

  1.  

    24.2     If hatchway coamings are six hundred millimetres or more in height, two walkways complying with the following requirements may be provided in lieu of subparagraph 24.1 —

24.2.1     the walkways must be efficiently constructed and of satisfactory strength;

24.2.2     the walkways shall each be at least one metre in width and be fitted on the freeboard deck alongside the outboard structure of the hatchway coamings, one to port and the other to starboard of the hatchways; and

24.2.3     on the side outboard of the hatchways each walkway must be fitted with guard rails or guard wire complying with the requirements set out in paragraph 18.2.1.

Freeing arrangements

25.     A ship must comply with the requirements of paragraph 20.4.

PART IV
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO SHIPS ASSIGNED TIMBER FREEBOARDS

Application and interpretation

  1.  

    26.1     The requirements of paragraphs 27 to 29 apply to ships assigned Timber freeboards.

26.1.2     The requirements of paragraph 30 apply in respect of timber deck cargo carried by a ship which is marked with timber load lines and is loaded to a depth greater than that indicated by the load line which, if timber load lines were not marked, would be appropriate in the circumstances.

  1.  

    26.2     In this Part, except if the context otherwise requires —

    1.  

      deck cargo” means cargo carried in an uncovered space on the deck of a ship;

    1.  

      timber deck cargo” means deck cargo consisting of timber;

    1.  

      weather deck” means the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea, a deck which is stepped being taken to consist for this purpose of the lowest line of the deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck.

Superstructures

  1.  

    27.1     A ship must have a forecastle of not less than the standard height of an enclosed superstructure and not less in length than 0.07(L).

  1.  

    27.2     If the ship is less than one hundred metres in length it must be fitted after with —

27.2.1     a poop of not less than standard height; or

27.2.2     a raised quarter deck having either a deck house or a strong steel hood, so that the total height is not less than the standard height of an enclosed superstructure.

Double bottom tanks

28.     Double bottom tanks fitted within the midship half length of the ship must have satisfactory watertight longitudinal subdivision.

Bulwarks, guard rails and stanchions

29.     A ship must be fitted with —

  1.  

    29.1     permanent bulwarks at least one metre in height which are especially stiffened on the upper edge and supported by strong bulwark stays attached to the deck, and provided with freeing ports complying with the requirements of paragraph 14.1 to 14.7; or

  1.  

    29.2     efficient guard rails and stanchions at least one metre in height, of specially strong construction, and complying with the requirements of paragraph 15(4).

Stowage

Siting, distribution and stowage of timber deck cargo

  1.  

    30.1     Cargo must be distributed and stowed so —

30.1.1     as to avoid excessive loading having regard to the strength of the deck and the supporting structure of the ship;

30.1.2     as to ensure that the ship will retain adequate stability at all stages of the voyage having regard in particular to —

30.1.2.1     the vertical distribution of the deck cargo;

30.1.2.2     the wind moments which can be expected on the voyage;

30.1.2.3     the losses of weight in the ship, including those due to the consumption of fuel and stores; and

30.1.2.4     possible increases of weight of the ship or deck cargo, including those due to the absorption of water and to icing;

30.1.3     as not to impair the weathertight or watertight integrity of part of the ship or its fittings or appliances, and to ensure the proper protection of ventilators and air pipes;

30.1.4     that its height above the deck, or another part of the ship on which it stands will not interfere with the navigation or working of the ship;

30.1.5     that it will not interfere with, or obstruct access to, the ship's steering arrangements, including emergency steering arrangements;

30.1.6     that it is in accordance with paragraph 15.6.

Securing of deck cargo

  1.  

    30.2     Deck cargo must be so secured as to ensure, as far as practicable, that there will be no movements of that cargo relative to the ship in the worst sea and weather conditions which may normally be expected on the voyage; and lashings and all fittings used for their attachment must be of adequate strength for that purpose.

Maximum height of timber deck cargo

  1.  

    30.3     Timber deck cargo carried by a ship within a Winter seasonal area during the period specified as the Winter period must be so stowed that at no point throughout its length does the height of the deck cargo above the level of the weather deck at side exceed one third of the extreme breadth of the ship.

Access

30.4.1     If timber deck cargo occupies the whole or substantially the whole of the uncovered space on the deck of a ship, means of access must be provided for the crew between their quarters and the machinery spaces and other parts of the ship used in the working of the ship, as follows.

30.4.2     The means of access must be provided in the form of a walkway fitted over the timber deck cargo, and the walkway must be —

30.4.2.1     as near as practicable on the centreline of the ship;

30.4.2.2     not less than six hundred millimetres in width; and

30.4.2.3     provided with a lifeline which, if practicable, has a wire rope set taut with a stretching screw.

30.4.3     In addition guard rails or lifelines spaced not more than three hundred and fifty millimetres apart vertically shall be provided on each side of the deck cargo to a height of at least one metre above the cargo.

30.4.4     The stanchion supports to all guard rails and lifelines must be so spaced as to prevent undue sagging.

Uprights

  1.  

    30.5     If the nature of the timber is such that uprights are necessary in order to comply with subparagraphs 30.6 and 30.7, uprights must be fitted which are of sufficient strength for the purpose and be secured in position by angles or metal sockets of sufficient strength for the purpose or by equivalent means and must be so spaced as to provide efficient support taking into account the nature and length of the timber, However the space between two uprights fore and aft must not exceed three metres.

Stowage of timber deck cargo in relation to superstructures

30.6.1     Timber deck cargo stowed in well between superstructures must be stowed as solidly as possible so as to extend over the entire available length of the well to a height not less than the standard height of a superstructure other than a raised quarter deck.

30.6.2     Timber deck cargo stowed in a position having a limiting superstructure at the forward end but no such superstructure at the after end must be stowed so as to extend over the entire available length between the superstructure and the after end of the aftermost hatchway, to the height and in the manner specified in subparagraph 30.6.1.

Securing of Timber deck cargo

30.7.1     Timber deck cargo must be efficiently secured throughout its length by independent overall lashings spaced not more than three metres apart. Eye plates for these lashings shall be efficiently attached to the sheer strake or to the deck stringer plate at intervals of not more than three metres. The distance from an end bulk head of a superstructure to the first eye plate must be not more than two metres. Where there is no bulkhead, eye plates and lashings must be provided at distances of zero point six metres and fifteen metres from the ends of the timber deck cargo.

30.7.2     Lashings must be of not less than nineteen millimetres close link chain or of flexible wire rope of equivalent strength, fitted with sliphooks and turnbuckles so positioned as to be accessible at all times. Wire rope lashings must have a length of long link chain sufficient to permit the length of lashings to be regulated.

30.7.3     When timber is in lengths less than three point six metres, the spacing of the lashings must be reduced or suitable provision made to suit the length of timber.

Schedule 4

(Regulation 13)

RECORD OF PARTICULARS RELATING TO CONDITIONS OF ASSIGNMENT
SHIPPING (LOAD LINE) REGULATIONS

In this record, references to Regulations are references to the Regulations set out in Annex I to the Convention of 1966, and reference to paragraphs are references to paragraphs of Schedule 3 Conditions of Assignment of those Regulations.

Name of ship

Port of registry

Nationality

Distinctive number or letters

Shipbuilders

Yard number

Date of Build/conversion

Freeboards assigned as a ship of Type

Classification

Date and place of initial survey

A plan of suitable size may be attached to this report in preference to the sketches on this page

Disposition and dimensions of superstructures, trunks, deckhouses, machinery casings; extent of bulwarks, guard rails and wood sheathing on exposed deck, to be inserted in the diagrams and tables following; together with positions of hatchways, gangways, and other means for the protection of the crew; cargo ports, bow and stern doors, side scuttles, scuppers, ventilators, air pipes, companionways, and other items that would affect the seaworthiness of the ship.

DOORWAYS IN SUPERSTRUCTURES, EXPOSED MACHINERY CASINGS AND DECKHOUSES PROTECTING OPENINGS IN FREEBOARD AND SUPERSTRUCTURE DECKS
LOCATIONREF NO. ON SKETCH OR PLANNUMBER AND SIZE OF OPENINGSHEIGHT OF SILLSCLOSING APPLIANCES
TYPE AND MATERIALNUMBER OF CLIPS
In forecastle bulkhead
In bridge forward bulkhead
In bridge after bulkhead
In raised quarter deck bulkhead
In poop bulkhead
In exposed machinery casings on freeboard or raised quarter decks
In exposed machinery casings on superstructure decks
In machinery casings within superstructures or deckhouses on freeboard deck
In deckhouses in Position 1 enclosing openings leading below freeboard deck
In deckhouses in Position 2 enclosing openings leading within enclosed superstructures or below freeboard deck
In exposed pump room casings
HATCHWAYS AT POSITIONS 1 AND 2 CLOSED BY PORTABLE COVERS AND SECURED WEATHERTIGHT BY TARPAULINS AND BATTENING DEVICES
Position and Reference No. on sketch or Plan
Dimensions of clear openings at top of coaming
Height of coamings above deck
Portable BeamsNumber
Spacing
Bf x tf
D x tw
b2 x tf
Bearing surface
Means of securing each beam
PORTABLE COVERSMaterial
Thickness
Direction fitted
Bearing surface
Spacing of cleats
TarpaulinsNo. of layers
Material
Means of securing each section of covers:     
    
Are wood covers fitted with galvanized end bands?     
    
HATCHWAYS AT POSITIONS 1 AND 2 CLOSED BY WEATHERTIGHT COVERS OF STEEL (OR OTHER EQUIVALENT MATERIAL) FITTED WITH GASKETS AND CLAMPING DEVICES
Position and reference No. on Sketch or Plan
Dimensions of clear opening at top of coaming
Height of coaming above deck
Type of cover or Patent Name
Material
MACHINERY SPACE OPENINGS AND MISCELLANEOUS OPENINGS IN FREEBOARD AND SUPERSTRUCTURE DECKS

(Regulations 27 and 28)

Positions and Reference No. on Sketch or Plan
Dimensions
Height of coaming
CoverMaterial
How attached
Number and spacing of Toggles
Positions and Reference No. on Sketch or Plan
Dimensions
Height of coaming
COVERMaterial
How attached
Number and spacing of Toggles
Particulars of spurling pipe closing arrangements
VENTILATORS ON FREEBOARD AND SUPERSTRUCTURE DECKS (POSITIONS 1 AND 2)
DECK ON WHICH FITTEDNUMBER FITTEDCOAMINGTYPE (STATE PATENT NAME IF ANY)CLOSING APPLIANCES
DIMENSIONSHEIGHT










AIR PIPES ON FREEBOARD AND SUPERSTRUCTURE DECKS
DECK ON WHICH FITTEDNUMBER FITTEDCOAMINGTYPE (STATE PATENT NAME IF ANY)CLOSING APPLIANCES
DIMENSIONSHEIGHT










CARGO PORTS AND OTHER SIMILAR OPENINGS

(Regulation 21)

POSITION OF PORTDIMENSIONS OF OPENINGDISTANCE OF LOWER EDGE FROM FREEBOARD DECKSECURING DEVICESREMARKS










SCUPPERS, INLETS AND DISCHARGES
State if Discharge or ScupperNumberPIPEFromVertical Distance Above Top of KeelNumber, Type and Material of Discharge ValvesPosition of Controls
DischargeUpper-
most Valve
DiameterThicknessMaterialOutlet in HullIboard Valve
NOTE: In Ro-ro ships, indicate how ready accessibility to scupper valves is ensured when vehicle space is filled     
S – ScupperMS – Mild SteelSD – Screw down
D – DischargeCS – Cast SteelANR – Automatic non-return
GM – Gun MetalSD ANR – Screw down automatic non-return
Any other approved material to be designated.
SIDE SCUTTLES
PositionNumber FittedClear Glass SizeFixed or OpeningMaterialType & Thickness of GlassStandards Used & Type No.
FrameDeadlight
Indicate the vertical distance between the freeboard deck and the lower sill of the side scuttle positioned at the greatest vertical distance below the freeboard deck     
    
FREEING PORTS
LENGTH OF BULWARKHEIGHT OF BULWARKNUMBER AND SIZE OF FREEING PORTS EACH SIDETOTAL AREA EACH SIDEREQUIRED AREA EACH SIDE
FREEBOARD DECK AFTER WELL
FORWARD WELL
SUPER-STRUCTURE DECK
State fore and aft position of(After Well
each freeing port in relation(
to superstructure end bulkheadsForward Well
Particulars of shutters, bars or rails fitted to freeing ports.
Height of lower edge of freeing port above deck.
PROTECTION OF THE CREW

(Regulations 25 and 26)

State particulars of bulwarks or guardrails on freeboard and superstructure decks:

State details of lifelines, walkways, gangways or underdeck passageways where required to be fitted:

TIMBER DECK CARGO FITTINGS

(Regulation 44)

State particulars of uprights, sockets, lashings, guardrails and lifelines:

OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES

INITIAL SURVEY

The condition of assignment shown on this form are a record of the arrangements and fittings provided on the ship and are in accordance with the requirements of the relevant regulations set out in Annex I to the Convention of 1966 and of the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations.
    
(Surveyor's Signature)
    
(Date)
SUBSEQUENT PERIODICAL SURVEY
I have completed the periodical survey and am satisfied that the fittings and appliances are in accordance with the particulars shown in this record and are in good condition and that approved stability information and, where applicable, information relating to loading and ballasting of the ship is on board.
SignaturePort of SurveyDate of Survey
              
              
              
Schedule 5

(Regulation 16(1))

NOTICE OF LOAD LINES TO BE POSTED UP BEFORE SAILING
1.     In this Schedule “freeboard” means the distance measured vertically downwards amidships from the upper edge of the deckline marked on the side of the ship to the surface of the water.
Availability of Standard Form
2.     Copies of the “Draught of Water and Freeboard” Notice, an example of which is attached, are available from the offices of the Division of Maritime Affairs.
DRAUGHT OF WATER AND FREEBOARD
NOTICE
SHIP      PORT OF REGISTRY     
GROSS TONNAGE     
(1)     Summer freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a mean draught
     of      millimetres
(2)     Winter freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a mean draught
     of      millimetres
(3)     Tropical freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a mean draught
     of      millimetres
(4)     Winter North Atlantic freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a
     mean draught of      millimetres
(5)     Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than Timber freeboards     
          millimetres
(6)     Timber Summer freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a mean
     draught of      millimetres
(7)     Timber Winter freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a mean
     draught of      millimetres
(8)     Timber Tropical freeboard      millimetres corresponding to a mean
     draught of      millimetres
(9)     Timber Winter North Atlantic freeboard      millimetres corresponding
     to a mean draught of      millimetres
(10)     Allowance for fresh water for Timber freeboards     
     Millimetres
Notes
1.     The particulars to be given above of freeboards and allowances for fresh water to be taken from the load line certificate currently in force in respect of the ship.
2.     All freeboards given on the load line certificate must be stated.
3.     The mean draught to be given above is the mean of the draughts which would be shown on the scales of measurement on the stem and on the stern post of the ship if it were so loaded that the upper edge of the load line on each side of the ship appropriate to the particular freeboard were on the surface of the water.
4.     Where the draught is shown on the scales of measurement on the stem and on the stern post of the ship in feet the mean draught must be given in millimetres.
PARTICULARS OF LOADING
123456789
DATEPLACEACTUAL DRAFTMEAN FREEBOARDSIGNATURE OF MASTER AND AN OFFICER
FORWARDAFTMEANACTUAL (See notes 1&2)CORRECTED (See note 3)MASTEROFFICER
Notes
1.     The actual mean freeboard (Column 6) is the mean of the freeboards on each side of the ship at the time when the ship is loaded and ready to leave.
2.     Where the actual mean freeboard is less than the appropriate minimum saltwater freeboard as shown on the load line certificate there must be entered in Column 7 the corrected freeboard arrived at after making any allowances for density of water, rubbish to be discharged overboard and fuel, water and stores to be consumed on any stretch of river or inland water, being allowances duly entered in the ship's official log-book.
3.     Where the actual mean freeboard is greater than the appropriate salt water freeboard, Column 7 need not be filled in.
Schedule 6

(Regulation 17(2))

STABILITY
PART I
INFORMATION AS TO STABILITY

The information relating to the stability of a ship to be provided for the master shall include the particulars specified below.

1.     The ship's name, official number, port of registry, gross and register tonnages, principal dimensions, displacement, deadweight and draught to the Summer load line.

2.     A profile view and, if necessary, plan views of the ship drawn to scale showing all compartments, tanks, storerooms and crew and passenger accommodation spaces, with their position relative to mid-ship.

  1.  

    3.1     The capacity and the longitudinal and vertical centre of gravity of every compartment available for the carriage of cargo, fuel, stores, feedwater, domestic water or water ballast.

  1.  

    3.2     In the case of a vehicle ferry, the vertical centre of gravity of compartments designated for the carriage of vehicles must be based on the estimated centres of gravity of the vehicles and not on the volumetric centres of the compartments.

  1.  

    4.1     The estimated total weight and the longitudinal and vertical centre of gravity of each such total weight of —

4.1.1     the passengers and their effects; and

4.1.2     the crew and its effects.

  1.  

    4.2     In estimating such centres of gravity, passengers and crew shall be assumed to be distributed about the ship in the spaces they will normally occupy, including the highest decks to which either or both have access.

  1.  

    5.1     The estimated weight and the disposition and centre of gravity of the maximum amount of deck cargo which the ship may reasonably be expected to carry on an exposed deck.

  1.  

    5.2     In the case of deck cargo, the arrival condition must include the weight of water likely to be absorbed by the cargo. (For timber deck cargo the weight of water absorbed shall be taken as fifteen per cent of the weight when loaded.)

6.     A diagram or scale showing —

  1.  

    6.1     the load line mark and load lines with particulars of the corresponding freeboards; and

  1.  

    6.2     the displacement, tonnes per centimetre immersion, and deadweight corresponding to a range of mean draughts extending between the waterline representing the deepest load line and the waterline of the ship in light condition.

  1.  

    7.1     A diagram or tabular statement showing the hydrostatic particulars of the ship, including the heights of the transverse metacentre and the values of the moment to change trim one centimetre. These particulars shall be provided for a range of mean draughts extending at least between the waterline representing the deepest load line and the waterline of the ship in light condition.

  1.  

    7.2     If a tabular statement is used to comply with subparagraph 7.1, the intervals between such draughts shall be sufficiently close to permit accurate interpolation.

  1.  

    7.3     In the case of ships having raked keels, the same datum for the heights of centres of buoyancy and metacentres must be used as for the centres of gravity referred to in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5.

8.     The effect on stability of free surface in each tank in the ship in which liquids may be carried, including an example to show how the metacentric height is to be corrected.

  1.  

    9.1     A diagram or table showing cross curves of stability, covering the range of draughts referred to in paragraph 7.1.

  1.  

    9.2     The information must indicate the height of the assumed axis from which the righting levers are measured and the trim which has been assumed.

  1.  

    9.3     In the case of ships having raked keels and where a datum other than the top of keel has been used, the position of the assumed axis must be clearly defined.

  1.  

    9.4     Subject to subparagraph 9.5, only enclosed superstructures and efficient trunks as defined in paragraph 10 of Schedule 2 must be taken into account in deriving such curves.

  1.  

    9.5     The following structures may be taken into account in deriving such curves if the Director is satisfied that their location, integrity and means of closure will contribute to the ship's stability —

9.5.1     superstructures located above the superstructure deck;

9.5.2     deckhouses on or above the freeboard deck whether wholly or in part only; and

9.5.3     hatchway structures on or above the freeboard deck.

  1.  

    9.6     Subject to the approval of the Director in the case of a ship carrying timber deck cargo, the volume of the timber deck cargo, or a part thereof, may be taken into account in deriving a supplementary curve of stability appropriate to the ship when carrying such cargo.

  1.  

    9.7     An example must be included to show how a curve of righting levers (GZ) may be obtained from the cross curves of stability.

  1.  

    9.8     In the case of a vehicle ferry or a similar ship having bow doors, ship-side doors or stern doors where the buoyancy of a superstructure is taken into account in the calculation of stability information, and the cross curves of stability are based upon the assumption that such doors are secured weathertight, there must be a specific warning that such doors must be secured weathertight before the ship proceeds to sea.

  1.  

    10.1     The diagram and statements referred to in subparagraph 10.2 shall be provided separately for each of the following conditions of the ship —

10.1.1     light condition. If the ship has permanent ballast, such diagram and statements must be provided for the ship in light condition both with and without such ballast;

10.1.2     ballast condition both on departure and on arrival. It is to be assumed that on arrival oil fuel, fresh water, consumable stores and the like are reduced to ten per cent of their capacity;

10.1.3     condition on departure and on arrival when loaded to the Summer load line with cargo filling all spaces available for cargo. Cargo must be taken to be homogeneous except if this is clearly inappropriate, for example, in cargo spaces which are intended to be used exclusively for the carriage of vehicles or of containers;

10.1.4     service loaded conditions both on departure and on arrival.

10.2.1     A profile diagram of the ship drawn to a suitable small scale showing the disposition of all components of the deadweight.

10.2.2     A statement showing the lightweight, the disposition and the total weights of all components of the deadweight, the displacement, the corresponding positions of the centre of gravity, the metacentre and also the metacentric height (GM).

10.2.3     A diagram showing the curve of righting levers (GZ). If credit is given for the buoyancy of a timber deck cargo the curve of righting levers (GZ) must be drawn both with and without this credit.

10.2.4     A statement showing the elements of stability in the condition compared to the criteria laid down in Schedule 3 paragraph 2.2.

  1.  

    10.3     The metacentric height (GM) and the curve of righting levers (GZ) must be corrected for liquid free surface.

  1.  

    10.4     If there is a significant amount of trim in a condition referred to in subparagraph 10.1 the metacentric height and the curve of righting levers (GZ) may be required to be determined from the trimmed waterline.

  1.  

    10.5     If in the view of the Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister the stability characteristics in either or both of the conditions referred to in subparagraph 10.1.3 are not satisfactory, such conditions must be marked accordingly and an appropriate warning to the master must be inserted.

11.     A statement of instructions on appropriate procedures to maintain adequate stability in each case where special procedures are applied such as partial or complete filling of spaces designated for cargo, fuel, fresh water or other purposes.

12.     The report on the inclining test and of the calculation derived from it to obtain information of the light condition of the ship.

PART II
SHIPS WHICH THE APPROVAL OF MINISTER OR PERSON OR ORGANIZATION AUTHORIZED BY THE MINISTER IS REQUIRED IN RELATION TO STABILITY INFORMATION

13.     The ships referred to in regulation 17(3), (4)(a) and (5)(a) of the Regulations are as follows:

  1.  

    13.1     an oil tanker over one hundred metres in length;

  1.  

    13.2     a bulk carrier, or an ore carrier, over one hundred and fifty metres in length;

  1.  

    13.3     a single deck bulk carrier over one hundred metres in length but not exceeding one hundred and fifty metres in length;

  1.  

    13.4     a single deck dry cargo ship over one hundred metres in length;

  1.  

    13.5     a purpose built container ship over one hundred and twenty-five metres in length;

  1.  

    13.6     a column stabilised mobile offshore drilling unit; or

  1.  

    13.7     a column stabilised mobile offshore support unit.

14.     In paragraph 13 —

  1.  

    column stabilised” means constructed with the main deck of the unit connected to its underwater hull or footings by columns or caissons.

  1.  

    mobile offshore drilling unit” means a ship capable of engaging in drilling operations for the exploration or exploitation of resources beneath the sea bed such as liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons, sulphur or salt;

  1.  

    mobile offshore support unit” means a ship used in connection with the offshore petroleum industry to provide ancillary services such as accommodation, cranes or repair facilities; and

  1.  

    column stabilised” means constructed with the main deck of the unit connected to its underwater hull or footings by columns or caissons.

Schedule 7
FORMS
FORM 1

(Regulation 23(a)(i))

APPLICATION FOR INTERNATIONAL LOADLINE CERTIFICATE (1966)

SAINT LUCIA

APPLICATION FOR INTERNATIONAL LOADLINE CERTIFICATE FOR VESSELS TWENTY-FOUR METERS AND ABOVE

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean NumberPort of Registry
(if known)
Delete as appropriate
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialOverall Length
Year to BuildCountry to Build
PARTICULARS OF FREEBOARD
Freeboard from deck lineLoad line
Tropical      Mm (T)     mm. Above (S)
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber     mm
For timber freeboards     mm
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
     mm
above/below from deck at side
The provisions which the ship is exempted are     
Completion date of survey on which this certificate is based     
NB:-(Freeboards and load lines which are not applicable need not be entered on the certificate. Subdivision load lines may be entered on the certificate on a voluntary basis)
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date     /     /    
(d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s) In case of a body corporate, an authorized officer of the body corporateFull Name of Witness
Address of Witness
SURVEYORS DECLARATION
This is to certify that —
1.     The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of the Shipping Act, Cap 13.27.
2.     The survey showed that the freeboards have been assigned and the load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with Part 47 of the Maritime Rules as per photographs of the port and starboard load line marks and draught marks showing the subject vessel's name.
3.     The application for the issuance of a Saint Lucian load line is made direct to The Division of Maritime Affairs on behalf of the registered owner.
4.     A copy of the attending Surveyor's completed check list for the load line is attached.
5.     For an initial survey a copy of the Naval Architect's freeboard calculations and the completed and signed off Stability Book is attached.
6.     The initial survey must make a complete inspection of the ship's structure and equipment and the relevant information.
7.     For a renewal survey, proof of structure has been surveyed is attached, such as photographs of void space showing internal structure remaining unchanged due to modification, fracture or failure.
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Name of Surveyor:
Signature:

Date:
WHEN COMPLETED YOU SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPS (see below)
Registrar of ShipsOFFICIAL USE ONLY
Division of Maritime Affairs
AddressEntry in Register made on
Telephone:
Fax:     /     /    
Email:(d/m/y)
At      (time)
By Officer (print name)     
FORM 2

(Regulation 23(a)(ii)

APPLICATION FOR SAINT LUCIA LOCAL LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE

SAINT LUCIA

APPLICATION FOR SAINT LUCIA LOCAL LOADLINE CERTIFICATE FOR VESSELS UNDER TWENTY-FOUR METERS

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean NumberPort of Registry
(if known)
(delete as appropriate)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialOverall Length
Year to BuildCountry to Build
PARTICULARS OF FREEBOARD
Freeboard from deck lineLoad line
Tropical      Mm (T)     mm. Above (S)
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber     mm
For timber freeboards     mm
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
     mm above/below from deck at side
NB:-(Freeboards and load lines which are not applicable need not be entered on the certificate. Subdivision load lines may be entered on the certificate on a voluntary basis).
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
Place
Date     /     /     Signature of Witness
(d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s)Full Name of Witness
In case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporateAddress of Witness
SURVEYORS DECLARATION
This is to certify that —
1.     The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of the Shipping Act, Cap 13.27.
2.     The survey showed that the freeboards have been assigned and the load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with Part 47 of the Maritime Rules as per photographs of the port and starboard load line marks and draught marks showing the subject vessel's name.
3.     The application for the issuance of a Saint Lucian load line is made direct to The Division of Maritime Affairs on behalf of the registered owner.
4.     A copy of the attending Surveyor's completed check list for the load line is attached.
5.     For an initial survey a copy of the Naval Architect's freeboard calculations and the completed and signed off Stability Book is attached.
6.     The initial survey must make a complete inspection of the ship's structure and equipment and the relevant information.
7.     For a renewal survey, proof of structure has been surveyed is attached, such as photographs of void space showing internal structure remaining unchanged due to modification, fracture or failure.
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Name of Surveyor:
Signature:
Date:
WHEN COMPLETED YOU SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPS (see below),
Registrar of ShipsOFFICIAL USE ONLY
Division of Maritime Affairs
AddressEntry in Register made on
Telephone:
Fax:     /     /    
Email:(d/m/y)
at      (time)
By Officer (print name)     

Or

SAINT LUCIA

APPLICATION FOR SAINT LUCIA LOCAL LOADLINE CERTIFICATE FOR VESSELS TWENTY-FOUR METERS AND ABOVE

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean NumberPort of Registry
(if known)
(Delete as appropriate)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialOverall Length
Year to BuildCountry to Build
PARTICULARS OF FREEBOARD
Freeboard from deck lineLoad line
Tropical      Mm (T)     mm. Above (S)
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber     mm
For timber freeboards     mm
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
     mm above/below from deck at side
NB:-(Freeboards and load lines which are not applicable need not be entered on the certificate. Subdivision load lines may be entered on the certificate on a voluntary basis)
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date     /     /    
(d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s)Full Name of Witness
In case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporateAddress of Witness
SURVEYORS DECLARATION
This is to certify that —
1.     The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of the Shipping Act, Cap 13.27.
2.     The survey showed that the freeboards have been assigned and the load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with Part 47 of the Maritime Rules as per photographs of the port and starboard load line marks and draught marks showing the subject vessel's name.
3.     The application for the issuance of a Saint Lucian load line is made direct to The Division of Maritime Affairs on behalf of the registered owner.
4.     A copy of the attending Surveyor's completed check list for the load line is attached.
5.     For an initial survey a copy of the Naval Architect's freeboard calculations and the completed and signed off Stability Book is attached.
6.     The initial survey must make a complete inspection of the ship's structure and equipment and the relevant information.
7.     For a renewal survey, proof of structure has been surveyed is attached, such as photographs of void space showing internal structure remaining unchanged due to modification, fracture or failure.
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Name of Surveyor:
Signature:
Date:
WHEN COMPLETED YOU SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPS (see below),
Registrar of ShipsOFFICIAL USE ONLY
Division of Maritime Affairs
AddressEntry in Register made on
Telephone:
Fax:     /     /    
Email:(d/m/y)
At      (time)
By Officer (print name)     
FORM 3

(Regulation 23(b)(i))

APPLICATION FOR INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

SAINT LUCIA

APPLICATION FOR INTERNATIONAL LOADLINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE FOR VESSELS UNDER 24 METERS AND ABOVE

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean NumberPort of Registry
(if known)
(Delete as appropriate)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialOverall Length
Year to BuildCountry to Build
PARTICULARS OF FREEBOARD
Freeboard from deck lineLoad line
Tropical      Mm (T)     mm. Above (S)
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber     mm
For timber freeboards     mm
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
     mm above/below from deck at side
The provisions from which the ship is exempted are     
Completion date of survey on which this certificate is based:     
NB:-(Freeboards and load lines which are not applicable need not entered on the certificate. Subdivision load lines may be entered on the certificate on a voluntary basis)
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date     /     /    
(d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s)Full Name of Witness
In case of a body corporate, an authorised officer of the body corporateAddress of Witness
SURVEYORS DECLARATION
This is to certify that —
1.     The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of the Shipping Act, Cap 13.27.
2.     The survey showed that the freeboards have been assigned and the load lines shown above have been marked as per photographs of the port and starboard load line marks and draught marks showing the subject vessel's name.
3.     The application for the issuance of a Saint Lucian load line is made direct to The Division of Maritime Affairs on behalf of the registered owner.
4.     A copy of the attending Surveyor's completed check list for the load line is attached.
5.     For an initial survey a copy of the Naval Architect's freeboard calculations and the completed and signed off Stability Book is attached.
6.     The initial survey must make a complete inspection of the ship's structure and equipment and the relevant information.
7.     For a renewal survey, proof of structure has been surveyed is attached, such as photographs of void space showing internal structure remaining unchanged due to modification, fracture or failure.
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Name of Surveyor:
Signature:
Date:
WHEN COMPLETED YOU SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPS (see below)
Registrar of ShipsOFFICIAL USE ONLY
Division of Maritime Affairs
Address
Telephone:     /     /    
Fax:(d/m/y)
Email:At      (time)
By Officer (print name)     
FORM 4

(Regulation 23(b)(ii))

APPLICATION FOR SAINT LUCIA LOCAL LOAD LINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

SAINT LUCIA

APPLICATION FOR SAINT LUCIA LOCAL LOADLINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE FOR VESSELS UNDER TWENTY-FOUR METERS

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean NumberPort of Registry
(if known)
(Delete as appropriate)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialOverall Length
Year to BuildCountry to Build
PARTICULARS OF FREEBOARD
Freeboard from deck lineLoad line
Tropical      Mm (T)     mm. Above (S)
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber     mm
For timber freeboards     mm
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
     mm above/below from deck at side
The provisions from which the ship is exempted are     
Completion date of survey on which this certificate is based:     
NB:-(Freeboards and load lines which are not applicable need not entered on the certificate. Subdivision load lines may be entered on the certificate on a voluntary basis)
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date     /     /    
(d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s) In case of a body corporate, an authorized officer of the body corporateFull Name of Witness
Address of Witness
SURVEYORS DECLARATION
This is to certify that —
1.     The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of the Shipping Act, Cap 13.27.
2.     The survey showed that the freeboards have been assigned and the load lines shown above have been marked as per photographs of the port and starboard load line marks and draught marks showing the subject vessel's name.
3.     The application for the issuance of a Saint Lucian load line is made direct to the Division of Maritime Affairs on behalf of the registered owner.
4.     A copy of the attending Surveyor's completed check list for the load line is attached.
5.     For an initial survey a copy of the Naval Architect's freeboard calculations and the completed and signed off Stability Book is attached.
6.     The initial survey must make a complete inspection of the ship's structure and equipment and the relevant information.
7.     For a renewal survey, proof of structure has been surveyed is attached, such as photographs of void space showing internal structure remaining unchanged due to modification, fracture or failure.
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Name of Surveyor:
Signature:
Date:
WHEN COMPLETED YOU SHOULD SEND THIS FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF SHIPS (see below),
Registrar of ShipsOFFICIAL USE ONLY
Division of Maritime Affairs
AddressEntry in Register made on
Telephone:
Fax:     /     /    
Email:(d/m/y)
At      (time)
By Officer (print name)     

APPLICATION FOR SAINT LUCIA LOCAL LOADLINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE FOR VESSELS TWENTY-FOUR METERS AND ABOVE

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
IMO/HIN/Caribbean NumberPort of Registry
(if known)
(Delete as appropriate)
Type of Ship (dry cargo, oil tanker, ro-ro, passenger, etc.)
Construction MaterialOverall Length
Year to BuildCountry to Build
PARTICULARS OF FREEBOARD
Freeboard from deck lineLoad line
Tropical      Mm (T)     mm. Above (S)
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber     mm
For timber freeboards     mm
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
     mm above/below from deck at side
The provisions from which the ship is exempted are     
Completion date of survey on which this certificate is based:     
NB:-(Freeboards and load lines which are not applicable need not be entered on the certificate. Subdivision load lines may be entered on the certificate on a voluntary basis)
PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT(S)
Full Name(s)
Address(es) (Residential address – for an individual; Registered office address – for a body corporate; Principal place of business – for a statutory body or foreign body corporate)
Telephone number(s)Fax number(s)
E-mail address(es)
SIGNATURE
PlaceSignature of Witness
Date     /     /    
(d/m/y)
Signature of Owner(s) In case of a body corporate, an authorized officer of the body corporateFull Name of Witness
Address of Witness
SURVEYORS DECLARATION
This is to certify that —
1.     The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of the Shipping Act, Cap 13.27.
2.     The survey showed that the freeboards have been assigned and the load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with Part 47 of the Maritime Rules as per photographs of the port and starboard load line marks and draught marks showing the subject vessel's name.
3.     The application for the issuance of a Saint Lucian load line is made direct to The Division of Maritime Affairs on behalf of the registered owner.
4.     A copy of the attending Surveyor's completed check list for the load line is attached.
5.     For an initial survey a copy of the Naval Architect's freeboard calculations and the completed and signed off Stability Book is attached.
6.     The initial survey must make a complete inspection of the ship's structure and equipment and the relevant information.
7.     For a renewal survey, proof of structure has been surveyed is attached, such as photographs of void space showing internal structure remaining unchanged due to modification, fracture, failure, etc.
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Name of Surveyor:
Signature:
Date:
FORM 5

(Regulation 24(1)(a))

INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE (1966)
(Official seal)

Issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the authority of the Government of Saint Lucia by the Minister/person or organization authorized by the Minister
Name of shipDistinctive Number or LettersPort of RegistryLength (L) as defined in Article 2(8)
Freeboard assigned as*:Type of ship
A new ship*Type 'A'*
Type 'B'*
An existing ship*Type 'B' with reduced freeboard*
Type 'B' with increased freeboard*
Freeboard from deck line Load line
Tropical      mm (inches) (T)     mm (inches) above (S)
Summer      mm (inches) (S)Upper edge of line through centre of ring
Winter      mm (inches) (W)     mm (inches) below (S)
Winter North Atlantic      mm. (inches) (WNA)      mm. (inches) below (S)
Timber tropical      mm. (inches) (LT)      mm. (inches) above (LS)
Timber summer      mm. (inches) (LS)      mm. (inches) above (S)
Timber winter      mm. (inches) (LW)      mm. (inches) below (LS)
Timber North Atlantic      mm. (inches) (LWNA)      mm. (inches) below (LS)
* Delete whatever is inapplicable
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber      mm.
(inches). For timber freeboards      mm (inches).
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is     
mm (inches)      deck at side.
Date of initial or periodical survey     
This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and that the freeboards have been assigned and load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966.
This certificate is valid until      , subject to periodical
inspections in accordance with Article 14(1)(c) of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966.
Issued at     
(Place of issue of certificate)
    
(Date of issue)(Signature of official issuing the certificate)
or
(Seal of issuing authority)
If signed, the following, paragraph is to be added:
The undersigned declares that he is authorized by the Government to issue this certificate.
     (Signature)
NOTES:
1.     When a ship departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the point of departure and the sea.
2.     When a ship is in fresh water of unit density the appropriate load line may be submerged by the amount of the fresh water allowance shown above. Where the density is other than unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual density.
Reverse of certificate
This is to certify that at a periodical inspection required by Article 14(1)(c) of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, this ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of the Convention.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship, the validity of this certificates, in accordance with Article 19(2) of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, extended until     
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
FORM 6

(Regulation 24(1)(b))

SAINT LUCIAN LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE

Issued under the provisions of the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations

Under the authority of the Government of Saint Lucia

by [official designation of the Minister or person or organization authorized by Minister]

PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Name of Ship     
Distinctive Number or Letters     
Port of Registry     
Length (L) as defined under regulation 2 of the Shipping (Load Line)
Regulations     
Gross Tonnage     
Freeboard assigned as:      Type of ship     
Freeboard from deck line      Load line     
Tropical      . mm. (T)     mm. above (S)
Summer      mm. (S)Upper edge of line through centre of ring
Winter      mm (W)     mm. below (S)
Winter North Atlantic mm      (WNA)     mm. below (S)
Note: Freeboards and Load Lines which are not applicable need not be entered on the certificate.
Allowance for Fresh Water for all freeboards :      mm.
The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is Date of initial or renewal survey     
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this ship has been surveyed and the freeboards and load lines shown above have been assigned in accordance with the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations.
This certificate is valid until      subject to annual surveys in
accordance with the Regulations.
Issued at      on
Signed     
An authorized official issuing the certificate
Name     
Name of Ship
CONDITIONS:
ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUAL SURVEY
This is to certify
That at an annual survey required by regulation 22 of the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations this ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Regulations.
Place      Date     
     Name     
Signature of an authorized official
Place      Date     
     Name     
Signature of an authorized official
Place      Date     
     Name     
Signature of an authorized official
Place      Date     
     Name     
Signature of an authorized official
Notes
1.     When a ship departs from a port situated on a river or inland water, deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the point of departure and the sea.
2.     When a ship is in fresh water of unit density, the appropriate load line may be submerged by the amount of the freshwater allowance showed above. Where the density is other than unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual density.
3.     This certificate must be kept framed and posted up in some conspicuous place on board the ship, so long as it remains in force and the ship is in use.
FORM 7

(Regulation 24(2)(a))

INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

Issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the authority of the Government of Saint Lucia by (Minister/Person or organization authorized by the Minister)
    
    
Name of shipDistinctive Number or LettersPort of Registry
This is to certify that the above-mentioned ship is exempted from the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the authority conferred by Article 6(2)/Article 6(4) * of the Convention.
The provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 from which the ship is exempted under Article 6(2) are :
    
    
The voyage for which exemption is granted under Article 6(4) is:
From:     
To:     
Conditions, if any on which the exemption is granted under either Article 6 (2) or Article 6(4):
    
* Delete whichever is inapplicable
This certificate is valid until     
     subject, where appropriate, to periodical inspections in
accordance with Article 14(1)(c) of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966.
Issued at     
(Place of issue of certificate)
         
(Date of issue)(Signature of official issuing the certificate)
or
(Seal of Minister or person or organization authorized by the Minister)
If signed, the following, paragraph is to be added:
The undersigned declares that he is authorized by the Government to issue this certificate.
    
(Signature)
Reverse of Certificate
This is to certify that this ship continues to comply with the conditions under which this exemption was granted.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
This ship continues to comply with the conditions under which this exemption was granted and the validity of this certificate is, in accordance with Article 19(4)(a) of the Convention, extended until     
Place      Date     
Signature or Seal of issuing authority.
FORM 8

(Regulation 24(2)(b)

SAINT LUCIAN LOCAL LOAD LINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

Issued under the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations under the authority of the Government by the Division of Maritime Affairs.
PARTICULARS OF SHIP
Name of Ship     
Distinctive Number or Letters     
Port of Registry     
Length in metres as defined by regulation 2 of the Shipping (Load Line) RegulationsGross Tonnage
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the above-mentioned ship is exempt under sections 315 or 316 of the Shipping Act, Cap. 13.27 from the following provisions of the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations —
Subject to the following conditions
Date of initial or renewal survey     
this certificate is valid until      subject, where appropriate,
to annual surveys in accordance with the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations.
Issued at      on     
     Name     
An authorized official of the Division of Maritime Affairs
Name of Ship
ENDORSEMENT FOR ANNUAL SURVEY
This is to certify that at an annual survey required under regulation 22 of the Shipping (Load Line) Regulations was conducted and this ship continues to comply with the conditions under which the exemption was granted.
Place      Date     
Signed      Name     
An authorized official of the Division of Maritime Affairs
Place      Date     
Signed      Name     
An authorized official of the Division of Maritime Affairs
Place      Date     
Signed      Name     
An authorized official of the Division of Maritime Affairs
Place      Date     
Signed      Name     
An authorized official of the Division of Maritime Affairs
Shipping (Manning and Certification) Regulations – Section 111

(Statutory Instrument 93/2020)

Statutory Instrument 93/2020 .. in force 15 June 2020

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PRELIMINARY
1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application and non-application
PART 1
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT
4.Board of Examiners
5.Functions of Board of Examiners
6.Training and assessment
7.Training and assessment with an institution
8.Qualification of instructor, supervisor and assessor
9.In-service training
10.In-service assessment of competence
11.Training of hovercraft personnel
12.General performance standard for simulator used in training
13.General performance standard for simulator used in assessment of competence
14.Radar simulation
15.Automatic radar plotting aid simulation
16.Simulator training objective
17.Training procedure
18.Assessment procedure
19.On-board training
20.Assessment on safety of ship, crew, cargo and protection of the marine environment
21.Special training
22.Training and qualification of master, officer and rating on tanker
23.Training and qualification of master, officer, rating and other personnel on board ro-ro passenger ship
24.Training and qualification of master, officer, rating and other personnel on board passenger ship other than ro-ro passenger ship
25.Basic training
26.Familiarization, basic safety training and instruction for seafarer
27.Training in advanced firefighting
28.Medical first aid and medical care
29.Type rating training for high speed craft
PART 2
CERTIFICATION
Division 1
Master and deck department
30.Certification of officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 GT or more
31.Certification of master and chief mate on a ship of 500 GT or more
32.Certification of master and chief mate on a seagoing ship of between 500 GT and 3,000 GT
33.Certification of officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of less than 500 GT
34.Certification of rating forming part of a navigational watch
Division 2
Engine Department
35.Certification of officer in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or a designated duty engineer in a periodically unmanned engine-room
36.Certification of chief engineer officer and second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more
37.Certification of chief engineer officer and second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power
38.Certification of rating forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
39.Certificate of proficiency in survival craft, rescue boat and fast rescue boat
Division 3
Radio communication and radio personnel
40.Certificate of global maritime distress and safety system for radio personnel
Division 4
High speed Craft
41.Certificate of competence for high speed craft
42.Type rating certificate
43.Deck rating certificate
Division 5
General
44.Grant or refusal of certificate
45.Issue of certificate
46.Endorsement
47.Revalidation of certificate
48.Recognition of certificate
49.Dispensation
50.Register
PART 3
MANNING
51.Responsibility of company, master and others for manning
52.Safe manning certificate
53.Keeping of safe manning certificate on board
54.Change in circumstances
55.Manning of survival craft and supervision of high speed craft
PART 4
WATCHKEEPING
56.Fitness for duty
57.Watchkeeping arrangement and principles to be observed
Division 1
Voyage or route Planning
58.General requirements for voyage or route planning
59.Planning prior to each voyage
60.Verification and display of planned route
61.Deviation from planned route
Division 2
Watchkeeping at Sea
62.Principles applying to watchkeeping generally
63.Protection of marine environment
Division 3
Navigational watch
64.Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch
65.Look-out
66.Navigational watch arrangement
67.Taking over the navigational watch
68.Performing the navigational watch
Division 4
Watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
69.Clear weather
70.Restricted visibility
71.Hours of darkness
72.Coastal and congested waters
73.Navigation with pilot on board
74.Ship at anchor
Division 5
Engineering watch
75.Engineering watch
76.Engineering watch arrangement
77.Taking over the engineering watch
78.Performing the engineering watch
Division 6
Engineering watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
79.Restricted visibility with different conditions and areas
80.Coastal and congested waters with different conditions and areas
81.Ship at anchor with different conditions and areas
Division 7
Principles to be observed in keeping a radio watch
82.General provision for radio watch
83.Watch arrangement for radio watch
84.Performing the radio watch
Division 8
Watchkeeping in portGeneral Principles applying to all watchkeeping
85.General provisions for watchkeeping in port
86.Watch arrangement in port
87.Handing over the deck or engineering watch
88.Taking over the deck-watch
89.Taking over the engineering watch in port
90.Performing the deck watch in port
91.Performing the engineering watch in port
Division 9
Watchkeeping in port on ship carrying harzardous cargo
92.Watchkeeping in port on ship carrying hazardous cargo
PART 5
MISCELLANEOUS
93.Objectives and quality standards
94.Responsibility of a company for compliance with these Regulations
Schedule 1
Schedule 2
Schedule 3
SHIPPING (MANNING AND CERTIFICATION) REGULATIONS – SECTION 111

Commencement [15 June 2020]

PRELIMINARY
1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Manning and Certification) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation

In these Regulations —

“Act” means the Shipping Act, Cap. 13.27;

“assistant engineer officer” means a person under training to become an engineer officer;

“Caribbean Trading Area” has the same meaning assigned to it under the Shipping (Caribbean Cargo Ship Construction and Survey) Regulations;

“certificate” means a certificate issued and endorsed under these Regulations that entitles the lawful holder to serve in the capacity and to perform the functions involved at the level of responsibility specified on a ship of the type, tonnage, power and means of propulsion while engaged on the particular voyage;

“chemical tanker” means a ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in any international instrument relating to bulk chemicals;

“chief engineer officer” means the senior engineer officer responsible for the mechanical propulsion and the operation and maintenance of the mechanical and electrical installations of the ship;

“chief mate” means the officer next in rank to the master and upon whom the command of the ship falls in the event of the incapacity of the master;

“company” means the owner of the ship or any other organization or person assuming such responsibility who agrees to take over all the duties and responsibilities imposed on the company by these Regulations;

“deck officer” means an officer qualified under these Regulations;

“engineer officer” means an officer qualified under these Regulations;

“engineering watch” means a person or a group of personnel comprising the watch or a period of responsibility for an officer during which the physical presence in machinery spaces of that officer may or may not be required;

“evaluation criteria” means the entries appearing in column 4 of the tables in Schedule 1 of the specification of the minimum standard of competence that provides the means for an assessor to judge whether or not a candidate can perform the related tasks, duties and responsibilities;

“fishing vessel” means a ship used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea;

“function” means a group of tasks, duties and responsibilities, as specified in these Regulations, necessary for ship operation, safety of life at sea or protection of the marine environment;

“GT” means gross tonnage as determined in accordance with the Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations;

“hovercraft” means a sea-going vessel registered in Saint Lucia which was constructed on or after January 1, 1996;

“IMO” means the International Maritime Organization;

“independent evaluation” means an assessment by a suitably qualified person, independent of, or external to, the unit or activity being evaluated, to verify that the administrative and operational procedures at all levels are managed, organized, undertaken and monitored internally in order
to ensure their fitness for the purpose of achieving the stated objectives;

“kW” means kilowatt;

“liquefied gas tanker” means a ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage, in bulk, of any liquefied gas or other product listed in any international instrument relating to gas carriers;

“management level” means the extent of responsibility associated with —

  1.  

    (a)     serving as master, chief mate, chief engineer officer or second engineer officer on board a seagoing ship; and

  1.  

    (b)     ensuring that all functions within the designated area of responsibility are properly performed;

“master” means the person having command of a ship;

“month” means a calendar month or 30 days made up of periods within a year;

“near-coastal voyage” means a journey —

  1.  

    (a)     of 72 hours or less within the unlimited trading area in the course of which a ship is at no time more than 150 mi from a safe port of refuge; or

  1.  

    (b)     within the Caribbean Trading Area in the course of which the ship is at no time more than 150 mi from a safe port of refuge;

“officer” means a member of the crew, other than the master;

“oil tanker” means a ship constructed and used for the carriage of petroleum and petroleum products in bulk;

“operational level” means the extent of responsibility associated with —

  1.  

    (a)     serving as officer in charge of a navigational watch or engineering watch, as a designated duty engineer for periodically unmanned machinery spaces or as a radio operator on board a seagoing ship; and

  1.  

    (b)     maintaining direct control over the performance of all functions within the designated area of responsibility in accordance with proper procedures and under the direction of a person serving in the management level for that area of responsibility;

“propulsion power” means the total maximum continuous rated output power in kilowatts of all the ship's main propulsion machinery which appears on the ship's certificate of registry or other official document;

“radio duties” includes watchkeeping and technical maintenance and repairs conducted in accordance with the Radio Regulations, the Safety Convention and the recommendations of the IMO;

“radio operator” means a person holding a licence or frequency authorization issued under the Radio Regulations;

“Radio Regulations” means the Telecommunications (Licensing and Authorisation) Regulations;

“rating” means a member of the ship's crew other than the master or an officer;

“ro–ro passenger ship” means a passenger ship with ro–ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in the Safety Convention;

“seagoing service” means service on board a ship relevant to the issue of a certificate or other qualification;

“seagoing ship” means a ship other than a ship which navigates exclusively in inland waters or in waters within, or closely adjacent to, sheltered waters or areas;

“second engineer officer” means the engineer officer next in rank to the chief engineer officer and upon whom the responsibility for the mechanical propulsion and the operation and maintenance of the mechanical and electrical installations of the ship falls in the event of the incapacity of the chief engineer officer;

“standard of competence” means the level of proficiency to be achieved for the proper performance of functions on board a ship in accordance with internationally agreed criteria and incorporating specified standards or levels of knowledge, understanding and demonstrated skill;

“support level” means the extent of responsibility associated with performing assigned tasks, duties or responsibilities on board a seagoing ship under the direction of a person serving in the operational level or management level.

3.   Application and non-application
  1.  

    (1)   These Regulations apply to seafarers serving on board a seagoing ship.

  1.  

    (2)   These Regulations do not apply to seafarers serving on board —

    1.  

      (a)     a warship, naval auxiliary or other ship owned or operated and engaged only on governmental non-commercial service;

    1.  

      (b)     a fishing vessel;

    1.  

      (c)     a pleasure yacht not engaged in trade; or

    1.  

      (d)     a wooden ship of primitive build.

PART 1
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT
4.   Board of Examiners
  1.  

    (1)   The Director shall nominate a pool of suitably qualified persons who will from time to time be appointed to a Board of Examiners.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who is appointed to a Board of Examiners shall —

    1.  

      (a)     be the holder of a certificate of competence as master or chief engineer without restriction or the appropriate training in related subjects or disciplines at a tertiary level;

    1.  

      (b)     complete the Model Course for Examiners developed by the IMO; and

    1.  

      (c)     have a period of on-the-job training or exposure to maritime examination methods and practices.

  1.  

    (3)   For each assessment, in each discipline, the Director shall appoint at least 3 persons to form a Board of Examiners consisting of —

    1.  

      (a)     a president who is a person from the Division; and

    1.  

      (b)     two members who are persons from the pool of suitably qualified persons.

  1.  

    (4)   A Board of Examiners must be structured according to the discipline in which the candidates are to be assessed and the Board of Examiners may be appointed for assessments in different classes of certification, but must not be appointed for assessments in different disciplines.

  1.  

    (5)   The Division shall —

    1.  

      (a)     maintain a separate data bank of questions and model answers for each class of certification within each discipline;

    1.  

      (b)     provide a selection of questions and model answers to each appointed Board of Examiners for consideration in formulating assessment papers;

    1.  

      (c)     provide a sufficient number of invigilators to support each examination;

    1.  

      (d)     promulgate the timetable detailing the schedule and conduct of examination to ensure that the timetable is communicated to candidates in a timely manner.

5.   Functions of Board of Examiners
  1.  

    (1)   The functions of each Board of Examiners are —

    1.  

      (a)     to formulate assessment papers, conduct examinations, and evaluate individual papers;

    1.  

      (b)     prior to, during and after an examination, to ensure that —

      1.  

        (i)     the required charts, publications, instruments and other material or equipment are serviceable and available in sufficient numbers to adequately support the examination,

      1.  

        (ii)     the listed candidates for each examination are present and properly accounted for according to the seating and numbering arrangements,

      1.  

        (iii)     written examinations are conducted as follows —

        1.  

          (A)     the candidates are briefed on the general rules, requirements and duration of the examination;

        1.  

          (B)     the examination papers are administered and the examination conducted according to the rules for the examination;

        1.  

          (C)     the examination is started and completed on time and within the specified duration and that allowance is made for any unforeseen or unavoidable stoppage or disruptions;

        1.  

          (D)     the examination papers are collected and properly accounted for on completion of the examination;

        1.  

          (E)     candidates who violate the rules of the examination are disqualified;

        1.  

          (F)     suspension of an examination where the Board of Examiners is not satisfied with existing facilities, support equipment or material or conditions under which the examination is conducted and subsequently make other arrangements considered appropriate to ensure the proper conduct of the examination;

        1.  

          (G)     after the examination, ensure that each examination paper is independently evaluated by at least 2 qualified persons;

        1.  

          (H)     in assigning final grades, compare and average the grades of the 2 independent evaluations;

    1.  

      (c)     upon completion of any of its functions, submit a report to the Division.

  1.  

    (2)   For the purposes of subregulation (1)(b)(iii)(G) —

    1.  

      (a)     the first evaluation must be performed by an instructor, versed in the subject or discipline from a training institution;

    1.  

      (b)     the second evaluation must be performed by a member of the Board of Examiners;

    1.  

      (c)     evaluations must be compared by the Board of Examiners and final grades assigned to each paper;

    1.  

      (d)     borderline cases are to be reviewed by a member of the Board of Examiners who is not involved in the evaluation of the particular paper.

  1.  

    (3)   Without prejudice to subregulation (1)(b)(iii)(H), the Board of Examiners shall in assigning final grades, take into consideration —

    1.  

      (a)     the coursework of a candidate;

    1.  

      (b)     the training record book and testimonials of conduct and character during the period of seagoing training of a candidate;

    1.  

      (c)     any other relevant matter concerning the competence of a candidate.

6.   Training and assessment
  1.  

    (1)   The Director shall ensure that all training and assessment of seafarers for certification under these Regulations are —

    1.  

      (a)     structured in accordance with written programmes, including such methods and media of delivery, procedures and course material as are necessary to achieve the specified standard of competence; and

    1.  

      (b)     conducted, monitored, evaluated and supported by persons qualified under regulations 8, 9 and 10.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who conducts in-service training or assessment shall only do so on board a ship when such training or assessment will not adversely affect the normal operation of the ship and he or she can dedicate the time and attention to training or assessment.

7.   Training and assessment within an institution

A training institution shall —

  1.  

    (a)     provide to the Division, at least one month before the scheduled dates of commencement of assessments, 3 complete assessment papers and model answers for each class of certification within each discipline to be assessed;

  1.  

    (b)     in the formulation of questions for assessment papers, ensure that all the required publications, charts, instruments and other material or equipment are serviceable and available in sufficient quantities to support the assessment, and such requirements are to be clearly stated along with the associated serviceability and availability;

  1.  

    (c)     provide instructors who are versed in the particular subject discipline being assessed, to assist in the invigilation of examinations and to respond to and deal with queries regarding any aspect of the examination which may be raised by candidates;

  1.  

    (d)     maintain records of the coursework, attendance, written and practical work or other information for each student undertaking an approved course of maritime study and such records are to be made available to the Board of Examiners, if and when required;

  1.  

    (e)     submit to the Division a draft timetable for the scheduling and conduct of examinations, at least 3 months before the tentative commencement of the first examination.

8.   Qualification of instructor, supervisor and assessor
  1.  

    (1)   The Director shall ensure that instructors, supervisors and assessors are appropriately qualified for the particular types and levels of training or assessment of competence of seafarers on board a ship or ashore, as required under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A person providing type rating certificate training shall designate a person as type rating instructor or type rating examiner.

  1.  

    (3)   A person designated under subregulation (2) shall be experienced in the operation of a high speed craft on the route on which it will be instructing and examining and be approved by the Minister, and under no circumstances will the same person be allowed to work as a type rating instructor and a type rating examiner.

9.   In-service training
  1.  

    (1)     A person who conducts in-service training of a seafarer, on board a ship or ashore, which is intended to be used in qualifying for certification under these Regulations, shall —

    1.  

      (a)     have an appreciation of the training programme and an understanding of the specific training objectives for the particular type of training being conducted;

    1.  

      (b)     be qualified in the task for which training is being conducted; and

    1.  

      (c)     if conducting training using a simulator —

      1.  

        (i)     have received appropriate guidance in instructional techniques involving the use of simulators, and

      1.  

        (ii)     have gained practical operational experience on the particular type of simulator being used.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who is responsible for the supervision of in-service training of a seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under these Regulations shall fully understand the training programme and the specific objectives for each type of training being conducted.

10.   In-service assessment of competence

A person who conducts in-service assessment of competence of a seafarer, on board a ship or ashore, which is intended to be used in qualifying for certification under these Regulations, shall —

  1.  

    (a)     have an appropriate level of knowledge and understanding of the competence to be assessed;

  1.  

    (b)     be qualified in the task for which the assessment is being made;

  1.  

    (c)     have received appropriate guidance in assessment methods and practice;

  1.  

    (d)     have gained practical assessment experience; and

  1.  

    (e)     if conducting assessment involving the use of simulators, have gained practical assessment experience on the particular type of simulator under the supervision and to the satisfaction of an experienced assessor.

11.   Training of hovercraft personnel
  1.  

    (1)   An owner of a hovercraft shall ensure that masters, seafarers and other personnel have completed the training specified by the Minister.

  1.  

    (2)   A person providing the training referred to under subregulation (1) shall issue documentary evidence to every person successfully completing such training.

  1.  

    (3)   In the case of masters and of officers having an operational role on high speed craft, the documentary evidence must be a certificate in a form specified by the Minister and endorsed in a manner specified by the Minister.

12.   General performance standard for simulator used in training

The Director shall ensure that any simulator used for simulator-based training —

  1.  

    (a)     is suitable for the selected objectives and training tasks;

  1.  

    (b)     is capable of simulating the operating capabilities of shipboard equipment, to a level of physical realism appropriate to training objectives and include the capabilities, limitations and possible errors of such equipment;

  1.  

    (c)     has sufficient behavioural realism to allow a trainee to acquire the skills appropriate to the training objectives;

  1.  

    (d)     provides a controlled operating environment, capable of producing a variety of conditions, which may include emergency, hazardous or unusual situations relevant to the training objectives;

  1.  

    (e)     provides an interface through which a trainee can interact with the equipment, the simulated environment and, as appropriate, the instructor; and

  1.  

    (f)     permits an instructor to control, monitor and record exercises for the effective debriefing of trainees.

13.   General performance standards for simulators used in assessment of competence

A simulator used for the assessment of competence required under these Regulations or for any demonstration of continued proficiency required must —

  1.  

    (a)     be capable of satisfying the specified assessment objectives;

  1.  

    (b)     be capable of simulating the operational capabilities of the shipboard equipment to a level of physical realism appropriate to the assessment objectives and to include the capabilities, limitations and possible errors of such equipment;

  1.  

    (c)     have sufficient behavioural realism to allow a candidate to exhibit the skills appropriate to the assessment objectives;

  1.  

    (d)     provide an interface through which a candidate can interact with the equipment and simulated environment;

  1.  

    (e)     provide a controlled operating environment, capable of producing a variety of conditions, which may include emergency, hazardous or unusual situations relevant to assessment objectives; and

  1.  

    (f)     permit an assessor to control, monitor and record exercises for the effective assessment of the performance of candidates.

14.   Radar simulation

Radar simulation equipment must be capable of simulating the operational capabilities of navigational radar equipment which meets all applicable performance standards adopted by the IMO and incorporate facilities to —

  1.  

    (a)     operate in the stabilized relative motion mode and sea and ground stabilized true motion mode;

  1.  

    (b)     model weather, tidal streams, current, shadow sectors, spurious echoes and other propagation effects, and generate coastlines, navigational buoys and search and rescue transponders; and

  1.  

    (c)     create a real-time operating environment incorporating at least 2 own-ship stations with ability to change own ship's course and speed, and include parameters for at least 20 target ships and appropriate communication facilities.

15.   Automatic radar plotting aid simulation

Automatic radar plotting aid simulation equipment must be capable of simulating the operational capabilities of automatic radar plotting aids which meet all applicable performance standards adopted by IMO and must incorporate the facilities for —

  1.  

    (a)     manual and automatic target acquisition;

  1.  

    (b)     past track information;

  1.  

    (c)     use of exclusion areas;

  1.  

    (d)     vector or graphic time-scale and data display; and

  1.  

    (e)     trial manoeuvres.

16.   Simulator training objective

A person who conducts simulator-based training shall ensure that the aims and objectives of the simulator-based training are defined within an overall training programme and that specific training objectives and tasks are selected so as to relate as closely as possible to shipboard tasks and practices.

17.   Training procedure

In conducting simulator-based training, instructors shall ensure that —

  1.  

    (a)     trainees are adequately briefed beforehand on the exercise objectives and tasks and are given sufficient planning time before the exercise starts;

  1.  

    (b)     trainees have adequate familiarization time on the simulator and with its equipment before any training or assessment exercise commences;

  1.  

    (c)     guidance given and exercise stimuli are appropriate to the selected exercise objectives and tasks and to the level of trainee experience;

  1.  

    (d)     exercises are effectively monitored, supported as appropriate by audio and visual observation of trainee activity and pre-exercise evaluation reports and post-exercise evaluation reports;

  1.  

    (e)     trainees are effectively debriefed to ensure that training objectives have been met and that operational skills demonstrated are of an acceptable standard;

  1.  

    (f)     the use of peer assessment during debriefing is encouraged; and

  1.  

    (g)     simulator exercises are designed and tested so as to ensure suitability for the specified training objectives.

18.   Assessment procedure

Where a simulator is used to assess the ability of a candidate to demonstrate levels of competency, an assessor shall ensure that —

  1.  

    (a)     performance criteria are identified clearly and explicitly and are valid and available to the candidates;

  1.  

    (b)     assessment criteria are established clearly and are explicit to ensure reliability and uniformity of assessment and to optimise objective measurement and evaluation, to keep subjective judgements to a minimum;

  1.  

    (c)     candidates are briefed clearly on the tasks or skills to be assessed and on the tasks and performance criteria by which competence will be determined;

  1.  

    (d)     assessment of performance takes into account normal operating procedures and any behavioural interaction with other candidates on the simulator or simulator staff;

  1.  

    (e)     scoring or grading methods to assess performance are used with caution until they have been validated; and

  1.  

    (f)     the prime criterion is that a candidate demonstrates the ability to carry out a task safely and effectively to the satisfaction of the assessor.

19.  On-board training
  1.  

    (1)   This regulation applies to a candidate for certification as officer in charge of —

    1.  

      (a)     a navigational watch of ships of 500 GT or more whose seagoing service forms part of a training programme; or

    1.  

      (b)     an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or as a designated duty engineer in a periodically unmanned engine-room of ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 750kW or more.

  1.  

    (2)   An approved programme of on-board training must —

    1.  

      (a)     ensure that during the required period of seagoing service the candidate receives systematic practical training and experience in the tasks, duties and responsibilities of an officer in charge of a navigational watch or an officer in charge of an engine-room watch;

    1.  

      (b)     be closely supervised and monitored by qualified officers on board the ship in which the approved seagoing service is performed; and

    1.  

      (c)     be adequately documented in a training record book or similar document.

20.   Assessment on safety of ship, crew, cargo and protection of the marine environment
  1.  

    (1)   This regulation applies where —

    1.  

      (a)     a chief mate of a ship of 500 GT is in a position to assume the responsibility of master; or

    1.  

      (b)     a second engineer officer is in a position to assume the responsibilities of the chief engineer.

  1.  

    (2)   An assessment shall be designed to test —

    1.  

      (a)     the ability of the chief mate or second engineer officer to assimilate all available information that affects the safety of the ship, passengers of the ship, crew, cargo or the protection of the marine environment;

    1.  

      (b)     the ability of the second engineer officer to assimilate all available information that affects the safe operation of the machinery of the ship and the protection of the marine environment.

21.   Special training

A candidate for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch on ships of less than 500 GT, engaged on near-coastal voyages, who is required to have completed special training, shall follow an approved programme of on-board training which —

  1.  

    (a)     ensures that during the required period of seagoing service the candidate receives systematic practical training and experience in the tasks, duties and responsibilities of an officer in charge of a navigational watch;

  1.  

    (b)     is closely supervised and monitored by qualified officers on board the ships in which the approved seagoing service is performed; and

  1.  

    (c)     is adequately documented in a training record book or similar document.

22.   Training and qualification of master, officer and rating on tanker
  1.  

    (1)   An officer and a rating assigned specific duties and responsibilities related to cargo or cargo equipment on a tanker shall complete an approved shore-based firefighting course and shall, subject to regulation 26, complete —

    1.  

      (a)     at least 3 months of approved seagoing service on tankers in order to acquire adequate knowledge of safe operational practices; or

    1.  

      (b)     an approved tanker familiarization course covering at least the syllabus given for that course in subregulation (3), but the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister may accept a period of supervised seagoing service shorter than the period specified in paragraph (a), where —

      1.  

        (i)     the period accepted is not less than one month,

      1.  

        (ii)     the tanker is of less than 3,000 GT,

      1.  

        (iii)     the duration of each voyage on which the tanker is engaged during the period does not exceed 72 hours, and

      1.  

        (iv)     the operational characteristics of the tanker and the number of voyages, loading and discharging operations completed during the period, allow the same level of knowledge and experience to be acquired.

  1.  

    (2)   Without prejudice to subregulation (1), a master, chief engineer officer, chief mate, second engineer officer or a person with immediate responsibility for loading, discharging and care in transit or handling of cargo shall —

    1.  

      (a)     have experience appropriate to his or her duties on the type of tanker on which he or she serves; and

    1.  

      (b)     complete an approved specialized training programme which at least covers the subjects set out in subregulation (4), (5) or (6) that are appropriate to his or her duties on the oil tanker, chemical tanker or liquefied gas tanker on which he or she serves.

  1.  

    (3)   The tanker familiarization course referred to in subregulation (1)(b) must cover at least the following syllabus —

    1.  

      (a)     characteristics of cargoes that includes an outline treatment including —

      1.  

        (i)     practical demonstration of the physical properties of oil, chemicals and gases carried in bulk,

      1.  

        (ii)     vapour pressure or temperature relationship,

      1.  

        (iii)     influence of pressure on boiling temperature,

      1.  

        (iv)     explanation of saturated vapour pressure, diffusion, partial pressure, flammability limits, flashpoint and auto-ignition temperature,

      1.  

        (v)     practical significance of flashpoint and lower flammable limit,

      1.  

        (vi)     simple explanation of types of electrostatic charge generation,

      1.  

        (vii)     chemical symbols and structures,

      1.  

        (viii)     elements of the chemistry of acids and bases and chemical reactions of well-known groupings sufficient to enable proper utilization of codes;

    1.  

      (b)     toxicity, that includes a simple explanation of principles and basic concepts including toxicity limits, acute and chronic effects of toxicity and systemic poisons and irritants;

    1.  

      (c)     hazards that include an explanation of hazards, including —

      1.  

        (i)     explosion and flammability hazards, flammability limits and sources of ignition and explosion,

      1.  

        (ii)     health hazards, including the dangers of skin contact, inhalation and ingestion; oxygen deficiency, with particular reference to inert gas systems; harmful properties of cargo carried; accidents to personal and associated first-aid,

      1.  

        (iii)     hazards to the environment, covering: the effect on human and marine life from the release of oil, chemicals or gases; effect of specific gravity and solubility; danger from vapour cloud drift; effect of vapour pressure and atmospheric conditions,

      1.  

        (iv)     reactivity hazards covering self-reaction; polymerization; effects of temperature; impurities as catalysts; reaction with air, water and other chemicals, and

      1.  

        (v)     corrosion hazards, covering the dangers to personnel; attacks on constructional materials; effects of concentration and evolution of hydrogen;

    1.  

      (d)     hazard control, that includes inserting, water padding, drying agents and monitoring techniques; anti-static measures; ventilation; segregation; cargo inhibition and the importance of compatibility of materials;

    1.  

      (e)     safety equipment and protection of personnel including —

      1.  

        (i)     the function and calibration of measuring instruments and similar equipment,

      1.  

        (ii)     specialized fire-extinguishing appliances,

      1.  

        (iii)     breathing apparatus and tanker evacuating equipment,

      1.  

        (iv)     safe use of protective clothing and equipment,

      1.  

        (v)     use of resuscitators and other rescue and escape equipment;

    1.  

      (f)     pollution prevention that includes procedures to be followed to prevent air and water pollution and measures to be taken in the event of spillage, including the need to —

      1.  

        (i)     immediately report all relevant information to the appropriate officials when a spill is detected or when a malfunction has occurred which poses a risk of a spill,

      1.  

        (ii)     promptly notify shore-based response personnel, and

      1.  

        (iii)     properly implement shipboard spill-containment procedures.

  1.  

    (4)   The specialized training programme referred to under subregulation (2)(b) appropriate to duties on oil tankers shall provide theoretical and practical knowledge of the following subjects —

    1.  

      (a)     Regulations and codes of practice including —

      1.  

        (i)     familiarization with the appropriate provisions of relevant international conventions,

      1.  

        (ii)     relevant international and national codes,

      1.  

        (iii)     IMO Manual on Oil Pollution,

      1.  

        (iv)     relevant tanker safety guides and relevant port regulations as commonly applied;

    1.  

      (b)     design and equipment of oil tankers including —

      1.  

        (i)     familiarization with piping, pumping, tank and deck arrangements,

      1.  

        (ii)     types of cargo pumps and their application to various types of cargo,

      1.  

        (iii)     tank cleaning, gas-freeing and inerting systems,

      1.  

        (iv)     cargo tank venting and accommodation ventilation,

      1.  

        (v)     gauging systems and alarms,

      1.  

        (vi)     cargo heating systems, and

      1.  

        (vii)     the safety aspects of electrical systems;

    1.  

      (c)     cargo characteristics including knowledge of the chemical and physical properties of different oil cargoes;

    1.  

      (d)     ship operations including —

      1.  

        (i)     cargo calculations, loading and discharging plans, loading and discharge procedures, including ship-to-ship transfers, checklists, use of monitoring equipment,

      1.  

        (ii)     importance of proper supervision of personnel,

      1.  

        (iii)     gas-freeing operations and tank cleaning operations,

      1.  

        (iv)     where appropriate, crude oil washing procedures and the operation and maintenance of inert gas systems,

      1.  

        (v)     control of entry into pump-rooms and enclosed spaces,

      1.  

        (vi)     use of gas-detecting and safety equipment,

      1.  

        (vii)     load-on-top and proper ballasting and deballasting procedures,

      1.  

        (viii)     air and water pollution prevention;

    1.  

      (e)     repair and maintenance including —

      1.  

        (i)     precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work, including that affecting pumping, piping, electrical and control systems,

      1.  

        (ii)     safety factors necessary in the performance of hot work; control of hot work and proper hot-work procedures;

    1.  

      (f)     emergency operations including —

      1.  

        (i)     the importance of developing ship emergency plans,

      1.  

        (ii)     cargo operations emergency shutdown,

      1.  

        (iii)     action in the event of failure of services essential to cargo,

      1.  

        (iv)     fire fighting on oil tankers,

      1.  

        (v)     action following collision, stranding or spillage,

      1.  

        (vi)     medical first-aid procedures, and

      1.  

        (vii)     the use of resuscitation equipment; use of breathing apparatus for safe entry into and rescue from enclosed spaces.

  1.  

    (5)   The specialized training programme referred to under subregulation (2)(b) appropriate to duties on chemical tankers shall provide theoretical and practical knowledge of the following subjects —

    1.  

      (a)     Regulations and codes of practice, including familiarization with relevant —

      1.  

        (i)     international conventions,

      1.  

        (ii)     IMO and national codes,

      1.  

        (iii)     tanker safety guides, and

      1.  

        (iv)     port regulations, as commonly applied;

    1.  

      (b)     design and equipment of chemical tankers including a brief description of —

      1.  

        (i)     specialized piping, pumping and tank arrangements, overflow control,

      1.  

        (ii)     types of cargo pumps and their application to various types of cargo,

      1.  

        (iii)     tank cleaning and gas-freeing systems,

      1.  

        (iv)     cargo tank venting,

      1.  

        (v)     vapour-return systems,

      1.  

        (vi)     accommodation ventilation, airlocks,

      1.  

        (vii)     gauging systems and alarms,

      1.  

        (viii)     tank temperature control systems and alarms, and

      1.  

        (ix)     the safety factors of electrical systems;

    1.  

      (c)     cargo characteristics including sufficient knowledge of liquid chemical cargo characteristics to allow proper use of relevant cargo safety guides;

    1.  

      (d)     ship operations including —

      1.  

        (i)     cargo calculations,

      1.  

        (ii)     loading and discharging plans,

      1.  

        (iii)     loading and discharge procedures,

      1.  

        (iv)     vapour-return systems,

      1.  

        (v)     checklists,

      1.  

        (vi)     use of monitoring equipment,

      1.  

        (vii)     gas-freeing operations and tank cleaning operations, including proper use of absorption and wetting agents and detergents,

      1.  

        (viii)     use and maintenance of inert atmospheres,

      1.  

        (ix)     control of entry into pump-rooms and enclosed spaces,

      1.  

        (x)     use of detecting and safety equipment, and

      1.  

        (xi)     disposal of waste and washings;

    1.  

      (e)     repair and maintenance including precautions to be taken before the repair and maintenance of pumping, piping, electrical and control systems; and

    1.  

      (f)     emergency operations including —

      1.  

        (i)     the importance of developing ship emergency plans,

      1.  

        (ii)     cargo operations emergency shutdown,

      1.  

        (iii)     action in the event of failure of services essential to cargo,

      1.  

        (iv)     fire fighting on chemical tankers,

      1.  

        (v)     action following collision, stranding or spillage,

      1.  

        (vi)     medical first-aid procedures and the use of resuscitation and decontamination equipment,

      1.  

        (vii)     use of breathing apparatus and escape equipment,

      1.  

        (viii)     safe entry into and rescue from enclosed spaces.

  1.  

    (6)   The specialized training programme referred to under subregulation (2)(b) appropriate to the duties on liquefied gas tankers must provide theoretical and practical knowledge of the following subjects —

    1.  

      (a)     Regulations and codes of practice including familiarization with —

      1.  

        (i)     relevant international conventions and IMO, national and industry codes,

      1.  

        (ii)     the ship design and equipment of liquefied gas tankers,

      1.  

        (iii)     types of liquefied gas tankers,

      1.  

        (iv)     cargo-containment systems, construction, surveys,

      1.  

        (v)     cargo-handling equipment, such as pumps, piping systems,

      1.  

        (vi)     cargo conditioning systems, such as warm-up, cool-down,

      1.  

        (vii)     tank atmosphere control systems, such as inert gas, nitrogen,

      1.  

        (viii)     instrumentation of cargo-containment and handling systems,

      1.  

        (ix)     fire-fighting system and safety and rescue equipment;

    1.  

      (b)     firefighting, including advanced practical firefighting techniques and tactics applicable to gas tankers, including the use of water-spray systems;

    1.  

      (c)     chemistry and physics, including an introduction to basic chemistry and physics as it relates to the safe carriage of liquefied gases in bulk in ships, covering —

      1.  

        (i)     the properties and characteristics of liquefied gases and their vapours, including —

        1.  

          (A)     the definition of gas;

        1.  

          (B)     simple gas laws;

        1.  

          (C)     the gas equation;

        1.  

          (D)     density of gases;

        1.  

          (E)     diffusion and mixing of gases;

        1.  

          (F)     compression of gases;

        1.  

          (G)     liquefaction of gases;

        1.  

          (H)     refrigeration of gases;

        1.  

          (I)     critical temperature;

        1.  

          (J)     the practical significance of flashpoint;

        1.  

          (K)     upper and lower explosive limits;

        1.  

          (L)     auto-ignition temperature;

        1.  

          (M)     compatibility of gases;

        1.  

          (N)     reactivity;

        1.  

          (O)     polymerization and inhibitors,

      1.  

        (ii)     the properties of single liquids, including – densities of liquids and vapours; variation with temperature; vapour pressure and temperature; enthalpy; vaporization and boiling liquids, and

      1.  

        (iii)     the nature and properties of solutions, including —

        1.  

          (A)     the solubility of gases in liquids;

        1.  

          (B)     miscibility between liquids and effects of temperature change;

        1.  

          (C)     densities of solutions and dependence on temperature and concentration;

        1.  

          (D)     effects of dissolved substances on melting and boiling points;

        1.  

          (E)     hydrates, formation and dispersion;

        1.  

          (F)     hygroscopicity;

        1.  

          (G)     drying of air and other gases;

        1.  

          (H)     dew point and low-temperature effects;

    1.  

      (d)     health hazards including familiarization with health hazards relevant to the carriage of liquefied gas, covering —

      1.  

        (i)     toxicity, including —

        1.  

          (A)     the modes by which liquefied gases and their vapours may be toxic;

        1.  

          (B)     the toxic properties of inhibitors and of products of combustion of both materials of construction and of liquefied gases carried;

        1.  

          (C)     acute and chronic effects of toxicity, systemic poisons and irritants; and

        1.  

          (D)     the Threshold Limit Value (TLV),

      1.  

        (ii)     hazards of skin contact, inhalation and ingestion, and

      1.  

        (iii)     medical first aid and administration of antidotes;

    1.  

      (e)     cargo containment, including —

      1.  

        (i)     principles of containment systems,

      1.  

        (ii)     rules,

      1.  

        (iii)     surveys, and

      1.  

        (iv)     tank construction, materials, coatings, insulation and compatibility;

    1.  

      (f)     pollution, including —

      1.  

        (i)     hazards to human life and to the marine environment,

      1.  

        (ii)     the effect of specific gravity and solubility,

      1.  

        (iii)     danger from vapour cloud drift, and

      1.  

        (iv)     the jettisoning of cryogenic liquids;

    1.  

      (g)     cargo-handling systems, including —

      1.  

        (i)     a description of the main types of pumps and pumping arrangements and vapour-return systems, piping systems and valves,

      1.  

        (ii)     an explanation of —

        1.  

          (A)     pressure, vacuum, suction, flow, head filters and strainers;

        1.  

          (B)     expansion devices;

        1.  

          (C)     flame screens;

        1.  

          (D)     commonly used inert gases;

        1.  

          (E)     storage, generation and distribution systems;

        1.  

          (F)     temperature and pressure monitoring systems;

        1.  

          (G)     cargo vent systems;

        1.  

          (H)     liquid re-circulation and re-liquefaction systems;

        1.  

          (I)     cargo gauging, instrumentation systems and alarms;

        1.  

          (J)     gas detection and monitoring systems;

        1.  

          (K)     carbon dioxide monitoring systems;

        1.  

          (L)     cargo boil-off systems and auxiliary systems;

    1.  

      (h)     ship operating procedures, including —

      1.  

        (i)     loading and discharging preparations and procedures,

      1.  

        (ii)     checklists,

      1.  

        (iii)     cargo condition maintenance on passage and in harbour,

      1.  

        (iv)     segregation of cargoes and procedures for cargo transfer,

      1.  

        (v)     changing cargoes, tank cleaning procedures,

      1.  

        (vi)     cargo sampling,

      1.  

        (vii)     ballasting and deballasting,

      1.  

        (viii)     warm up and gas-freeing procedures, and

      1.  

        (ix)     procedures for cool down of a gas-free system from ambient temperature and the safety precautions involved;

    1.  

      (i)     safety practices and equipment including —

      1.  

        (i)     the function, calibration and use of portable measuring instruments,

      1.  

        (ii)     fire fighting equipment and procedures,

      1.  

        (iii)     breathing apparatus,

      1.  

        (iv)     resuscitators,

      1.  

        (vi)     escape sets,

      1.  

        (v)     rescue equipment,

      1.  

        (vi)     protective clothing and equipment,

      1.  

        (vii)     entry into enclosed spaces,

      1.  

        (viii)     precautions to be observed before and during repair and maintenance of cargo and control systems,

      1.  

        (ix)     supervision of personnel during potentially hazardous operations,

      1.  

        (x)     types and principles of certified safe electrical equipment and sources of ignition; and

    1.  

      (j)     emergency procedures including —

      1.  

        (i)     the importance of developing ship emergency plans,

      1.  

        (ii)     emergency shutdown of cargo operations,

      1.  

        (iii)     emergency cargo valve closing systems,

      1.  

        (iv)     action to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo,

      1.  

        (v)     and action to be taken following collision or stranding, spillage and envelopment of the ship in toxic or flammable vapour;

    1.  

      (k)     general principles of cargo operations including —

      1.  

        (i)     inerting cargo tank and void spaces,

      1.  

        (ii)     tank cool down and loading,

      1.  

        (iii)     operations during loaded and ballasted voyages,

      1.  

        (iv)     discharging and tank stripping, and

      1.  

        (v)     emergency procedures, including pre-planned action in the event of leaks, fire, collision, stranding, emergency cargo discharge and personnel casualty.

23.   Training and qualification of master, officer, rating and other personnel on board ro–ro passenger ship
  1.  

    (1)   This regulation applies to a master, officer, rating and other personnel serving on board a ro–ro passenger ship engaged in international voyages and the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall determine the applicability of these requirements to personnel serving on board a ro-ro passenger ship engaged in domestic voyages.

  1.  

    (2)   Prior to being assigned shipboard duties on board a ro–ro passenger ship, a seafarer shall complete the training required under subregulations (4) to (8) in accordance with their capacity, duties and responsibilities.

  1.  

    (3)   A seafarer who is required to be trained under subregulations (4), (7) and (8) shall, at intervals not exceeding 5 years, undertake appropriate refresher training or be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence within the previous 5 years.

  1.  

    (4)   A master, officer, rating and other personnel designated on a muster list to assist passengers in emergency situations on board a ro-ro passenger ship shall complete training in crowd management under subregulation (10).

  1.  

    (5)   A master, officer, rating and other personnel assigned specific duties and responsibilities on board a ro–ro passenger ship shall complete the familiarization training under subregulation (11).

  1.  

    (6)   Personnel providing direct service to passengers in passenger spaces on board a ro–ro passenger ship shall complete the safety training specified in subregulation (12).

  1.  

    (7)   A master, chief mate, chief engineer officer, second engineer officer and a person assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers, loading, discharging or securing cargo or closing hull openings on board a ro-ro passenger ship shall complete approved training in passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity under subregulation (13).

  1.  

    (8)   A master, chief mate, chief engineer officer, second engineer officer and any person having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations on board a ro-ro passenger ship shall complete approved training in crisis management and human behaviour under subregulation (14).

  1.  

    (9)   The Division shall ensure that documentary evidence of the training which is completed is issued to a person found qualified under this regulation.

  1.  

    (10)   The crowd management training required under subregulation (4) for personnel designated on a muster list to assist passengers in emergency situations includes —

    1.  

      (a)     awareness of life-saving appliance and control plans, including —

      1.  

        (i)     knowledge of the muster list and emergency instructions,

      1.  

        (ii)     knowledge of the emergency exits, and

      1.  

        (iii)     restrictions on the use of elevators;

    1.  

      (b)     the ability to assist passengers en route to muster and embarkation stations, including —

      1.  

        (i)     the ability to give clear reassuring orders,

      1.  

        (ii)     controlling passengers in corridors, staircases and passageways,

      1.  

        (iii)     maintaining escape routes clear of obstructions,

      1.  

        (iv)     using of methods available for evacuating disabled persons and persons needing special assistance, and

      1.  

        (v)     searching of accommodation spaces;

    1.  

      (c)     mustering procedures, including —

      1.  

        (i)     the importance of keeping order,

      1.  

        (ii)     the ability to use procedures for reducing and avoiding panic,

      1.  

        (iii)     the ability to use, where appropriate, passenger lists for evacuation counts, and

      1.  

        (iv)     the ability to ensure that the passengers are suitably clothed and have donned their lifejackets correctly.

  1.  

    (11)   The familiarization training required under subregulation (5) must ensure attainment of the abilities that are appropriate to the capacity to be filled and the duties and responsibilities to be taken up, as follows —

    1.  

      (a)     design and operational limitations, including the ability to properly understand and observe any operational limitations imposed on the ship and to understand and apply performance restrictions, including speed limitations in adverse weather, which are intended to maintain the safety of life, ship and cargo;

    1.  

      (b)     procedures for opening, closing and securing hull openings, including the ability to apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the opening, closing and securing of bow, stern, side doors and ramps, and to correctly operate the related systems;

    1.  

      (c)     legislation, codes and agreements affecting a ro–ro passenger ship, including the ability to understand and apply international and national requirements for a ro–ro passenger ship and the duties to be performed;

    1.  

      (d)     stability and stress requirements and limitations, including the ability to take proper account of stress limitations for sensitive parts of the ship such as bow doors and other closing devices that maintain watertight integrity and of special stability considerations which may affect the safety of a ro–ro passenger ship;

    1.  

      (e)     procedures for the maintenance of special equipment on board a ro–ro passenger ship, including the ability to apply properly the shipboard procedures for maintenance of equipment peculiar to a ro–ro passenger ship such as bow, stern, side doors, ramps, scuppers and associated systems;

    1.  

      (f)     loading and cargo securing manuals and calculators, including the ability to make proper use of the loading and securing manuals in respect of all types of vehicles and rail cars where applicable, and to calculate and apply stress limitations for vehicle decks;

    1.  

      (g)     dangerous cargo areas, including the ability to ensure proper observance of special precautions and limitations applying to designated dangerous cargo areas; and

    1.  

      (h)     emergency procedures including the ability to ensure proper application of any special procedures to —

      1.  

        (i)     prevent or reduce the ingress of water on vehicle decks,

      1.  

        (ii)     remove water from vehicle decks, and

      1.  

        (iii)     minimize effects of water on vehicle decks.

  1.  

    (12)   The additional safety training required under subregulation (6), shall ensure attainment of —

    1.  

      (a)     the ability to communicate with passengers during an emergency, having regard to —

      1.  

        (i)     the language appropriate to the principal nationalities of passengers carried on the particular route,

      1.  

        (ii)     the likelihood that an ability to use an elementary English vocabulary for basic instructions can provide a means of communicating with a passenger in need of assistance whether the passenger and crew member share a common language,

      1.  

        (iii)     the possible need to communicate during an emergency by some other means such as by demonstration, hand signals, calling attention to the location of instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or evacuation routes, when oral communication is impractical,

      1.  

        (iv)     the extent to which complete safety instructions have been provided to passengers in their native language, and

      1.  

        (v)     the language in which emergency announcements may be broadcast during an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance to passengers and to facilitate crew members in assisting passengers;

    1.  

      (b)     the ability to demonstrate to passengers the use of personal life-saving appliances.

  1.  

    (13)   The passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity training required under subregulation (7), for a master, chief mate, chief engineer officer, second engineer officer and a person assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers, for loading, discharging or securing cargo or for closing hull openings shall ensure attainment of the abilities that are appropriate to his or her duties and responsibilities as follows —

    1.  

      (a)     loading and embarkation procedures including the ability to apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding —

      1.  

        (i)     loading and discharging vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport units, including related communications,

      1.  

        (ii)     lowering and hoisting ramps,

      1.  

        (iii)     setting up and stowing retractable vehicle decks, and

      1.  

        (iv)     embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled persons and persons needing special assistance;

    1.  

      (b)     carrying dangerous goods including the ability to apply any special safeguards, procedures and requirements regarding the carriage of dangerous goods on board a ro–ro passenger ship;

    1.  

      (c)     securing cargo including the ability to —

      1.  

        (i)     apply correctly the provisions of the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing to the vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport units carried, and

      1.  

        (ii)     use properly the cargo-securing equipment and materials provided, taking into account their limitations;

    1.  

      (d)     stability, trim and stress calculations including the ability to —

      1.  

        (i)     make proper use of the stability and stress information provided,

      1.  

        (ii)     calculate stability and trim for different conditions of loading, using the stability calculators or computer programs provided,

      1.  

        (iii)     calculate load factors for decks, and

      1.  

        (iv)     calculate the impact of ballast and fuel transfers on stability, trim and stress;

    1.  

      (e)     opening, closing and securing hull openings including the ability to —

      1.  

        (i)     apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the opening, closing and securing of bow, stern and side doors and ramps,

      1.  

        (ii)     conduct surveys on proper sealing; and

    1.  

      (f)     ro–ro deck atmosphere including the ability to —

      1.  

        (i)     use equipment, where carried, to monitor atmosphere in ro–ro cargo spaces, and

      1.  

        (ii)     apply properly the procedures established for the ship for ventilation of ro–ro cargo spaces during loading and discharging of vehicles, while on voyage and in emergencies.

  1.  

    (14)   A master, chief mate, chief engineer officer, second engineer officer and any person having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations shall —

    1.  

      (a)     successfully complete the approved crisis management and human behaviour training required under subregulation (8), in accordance with his or her capacity, duties and responsibilities as set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1; and

    1.  

      (b)     provide evidence that the required standard of competence has been achieved in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluating competence set out in columns 3 and 4 of Part 1 of Schedule 1.

24.   Training and qualification of a master, officer, rating and other personnel on board a passenger ship other than a ro-ro passenger ship
  1.  

    (1)    This regulation applies to a master, officer, rating and other personnel serving on a passenger ship, other than a ro-ro passenger ship, engaged in international voyages and the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall determine the applicability of these requirements to personnel serving on passenger ships engaged on domestic voyages.

  1.  

    (2)   Prior to being assigned shipboard duties on board a passenger ship, a seafarer shall complete the training required under subregulations (4) to (8) in accordance with their capacity, duties and responsibilities.

  1.  

    (3)   A seafarer who is required to be trained under subregulations (4), (7) and (8) shall, at intervals not exceeding 5 years, undertake appropriate refresher training to be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence within the previous 5 years.

  1.  

    (4)   Personnel designated on a muster list to assist passengers in emergency situations on board a passenger ship must complete training in crowd management under subregulation (10).

  1.  

    (5)   A master, officer and other personnel assigned specific duties and responsibilities on board a passenger ship must complete the familiarization training under subregulation (11).

  1.  

    (6)   Personnel providing direct service to passengers on board a passenger ship in passenger spaces must complete the safety training under subregulation (12).

  1.  

    (7)   A master, chief mate, and every person assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers shall complete approved training in passenger safety as specified in subregulation (13).

  1.  

    (8)   A master, chief mate, chief engineer officer, second engineer officer and any person having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations on board a passenger ship shall complete approved training in crisis management and human behaviour under subregulation (14).

  1.  

    (9)   The Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall ensure that documentary evidence of the training which is complete is issued to every person found qualified under this regulation.

  1.  

    (10)   The crowd management training required under subregulation (4) for personnel designated on a muster list to assist passengers in emergency situations includes —

    1.  

      (a)     the awareness of life-saving appliance and control plans, including —

      1.  

        (i)     knowledge of the muster list and emergency instructions,

      1.  

        (ii)     knowledge of the emergency exits, and

      1.  

        (iii)     restrictions on the use of elevators;

    1.  

      (b)     the ability to assist passengers en route to muster and embarkation stations, including —

      1.  

        (i)     the ability to give clear reassuring orders,

      1.  

        (ii)     the control of passengers in corridors, staircases and passage ways,

      1.  

        (iii)     maintaining escape routes clear of obstructions,

      1.  

        (iv)     methods available for evacuation of disabled persons and persons needing special assistance, and

      1.  

        (v)     search of accommodation spaces; and

    1.  

      (c)     the mustering procedures, including —

      1.  

        (i)     the importance of keeping order,

      1.  

        (ii)     the ability to use procedures for reducing and avoiding panic,

      1.  

        (iii)     the ability to use, where appropriate, passenger lists for evacuation counts, and

      1.  

        (iv)     the ability to ensure that the passengers are suitably clothed and have donned their lifejackets correctly.

  1.  

    (11)   The familiarization training required under subregulation (5) must ensure attainment of the abilities that are appropriate to the capacity to be filled and the duties and responsibilities to be taken up including design and operational limitations that include the ability to properly understand and observe any operational limitations imposed on the ship and to understand and apply performance restrictions, including speed limitations in adverse weather, which are intended to maintain the safety of life and the ship.

  1.  

    (12)   The additional safety training required under subregulation (6) must ensure attainment of —

    1.  

      (a)     the ability to communicate with passengers during an emergency, having regard to —

      1.  

        (i)     the language appropriate to the principal nationalities of passengers carried on a particular route,

      1.  

        (ii)     the likelihood that an ability to use an elementary English vocabulary for basic instructions can provide a means of communicating with a passenger in need of assistance whether the passenger and crew member share a common language,

      1.  

        (iii)     the possible need to communicate during an emergency by some other means, such as by demonstration, or hand signals, or calling attention to the location of instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or evacuation routes, when oral communication is impractical,

      1.  

        (iv)     the extent to which complete safety instructions have been provided to passengers in their native language, and

      1.  

        (v)     the language in which emergency announcements may be broadcast during an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance to passengers and to facilitate crew members in assisting passengers; and

    1.  

      (b)     the ability to demonstrate to passengers the use of personal life-saving appliances.

  1.  

    (13)   The passenger safety training required under subregulation (7) for a master, chief mate and a person assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers must ensure attainment of the ability appropriate to his or her duties and responsibilities to embark and disembark passengers with special attention to disabled persons and persons needing special assistance.

  1.  

    (14)   A master, chief mate, chief engineer officer, second engineer officer and a person having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations shall —

    1.  

      (a)     successfully complete the approved training in crisis management and human behaviour required under subregulation (8), in accordance with his or her capacity, duties and responsibilities as set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1; and

    1.  

      (b)     provide evidence that the required standard of competence is achieved in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluating competence set out in columns 3 and 4 of Part 1 of Schedule 1.

25.   Basic training
  1.  

    (1)   A seafarer employed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship, on the business of that ship as part of the complement of the ship, with designated safety or pollution-prevention duties in the operation of the ship shall, before being assigned to any shipboard duties —

    1.  

      (a)     receive basic training or instruction in —

      1.  

        (i)     personal survival techniques as set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1,

      1.  

        (ii)     fire prevention and firefighting as set out in Part 3 of Schedule 1,

      1.  

        (iii)     elementary first aid as set out in Part 4 of Schedule 1, and

      1.  

        (iv)     personal safety and social responsibilities as set out in Part 5 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of Parts 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 1 within the previous 5 years through —

      1.  

        (i)     a demonstration of competence, in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluating competence set out in columns 3 and 4 of Parts 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 1, and

      1.  

        (ii)     an examination or a continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme in the subjects listed in column 2 of Parts 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (2)   The Minister or a person authorized by the Minister may, if he or she considers that the size of the ship and the length or character of its voyage are such as to render the application of the full requirements of this regulation unreasonable or impracticable, exempt the seafarers on such a ship from some of the requirements, having regard to the safety of people on board, the ship and property and the protection of the marine environment.

  1.  

    (3)   Subregulation (2) applies to ships other than passenger ships of more than 500 GT engaged in international voyages and tankers.

26.   Familiarization, basic safety training and instruction for seafarer

A seafarer shall receive familiarization and basic training or instruction and shall before being assigned to shipboard duties, receive approved familiarization training in personal survival techniques or receive sufficient information and instruction to be able to —

  1.  

    (a)     communicate with other persons on board with respect to elementary safety matters and understand safety information symbols, signs and alarm signals;

  1.  

    (b)     respond to —

    1.  

      (i)     a person who falls overboard,

    1.  

      (ii)     a fire or the detection of smoke,

    1.  

      (iii)     the sounding of the fire alarm or the abandon ship alarm;

  1.  

    (c)     identify muster and embarkation stations and emergency escape routes;

  1.  

    (d)     locate and don lifejackets;

  1.  

    (e)     raise the alarm and have basic knowledge of the use of portable fire extinguishers;

  1.  

    (f)     take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other medical emergency before seeking further medical assistance on board; and

  1.  

    (g)     close and open the fire, weather tight and watertight doors fitted in the particular ship other than those for hull openings.

27.   Training in advanced firefighting
  1.  

    (1)   A seafarer designated to control firefighting operations shall complete advanced training in techniques for firefighting with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and command under these Regulations and shall meet the standard of competence under subregulation (3).

  1.  

    (2)   Where training in advanced firefighting is not included in the qualifications for the certificate to be issued, a special certificate or documentary evidence, must be issued indicating that the holder has attended a course of training in advanced firefighting.

  1.  

    (3)   For the purposes of subregulation (1), the standard of competence to be met by a seafarer designated to control firefighting operations are —

    1.  

      (a)     successful completion of advanced training in techniques for firefighting, with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and command;

    1.  

      (b)     to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 6 of Schedule 1; and

    1.  

      (c)     the level of knowledge and understanding of the subjects listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 6 of Schedule 1 is sufficient for the effective control of firefighting operations on board a ship.

  1.  

    (4)   A candidate for certification under this regulation shall provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence within the previous 5 years, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 6 of Schedule 1.

28.   Medical first aid and medical care
  1.  

    (1)   A seafarer designated to provide medical first aid on board a ship shall meet the standard of competence in medical first aid under subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (2)   A seafarer designated to take charge of medical care on board a ship shall meet the standard of competence in medical care on board ship under subregulation (6).

  1.  

    (3)   Where training in medical first aid or medical care is not included in the qualifications for the certificate issued, a special certificate or documentary evidence must be issued indicating that the holder has attended a course of training in medical first aid or medical care.

  1.  

    (4)   For the purposes of subregulation (1), the standards of competence for a seafarer designated to provide medical first aid on board a ship are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 7 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     the level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 7 of Schedule 1 is sufficient to enable the designated seafarer to take immediate effective action in the case of accidents or illness likely to occur on board a ship.

  1.  

    (5)   A candidate for certification under subregulation (1) shall provide evidence that the required standard of competence is achieved in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 7 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (6)   For the purposes of subregulation (2), the standards of competence to be met by a seafarer who is designated to take charge of medical care on board a ship are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 7 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     the level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 7 of Schedule 1 is sufficient to enable the designated seafarer to take immediate effective action in the case of accidents or illness likely to occur on board a ship.

  1.  

    (7)   A candidate for certification under subregulation (2) shall provide evidence that the required standard of competence is achieved in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 7 of Schedule 1.

29.   Type rating training for high speed craft
  1.  

    (1)   The level of competence and the training considered necessary in respect of a master and each crew member must be laid down and demonstrated in the light of the following guidelines to the satisfaction of the company in respect of the particular type and model of high speed craft and the service intended and more than one crew member must be trained to perform all essential operational tasks in normal and emergency situations.

  1.  

    (2)   The Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall specify an appropriate period of operational training for the master and each member of the crew and, if necessary, the periods at which appropriate retraining must be carried out.

  1.  

    (3)   The Minister or any person authorized by the Minister must issue a type rating certificate to the master and all officers having an operational role following an appropriate period of operational or simulator training and on the conclusion of an examination including a practical test commensurate with the operational tasks on board the particular type and model of high speed craft and the route followed and the type rating training must cover the following —

    1.  

      (a)     knowledge of all on-board propulsion and control systems, including communication and navigational equipment, steering, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic systems and bilge and fire pumping;

    1.  

      (b)     the failure mode of the control, steering and propulsion systems and proper response to such failures;

    1.  

      (c)     handling characteristics of the high speed craft and the limiting operational conditions;

    1.  

      (d)     bridge communication and navigation procedures;

    1.  

      (e)     intact and damage stability and survivability of the high speed craft in damage condition;

    1.  

      (f)     location and use of the life-saving appliances of the high speed craft, including survival craft equipment;

    1.  

      (g)     location and use of escapes in the high speed craft and the evacuation of passengers;

    1.  

      (h)     location and use of fire protection and fire-extinguishing appliances and systems in the event of fire on board;

    1.  

      (i)     location and use of damage control appliances and systems, including operation of watertight doors and bilge pumps;

    1.  

      (j)     cargo and vehicle stowage and securing systems;

    1.  

      (k)     methods for control of and communication with passengers in an emergency; and

    1.  

      (l)     location and use of all other items listed in the training manual.

  1.  

    (4)   The type rating certificate for a particular type and model of high speed craft is only valid for service on the route to be followed when it is endorsed by the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister following the completion of a practical test over that route.

  1.  

    (5)   The type rating certificate must be re-validated every 2 years and the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall set the procedures for re-validation.

  1.  

    (6)   A company shall ensure that the type rating training for passenger high speed craft is implemented and for all crew members, the type rating training covers the control and evacuation of passengers.

  1.  

    (7)   When a passenger high speed craft carries cargo, the high speed craft must comply with subregulation (8).

  1.  

    (8)   A company shall ensure that type rating training is implemented and for all crew members, the type rating training for cargo high speed craft covers knowledge of cargo and vehicles storage areas.

PART 2
CERTIFICATION
Division 1
Master and deck department
30.   Certification of officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 GT or more
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as an officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 GT or more unless that person holds a valid certificate of competence.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application to the Minister for a certificate if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 18 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     has approved seagoing service of one year as part of an approved training programme which includes on-board training which meets the requirements of this regulation and is documented in an approved training record book, or otherwise has approved seagoing service of 3 years;

    1.  

      (c)     has performed, during the required seagoing service, bridge watch-keeping duties under the supervision of the master or a qualified officer for a period of 6 months;

    1.  

      (d)     meets the applicable requirements of these Regulations for performing designated radio duties in accordance with the Radio Regulations; and

    1.  

      (e)     completes approved education and training and meets the standard of competence under subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (4)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(e), the standard of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence to undertake, at an operational level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 8 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to hold a certificate for performing VHF radio-communications in accordance with the requirements of the Radio Regulations;

    1.  

      (c)     if designated to have primary responsibility for radio-communications during distress incidents, to hold an appropriate certificate issued or recognized under the provisions of the Radio Regulations;

    1.  

      (d)     to demonstrate the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 8 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (e)     to demonstrate the level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 8 of Schedule 1 which is sufficient for officers in charge of the navigational watch to carry out watch-keeping duties; and

    1.  

      (f)     training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency based on the principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch.

  1.  

    (5)   A person who makes an application for a certificate under this regulation shall provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of Part 8 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (6)   The following subjects may be omitted from the subjects listed in column 2 of Part 8 of Schedule 1 for issue of restricted certificates for service on near-coastal voyages, having regard to the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters —

    1.  

      (a)     celestial navigation; and

    1.  

      (b)     electronic systems of position fixing and navigation that do not cover the waters for which the certificate is valid.

  1.  

    (7)   An application under this regulation must be accompanied by the fee specified in the Shipping (Fees) Regulations.

31.   Certification of master and chief mate on a seagoing ship of 500 GT or more
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a master and chief mate on a seagoing ship of 3,000 GT or more unless that person holds a valid certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not exceeding one year or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application to the Minister for a certificate if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     meets the requirements for certification as an officer in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 GT or more and have approved seagoing service in that capacity —

      1.  

        (i)     for certification as chief mate, for one year, and

      1.  

        (ii)     for certification as master, for 3 years; however, this period may be reduced to 2 years if one year of such seagoing service is served as chief mate; and

    1.  

      (b)     completes approved education and training and meets the standard of competence under subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (4)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(b), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence, at the management level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 9 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to demonstrate the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 9 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (5)   Notwithstanding subregulation (4)(b), the level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency required under the different sections in column 2 of the table set out in Part 9 of Schedule 1 may be varied according to whether the certificate is valid for a ship of 3,000 GT or more or for a ship between 500 GT and 3,000 GT.

  1.  

    (6)   A person shall provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 9 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (7)   An application for a certificate under this regulation must be accompanied by the fee specified under the Shipping (Fees) Regulations.

  1.  

    (8)   The Minister may issue a certificate restricted to service on a ship engaged exclusively on near-coastal voyages and, for the issue of such a certificate, may exclude such subjects as are not applicable to the waters or a ship, having regard to the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters.

32.   Certification of master and chief mate on a seagoing ship of between 500 GT and 3,000 GT
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a master and a chief mate on a seagoing ship of between 500 GT and 3,000 GT unless that person holds a valid certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application for a certificate if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of a certificate as chief mate, meets the requirements of an officer in charge of a navigational watch on a ship of between 500 GT and 3,000 GT;

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of a certificate as master, meets the requirements of an officer in charge of a navigational watch on a ship of between 500 GT and 3,000 GT or more and have approved seagoing service of —

      1.  

        (i)     three years in that capacity,

      1.  

        (ii)     two years if one year of such seagoing service is served as chief.

33.   Certification of officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of less than 500 GT
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as an officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of less than 500 GT that is not engaged in near-coastal voyages unless that person holds a certificate under regulation 30.

  1.  

    (2)   A person shall not serve as a master on a seagoing ship of less than 500 GT that is not engaged in near-coastal voyages unless that person holds a valid certificate under regulation 31.

  1.  

    (3)   A person shall not serve as an officer in charge of a navigational watch or a master on a seagoing ship of less than 500 GT that is engaged in near-coastal voyages unless that person holds a valid certificate.

  1.  

    (4)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1), (2) or (3) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (5)   A person may make an application for a certificate as an officer in charge of a navigational watch under subregulation (3) to the Minister if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 18 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     completes —

      1.  

        (i)     special training, including an adequate period of appropriate seagoing service as required by the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister, or

      1.  

        (ii)     approved seagoing service in the deck department of 3 years;

    1.  

      (c)     meets the applicable requirements of these Regulations for performing designated radio duties in accordance with the Radio Regulations; and

    1.  

      (d)     completes approved education and training and meets the standard of competence under subregulation (7).

  1.  

    (6)   A person may make an application for a certificate as a master on a seagoing ship of less than 500 GT that is engaged in near-coastal voyages if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 20 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     is approved for seagoing service of one year as officer in charge of a navigational watch; and

    1.  

      (c)     completes approved education and training and meets the standard of competence under subregulation (7).

  1.  

    (7)   For the purposes of subregulations 5(d) and (6)(c), the standard of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence to undertake, at operational level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 10 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to hold an appropriate certificate for performing VHF radio-communications in accordance with the requirements of the Radio Regulations;

    1.  

      (c)     if designated to have primary responsibility for radio-communications during distress incidents, to hold an appropriate certificate issued or recognized under the provisions of the Radio Regulations;

    1.  

      (d)     to demonstrate the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 10 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (8)   A person shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 10 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (9)   A person may make an application for a certificate as master on a ship of less than 500 GT that is engaged in near-coastal voyages, if the person provides evidence of knowledge and ability to carry out all the duties of such a master.

  1.  

    (10)   An application made under this regulation must be accompanied by the fee specified in the Shipping (Fees) Regulations.

34.   Certification of rating forming part of a navigational watch
  1.  

    (1)   Subject to subregulation (2), a person shall not serve as a rating forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 GT or more unless that person holds a valid certificate of competency.

  1.  

    (2)   Subregulation (1) does not apply to a rating under training or a rating whose duties while on watch are of an unskilled nature.

  1.  

    (3)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,0000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (4)   A person may make an application for a certificate under subregulation (1) if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 16 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     completes —

      1.  

        (i)     an approved seagoing service including 6 months training and experience, or

      1.  

        (ii)     a special training, ashore or on board ship, including an approved period of seagoing service of 2 months; and

    1.  

      (c)     meets the standards of competence under subregulation (6).

  1.  

    (5)   The seagoing service, training and experience required by sub-regulation (4)(b)(i) and (ii) must be associated with navigational watch-keeping functions and involve the performance of duties carried out under the direct supervision of the master, the officer in charge of the navigational watch or a qualified rating.

  1.  

    (6)   For the purposes of subregulation (4), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence to perform the navigation function at the support level, as specified in column 1 of the table set out in Part 11 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to demonstrate the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of ratings forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 GT or more listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 11 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (7)   A candidate for certification shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 11 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (8)   The reference to “practical test” in column 3 of the table set out in Part 11 of Schedule 1 includes approved shore-based training in which the students undergo practical testing.

Division 2
Engine department
35.   Certification of officer in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or a designated duty engineer in a periodically unmanned engine-room
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as an officer in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or a designated duty engineer officer in a periodically unmanned engine-room on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more unless that person holds a valid certificate issued under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application for a certificate under subregulation (1) if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 18 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     completes 6 months seagoing service in the engine department in accordance with these Regulations; and

    1.  

      (c)     completes approved education and training of 21/2 years which includes on-board training documented in an approved training record book and meets the standards of competence specified under subregulation (5).

  1.  

    (4)   The education and training required by subregulation (3)(c) includes training in mechanical and electrical workshop skills relevant to the duties of an engineer officer.

  1.  

    (5)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(b), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate ability to undertake, at the operational level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 12 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to demonstrate the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 12 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (6)   In the case of candidates for certification for service in ships in which steam boilers do not form part of their machinery, the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister may omit the relevant requirements of Part 12 of the table set out in Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (7)   A candidate for certification shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 12 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (8)   The requirements of this regulation may be varied for an engineer officer of a ship powered by main propulsion machinery of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power engaged on near-coastal voyages, having regard to the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters, and such limitation must be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.

36.   Certification of chief engineer officer and second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a chief engineer officer or second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more unless that person holds a valid certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application for a certificate under subregulation (1) if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     meets the requirements for certification as an officer in charge of an engineering watch and —

      1.  

        (i)     in the case of an application as a second engineer officer, shall have one year's approved seagoing service as assistant engineer officer or engineer officer, and

      1.  

        (ii)     in the case of an application as a chief engineer officer, shall have 3 years approved seagoing service of which one year is served as an engineer officer in a position of responsibility while qualified to serve as second engineer officer; and

    1.  

      (b)     completes approved education and training and meets the standards of competence specified under subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (4)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(b), the standard of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate ability to undertake, at the management level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 13 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to possess the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 13 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (5)   A candidate for certification shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 13 of Schedule 1.

37.   Certification of chief engineer officer and second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a chief engineer officer and a second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power unless that person holds a valid certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application for a certificate under subregulation (1) if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     meets the requirements for certification as an officer in charge of an engineering watch —

      1.  

        (i)     in the case of certification as a second engineer officer, has a year approved seagoing service as an assistant engineer officer or an engineer officer,

      1.  

        (ii)     in the case of certification as a chief engineer officer, has 2 years approved seagoing service of which one year shall be served while qualified to serve as a second engineer officer; and

    1.  

      (b)     completes approved education and training and meets the standards of competence specified under subregulation (5).

  1.  

    (4)   An engineer officer who is qualified to serve as a second engineer officer on a ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more, may serve as a chief engineer officer on a ship powered by main propulsion machinery of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power, where one year's approved seagoing service is served as an engineer officer in a position of responsibility and the certificate is so endorsed.

  1.  

    (5)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(b), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate ability to undertake, at management level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 13 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to possess the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 13 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (6)   The requirements under subregulation (5)(a) and (b) may be varied for officers of a ship engaged in near-coastal voyages, as considered necessary, having regard to the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters.

  1.  

    (7)   A candidate for certification shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 13 of Schedule 1.

38.   Certification of rating forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a rating forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more, other than a rating under training and a rating whose duties are of an unskilled nature, unless that person holds a valid certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application for a certificate under subregulation (1) if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 16 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     completes —

      1.  

        (i)     an approved seagoing service, including, 6 months training and experience, or

      1.  

        (ii)     a special training, ashore or on board ship, including an approved period of seagoing service of 2 months; and

    1.  

      (c)     meets the standards of competence specified under subregulation (5).

  1.  

    (4)   The seagoing service, training and experience required by subregulation (3)(b)(i) and (ii) must be associated with engine-room watch keeping functions and involve the performance of duties carried out under the direct supervision of a qualified engineer officer or a qualified rating.

  1.  

    (5)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(c), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate the competence to perform the marine engineering function at the support level, as specified in column 1 of the table set out in Part 14 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     to possess the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of ratings forming part of an engine-room watch that is listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 14 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (6)   A candidate for certification shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 14 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (7)   The reference to “practical test” in column 3 of the table set out in Part 14 of Schedule 1 includes approved shore-based training in which the student undergoes practical testing.

39.   Certificate of proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve on a survival craft, rescue boat or fast rescue boat unless that person holds a valid certificate of proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats or fast rescue boats issued under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

  1.  

    (3)   A person may make an application for a certificate under subregulation (1) if the person —

    1.  

      (a)     is 18 years of age;

    1.  

      (b)     has approved seagoing service of one year, or has attended an approved training course and has approved seagoing service of 6 months; and

    1.  

      (c)     meets the standards of competence for certificates of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats specified under subregulation (5).

  1.  

    (4)   A candidate for a certificate of proficiency in fast rescue boats must —

    1.  

      (a)     have a certificate of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats;

    1.  

      (b)     attend an approved training course; and

    1.  

      (c)     meets the standard of competence for certificates of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats specified under subregulation (5).

  1.  

    (5)   For the purposes of subregulation (4)(c), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for a certificate of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     the level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1 that is sufficient to enable the candidate to launch and take charge of a survival craft or rescue boat in emergency situations.

  1.  

    (6)   A candidate for certification under subregulation (3) shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence within the previous 5 years through —

    1.  

      (a)     a demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1; and

    1.  

      (b)     an examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme covering the material set out in column 2 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1.

  1.  

    (7)   For the purposes of subregulation (4), the standard of competence to be met by a candidate for a certificate of proficiency in fast rescue boats are —

    1.  

      (a)     to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (b)     the level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of Part 15 of Schedule 1 is sufficient to enable the candidate to launch and take charge of a fast rescue boat in emergency situations.

  1.  

    (8)   A candidate for certification under subregulation (4) shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence within the previous 5 years through —

    1.  

      (a)     a demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1; and

    1.  

      (b)     an examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme covering the material set out in column 2 of the table set out in Part 15 of Schedule 1.

Division 3
Radio-communication and radio personnel
40.   Certificate of global maritime distress and safety system radio for personnel
  1.  

    (1)   A person in charge of or performing radio duties on a ship shall not participate in the global maritime distress and safety system unless that person holds a valid certificate related to the global maritime distress and safety system, issued or recognized by the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister under the provisions of the Radio Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable to the penalty imposed under the Radio Regulations.

  1.  

    (3)   Without prejudice to subregulation (1), a candidate for certification under this regulation for service on a ship which is required by the Safety Convention to have a radio installation must —

    1.  

      (a)     be 18 years of age; and

    1.  

      (b)     complete approved education and training and meet the standards of competence specified under subregulation (4).

  1.  

    (4)   For the purposes of subregulation (3)(b), the standards of competence to be met by a candidate for certification are —

    1.  

      (a)     the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification of global maritime distress and safety system radio personnel that is sufficient for radio personnel to carry out radio duties;

    1.  

      (b)     the knowledge required for obtaining each type of certificate defined in the Radio Regulations is in accordance with those Regulations;

    1.  

      (c)     to demonstrate ability to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 16 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (d)     the knowledge, understanding and proficiency for endorsement under these Regulations of certificates issued under the provisions of the Radio Regulations listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 16 of Schedule 1;

    1.  

      (e)     the level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of the table set out in Part 16 of Schedule 1 that is sufficient for the candidate to carry out his or her duties.

  1.  

    (5)   A candidate shall provide evidence of achieving the required standard of competence through —

    1.  

      (a)     a demonstration of competence to perform the tasks and duties and to assume responsibilities listed in column 1 of the table set out in Part 16 of Schedule 1, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence listed in columns 3 and 4 of the table set out in Part 16 of Schedule 1; and

    1.  

      (b)     an examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved course of training based on the material set out in column 2 of the table set out in Part 16 of Schedule 1.

Division 4
High speed craft
41.   Certificate of competence for high speed craft
  1.  

    (1)     A person shall not serve as an engineer officer on a high speed craft unless that person holds a valid motor or steam certificate of competence.

  1.  

    (2)     A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

42.   Type rating certificate
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a deck officer on a seagoing or non-seagoing high speed craft unless that person holds a valid type rating certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000 or to imprisonment for 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

43.   Deck rating certificate
  1.  

    (1)   A person shall not serve as a rating or other personnel on a high speed craft unless that person holds a deck rating certificate.

  1.  

    (2)   A person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

Division 5
General
44.   Grant or refusal of certificate
  1.  

    (1)   The Division shall conduct assessments, in order to ascertain competence for certification for all certificates of competence.

  1.  

    (2)   The Division shall, once it is duly satisfied that the assessment is properly administered, conducted and evaluated, according to the report of the Board of Examiners —

    1.  

      (a)     officially notify the candidate of the results;

    1.  

      (b)     advise the candidates who were unsuccessful of the reasons why they were unsuccessful; and

    1.  

      (c)     give recommendations to the candidates for retraining or re-sitting the assessment.

45.   Issue of certificate
  1.  

    (1)   Certificates for masters, officers or ratings must be issued to candidates who, to the satisfaction of the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister, meet the requirements for service, age, medical fitness, training, qualification and examinations.

  1.  

    (2)   A certificate issued under these Regulations is in Form 1 as set out in Schedule 2.

46.   Endorsements
  1.  

    (1)   The endorsement required by these Regulations to attest the issue of a certificate shall only be issued if all the requirements of these Regulations have been complied with.

  1.  

    (2)   An endorsement —

    1.  

      (a)     may be issued as a separate document;

    1.  

      (b)     must each be assigned a unique number, except that endorsements attesting the issue of a certificate may be assigned the same number as the certificate, that number is unique; and

    1.  

      (c)     expires as soon as the certificate endorsed expires or is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled and, in any case, not more than 5 years after the date of issue.

  1.  

    (3)   The capacity in which the holder of a certificate is authorized to serve must be identified in the form of an endorsement in terms identical to those used in the applicable safe manning requirements of the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister.

  1.  

    (4)   Certificates for masters and officers issued in compliance with this regulation must be endorsed by the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister in Form 2 as set out in Schedule 2.

47.   Revalidation of certificate
  1.  

    (1)   A master, officer and radio operator holding a certificate issued or recognized under these Regulations, who is serving at sea or intends to return to sea after a period ashore, shall, in order to continue to qualify for seagoing service, at intervals not exceeding 5 years —

    1.  

      (a)     meet the standards of medical fitness specified in any other law;

    1.  

      (b)     establish continued professional competence in accordance with these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   A master, officer and radio operator shall, for continuing seagoing service on board a ship for which special training requirements are internationally agreed upon, complete approved training.

  1.  

    (3)   Continued professional competence under subregulation (1)(b) is established by —

    1.  

      (a)     completing an approved seagoing service, performing functions appropriate to the certificate held, for a period of one year in total during the preceding 5 years;

    1.  

      (b)     having performed functions considered to be equivalent to the seagoing service required under paragraph (a); or

    1.  

      (c)     one of the following —

      1.  

        (i)     passing an approved test,

      1.  

        (ii)     completing an approved course, or

      1.  

        (iii)     completing an approved seagoing service, performing functions appropriate to the certificate held, for a period of 3 months in a supernumerary capacity, or in a lower officer rank than that for which the certificate held is valid immediately prior to taking up the rank for which it is valid.

  1.  

    (4)   A refresher and updating course shall be approved and include changes in relevant national and international standards with regard to the safety of life at sea and the protection of the marine environment and take account of the standards of competence.

48.   Recognition of certificate
  1.  

    (1)   The Minister or any person authorized by the Minister may, when issuing a certificate under these Regulations, accept seagoing service, education and training acquired under the authority of another country, provided the country complies with these Regulations for the issuing of a certificate and ensures that the requirements of these Regulations relating to seagoing service, education, training and competence are complied with.

  1.  

    (2)   Where the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister withdraws an endorsement of recognition of certificate for disciplinary reasons, the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall inform the country that issued the certificate of the circumstances.

  1.  

    (3)   An endorsement of recognition of a certificate is in Form 3 as set out in Schedule 2.

49.   Dispensation
  1.  

    (1)   Where the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister is of the opinion that danger to persons, property or the environment would not be caused, the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister may issue a dispensation permitting a specified seafarer to serve in a specified ship for a specified period not exceeding 6 months in a capacity, other than that of the radio officer or radio telephone operator, except as provided by the Radio Regulations, for which he or she does not hold a valid certificate, provided that the person to whom the dispensation is issued is adequately qualified to fill the vacant post in a safe manner, to the satisfaction of the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister.

  1.  

    (2)   Notwithstanding subregulation (1), a dispensation must not be granted to a master or chief engineer officer except in circumstances of force majeure and then only for the shortest possible period.

  1.  

    (3)   A dispensation granted for a post must be granted only to a person properly certified to fill the post immediately below.

  1.  

    (4)   Where certification of the post below is not required by these Regulations, a dispensation may be issued to a person whose qualification and experience are, in the opinion of the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister, of a clear equivalence to the requirements for the post to be filled, provided that, if such a person holds no valid certificate, he or she is required to pass a test accepted by the Minister or a person authorized by the Minister as demonstrating that such a dispensation may safely be issued and the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall ensure that the post in question is filled by the holder of a valid certificate as soon as possible.

  1.  

    (5)   The Minister or any person authorised by the Minister shall, as soon as possible after the 1st day of January of each year, send a report to the Secretary-General of the total number of dispensations that have been issued during the year to seagoing ships in respect of each capacity for which a certificate is required, together with the number of seagoing ships above and below 1,600 GT.

50.   Register

The Minister or any person authorized by the Minister shall —

  1.  

    (a)     maintain a register of all certificates and endorsements for masters and officers and, as appropriate, ratings, that are issued, expired, revalidated, suspended, cancelled or reported lost or destroyed and of dispensations issued; and

  1.  

    (b)     make available information on the status of such certificates, endorsements and dispensations and companies which request verification of the authenticity and validity of certificates produced by seafarers seeking recognition of their certificates or employment on board a ship.

PART 3
MANNING
51.   Responsibility of company, master and others for manning
  1.  

    (1)   This regulation applies to a Saint Lucian ship.

  1.  

    (2)   A company shall ensure that —

    1.  

      (a)     a seafarer assigned to any of its ships holds a certificate in respect of any function he or she performs on that ship;

    1.  

      (b)     a seafarer on any of its ships has training specified in these Regulations in respect of any function that he or she performs on that ship; and

    1.  

      (c)     documentation and data relevant to all seafarers employed on its ships are maintained and readily available for inspection and include, documentation and data on their experience, training, medical fitness and competence in assigned duties.

  1.  

    (3)   Nothing under subregulation (2) prohibits the allocation of tasks for training under supervision or in case of force majeure.

  1.  

    (4)   A company shall provide written instructions to the master of each of its ships setting out the policies and procedures to be followed to ensure that all seafarers who are newly employed on board the ship are given a reasonable opportunity to become familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures and other arrangements needed for the proper performance of their duties, before being assigned to those duties.

  1.  

    (5)   The policies and procedures referred to under subregulation (4) include —

    1.  

      (a)     allocation of a reasonable period of time during which each newly employed seafarer will have an opportunity to become acquainted with —

      1.  

        (i)     the specific equipment the seafarer will be using or operating, and

      1.  

        (ii)     ship-specific watch keeping, safety, environmental protection and emergency procedures and arrangements the seafarer needs to know to perform the assigned duties properly; and

    1.  

      (b)     designation of a knowledgeable crew member who will be responsible for ensuring that an opportunity is provided to each newly employed seafarer to receive essential information in a language the seafarer understands.

  1.  

    (6)   In assessing a minimum level of manning required an owner or operator shall take account of the following factors —

    1.  

      (a)     the length and nature of voyage and trading area;

    1.  

      (b)     any special requirements of the trade involved;

    1.  

      (c)     number, size and type of main propulsion units and auxiliaries;

    1.  

      (d)     size of ship; and

    1.  

      (e)     construction and technical equipment of ship.

  1.  

    (7)   In ensuring that personnel do not work more hours than is safe, an owner or operator shall —

    1.  

      (a)     identify the functions to be undertaken on board a ship during a representative voyage;

    1.  

      (b)     identify the skills and experience required to perform the functions;

    1.  

      (c)     identify the functions in normal operations which need to be undertaken concurrently;

    1.  

      (d)     determine the minimum number of personnel required to undertake concurrent operations safely;

    1.  

      (e)     establish working arrangements, working language on a passenger ship, to ensure the master and crew are capable of undertaking concurrent and continuing operations with respect to their skills and training; and

    1.  

      (f)     ensure that the working arrangements allow for sufficient rest periods to avoid fatigue and draw up work schedules accordingly.

  1.  

    (8)   An owner or operator may provide the number of certified deck and engineer officers and ratings appropriate to different sizes of ships, tonnages and trading areas specified in the table set out in Schedule 3.

  1.  

    (9)   Notwithstanding subregulation (8), the number of ratings required may be determined by the factors under subregulations (6) and (7) and owners and operators shall seek to obtain a good balance between skilled and less skilled and between experienced and less experienced ratings.

  1.  

    (10)   A company shall ensure that, in relation to every ship to which these Regulations apply, of 24 m length and above and all passenger ships of any size and any other ships to which these Regulations do not apply, except where there is a voluntary application by the company, and for any ship which the Minister determines, an application is made to the Minister for a safe manning certificate.

  1.  

    (11)   An application under subregulation (10) must be accompanied by a proposal as to the number and grade of personnel the company considers to carry so that the ship would be safely manned if it proceeded to sea on any intended voyage.

52.   Safe manning certificate
  1.  

    (1)   The Minister shall issue a safe manning certificate if he or she considers a ship to be safely manned where the crew includes sufficient officers and ratings with appropriate skills and experience to ensure that the following capabilities are available —

    1.  

      (a)     maintenance of a safe bridge watch at sea, which includes general surveillance of the vessel;

    1.  

      (b)     mooring and unmooring a vessel effectively and safely;

    1.  

      (c)     operation and maintenance of effectively all watertight closing arrangements including the ability to mount an effective damage control party;

    1.  

      (d)     operation and, when practicable, maintenance of efficient fire equipment and lifesaving appliances is provided, including the ability to muster and disembark passengers and non-essential personnel;

    1.  

      (e)     management of the safety functions of a vessel at sea, when not under way;

    1.  

      (f)     maintenance of a safe engineering watch at sea and general surveillance of spaces containing main propulsion and auxiliary machinery;

    1.  

      (g)     operation and maintenance of a safe condition in the main propulsion and auxiliary machinery to enable the ship to overcome the foreseeable perils of the voyage;

    1.  

      (h)     maintenance of the safety arrangements and the cleanliness of machinery spaces to minimize the risk of fire;

    1.  

      (i)     provision for medical care on board ship;

    1.  

      (j)     maintenance of a safe radio watch;

    1.  

      (k)     maintenance of the precautions and safeguards necessary to protect the marine environment; and

    1.  

      (l)     maintenance of the safety in all ship operations when in port.

  1.  

    (2)   An owner or operator may make an application to the Minister for a safe manning certificate in Form 4 as set out in Schedule 2.

53.   Keeping of safe manning certificate on board

The master of a ship 24 m in length and above and a passenger ship of any size shall ensure that the ship does not proceed to sea unless there is on board a valid safe manning certificate issued in respect of the ship and the manning of the ship complies with that certificate.

54.   Change in circumstances

A company shall after the issue of a safe manning certificate, inform the Minister as soon as any of the circumstances which are pertinent to that safe manning certificate change, for the purpose of enabling the Minister to review the continuing validity of the certificate or approve new proposals from the company.

55.   Manning of survival craft and supervision of high speed craft

The company and the master shall ensure that —

  1.  

    (a)     a sufficient number of trained persons are on board for mustering and assisting untrained persons;

  1.  

    (b)     a sufficient number of crew members, who may be deck officers or certified persons, are on board for operating the survival craft, rescue boats and launching arrangements required for abandonment by the total number of persons on board;

  1.  

    (c)     a deck officer or certified person is placed in charge of each survival craft to be used recognizing, however, that the Minister or any person authorized by the Minister, having due regard to the nature of the voyage, the number of persons on board and the characteristics of the craft, may permit a deck officer or certified person practiced in the handling and operating of life rafts to be placed in charge of each life raft or group of life rafts;

  1.  

    (d)     the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c) are equitably distributed among the survival craft;

  1.  

    (e)     the person in charge of a survival craft has a list of the survival craft crew and sees that those crew members are acquainted with their duties; and

  1.  

    (f)     every rescue boat and lifeboat has a person assigned who is capable of operating the engine and carrying out minor adjustments.

PART 4
WATCHKEEPING
56.   Fitness for duty
  1.  

    (1)   A person who is assigned the duty of an officer in charge of a watch or a rating forming part of a navigational watch must be provided a minimum of ten hours of rest in any 24 hour period.

  1.  

    (2)   The hours of rest may be divided into no more than 2 periods, one of which is at least 6 hours in length.

  1.  

    (3)   The requirements for rest periods specified in subregulations (1) and (2) may not be maintained in the case of an emergency, drill or other overriding operational condition.

  1.  

    (4)   Notwithstanding subregulations (1) and (2), the minimum period of 10 hours may be reduced to 6 consecutive hours but any such reduction must not extend beyond 2 days and not less than 72 of rest for each 7-day period.

  1.  

    (5)   The watch schedule must be posted in a place on board the ship where it is easily accessible.

57.   Watchkeeping arrangement and principles to be observed
  1.  

    (1)   A company, master, chief engineer officer and all watchkeeping personnel shall ensure that a safe continuous watch or a watch appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions is maintained in a seagoing ship at all times in accordance with internationally accepted standards.

  1.  

    (2)   The master of a ship shall ensure that the watchkeeping arrangement is adequate for maintaining a safe watch, taking into account the prevailing circumstances and conditions and that, under the general direction of the master —

    1.  

      (a)     an officer in charge of the navigational watch is responsible for navigating the ship safely during periods of duty and is physically present on the navigating bridge or in a directly associated location such as the chartroom or bridge control room at all times;

    1.  

      (b)     a radio operator maintains a continuous radio watch on appropriate frequencies during periods of duty;

    1.  

      (c)     an officer in charge of an engineering watch and under the direction of the chief engineer officer, is immediately available and on call to attend the machinery spaces and, when required, physically present in the machinery space during periods of responsibility; and

    1.  

      (d)     an appropriate and effective watch is maintained for the purpose of safety at all times, while the ship is at anchor or moored and, if the ship is carrying hazardous cargo, the organization of such watch takes full account of the nature, quantity, packing and stowage of the hazardous cargo and of any special conditions prevailing on board, afloat or ashore.

Division 1
Voyage or route planning
58.   General requirements for voyage and route planning
  1.  

    (1)   The intended voyage must be planned in advance, taking into consideration all pertinent information, and the route planned must be checked before the voyage commences.

  1.  

    (2)   The chief engineer officer shall, in consultation with the master, determine in advance, the needs of the intended voyage, taking into consideration the requirements for fuel, water, lubricants, chemicals, expendable and other spare parts, tools, supplies and any other requirements.

59.   Planning prior to each voyage

Prior to each voyage the master of a ship shall ensure that the intended route from the port of departure to the first port of call is planned using adequate and appropriate charts and other nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage, containing accurate, complete and up-to-date information regarding those navigational limitations and hazards which are of a permanent or predictable nature and which are relevant to the safe navigation of the ship.

60.   Verification and display of planned route

When the route planning is verified taking into consideration all pertinent information, the planned route must be clearly displayed on appropriate charts and be continuously available to the officer in charge of the watch, who shall verify each route to be followed prior to using the route during the voyage.

61.   Deviation from planned route

Where a decision is made, during voyage, to change the next port of call in the planned route, or if it is necessary for the ship to deviate substantially from the planned route for other reasons, an amended route must be planned prior to deviating substantially from the route originally planned.

Division 2
Watchkeeping at sea
62.   Principles applying to watchkeeping generally
  1.  

    (1)   A company, master, chief engineer officer and watchkeeping personnel shall observe principles under this regulation to ensure that a safe watch is maintained at all times.

  1.  

    (2)   The master of a ship shall ensure that the watchkeeping arrangement is adequate for maintaining a safe navigational watch.

  1.  

    (3)   Under the general direction of the master, the officer of the navigational watch shall navigate the ship safely during periods of duty, particularly when there is a concern to avoid collision and stranding.

  1.  

    (4)   The chief engineer officer of a ship shall, in consultation with the master, ensure that the watchkeeping arrangement is adequate to maintain a safe engineering watch.

63.   Protection of marine environment

A master, officer and rating shall be aware of the serious effects of operational or accidental pollution of the marine environment and shall take all possible precautions to prevent such pollution, particularly within the framework of relevant international and port requirements.

Division 3
Navigational watch
64.   Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch

The officer in charge of the navigational watch is the master's representative and is primarily responsible at all times for the safe navigation of the ship and for complying with the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collision) Regulations.

65.   Look-out
  1.  

    (1)   A proper look-out must be maintained at all times under the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations and serves the purpose of —

    1.  

      (a)     maintaining a continuous state of vigilance by sight and hearing as well as by all other available means, with regard to a significant change in the operating environment;

    1.  

      (b)     fully appraising the situation and the risk of collision, stranding and other dangers to navigation; and

    1.  

      (c)     detecting a ship or aircraft in distress, shipwrecked persons, wrecks, debris and other hazards to safe navigation.

  1.  

    (2)   A look-out must be able to give full attention to keep a proper look-out and no other duties must be undertaken or assigned which could interfere with that task.

  1.  

    (3)   The duties of the look-out and helmsperson are separate and the helmsperson shall not be considered to be the look-out while steering, except in small ships where an unobstructed all-round view is provided at the steering position and there is no impairment of night vision or other impediment to keep a proper look-out.

  1.  

    (4)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch may be the sole look-out in daylight where, on each such occasion —

    1.  

      (a)     the situation is carefully assessed and it is established without doubt that it is safe to do so;

    1.  

      (b)     full account is taken of all relevant factors, including —

      1.  

        (i)     the state of the weather,

      1.  

        (ii)     the visibility,

      1.  

        (iii)     the traffic density,

      1.  

        (iv)     the proximity of any danger to navigation, and

      1.  

        (v)     the attention necessary when navigating in or near traffic separation schemes; and

    1.  

      (c)     assistance is immediately available to be summoned to the bridge when any change in the situation so requires.

  1.  

    (5)   In determining that the composition of the navigational watch is adequate to ensure that a proper look-out is continuously maintained, the master shall take into account all relevant factors, including —

    1.  

      (a)     the visibility or the state of the weather and sea;

    1.  

      (b)     the traffic density, and other activities occurring in the area in which the vessel is navigating;

    1.  

      (c)     the attention necessary when navigating in or near traffic separation;

    1.  

      (d)     the additional workload caused by the nature of the functions of the ship, immediate operating requirements and anticipated manoeuvres, schemes or other routing measures;

    1.  

      (e)     the fitness for duty of any crew member on call who is assigned as a member of the watch;

    1.  

      (f)     the knowledge of and confidence in the professional competence of the officers and crew of the ship;

    1.  

      (g)     the experience of each officer of the navigational watch, and the familiarity of that officer with the equipment, procedures, and manoeuvring capability of the ship;

    1.  

      (h)     activities taking place on board the ship at any particular time, including radio-communication activities and the availability of assistance to be summoned immediately to the bridge when necessary;

    1.  

      (i)     the operational status of bridge instruments and controls, including alarm systems;

    1.  

      (j)     rudder and propeller control and ship manoeuvring characteristics;

    1.  

      (k)     the size of the ship and the field of vision available from the conning position;

    1.  

      (l)     the configuration of the bridge, to the extent such configuration might inhibit a member of the navigational watch from detecting by sight or hearing any external development; and

    1.  

      (m)     any other relevant standard, procedure or guidance relating to a watchkeeping arrangement and fitness for duty which has been adopted by the IMO.

66.   Navigational watch arrangement

When deciding the composition of the navigational watch on the bridge, which may include appropriately qualified ratings, the following factors must be taken into account —

  1.  

    (a)     at no time must the bridge be left unattended;

  1.  

    (b)     the weather conditions, visibility and whether there is daylight or darkness;

  1.  

    (c)     the proximity of navigational hazards which may make it necessary for the officer in charge of the navigational watch to carry out additional navigational duties;

  1.  

    (d)     the use and operational condition of navigational aids such as electronic chart display and information reform radar or electronic position-indicating devices and any other equipment affecting the safe navigation of the ship;

  1.  

    (e)     whether the ship is fitted with automatic steering;

  1.  

    (f)     whether there are radio duties to be performed;

  1.  

    (g)     unmanned machinery space controls, alarms and indicators provided on the bridge, procedures for their use and limitations; and

  1.  

    (h)     any unusual demands on the navigational watch that may arise as a result of special operational circumstances.

67.   Taking over the navigational watch
  1.  

    (1)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not hand over the navigational watch to a relieving officer if there is reason to believe that the relieving officer is not capable of carrying out the watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the master shall be notified.

  1.  

    (2)   A relieving officer shall ensure that each member of the relieving navigational watch is fully capable of performing his or her duties, particularly with regard to adjusting to night vision and, shall not take over the navigational watch until his or her vision is fully adjusted to the light conditions.

  1.  

    (3)   Prior to taking over the navigational watch, a relieving officer shall satisfy himself or herself of the estimated or true position of the ship and confirm the intended track, route, speed, and unmanned machinery space controls and shall note any danger to navigation expected to be encountered during the navigational watch.

  1.  

    (4)   A relieving officer shall satisfy himself or herself regarding the —

    1.  

      (a)     standing orders and other special instructions of the master relating to navigation of the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     position, route, speed and draught of the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     prevailing and predicted tides, currents, weather, visibility and the effect of these factors upon the route and speed;

    1.  

      (d)     procedures for the use of main engines to manoeuvre when the main engines are on bridge control; and

    1.  

      (e)     navigational situation, including —

      1.  

        (i)     the operational condition of all navigational and safety equipment being used or likely to be used during the navigational watch,

      1.  

        (ii)     the errors of gyro-compasses and magnetic compasses,

      1.  

        (iii)     the presence and movement of ships in sight or known to be in the vicinity,

      1.  

        (iv)     the conditions and hazards likely to be encountered during the navigational watch, and

      1.  

        (v)     the possible effects of heel, trim, water density and squat on under-keel clearance.

  1.  

    (5)   Where at any time the officer in charge of the navigational watch is to be relieved when a manoeuvre or other action to avoid any hazard is taking place, the relief of that officer must be deferred until such action is complete.

68.   Performing the navigational watch
  1.  

    (1)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall —

    1.  

      (a)     keep the watch on the bridge;

    1.  

      (b)     in no circumstances leave the bridge until properly relieved;

    1.  

      (c)     continue to be responsible for the safe navigation of the ship, notwithstanding the presence of the master on the bridge, until informed specifically that the master has assumed that responsibility and this is mutually understood; and

    1.  

      (d)     notify the master when in any doubt as to the action that needs to be taken in the interest of safety.

  1.  

    (2)   During the navigational watch the route steered, position and speed must be checked at sufficiently frequent intervals, using any available navigational aids necessary, to ensure that the ship follows the planned route.

  1.  

    (3)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall have full knowledge of the location and operation of all safety and navigational equipment on board the ship and shall be aware and take account of the operating limitations of such equipment.

  1.  

    (4)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not be assigned or undertake any duties which would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.

  1.  

    (5)   An officer of the navigational watch shall make the most effective use of all navigational equipment at his or her disposal.

  1.  

    (6)   When using the radar, an officer in charge of the navigational watch shall have regard to the necessity to comply at all times with the provisions on the use of radar under the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations.

  1.  

    (7)   In cases of distress, an officer in charge of the navigational watch shall —

    1.  

      (a)     not hesitate to use the helm, engine and sound signalling apparatus;

    1.  

      (b)     give timely notice of intended variations of engine speed where possible; or

    1.  

      (c)     make effective use of unmanned machinery space engine controls provided on the bridge in accordance with the applicable procedures.

  1.  

    (8)   An officer of the navigational watch must know the handling characteristics of the ship, including the stopping distance, and must appreciate that other ships may have different handling characteristics.

  1.  

    (9)   A proper record shall be kept during the navigational watch of the movements and activities relating to the navigation of the ship.

  1.  

    (10)   In a ship with a separate chartroom, an officer on navigational watch may visit the chartroom, when necessary, for a short period for the performance of navigational duties, but shall first ensure that it is safe to do so and that a proper look-out is maintained.

  1.  

    (11)   Operational tests of shipboard navigational equipment must be carried out at sea as frequently as practicable and as circumstances permit, in particular, before a hazardous condition affecting navigation is expected.

  1.  

    (12)   An operational test under subregulation (11) must, whenever appropriate, be recorded and carried out prior to port arrival and departure.

  1.  

    (13)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall make regular checks to ensure that —

    1.  

      (a)     the person steering the ship or the automatic pilot is steering the correct route;

    1.  

      (b)     the standard compass error is determined at least once during a navigational watch and, when possible, after any major alteration of route; by frequently comparing the standard compass and gyro-compass and by synchronizing the repeaters with the master compass;

    1.  

      (c)     the automatic pilot is tested manually once a navigational watch;

    1.  

      (d)     the navigation and signal lights and other navigational equipment are functioning properly;

    1.  

      (e)     the radio equipment is functioning properly in accordance with these Regulations; and

    1.  

      (f)     the unmanned machinery space controls, alarms and indicators are functioning properly

  1.  

    (14)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall keep in mind the necessity to comply at all times with the Safety Convention and the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall take into account —

    1.  

      (a)     the need to station a person to steer the ship and to put the steering into manual control in good time to allow any potentially hazardous situation to be dealt with in a safe manner; and

    1.  

      (b)     that with a ship under automatic steering, it is highly dangerous to allow a situation to develop to the point where the officer in charge of the navigational watch is without assistance and has to break the continuity of the look-out in order to take emergency action.

  1.  

    (15)   An officer of the navigational watch shall be familiar with the use of all electronic navigational aids carried, including their capabilities and limitations and shall use each of navigational aid when appropriate and shall bear in mind that the echo-sounder is a valuable navigational aid.

  1.  

    (16)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall use the radar whenever restricted visibility is encountered or expected, and at all times in congested waters, having due regard to the limitations of the radar.

  1.  

    (17)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall ensure that range scales employed are changed at sufficiently frequent intervals so that echoes are detected as early as possible bearing in mind that small or poor echoes may escape detection.

  1.  

    (18)   Where radar is in use, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall select an appropriate range scale and observe the display carefully, and shall ensure that plotting or systematic analysis is commenced in ample time.

  1.  

    (19)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall notify the master immediately —

    1.  

      (a)     if restricted visibility is encountered or expected;

    1.  

      (b)     if the traffic conditions or the movements of other ships cause concern;

    1.  

      (c)     if difficulty is experienced in maintaining the route;

    1.  

      (d)     on failure to sight land, a navigation mark or to obtain soundings by the expected time;

    1.  

      (e)     if, unexpectedly, land or a navigation mark is sighted or a change in soundings occurs;

    1.  

      (f)     on breakdown of the engines, propulsion machinery remote control, steering gear or any essential navigational equipment, alarm or indicator;

    1.  

      (g)     if the radio equipment malfunctions;

    1.  

      (h)     in heavy weather, if in any doubt about the possibility of weather damage;

    1.  

      (i)     if the ship meets any hazard to navigation, such as ice or a derelict; and

    1.  

      (j)     in any other emergency or if in any doubt as to what decision or measures to take.

  1.  

    (20)   Notwithstanding the requirement to notify the master under subregulation (19), the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not hesitate to take immediate action for the safety of the ship, where circumstances so require.

  1.  

    (21)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall give watchkeeping personnel all appropriate instructions and information that will ensure safe watchkeeping, including a proper look-out.

Division 4
Watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
69.   Clear weather

If there is clear weather, an officer in charge of the navigational watch shall —

  1.  

    (a)     take frequent and accurate compass bearings of approaching ships as a means of early detection of risk of collision and bear in mind that such risk may sometimes exist even when an appreciable bearing change is evident, particularly when approaching a very large ship, a tow or a ship at close range;

  1.  

    (b)     take early and positive action in compliance with the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations and subsequently check that such action has the desired effect;

  1.  

    (c)     whenever possible, carry out radar practice.

70.   Restricted visibility
  1.  

    (1)   When restricted visibility is encountered or expected, the first responsibility of the officer in charge of the navigational watch is to comply with the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations with particular regard to the sounding of fog signals, proceeding at a safe speed and having the engines ready for immediate manoeuvre.

  1.  

    (2)   Without limiting the generality of subregulation (1), the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall —

    1.  

      (a)     inform the master;

    1.  

      (b)     post a proper look-out;

    1.  

      (c)     exhibit navigation lights; and

    1.  

      (d)     operate and use the radar.

71.   Hours of darkness

A master and an officer in charge of the navigational watch, when arranging look-out duty for hours of darkness, shall have due regard to the bridge equipment and navigational aids available for use and the limitations, procedures and safeguards implemented for the bridge equipment and navigational aids available for use.

72.   Coastal and congested waters
  1.  

    (1)   The largest scale chart on board, suitable for the area and corrected with the latest available information, must be used.

  1.  

    (2)   Fixes must be taken at frequent intervals and must be carried out by more than one method whenever circumstances allow.

  1.  

    (3)   An officer in charge of the navigational watch shall identify all relevant navigation marks.

73.   Navigation with pilot on board
  1.  

    (1)   Notwithstanding the duties and obligations of a pilot, his or her presence on board does not relieve the master or officer in charge of the navigational watch from his or her duties and obligations for the safety of the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   A master and a pilot shall exchange information regarding navigation procedures, local conditions and the characteristics of the ship.

  1.  

    (3)   A master or an officer in charge of the navigational watch shall co-operate closely with a pilot and maintain an accurate check on the position and movement of the ship.

  1.  

    (4)   Where in any doubt as to the actions or intentions of a pilot, an officer in charge of the navigational watch shall seek clarification from the pilot and, if doubt still exists, shall notify the master immediately and take whatever action is necessary before the master arrives.

74.   Ship at anchor
  1.  

    (1)   Where the master considers it necessary, a continuous navigational watch shall be maintained at anchor.

  1.  

    (2)   While at anchor, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall —

    1.  

      (a)     determine and plot the position of the ship on the appropriate chart as soon as practicable;

    1.  

      (b)     when circumstances permit, check at sufficiently frequent intervals whether the ship is remaining securely at anchor by taking bearings of fixed navigation marks or readily identifiable shore objects;

    1.  

      (c)     ensure that proper look-out is maintained;

    1.  

      (d)     ensure that inspection rounds of the ship are made periodically;

    1.  

      (e)     observe meteorological and tidal conditions and the state of the sea;

    1.  

      (f)     notify the master and undertake all necessary measures if the ship drags anchor;

    1.  

      (g)     ensure that the state of readiness of the main engines and other machinery is in accordance with the instructions of the master;

    1.  

      (h)     if visibility deteriorates, notify the master;

    1.  

      (i)     ensure that the ship exhibits the appropriate lights and shapes and that appropriate sound signals are made in accordance with all applicable regulations; and

    1.  

      (j)     take measures to protect the environment from pollution by the ship and comply with pollution laws.

Division 5
Engineering watch
75.   Engineering watch

An officer in charge of the engineering watch is the representative of the chief engineer officer and is responsible —

  1.  

    (a)     primarily, at all times, for the safe and efficient operation and upkeep of machinery affecting the safety of the ship;

  1.  

    (b)     for the inspection, operation and testing, as required, of all machinery and equipment under the responsibility of the engineering watch.

76.   Engineering watch arrangement
  1.  

    (1)   The composition of the engineering watch must, at all times, be adequate to ensure the safe operation of all machinery affecting the operation of the ship, in either automated or manual mode, and be appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions.

  1.  

    (2)   When deciding the composition of the engineering watch, which may include appropriately qualified ratings, the following criteria, must be considered —

    1.  

      (a)     the type of ship and the type and condition of the machinery;

    1.  

      (b)     the adequate supervision, at all times, of machinery affecting the safe operation of the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     any special modes of operation dictated by conditions such as weather, ice, contaminated water, shallow water, emergency conditions, damage containment or pollution abatement;

    1.  

      (d)     the qualifications and experience of the engineering watch;

    1.  

      (e)     the safety of life, ship, cargo and port, and protection of the environment;

    1.  

      (f)     the observance of international, national and local regulations; and

    1.  

      (g)     maintaining the normal operations of the ship.

77.   Taking over the engineering watch
  1.  

    (1)   An officer in charge of the engineering watch shall not hand over the engineering watch to the relieving officer if there is reason to believe that the relieving officer is obviously not capable of carrying out the watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the chief engineer officer shall be notified.

  1.  

    (2)   The relieving officer of the engineering watch shall ensure that each member of the relieving engineering watch is capable of performing the watchkeeping duties effectively.

  1.  

    (3)   Prior to taking over the engineering watch, a relieving officer shall satisfy himself or herself of the following —

    1.  

      (a)     the standing orders and special instructions of the chief engineer officer relating to the operation of the systems and machinery of the ship;

    1.  

      (b)     the nature of all work being performed on machinery and systems, the personnel involved and potential hazards;

    1.  

      (c)     the level and, where applicable, the condition of water or residues in bilges, ballast tanks, slop tanks, reserve tanks, fresh water tanks, sewage tanks and any special requirements for use or disposal of the contents;

    1.  

      (d)     the condition and level of fuel in the reserve tanks, settling tank, day tank and other fuel storage facilities;

    1.  

      (e)     any special requirements relating to sanitary system disposals;

    1.  

      (f)     condition and mode of operation of the various main and auxiliary systems, including the electrical power distribution system;

    1.  

      (g)     where applicable, the condition of monitoring and control console equipment and the equipment that is operated manually;

    1.  

      (h)     where applicable, the condition and mode of operation of automatic boiler controls, such as, flame safeguard control systems, limit control systems, combustion control systems, fuel-supply control systems and other equipment related to the operation of steam boilers;

    1.  

      (i)     any potentially adverse conditions resulting from bad weather, ice, contaminated or shallow water;

    1.  

      (j)     any special modes of operation dictated by equipment failure or adverse ship conditions;

    1.  

      (k)     the reports of engine-room ratings relating to assigned duties;

    1.  

      (l)     the availability of firefighting appliances; and

    1.  

      (m)     the state of completion of engine-room log.

78.   Performing the engineering watch
  1.  

    (1)   An officer in charge of the engineering watch shall —

    1.  

      (a)     ensure that the established watchkeeping arrangement is maintained and that, under direction, engine-room ratings, if forming part of the engineering watch, assist in the safe and efficient operation of the propulsion machinery and auxiliary equipment;

    1.  

      (b)     continue to be responsible for machinery space operations, notwithstanding the presence of the chief engineer officer in the machinery spaces, until specifically informed that the chief engineer officer has assumed that responsibility and this is mutually understood;

    1.  

      (c)     ensure that the main propulsion unit controls, when in the manual mode of operation, are continuously attended to understand-by or manoeuvring conditions;

    1.  

      (d)     direct any other member of the engineering watch to disclose any potentially hazardous conditions which may adversely affect the machinery or jeopardize the safety of life or of the ship;

    1.  

      (e)     ensure that the machinery space watch is supervised and shall arrange for substitute personnel in the event of the incapacity of any engineering watch personnel;

    1.  

      (f)     not leave the machinery spaces unsupervised in a manner that would prevent the manual operation of the engine-room plant or throttles;

    1.  

      (g)     take the action necessary to contain the effects of damage resulting from equipment breakdown, fire, flooding, rupture, collision, stranding or other cause;

    1.  

      (h)     co-operate with any engineer in charge of maintenance work during all preventive maintenance, damage control or repairs including —

      1.  

        (i)     isolating and bypassing machinery to be worked on,

      1.  

        (ii)     adjusting the remaining plant to function adequately and safely during the maintenance period,

      1.  

        (iii)     recording, in the engine-room log or other suitable document, the equipment worked on and the personnel involved, the safety steps taken and by whom, for the benefit of relieving officers and for record purposes, and

      1.  

        (iv)     testing and putting into service, when necessary, the repaired machinery or equipment;

    1.  

      (i)     ensure that any engine-room ratings who perform maintenance duties are available to assist in the manual operation of machinery in the event of automatic equipment failure;

    1.  

      (j)     keep in mind that changes in speed, resulting from machinery malfunction, or any loss of steering, may imperil the safety of the ship and life at sea and the bridge must be immediately notified, in the event of fire, and of any impending action in machinery spaces that may cause reduction in the ship's speed, imminent steering failure, stoppage of the ship's propulsion system or any alteration in the generation of electric power or similar threat to safety, and such notification, where possible, must be accomplished before changes are made, in order to afford the bridge the maximum available time to take whatever action is possible to avoid a potential marine casualty;

    1.  

      (k)     notify the chief engineer officer without delay —

      1.  

        (i)     when engine damage or a malfunction occurs which may endanger the safe operation of the ship,

      1.  

        (ii)     when any malfunction occurs which, it is considered, may cause damage or breakdown of propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery or monitoring and governing systems, and

      1.  

        (iii)     in any emergency or if in any doubt as to what decision or measures to take;

    1.  

      (l)     give the watch-keeping personnel all appropriate instructions and information which will ensure the keeping of a safe engineering watch, including organising routine machinery upkeep.

  1.  

    (2)   A member of the engineering watch shall be familiar with assigned watchkeeping duties and shall, with respect to the ship he or she is serving in, have knowledge of —

    1.  

      (a)     the use of appropriate internal communication systems;

    1.  

      (b)     the escape routes from machinery spaces;

    1.  

      (c)     the engine-room alarm system and be able to distinguish between the various alarms, with special reference to the fire-extinguishing media alarm; and

    1.  

      (d)     the number, location and type of firefighting equipment and damage control gear in the machinery spaces, together with the use and various safety precautions to be observed.

  1.  

    (3)   Any machinery not functioning properly, expected to malfunction or requiring special service must be noted along with any action already taken and plans must be made for any further action if required.

  1.  

    (4)   When the machinery spaces are in the manned condition, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall at all times be readily capable of operating the propulsion equipment in response to needs for changes in direction or speed.

  1.  

    (5)   When the machinery spaces are in the periodic unmanned condition, the designated duty officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be immediately available and on call to attend the machinery spaces.

  1.  

    (6)   All bridge orders must be promptly executed, and changes in direction or speed of the main propulsion units must be recorded, except where the size or characteristics of a particular ship make such recording impracticable.

  1.  

    (7)   Due attention must be paid to the on-going maintenance and support of all machinery, including mechanical, electrical, electronic, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, the control apparatus and associated safety equipment, all accommodation service systems equipment and the recording of stores and spare gear usage.

  1.  

    (8)   The chief engineer officer shall ensure that the officer in charge of the engineering watch is informed of all preventive maintenance, damage control or repair operations to be performed during the engineering watch.

  1.  

    (9)   An officer in charge of the engineering watch is responsible for the isolation, bypassing and adjustment of all machinery under the responsibility of the engineering watch that is to be worked on, and shall record all work carried out.

  1.  

    (10)   When the engine-room is put in a stand-by condition, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all machinery and equipment which may be used during manoeuvring is in a state of immediate readiness and that an adequate reserve of power is available for steering gear and other requirements.

  1.  

    (11)   An officer in charge of an engineering watch shall not be assigned or undertake any duties which would interfere with his or her supervisory duties in respect of the main propulsion system and ancillary equipment and must —

    1.  

      (a)     keep the main propulsion plant and auxiliary systems under constant supervision until properly relieved;

    1.  

      (b)     periodically inspect the machinery in his or her charge;

    1.  

      (c)     ensure that adequate rounds of the machinery and steering-gear spaces are made for the purpose of observing and reporting equipment malfunctions or breakdowns, performing or directing routine adjustments and required upkeep; and

    1.  

      (d)     perform any other necessary tasks.

  1.  

    (12)   Before going off duty, an officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all events related to the main and auxiliary machinery which have occurred during the engineering watch are suitably recorded.

  1.  

    (13)   Notwithstanding the requirement to notify the chief engineer officer under subregulation (1)(k), the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall not hesitate to take immediate action for the safety of the ship, its machinery and crew where circumstances require.

  1.  

    (14)   Detailed repair maintenance involving repairs to electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic or applicable electronic equipment throughout the ship must be performed with the cognizance of the officer in charge of the engineering watch and chief engineer officer, and these repairs must be recorded.

Division 6
Engineering watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
79.   Restricted visibility with different conditions and areas

An officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that permanent air or steam pressure is available for sound signals and that at all times bridge orders relating to changes in speed or direction of operation are immediately implemented and that auxiliary machinery used for manoeuvring is readily available.

80.   Coastal and congested waters with different conditions and areas

An officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure —

  1.  

    (a)     that all machinery involved with the manoeuvring of the ship can immediately be placed in the manual mode of operation when notified that the ship is in congested waters;

  1.  

    (b)     that an adequate reserve of power is available for steering and other manoeuvring requirements;

  1.  

    (c)     that emergency steering and other auxiliary equipment is ready for immediate operation.

81.   Ship at anchor with different conditions and areas
  1.  

    (1)   At an unsheltered anchorage, the chief engineer officer shall consult with the master regarding whether or not to maintain the same engineering watch.

  1.  

    (2)   When a ship is at anchor or at-sea, the engineer officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that —

    1.  

      (a)     an efficient engineering watch is kept;

    1.  

      (b)     periodic inspection is made of all operating and stand-by machinery;

    1.  

      (c)     main and auxiliary machinery is maintained in a state of readiness in accordance with orders from the bridge;

    1.  

      (d)     measures are taken to protect the environment from pollution by the ship, and that applicable pollution-prevention regulations are complied with; and

    1.  

      (e)     all damage-control and firefighting systems are readily available.

Division 7
Principles to be observed in keeping a radio watch
82.   General provision for radio watch

A company, master and radio watchkeeping personnel shall ensure that an adequate safety radio watch is maintained while a ship is at sea and shall take the Radio Regulations into account.

83.   Watch arrangement for radio watch

In deciding the arrangements for the radio watch, the master of a seagoing ship shall —

  1.  

    (a)     ensure that the radio watch is maintained in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Radio Regulations and the Safety Convention;

  1.  

    (b)     ensure that the primary duties for radio watchkeeping are not adversely affected by attending to radio traffic not relevant to the safe movement of the ship and safety of navigation; and

  1.  

    (c)     consider the radio equipment fitted on board and its operational status.

84.   Performing the radio watch
  1.  

    (1)   A radio operator performing radio watchkeeping duties shall —

    1.  

      (a)     ensure that the radio watch is maintained on the frequencies specified in the Radio Regulations and the Safety Convention; and

    1.  

      (b)     while on duty, regularly check the operation of the radio equipment and its sources of energy and report to the master any observed failure of this equipment.

  1.  

    (2)   The requirements of the Radio Regulations and the Safety Convention on keeping a radiotelegraph or radio log, as appropriate, shall be complied with.

  1.  

    (3)   The maintenance of radio records, in compliance with the Radio Regulations and the Safety Convention, is the responsibility of the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radio-communications during distress incidents and the following shall be recorded, together with the time it occurs —

    1.  

      (a)     a summary of distress, urgency and safety radio communications;

    1.  

      (b)     important incidents relating to the radio service.

Division 8
Watchkeeping in port – General Principles applying to all watchkeeping
85.   General provisions for watchkeeping in port
  1.  

    (1)   On any ship safely moored or safely at anchor under normal circumstances in port, the master shall arrange for an appropriate and effective watch to be maintained for the purpose of safety.

  1.  

    (2)   Special requirements may be necessary for special types of ships' propulsion systems or ancillary equipment and for ships carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammable materials or other special types of cargo.

86.   Watch arrangement in port
  1.  

    (1)   Arrangements for keeping a deck watch when the ship is in port shall at all times be adequate to —

    1.  

      (a)     ensure the safety of life, of the ship, the port and the environment, and the safe operation of all machinery related to cargo operation;

    1.  

      (b)     observe international, national and local rules; and

    1.  

      (c)     maintain order and the normal routine of the ship.

  1.  

    (2)   The master shall decide the composition and duration of the deck watch depending on the conditions of mooring, type of the ship and character of duties.

  1.  

    (3)   Where the master considers it necessary, a qualified officer shall be in charge of the deck watch.

  1.  

    (4)   The necessary equipment shall be arranged in a manner that provides for efficient watchkeeping.

  1.  

    (5)   The chief engineer officer, in consultation with the master, shall ensure that engineering watchkeeping arrangements are adequate to maintain a safe engineering watch while in port, and when deciding the composition of the engineering watch, which may include appropriate engine-room ratings, consideration may be given to the following —

    1.  

      (a)     on all ships of 3,000 kW propulsion power and over, there shall always be an officer in charge of the engineering watch;

    1.  

      (b)     on ships of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power there may be, at the master's discretion and in consultation with the chief engineer officer, no officer in charge of the engineering watch; and

    1.  

      (c)     officers, while in charge of an engineering watch, shall not be assigned or undertake any task or duty which would interfere with their supervisory duty in respect of the ship's machinery system.

87.   Handing over the deck or engineering watch
  1.  

    (1)   An officer in charge of the deck or engineering watch shall not hand over the watch to the relieving officer if he or she has reason to believe that the relieving officer is obviously not capable of carrying out watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the master or chief engineer shall be notified accordingly.

  1.  

    (2)   A relieving officer of the deck or engineering watch shall ensure that each member of the watch is capable of performing the watchkeeping duties effectively.

  1.  

    (3)   Where, at the moment of handing over the deck or engineering watch, an important operation is being performed, it shall be concluded by the officer being relieved, except when ordered otherwise by the master or chief engineer officer.

88.   Taking over the deck watch
  1.  

    (1)   Prior to taking over the deck watch, the officer in charge of the deck watch shall inform the relieving officer of —

    1.  

      (a)     the depth of the water at the berth, the ship's draught, the level and time of high and low waters, the securing of the moorings, the arrangement of anchors and the scope of the anchor chain, and other mooring features important to the safety of the ship, the state of main engines and their availability for emergency use;

    1.  

      (b)     all work to be performed on board the ship, the nature, amount and disposition of cargo loaded or remaining, and any residue on board after unloading the ship;

    1.  

      (c)     the level of water in bilges and ballast tanks;

    1.  

      (d)     the signals or lights being exhibited or sounded;

    1.  

      (e)     the number of crew members required to be on board and the presence of any other persons on board;

    1.  

      (f)     the state of firefighting appliances;

    1.  

      (g)     any special port Regulations;

    1.  

      (h)     the master's standing and special orders;

    1.  

      (i)     the lines of communication available between the ship and shore personnel, including port authorities, in the event of an emergency arising or assistance being required;

    1.  

      (j)     the procedures for notifying the appropriate authority of any environmental pollution resulting from ship activities; and

    1.  

      (k)     any other circumstances of importance to the safety of the ship, its crew, cargo or protection of the environment from pollution.

  1.  

    (2)   A relieving officer, before assuming charge of the deck watch, shall verify that —

    1.  

      (a)     the securing of moorings and anchor chain is adequate;

    1.  

      (b)     the appropriate signals or lights are properly exhibited or sounded;

    1.  

      (c)     safety measures and fire protection regulations are maintained;

    1.  

      (d)     he or she is aware of the nature of any hazardous or dangerous cargo being loaded or discharged and the appropriate action to be taken in the event of any spillage or fire; and

    1.  

      (e)     external conditions or circumstances do not imperil the ship or others.

89.   Taking over the engineering watch in port
  1.  

    (1)   Prior to taking over the engineering watch, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall inform a relieving officer of —

    1.  

      (a)     the standing orders of the day, any special orders relating to the ship operations, maintenance functions, repairs to the ship's machinery or control equipment;

    1.  

      (b)     the nature of all work performed on machinery and systems on board ship, personnel involved and potential hazards;

    1.  

      (c)     the level and condition, where applicable, of water or residue in bilges, ballast tanks, slop tanks, sewage tanks, reserve tanks and special requirements for the use or disposal of the contents;

    1.  

      (d)     any special requirements relating to sanitary system disposals;

    1.  

      (e)     the condition and state of readiness of portable fire-extinguishing equipment and fixed fire-extinguishing installations and fire-detection systems;

    1.  

      (f)     authorized repair personnel on board engaged in engineering activities, their work locations and repair functions, other authorized persons onboard and the required crew;

    1.  

      (g)     any port requirements pertaining to ship effluents, fire-fighting requirements and ship readiness, particularly during potential bad weather conditions;

    1.  

      (h)     the lines of communication available between the ship and shore personnel, including port authorities, in the event of an emergency arising or assistance being required;

    1.  

      (i)     the procedures for notifying the appropriate authority of environmental pollution resulting from engineering activities; and

    1.  

      (j)     any other circumstance of importance to the safety of the ship, its crew, cargo or the protection of the environment from pollution.

  1.  

    (2)   A relieving officer, before assuming charge of the engineering watch, shall satisfy himself or herself that he or she is fully informed by the officer being relieved, as outlined in subregulation (1), and —

    1.  

      (a)     be familiar with existing and potential sources and distribution of power, heat and lighting;

    1.  

      (b)     know the availability and condition of the fuel of the ship, lubricants and all water supplies; and

    1.  

      (c)     be ready to prepare the ship and its machinery, as far as is possible, for stand-by or emergency conditions as required.

90.   Performing the deck watch in port

An officer in charge of the deck watch shall —

  1.  

    (a)     make rounds to inspect the ship at appropriate intervals to ascertain —

    1.  

      (i)     the condition and securing of the gangway, anchor chain and moorings, especially at the turn of the tide and in berths with a large rise and fall, if necessary, take measures to ensure each is in normal working condition,

    1.  

      (ii)     the draught, under-keel clearance and the general state of the ship, to avoid dangerous listing or trim during cargo handling or ballasting,

    1.  

      (iii)     the weather and sea state,

    1.  

      (iv)     the observance of all regulations concerning safety and fire protection,

    1.  

      (v)     the water level in bilges and tanks,

    1.  

      (vi)     that all persons are on board and the location of persons, especially those in remote or enclosed spaces, and

    1.  

      (vii)     the exhibition and sounding, where appropriate, of lights and signals;

  1.  

    (b)     in bad weather, or on receiving a storm warning, take the necessary measures to protect the ship, persons on board and cargo;

  1.  

    (c)     take every precaution to prevent pollution of the environment by the ship;

  1.  

    (d)     in an emergency threatening the safety of the ship, raise the alarm, inform the master, take all possible measures to prevent any damage to the ship, its cargo and persons on board, and, if necessary, request assistance from the onshore authorities or neighbouring ships;

  1.  

    (e)     be aware of the ship's stability condition so that, in the event of fire, the onshore firefighting authority may be advised of the approximate quantity of water that can be pumped on board without endangering the ship;

  1.  

    (f)     offer assistance to ships or persons in distress;

  1.  

    (g)     take necessary precautions to prevent accidents or damage when propellers must be turned; and

  1.  

    (h)     enter, in the appropriate log-book, all important events affecting the ship.

91.   Performing the engineering watch in port
  1.  

    (1)   An officer in charge of the engineering watch shall pay particular attention to —

    1.  

      (a)     the observance of all orders, special operating procedures and regulations concerning hazardous conditions and the prevention of those conditions in all areas in his or her charge;

    1.  

      (b)     the instrumentation and control systems, monitoring of all power supplies, components and systems in operation;

    1.  

      (c)     the techniques, methods and procedures necessary to prevent violation of the pollution regulations of the local authorities; and

    1.  

      (d)     the state of the bilges.

  1.  

    (2)   An officer in charge of the engineering watch shall —

    1.  

      (a)     in an emergency, raise the alarm when of the opinion that the situation so demands, and take all possible measures to prevent damage to the ship, persons on board and cargo;

    1.  

      (b)     be aware of the needs of the deck officer relating to the equipment required in the loading or unloading of the cargo and the additional requirements of the ballast and other ship stability control systems;

    1.  

      (c)     make frequent rounds of inspection to determine possible equipment malfunction or failure, and take immediate remedial action to ensure the safety of the ship, of cargo operations, of the port and the environment;

    1.  

      (d)     ensure that the necessary precaution is taken to prevent accidents or damage to the various electrical, electronic, hydraulic, pneumatic and mechanical systems of the ship;

    1.  

      (e)     ensure that any important event affecting the operation, adjustment or repair of the machinery of the ship is satisfactorily recorded.

Division 9
Watch in port on ships carrying hazardous cargo
92.   Watch in port on ship carrying hazardous cargo
  1.  

    (1)   A master of a ship carrying cargo that is hazardous, whether explosive, flammable, toxic, health-threatening or environment-polluting, shall ensure that safe watchkeeping arrangements are maintained and on ships carrying hazardous cargo in bulk, this is achieved by the ready availability on board of a qualified officer, and rating where appropriate, even when the ship is safely moored or safely at anchor in port.

  1.  

    (2)   In the case of a ship carrying hazardous cargo other than in bulk, the master shall take full account of the nature, quantity, packing and stowage of the hazardous cargo and of any special conditions on board, afloat and ashore.

PART 5
MISCELLANEOUS
93.   Objectives and quality standards
  1.  

    (1)   The Minister or a person authorized by the Minister shall ensure that the education and training objectives and related standards of competence to be achieved are clearly defined and identify the levels of knowledge, understanding and skills appropriate to the examinations and assessments required under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (2)   The objectives and related quality standards may be specified separately for different courses and training programmes and shall cover the administration of the certification system.

  1.  

    (3)   The field of application of the quality standards shall cover the administration of the certification system, all training courses and programmes, examinations and assessments carried out by or under the authority of the Minister or a person authorized by the Minister and the qualifications and experience required of instructors and assessors, having regard to the policies, systems, controls and internal quality assurance reviews established to ensure achievement of the defined objectives.

  1.  

    (4)   The Minister or a person authorized by the Minister shall ensure that an independent evaluation of the knowledge, understanding, skills and competence acquisition and assessment activities, and of the administration of the certification system, is conducted at intervals of not more than 5 years in order to verify that —

    1.  

      (a)     all internal management control and monitoring measures and follow-up actions comply with planned arrangements and documented procedures and are effective in ensuring achievement of the defined objectives;

    1.  

      (b)     the results of each independent evaluation are documented and brought to the attention of those responsible for the area evaluated; and

    1.  

      (c)     timely action is taken to correct deficiencies.

  1.  

    (5)   The report of the independent evaluation required by this regulation must include the terms of reference for the evaluation and the qualifications and experience of the evaluators.

94.   Responsibility of a company for compliance with these Regulations
  1.  

    (1)   A company shall ensure that —

    1.  

      (a)     each seafarer assigned to any of its ships holds an appropriate certificate in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations and as established by the Minister or a person authorized by the Minister;

    1.  

      (b)     its ships are manned in compliance with the applicable safe manning requirements of the Minister or a person authorized by the Minister;

    1.  

      (c)     documentation and data relevant to all seafarers employed on its ships are maintained and readily accessible, and include, without being limited to, documentation and data on their experience, training, medical fitness and competency in assigned duties;

    1.  

      (d)     seafarers, on being assigned to any of its ships, are familiarized with their specific duties and with all ship arrangements, installations, equipment, procedures and ship characteristics that are relevant to their routine or emergency duties; and

    1.  

      (e)     the complement of the ship can effectively co-ordinate their activities in an emergency situation and in performing functions vital to safety or to the prevention or mitigation of pollution.

  1.  

    (2)   A company, master and crew member shall ensure that the obligations set out in this regulation are given full and complete effect and that such other measure as may be necessary are taken to ensure that each crew member can make a knowledgeable and informed contribution to the safe operation of the ship.

  1.  

    (3)   A company shall provide written instructions to the master of each ship to which these Regulations apply, setting forth the policies and the procedures to be followed to ensure that a seafarer who is newly employed on board the ship is given a reasonable opportunity to become familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures and other arrangements needed for the proper performance of his or her duties, before being assigned to those duties, and such policies and procedures must include —

    1.  

      (a)     the allocation of a reasonable period of time during which each newly employed seafarer will have an opportunity to become acquainted with —

      1.  

        (i)     the specific equipment the seafarer will be using or operating, and

      1.  

        (ii)     ship-specific watchkeeping, safety, environmental protection and emergency procedures and arrangements the seafarer needs to know to perform the assigned duties properly; and

    1.  

      (b)     the designation of a knowledgeable crew member who will be responsible for ensuring that an opportunity is provided to each newly employed seafarer to receive essential information in a language the seafarer understands.

Schedule 1
PART 1

(Regulation 23(14))

CRISIS MANAGEMENT AND HUMAN BEHAVIOUR
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Organize shipboard emergency proceduresKnowledge of —Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, exercises with one or more prepared emergency plans and practical demonstration.The shipboard emergency procedures ensure a state of readiness to respond to emergency situations
.1     the general design and layout of the ship;
.2     safety regulations;
.3     emergency plans and procedures;
The importance of the principles for the development of ship-specific emergency procedures including —
.1     the need for pre-planning and drills of shipboard emergency procedures;
.2     the need for all personnel to be aware of and adhere to pre-planned emergency procedures as carefully as possible in the event of an emergency situation.
Optimize the use of resourcesAbility to optimize the use of resources, taking into account —Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, practical demonstration and shipboard training and drills of emergency proceduresContingency plans optimize the use of available resources.
.1     the possibility that resources available in an emergency may be limited;Allocation of tasks and responsibilities reflects the known competence of individuals
.2     the need to make full use of personnel and equipment immediately available and, if necessary, to improvise;
Roles and responsibilities of teams and individuals are clearly defined.
Ability to organize realistic drills to maintain a state of readiness, taking into account lessons learnt from previous accidents involving passenger ships; debriefing after drills.
Control response to emergenciesAbility to make an initial assessment and provide an effective response to emergency situations in accordance with established emergency procedures.Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, practical demonstration and shipboard training and drills of emergency procedures.Procedures and actions are in accordance with established principles and plans for crisis management on board
Leadership skillsObjectives and strategy are appropriate to the nature of the emergency, take account of contingencies and make optimum use of available resources contribute to maintaining order and control Actions of crew members.
Ability to lead and direct others in emergency situations, including the need —
.1     to set an example during emergency situations;
.2     to focus decision making, given the need to act quickly in an emergency;
.3     to motivate, encourage and reassure passengers and other personnel
Stress handling
Ability to identify the development of symptoms of excessive personal stress and those of other members of the ship's emergency team
Understanding that stress generated by emergency situations can affect the performance of individuals and their ability to act on instructions and follow procedures.
Control passengers and other personnel during emergency situationsHuman behavior and responsesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training, practical demonstration and shipboard training and drills of emergency procedures.Actions of crew members contribute to maintaining order and control
Ability to control passengers and other personnel in emergency situations, including —
.1     awareness of the general reaction patterns of passengers in emergency situations, including the possibility that —
     .1.1     generally it takes some time before people accept the fact that there is an emergency situation;
     .1.2     some people may panic and not behave with a normal level of rationality, that their ability to comprehend may be impaired and they may not be as responsive to instructions as in non-emergency situations;
.2     awareness that passengers and other personnel may, inter alia —
     .2.1     start looking for relatives, friends or their belonging as a first reaction when something goes wrong;
     .2.2     seek safety in their cabins or in other places on board where they think that they can escape danger,
     .2.3     tend to move to the upper side when the ship is listing;
.3     appreciation of the possible problem of panic resulting from separating families
Establish and maintain effective communicationAbility to establish and maintain effective communications, including —Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, exercises and practical demonstration.Information from all available sources is obtained, evaluated and confirmed as quickly as possible and reviewed throughout the emergency.
.1     the importance of clear and concise instructions and reports;
.2     the need to encourage an exchange of information with, and feedback from passengers and other personnel
Ability to provide relevant information to passengers and other personnel during an emergency situation, to keep them apprised of the overall situation and to communicate any action required of them, taking into account —
Information given to individuals, emergency response teams and passengers is accurate, relevant and timely.
Information keeps passengers informed as to the nature of the emergency and the actions required of them.
.1     the language or languages appropriate to the principal nationalities of passengers and other personnel carried on the particular route;
.2     the possible need to communicate during an emergency by some other means, such as by demonstration, or by hand signals or calling attention to the location of instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or evacuation routes, when oral communication is impractical;
.3     the language in which emergency announcements may be broadcast during an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance to passengers and to facilitate crew members in assisting passengers
PART 2

(Regulation 25(1)(a)(i))

PERSONAL SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Survive at sea in the event of ship abandonmentTypes of emergency situations which may occur, such as collision, fire, founderingAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course of approved in-service experience and examination, including practical demonstration of competence to —Action taken on identifying muster signals is appropriate to the indicated emergency and complies with established procedures
Types of life-saving appliances normally carried on ships
Equipment in survival craft
Location of personal life-saving appliancesThe timing and sequence of individual actions are appropriate to the prevailing circumstance and conditions and minimize potential dangers and threats to survival
Principles concerning survival, including —.1     don a lifejacket;
.1     value of training and drills;.2     don and use an immersion suit;
.2     personal protective clothing and equipment;.3     safely jump from a height into the water;
.3     need to be ready for any emergency;.4     right an inverted life raft while wearing a lifejacket;Method of boarding survival craft is appropriate and avoids dangers to other survivors
.4     actions to be taken when called to survival craft stations;
.5     swim while wearing a lifejacket;
.5     actions to be taken when required to abandon ship;.6     keep afloat without a lifejacketInitial actions after leaving the ship and procedures and actions in water minimize threats to survival.
.6     actions to be taken when in the water;.7     board a survival craft from ship and water while wearing a life jacket;
.7     actions to be taken when aboard a survival craft;
.8     main dangers to survivors..8     take initial actions on boarding survival craft to enhance chance of survival;
.9     stream a drogue or sea-anchor;
.10     operate survival, l craft equipment;
.11     operate location devices, including radio equipment.
PART 3

(Regulation 25(1)(a)(ii))

FIRE PREVENTION AND FIREFIGHTING
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Minimize the risk of fire and maintain a state of readiness to respond to emergency situations involving fireShipboard firefighting organizationAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or attendance at an approved courseInitial actions on becoming aware of an emergency conform with accepted practices and procedures
Location of firefighting appliances and emergency escape routes
The elements of fire and explosion (the fire triangle)Action taken on identifying muster signals is appropriate to the indicated emergency and complies with established procedures
Types and sources of ignition
Flammable materials, fire hazards and spread of fire The need for constant vigilance
Actions to be taken on board ship Fire and smoke detection and automatic alarm systems
Classification of fire and applicable extinguishing agents
Fight and extinguish firesFirefighting equipment and its location on boardAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course, including practical demonstration in spaces which provide truly realistic training conditions (e.g. simulated shipboard conditions) and, whenever possible and practical, in darkness, of the ability to —Clothing and equipment are appropriate to the nature of the firefighting operations
Instruction in —
.1     fixed installations;
.2     firefighter's outfits;The timing and sequence of individual actions are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions
.3     personal equipment;
.4     firefighting appliances and equipment;
.5     firefighting methods;
.6     firefighting agents;Extinguishment of fire is achieved using appropriate procedures, techniques and firefighting agents
.7     firefighting procedures;
.8     use of breathing apparatus for fighting fires and effecting rescues.1     use various types of portable fire-extinguishers;
.2     use self-contained breathing apparatus;Breathing apparatus procedures and techniques comply with accepted practices and procedures
.3     extinguish smaller fires, e.g. electrical fires, oil fires, propane fires;
.4     extinguish extensive fires with
.5     extinguish fires with foam, powder or any other suitable chemical agent;
.6     enter and pass through, with life-line but without breathing apparatus, a compartment into which high-expansion foam has been injected;
.7     fight fire in smoke-filled enclosed spaces wearing self-contained breathing apparatus;
.8     extinguish fire with water fog or any other suitable firefighting agent in an accommodation room or simulated engine-room with fire and heavy smoke;
.9     extinguish oil fire with fog applicator and spray nozzles, dry chemical powder or foam applicators;
.10     effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space wearing breathing apparatus
PART 4

(Regulation 25(1)(a)(iii))

ELEMENTARY FIRST AID
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other medical emergencyAssessment of needs of casualties and threats to own safetyAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseThe manner and timing of raising the alarm is appropriate to the circumstances of the accident or medical emergency
Appreciation of body structure and functions
Understanding of immediate measures to be taken in cases of emergency including the ability to —The identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries is prompt and complete and the priority and sequence of actions is proportional to any potential threat to life
.1     position casualty;
.2     apply resuscitation techniques;
.3     control bleeding;Risk of further harm to self and casualty is minimized at all times
.4     apply appropriate measures of basic shock management;
.5     apply appropriate measures in event of burns and scalds, including accidents caused by electric current;
.6     rescue and transport a casualty;
.7     improvise bandages and use materials in emergency kit
PART 5

(Regulation 25(1)(a)(iv))

PERSONAL SAFETY AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Comply with emergency proceduresTypes of emergency which may occur, such as collision, fire, founderingAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseInitial action on becoming aware of an emergency conforms to established emergency response procedures
Knowledge of shipboard contingency plans for response to emergencies
Emergency signals and specific duties allocated to crew members in the muster list; muster stations; correct use of personal safety equipmentInformation given on raising alarm is prompt, accurate, complete and clear
Action to take on discovering potential emergency, including fire, collision, foundering and ingress of water into the ship
Action to take on hearing emergency alarm signals
Value of training and drills
Knowledge of escape routes and internal communication and alarm systems
Take precautions to prevent pollution of the marine environmentBasic knowledge of the impact of shipping on the marine environment and the effects of operational or accidental pollution on itAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseOrganizational procedures designed to safeguard the marine environment are observed at all times
Basic environmental protection procedures
Basic knowledge of complexity and diversity of the marine environment
Observe safe working practicesImportance of adhering to safe working practices at all timesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseSafe working practices are observed and appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used at all times
Safety and protective devices available to protect against potential hazards aboard ship
Precautions to be taken prior to entering enclosed spaces
Familiarization with international measures concerning accident prevention and occupational health
Contribute to effective communications on boardUnderstand the principles of, and barriers to, effective communication between individuals and teams within the shipAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseCommunications are clear and effective at all times
Ability to establish and maintain effective communications
Contribute to effective human relationships on board shipImportance of maintaining good human and working relationships aboard shipAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseExpected standards of work and behavior are observed at all times
Basic team working principles and practice, including conflict resolution
Social responsibilities; employment conditions; individual rights and obligations; dangers of drug and alcohol abuse
Understand and take necessary actions to control fatigueImportance of obtaining the necessary restAssessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved courseCommunications are clear and effective at all times
Effects of sleep, schedules, and the circadian rhythm on fatigue
Effects of physical stressors on seafarers
Effects of environmental stressors in and outside the ship and their impact on seafarers
Effects of schedule changes on seafarer fatigue
PART 6

(Regulation 27)

ADVANCED FIREFIGHTING
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Control firefighting operations aboard shipsFirefighting procedures at sea and in port with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and commandPractical exercises and instruction conducted under approved and truly assessment of the realistic training conditions (e.g. simulated shipboard conditions) and, whenever possible and practicable, in darknessActions taken to control fires are based on a full and accurate incident, using all available sources of information
Use of water for fire-extinguishing, the effect on ship stability, precautions and corrective procedures
The order of priority, timing and sequence of actions are appropriate to the overall requirements of the incident and to minimize damage and potential damage to the ship, injuries to personnel and impairment of the operational effectiveness of the ship
Communication and co-ordination during firefighting operations
Ventilation control, including smoke extraction
Control of fuel and electrical systems
Firefighting process hazards (dry distillation, chemical reactions, boiler uptake fires, etc.)
Fire fighting involving dangerous goodsTransmission of information is prompt, accurate, complete and clear
Fire precautions and hazards associated with the storage and handling of materials (paints, etc.)
Personal safety during fire control activities is safeguarded at all times
Management and control of injured persons
Procedures for co-ordination with shore-based firefighters
Organize and train fire partiesPreparation of contingency plansPractical exercises and instruction conducted under approved and truly realistic training conditions, e.g. simulated shipboard conditionsComposition and organization of fire control parties ensure the prompt and effective implementation of emergency plans and procedures
Composition and allocation of personnel to fire parties Strategies and tactics for control of fires in various parts of the ship
Inspect and service fire-detection and extinguishing systems and equipmentFire-detection systems; fixed fire-extinguishing systems; portable and mobile fire-extinguishing equipment, including appliances, pumps and rescue, salvage, life-support, personal protective and communication equipmentPractical exercise using approved equipment and systems in a realistic training environmentOperational effectiveness of all fire-detection and extinguishing systems and equipment is maintained at all times in accordance with performance specifications and legislative requirements
Requirements for statutory and classification surveys
Investigate and compile reports on incidents involving fireAssessment of cause of incidents involving firePractical exercises in a realistic training environmentCauses of fire are identified and the effectiveness of countermeasures is evaluated
PART 7

(Regulation 28)

MEDICAL FIRST AID AND MEDICAL CARE
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Apply immediate first aid in the event of accident or illness on boardFirst-aid kitAssessment of evidence obtained from practical instructionThe identification of probable cause nature and extent of injuries is prompt, complete and conforms to current first-aid practice
Body structure and function
Toxicological hazards on board, including use of the Medical First Aid Guide for use of
Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) or its national equivalentRisk of harm to self and others is minimized at all times
Examination of casualty or patient
Treatment of injuries and the patient's condition is appropriate and conforms to recognized first-aid practice and international guidelines
Spinal injuries.
Burns, scalds and effects of heat and cold
Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries
Medical care of rescued persons
Radio medical advice
Pharmacology
Sterilization Cardiac arrest, drowning and asphyxia
Provide medical care to the sick and injured while they remain on boardCare of casualty involving —Assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and demonstration Identification of symptoms is based on the concepts of clinical examination and medical history
.1     head and spinal injuries;
.2     injuries of ear, nose, throat and eyes;
.3     external and internal bleeding;Where practicable, approved practical experience at a hospital or similar establishmentProtection against infection and spread of diseases is complete and effective
.4     burns, scalds and frostbite;
.5     fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries;
Personal attitude is calm, confident and reassuring
.6     wounds, wound healing and infection;
.7     pain relief;Treatment of injury or condition is appropriate and conforms to accepted medical practice and relevant national and international medical guides
.8     techniques of sewing and clamping;
.9     management of acute abdominal conditions;
.10     minor surgical treatment;
.11     dressing and bandaging
Aspects of nursing —The dosage and application of drugs and medication complies with manufacturers' recommendations and accepted medical practice
.1     general principles;
.2     nursing care
Diseases, including —
.1     medical conditions and emergencies;
.2     sexually transmitted diseases;The significance of changes in patient's condition is promptly recognized
.3     tropical and infectious diseases
Alcohol and drug abuse
Dental care
Gynaecology, pregnancy and childbirth
Medical care of rescued persons
Death at sea
Hygiene
Disease prevention, including —
.1     disinfection, disinfestations, de-ratting;
.2     vaccinations
keeping records and copies of applicable regulations —
1     keeping medical records
.2     international and national maritime medical regulations
Participate in co-ordinated schemes for medical assistance to shipsExternal assistance, including —Clinical examination procedures are complete and comply with instructions received
.1     radio medical advice;
.2     transportation of the ill and injured, including helicopter evacuation;
The method and preparation for evacuation is in accordance with recognized procedures and is designed to maximize the welfare of the patient
.3     medical care of sick seafarers involving co-operation with port health authorities or out-patient wards in port
Procedures for seeking radio medical advice conform to established practice and recommendations
PART 8

(Regulation 30)

STANDARD OF COMPETENCE FOR OFFICERS IN CHARGE OF A NAVIGATIONAL WATCH ON SEAGOING SHIP OF 500 GT OR MORE
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods of demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Plan and conduct a passage and determine positionCelestial navigationExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The information obtained from nautical charts and publications is relevant, interpreted correctly and properly applied.
Ability to use celestial bodies to determine the ship's position
Terrestrial and coastal navigation.1     approved in-service experience;
Ability to determine the ship's position by use of —.2     approved training ship experience;All potential navigational hazards are accurately identified.
.1     landmarks;.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.2     aids to navigation, including lighthouses, beacons and buoys;The primary method of fixing the ship's position is the most appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
.3     dead reckoning, taking into account winds, tides, currents and estimated speed
using: chart catalogues, charts, nautical publications, radio navigational warnings, sextant, azimuth mirror, electronic navigation equipment, echo-sounding equipment, compass
Thorough knowledge of an ability to use nautical charts and publications, such as sailing directions, tide tables, notices to mariners, radio navigational warnings and ships' routing information.
The position is determined within the limits of acceptable instrument or system errors.
The reliability of the information obtained from the primary method of position fixing is checked at appropriate intervals.
Electronic systems of position fixing and navigation
Ability to determine the ship's position by use of electronic navigational aids
Echo-soundersCalculations and measurements of navigational information are accurate
Ability to operate the equipment and apply the information correctly
Compass – magnetic and gyro
Knowledge of the principles of magnetic and gyro-compassesThe charts selected are the largest scale suitable for the area of navigation and charts and publications are corrected in accordance with the latest information available
Ability to determine errors of the magnetic and gyro-compasses, using celestial and terrestrial means, and to allow for such errors
Steering control systemsPerformance checks and tests to navigation systems comply with manufacturer's recommendations and good navigational practice
Knowledge of steering control systems, operational procedures and change-over from manual to automatic control and vice versa. Adjustment of controls for optimum performance
Errors in magnetical and gyro-compasses are determined and correctly applied to courses and bearings
Meteorology
Ability to use and interpret information obtained from ship borne meteorological instruments
The selection of the mode of steering is the most suitable for the prevailing weather, sea and traffic conditions and intended manoeuvres
Knowledge of the characteristics of the various weather systems, reporting procedures and recording systems
Ability to apply the meteorological information availableMeasurements and observations of weather conditions are accurate and appropriate to the passage
Meteorological information is correctly interpreted and applied
Maintain a safe navigational watchWatch keepingExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The conduct, handover and relief of the watch conforms with accepted principles and procedures
Thorough knowledge of the content, application and intent of the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations Thorough knowledge of the principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch
.1     approved in-service experience;
A proper look-out is maintained at all times and in such a way as to conform to accepted principles and procedures
.2     approved training ship experience;
The use of routing in accordance with the General Provisions on Ships' Routing.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
Lights, shapes and sound signals conform with the requirements contained in the Shipping (Distress Signals and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations
The use of information from navigational equipment for maintaining a safe navigational watch.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —
Knowledge of blind pilotage techniques
.1     approved training
The use of reporting in accordance with the General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems and with VTS procedures.2     approved in-service experience
The frequency and extent of monitoring of traffic, the ship and the environment conform with accepted principles and procedures
.3     approved simulator training
Bridge resource management
Knowledge of bridge resource management principles, including —
A proper record is maintained of the movements and activities relating to the navigation of the ship
.1     allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resources
.2     effective communication
.3     assertiveness and leadershipResponsibility for the safety of navigation is clearly defined at all times, including periods when the master is on the bridge and while under pilotage
.4     obtaining and maintaining situational awareness
.5     consideration of team experience
Resources are allocated and assigned as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks
Communication is clearly and unambiguously given and received
Questionable decisions or actions result in appropriate challenge and response
Effective leadership behaviours are identified
Team members share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state, navigation path, and external environment
Use of radar and automatic radar plotting aids ARPA to maintain safety of navigation Radar navigationAssessment of evidence obtained from approved radar simulator and ARPA simulator training with in-service-experienceInformation obtained from radar and ARPA is correctly interpreted and analysed, taking into account the limitations of the equipment and prevailing circumstances and conditions
Knowledge of the fundamentals of radar and ARPA
Ability to operate and to interpret and analyse information obtained from radar, including the following:
Note: Training and assessment in the use of ARPA is not required for those who serve exclusively on ships not fitted with ARPA. This limitation shall be reflected in The endorsement issued to the seafarer concerned
Performance, including —Action taken to avoid a close encounter or collision with other vessels is in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
.1     factors affecting performance and accuracy
.2     setting up and maintaining displays
.3     detection of meeting overtaking ships
.2     identification of critical echoes; detecting course and speed changes of other ships; effect of changes in own ship's course or speed or bothDecisions to amend course or speed are both timely and in accordance with accepted navigation practice
.3     application of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at SeaAdjustments made to the ship's course and speed maintain safety of navigation communication is clear, concise and acknowledged at all times in a seafarer like manner
.4     plotting techniques and relative and true motion concepts
.5     parallel indexing Principal types of ARPA, their display characteristics, performance standards and the dangers of over-reliance on ARPA
Manoeuvring signals are made at the appropriate time and are in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
Ability to operate and to interpret and analyse information obtained from automatic radar plotting aid, including —
.1     system performance and accuracy, tracking capabilities and limitations, and processing delays;
.2     use of operational warnings and system tests
.3     methods of target acquisition and their limitations
.4     true and relative vectors, graphic representation of target information and danger areas deriving and analyzing information, critical echoes, exclusion areas and trial manoeuvres
Use of ECDIS to maintain the safety of navigationNavigation using ECDISExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Monitors information on ECDIS in a manner that contributes to safe navigation
Knowledge of the capability and limitations of ECDIS operations, including —
Note: Training and assessment in the use of ECDIS is not required for those who serve exclusively on ships not fitted with ECDIS.1     a thorough understanding of Electronic Navigational Chart (ENC) data, data accuracy, presentation rules, display options and other chart data formats.1     approved training ship experience
Information obtained from ECDIS (including radar overlay or radar tracking functions, when fitted) is correctly interpreted and analysed, taking into account the limitations of the equipment, all connected sensors (including radar and AIS where interfaced), and prevailing circumstances and conditions
.2     approved EDCIS simulator training
.2     the dangers of over-relevance.
These limitations shall be reflected in the endorsements issued to the seafarer concerned3     familiarity with the functions of ECDIS required by performance standards in force
Proficiency in operation, interpretation, and analysis of information obtained from ECDIS, including —
.1     use of functions that are integrated with other navigation systems in various installations, including proper functioning and adjustment to desired settings
Safety of navigation is maintained through adjustments made to the ship's course and speed through ECDIS-controlled track-keeping functions (when fitted)
.2     safe monitoring and adjustment of information, including open position, sea area display, mode and orientation, chart data displayed, route monitoring, user-created information layers, contacts (when interfaced with AIS or radar tracking) and radar overlay functions (when interfaced)
Communication is clear, concise and acknowledged at all times in a seamanlike manner
.3     confirmation of vessel position by alternative means
.4     efficient use of settings to ensure conformance to operational procedures, including alarm parameters for anti-grounding, proximity to contacts and special areas, completeness of chart data and chart update status, and backup arrangements
.5     adjustment of settings and values to suit the present conditions
.6     situational awareness while using ECDIS including safe water and proximity of hazards, set and drift, chart data and scale selection, suitability of route, contact detection and management, and integrity of sensors
Respond to emergenciesEmergency proceduresExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The type and scale of the emergency is promptly identified
Precautions for the protection and safety of passengers in emergency situations
Initial actions and, if appropriate, manoeuvring of the ship are in accordance with contingency plans and are appropriate to the urgency of the situation and nature of the emergency
Initial action to be taken following a collision or a grounding; initial damage assessment and control.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;
Appreciation of the procedures to be followed for rescuing persons from the sea, assisting a ship in distress, responding to emergencies which arise in port.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.4     practical training
Respond to a distress signal at seaSearch and rescueExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction or approved simulator training, where appropriateThe distress or emergency signal is immediately recognized
Knowledge of the contents of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual
Contingency plans and instructions in standing orders are implemented and complied with
Use the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases and use English in written and oral formEnglish languageExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instructionEnglish language nautical publications and messages relevant to the safety of the ship are correctly interpreted or drafted Communications are clear and understood
Adequate knowledge of the English language to enable the officer to use charts and other nautical publications, to understand meteorological information and messages concerning ship's safety and operation, to communicate with other ships, coast stations and VTS Centres to perform the officer's duties also with a multilingual crew, including the ability to use and understand the IMO Standard Marine Navigational Vocabulary as replaced by the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases (IMO SMCP)
Transmit and receive information by visual signallingVisual SignallingAssessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction or simulationCommunications within the operator's area of responsibility are consistently successful
Ability to use the International Code of Signals
Ability to transmit and receive, by mores light, distress signal SOS as specified in Annex IV of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended, and appendix 1 of the International Code of Signals, and visual signalling of single-letter signals as also specified in the International Code of signals
Manoeuvre the shipShip manoeuvring and handlingExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Safe operating limits of ship propulsion, steering and power systems are not exceeded in normal manoeuvres
Knowledge of —
.1     the effects of deadweight, draught, trim, speed and under-keel clearance on turning circles and stopping distances
.1     approved in-service experience;
Adjustments made to the ship's course and speed maintain safety of navigation
.2     approved training ship experience;
.2     the effects of wind and current on ship handling
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.3     manoeuvres and procedures for the rescue of person overboard
.4     approved training on a manned scale ship model where appropriate
.4     squat, shallow-water and similar effects
.5     proper procedures for anchoring and mooring
FUNCTION: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Monitor the loading, stowage, securing care during the voyage and the unloading of cargoesCargo handling, stowage and securingExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Cargo operations are carried out in accordance with the cargo plan or other documents and established safety rules or regulations, equipment operating instructions and shipboard stowage limitations
Knowledge of the effect of cargo, including heavy lifts, on the seaworthiness and stability of the ship
.1     approved in-service experience;
Knowledge of safe handling, stowage and securing of cargoes including dangerous, hazardous and harmful cargoes including dangerous, hazardous and harmful cargoes and their effect on the safety of life and of the ship.2     approved training ship experience;
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
The handling of dangerous, hazardous and harmful cargoes complies with international regulations and recognized standards and codes of safe practice
Ability to establish and maintain effective communications during loading and unloading
Communications are clear, understood and consistently successful
Inspect and report defects and damage to cargo spaces, hatch covers and ballast tanksKnowledge and ability to explain where to look for damage and defects most commonly encountered due to —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The inspections are carried out in accordance with laid-down procedures and defects and damage are detected and properly reported
.1     approved in-service experience;
.1     loading and unloading operations;
.2     approved training-ship experience;Where no defects or damage are detected, the evidence from testing and examination clearly indicates adequate competence in adhering to procedures and ability to distinguish between normal and defective or damaged parts of the ship
.2     corrosion;
.3     severe weather conditions.3     approved simulator training where appropriate
Ability to state which parts of the ship shall be inspected each time in order to cover all parts within a given period of time Identify those elements of the ship structure which are critical to the safety of the ship
State the causes of corrosion in cargo spaces and ballast tanks and how corrosion can be identified and prevented
Knowledge of procedures on how the inspections shall be carried out
Ability to explain how to ensure reliable detection of defects and damages
Understanding of the purpose of the “enhanced survey programme”
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP AND CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods of demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Ensure compliance with pollution-prevention requirementsPrevention of pollution of the marine environment and anti-pollution proceduresExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Procedures for monitoring shipboard operations and ensuring compliance with MARPOL requirements are fully observed
Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training-ship experience
Actions to ensure that a positive environmental reputation is maintained
Anti-pollution procedures and all associated equipment 3.     approved training
Importance of proactive measures to protect the Marine environment
Maintain seaworthiness of the shipShip stabilityExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The stability conditions comply with the IMO
Working knowledge and application of stability, trim and stress tables, diagrams and stress-calculating equipment
intact stability criteria under all conditions of loading
.1     approved in-service experience;
Understanding of fundamental actions to be taken in the event of partial loss of intact buoyancy.2     approved training ship experience;Actions to ensure and maintain the watertight integrity of the ship are in accordance with accepted practice
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
Understanding of the fundamentals of watertight integrity
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Ship construction
General knowledge of the principal structural members of a ship and the proper names for the various parts
Prevent, control and fight fires on boardFire prevention and firefighting appliancesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved firefighting training and experience as set out in Part 6The type and scale of the problem is promptly identified and initial actions conform with the emergency procedure and contingency plans The order of for the ship
Ability to organize fire drills
Knowledge of classes and chemistry of fire
Knowledge of firefighting systems
Knowledge of action to be taken in the event of fire, including fires involving oil systemsEvacuation, emergency shutdown and isolation procedures are appropriate to the nature of the emergency and are implemented promptly priority, and the levels and time-scales of making reports and informing personnel on board, are relevant to the nature of the emergency and reflect the urgency of the problem
Operate life-saving AppliancesLifesavingAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in Part 15, paragraphs 1 to 4Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards
Ability to organize abandon ship drills and knowledge of the operation of survival craft and rescue boats, their launching appliances and arrangements, and their equipment, including radio life-saving appliances, satellite EPIRBs, SARTs, immersion suits and thermal protective aids
Apply medical first aid on board shipMedical aidAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training as set out in Part 7, paragraphs 1 to 3The identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or conditions is prompt and treatment minimizes immediate threat to life
Practical application of medical guides and advice by radio, including the ability to take effective action based on such knowledge in the case of accidents or illnesses that are likely to occur on board ship
Monitor compliance with legislative requirementsBasic working knowledge of the relevant IMO conventions concerning safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environmentAssessment of evidence obtained from examination or approved trainingLegislative requirements relating to safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environment are correctly identified
Application of leadership and team working skillsWorking knowledge of shipboard personnel management and trainingAssessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned
A knowledge of related international maritime conventions and recommendations, and national legislation.1     approved training
.2     approved in-service experience
.3     practical demonstrationTraining objectives and activities are based on assessment of current competence and capabilities and operational requirements
Ability to apply task and workload management, including —
.1     planning and co-ordination
.2     personnel assignment
.3     time and resource constraintsOperations are demonstrated to be in accordance with applicable rules
.4     prioritization
Knowledge and ability to apply effective resource management —
Operations are planned and resources are allocated as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks
.1     allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resources
.2     effective communication on board and ashore
.3     decisions reflect consideration of team experiencesCommunication is clearly and unambiguously given and received
.4     assertiveness and leadership, including motivation
Effective leadership behaviours are demonstrated
.5     obtaining and maintaining situational awareness
Necessary team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel status and operational status and external environment
Knowledge and ability to apply decision-making techniques —
.1     situation and risk assessment
.2     identify and consider general options
Decisions are most effective for the situation
.3     selecting course of action
.4     evaluation of outcome effectiveness
Contribute to the safety of personnel and shipKnowledge of personal survival techniquesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in part 2 paragraph 2Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used
Knowledge of fire prevention and ability to fight and extinguish firesProcedures and safe working practices designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times
Knowledge of elementary first aid
Knowledge of personal safety and social responsibilitiesProcedures designed to safeguard the environment are observed at all times
Initial and follow-up action of an emergency conforms with established emergency response procedures
PART 9

(Regulation 31)

STANDARD OF COMPETENCE FOR MASTER AND CHIEF MATE ON SEAGOING SHIP OF 500 GT OR MORE
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION AT THE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods of demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Plan a voyage and conduct navigationVoyage planning and navigation for all conditions by acceptable methods of plotting ocean tracks, taking into account, e.g. —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The equipment, charts and nautical publications required for the voyage are enumerated and appropriate to the safe conduct of the voyage
.1     approved in-service experience;
.1     restricted waters;
.2     meteorological conditions;.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate;The reasons for the planned route are supported by facts and statistical data obtained from relevant sources and publications
.3     ice;
.4     restricted viability;.3     approved laboratory equipment training using: chart catalogues, charts, nautical publications and ship particulars
.5     traffic separation schemes;
.6     vessel traffic (VTS) areasPositions, courses, distances and time calculations are correct within accepted accuracy standards for navigational equipment
Areas of extensive tidal effects
Routeing in accordance with the General Provisions on Ships' Routeing
Reporting in accordance with the Guidelines and Criteria for Ships Reporting Systems
All potential navigational hazards are accurately identified
Determine position and the accuracy of resultant position fix by any meansPosition determination in all conditions —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The primary method chosen for fixing the ship's position is the most appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions
.1     by celestial observations;
.2     by terrestrial observation, including the ability to use appropriate charts, notices to Mariners and other publications to assess the accuracy of the resulting position fix.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.3     Using modern electronic navigational aids, with specific knowledge of their operating principles, limitations, sources of error, detection of misrepresentation of information and methods of correction to obtain accurate position fixing.3     approved laboratory equipment training using:The fix obtained by terrestrial observations is within accepted accuracy levels
.1     charts, nautical almanac, plotting sheets, chronometer, sextant and a calculator
The accuracy of the resulting fix is properly assessed
.2     charts, nautical publications and navigational instruments (azimuth mirror, sextant, log, sounding equipment, compass) and manufacturers' manuals The fix obtained by the use of electronic navigational aids is within the accuracy standards of the systems in use. The possible errors affecting the accuracy of the resulting position are stated and methods of minimizing the effects of system errors on the resulting position are properly applied
.3     radar, terrestrial electronic position – fixing systems, satellite navigation systems and appropriate nautical charts and publications
Determine and allow for compass errorsAbility to determine and allow for errors of the magnetic and gryro-compassesExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The method and frequency of checks for errors of magnetic and gyro-compasses ensures accuracy of information
Knowledge of the principles of magnetic and gyro-compasses.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
An understanding of systems under the control of the master gyro and a knowledge of the operation and care of the main type of gyro-compass
.3     approved laboratory equipment training
using: celestial observations, terrestrial bearings and comparison between magnetic and gyro-compasses
Co-ordinate search and rescue operationsA thorough knowledge of and ability to apply the procedures contained in the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) ManualExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:The plan for co-ordinating search and rescue operations is in accordance with international guidelines and standards
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.3     approved laboratory equipment trainingRadio communications are established and correct communication procedures are followed at all stages of the search and rescue operations
using: relevant publications, charts, meteorological data, particulars of particulars of ships involved, radio communication equipment and other available facilities and one or more of the following —
.1     approved SAR training course;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.3     approved laboratory equipment training
Establish watchkeeping arrangement and proceduresThorough knowledge of content, application and intent of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at SeaExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:Watchkeeping arrangements and procedures are established and maintained in compliance with international regulations and guidelines so as to ensure the safety of navigation, protection of the marine environment and safety of the ship and persons on board
.1     approved in-service experience;
Thorough knowledge of the content, application and intent of the Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Maintain safe navigation through the use of information from navigation equipment and systems to assist command decision-makingAn appreciation of system errors and thorough understanding of the operational aspects of modern navigational systems,Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved ARPA simulator and one or more of the following —Information obtained from navigation equipment and systems is correctly interpreted and analysed, taking into account the limitations of the equipment and prevailing circumstances and conditions
Blind pilotage techniques.1     approved in-service experience
Evaluation of navigational information derived from all sources, including radar and ARPA, in order to make and implement command decisions for collision avoidance and directing the safe navigation of the ship
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Note: Training and assessment in the use of ARPA is not required for those who serve exclusively on ships not fitted with ARPA. This limitation shall be reflected in the endorsement issued to the seafarer concerned
.3     approved laboratory equipment trainingAction taken to avoid a close encounter or collision with another vessel is in accordance with the Shipping (Prevention of Collisions) Regulations
The inter-relationship and optimum use of all navigational date available for conducting navigation
Maintain safe navigation through the use of ECDIS and associated navigation systems to assist command decision makingManagement of operational procedures, systems, system files and data, including —Assessment of evidence obtained from one of the following —Operational procedures for using ECDIS are established, applied and monitored
.1     manage procurement, licensing and updating of chart data and system software to conform to established procedures.1     approved in-service experience
.2     approved training ship experienceActions taken to minimize risk to safety of navigation
.3     approved ECDIS simulator training
.2     system and information updating, including the ability to update ECDIS system version in accordance with vendor's product development
Note: Training and assessment in the use of ECDIS is not required for those who serve exclusively on ships not fitted with ECDIS. This limitation shall be reflected in the endorsement issued to the seafarer concerned.3     create and maintain system configuration and backup files
.4     create and maintain log files in accordance with established procedures
.5     create and maintain route plan files in accordance with established procedures
.6     use ECDIS log-book and track history functions for inspection of system functions, alarm settings and user responses
Use ECDIS playback functionality for passage review, route planning and review of system functions
Forecast weather and oceanographic conditionsAbility to understand and interpret a synoptic chart and to forecast area weather, taking into account local weather conditions and information received by weather faxExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The likely weather conditions predicted for a determined period are based on all available information
.1     approved in-service experience;
Actions taken to maintain safety of navigation minimize any risk to safety of the ship
Knowledge of ocean current systems.2     approved laboratory equipment training
Ability to calculate tidal conditions
Reasons for intended action are backed by statistical data and observations of the actual conditions
Use all appropriate nautical publications on tides and currents
Respond to navigational emergenciesPrecautions when beaching a shipExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction, in-service experience and practical drills in emergency proceduresThe type and scale of any problems is promptly identified and decisions and actions minimize the effects of any malfunction of the ship's systems
Action to be taken if grounding is imminent, and after grounding
Refloating a grounded ship with and without assistance
Action to be taken if collision in imminent and following a collision or impairment of the watertight integrity of the hull by any cause
Communications are effective and comply with established procedures
Assessment of damage controlDecisions and actions maximize safety of persons on board
Emergency steering
Emergency towing arrangements and towing procedure
Manoeuvre and handle a ship in all conditionsManoeuvring and handling a ship in all conditions, including —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —All decisions concerning berthing and anchoring are based on a proper assessment of the ship's manoeuvring and engine characteristics and the forces to be expected while berthed alongside or lying at anchor
.1     manoeuvres when approaching pilot stations and embarking or disembarking pilots, with due regard to weather, tide, head reach and stopping distances;
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.2     handling ship in rivers, estuaries and restricted waters, having regard to the effects of current, wind and restricted water on helm response;.3     approved manned scale ship model, where appropriate
While under way, a full assessment is made of possible effects of shallow and restricted waters, ice, banks, tidal conditions, passing ships and own ship's bow and stern wave so that the ship can be safely manoeuvred under various conditions of loading and weather
.3     application of constant rate of turn techniques;
.4     manoeuvring in shallow water, including the reduction in under keel clearance caused by squat, rolling and pitching:
.5     interaction between passing ships and between own ship and nearby banks (canal effect);
.6     berthing and unbreathing under various conditions of wind, tide and current with and without tugs;
.7     ship and tug interaction;
.8     use of propulsion and manoeuvring systems
.9     choice of anchorage; anchoring with one or 2 anchors in limited anchorages and factors involved in determining the length of anchor cable to be used;
.10     dragging anchor, clearing fouled anchors
.11     dry-docking, both with and without damage;
.12     management and handling of ships in heavy weather, including assisting a ship or aircraft in distress; towing operations; means of keeping an unmanageable ship out of trough of the sea, lessening drift and use of oil;
.13     precautions in manoeuvring to launch rescue boats or survival craft in bad weather
.14     methods of taking on board survivors from rescue boats and survival craft;
.15     ability to determine the manoeuvring and propulsion characteristics of common types of ships with special reference to stopping distances and turning circles at various draughts and speeds;
.16     importance of navigating at reduced speed to avoid damage caused by own ship's bow wave and stern wave;
.17     practical measures to be taken when navigating in or near ice or in conditions of ice accumulation on board;
.18     use of, and manoeuvring in and near, traffic separation schemes and in vessel traffic service (VTS) areas
Operate remote controls of propulsion plant and engineering systems and servicesOperating principles of marine plantsExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Plant, auxiliary machinery and equipment is operated in accordance with technical specifications and within safe operating limits at all times
Ships' auxiliary machinery
General knowledge of marine engineering terms
.1     approved in-service experience;
. 2     approved simulator training, where appropriate
FUNCTION: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE AT THE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
Plan and ensure safe loading, stowage, securing, care during the voyage and unloading of cargoesKnowledge of and ability to apply relevant international regulations, codes and standards concerning the safe handling, stowage, securing and transport of cargoesExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:The frequency and extent of cargo condition monitoring is appropriate to its nature and prevailing conditions
.1     approved in-service experience;
Knowledge of the effect on trim and stability of cargoes and cargo operations.2     approved simulator training, where appropriateUnacceptable or unforeseen variations in the condition or specification of the cargo is promptly recognized and remedial action is immediately taken and designed to safeguard the safety of the ship and those on board
Use of stability and trim diagrams and stress-calculating equipment, including automatic data-based (ADB) equipment, and knowledge of loading cargoes and ballasting in order to keep hull stress within acceptable limitsusing: stability, trim and stress tables, diagrams and stress-calculating equipment.
Stowage and securing of cargoes on board ships, including cargo handling gear and securing and lashing equipmentCargo operations are planned and executed in accordance with established procedures and legislative requirements
Loading and unloading operations, with special regard to the transport of cargoes identified in the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and SecuringStowage and securing of cargoes ensures that stability and stress conditions remain within safe limits at all times during the voyage
General knowledge of tankers and tanker operations
Knowledge of the operational and design limitations of bulk carriers
Ability to use all available shipboard data related to loading, care and unloading of bulk cargoes
Ability to establish procedures for safe cargo handling in accordance with the provisions of the relevant instruments such as IMDG Code, IMSBC Code, MARPOL 73/78, Annexes III and V and other relevant information
Ability to explain the basic principles for establishing effective communications and improving working relationship between ship and terminal personnel
Assess reported defects and damage to cargo spaces, hatch covers and ballast tanks and take appropriate actionKnowledge of the limitations on strength of the vital constructional parts of a standard bulk carrier and ability to interpret given figures for bending moments and shear forcesExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Evaluations are based on accepted principles, well-founded arguments and correctly carried out. The decisions taken are acceptable, taking into consideration the safety of the ship and the prevailing conditions
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Ability to explain how to avoid the detrimental effects on bulk carriers of corrosion, fatigue and inadequate cargo handling
using: stability, trim and stress tables, diagrams and stress-calculating equipment
Carriage of dangerous goodsInternational regulations, standards, codes and recommendations on the carriage of dangerous cargoes, including the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code and the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) CodeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Planned distribution of cargo is based on reliable information and is in accordance with established guidelines and legislative requirements
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Information on dangers, hazards and special requirements is recorded in a format suitable for easy reference in the event of an incident
Carriage of dangerous, hazardous and harmful cargoes; precautions during loading and unloading and care during the voyage.3     approved specialist training
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP AND CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Control trim, stability and stressUnderstanding of fundamental principles of ship construction and the theories and factors affecting trim and stability and measures necessary to preserve trim and stabilityExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Stability and stress conditions are maintained within safe limits at all times
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;
Knowledge of the effect on trim and stability of a ship in the event of damage to and consequent flooding of a compartment and countermeasures to be taken
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Knowledge of IMO recommendations concerning ship stability
Monitor and control compliance with legislative requirements and measures to ensure safety of life at sea,Knowledge of international maritime law embodied in international agreements and conventionsExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Procedures for monitoring operations and maintenance comply with legislative requirements
Regard shall be paid especially to the following subjects —.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;Potential non-compliance is promptly and fully identified
Security and the protection of the marine environment.1     certificates and other documents required to be carried on board ships by international conventions, how they must be obtained and their period of validity;.3     approved simulator training, where appropriatePlanned renewal and extension of certificates ensures continued validity of surveyed items and equipment
.2     responsibilities under the relevant requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines
.3     responsibilities under the relevant requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
.4     responsibilities under the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
.5     maritime declarations of health and the requirements of the International Health Regulations
.6     responsibilities under international instruments affecting the safety of the ship, passengers, crew and cargo
.7     methods and aids to prevent pollution of the marine environment by ships
.8     national Legislation for implementing international agreements and conventions
Maintain safety and security of the ship's crew and passengers and the operational condition of life-saving, firefighting and other safety systemsA thorough knowledge of life-saving appliance regulations (International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea)Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and approved in-service training and experienceProcedures for monitoring fire-detection and safety systems ensure that all alarms are detected promptly and acted upon in accordance with established emergency procedures
Organization of fire and abandon ship drills
Maintenance of operational condition of life-saving, firefighting and other safety systems
Actions to be taken to protect and safeguard all persons on board in emergencies Actions to limit damage and salve the ship following a fire, explosion, collision or grounding
Develop emergency and damage control plans and handle emergency situationsPreparation of contingency plans for response to emergenciesExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service training and experienceEmergency procedures are in accordance with the established plans for emergency situations
Ship construction, including damage control
Methods and aids for fire prevention, of keeping an unmanageable ship out of trough of the sea, lessening drift and use of oil;
.13     precautions in manoeuvring to launch rescue boats or survival craft in bad weather; detection and extinction
Functions and use of life-saving appliances
Use of leadership and managerial skillKnowledge of shipboard personnel management and trainingAssessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned
A knowledge of related international maritime conventions and recommendations, and additional legislation.1     approved training
.2     approved in-service experience
Ability to apply task and workload management, including —.3     approved simulator trainingTraining objectives and activities are based on assessment of current competence and capabilities and operational requirements
.1     planning and co-ordination
.2     personnel assignment
.3     time and resource constraints
.4     prioritizationOperations are demonstrated to be in accordance with applicable rules
Knowledge and ability to apply effective resource management —
.1     allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resourcesOperations are planned and resources are allocated as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks
.2     effective communication on board and ashore
.3     decisions reflect consideration of team experiencesCommunication is clearly and unambiguously given and received
.4     assertiveness and leadership, including motivation
Effective leadership behaviours are demonstrated
.5     obtaining and maintaining situation awareness
Necessary team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state and operational status and external environment
Knowledge and ability to apply decision-making techniques —
.1     situation and risk assessment
.2     identify and generate options
Decisions are most effective for the situation
.3     selecting course of action
.4     evaluation of outcome effectivenessOperations are demonstrated to be effective and in accordance with applicable rules
Development, implementation and oversight of standard operating procedures.
Organize and manage the provision of medical care on boardA thorough knowledge of the use and contents of the following publications:Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved trainingAction taken and procedures followed correctly apply and make full use of advice available
.1     International Medical Guide for Ships or equivalent national publications;
.2     medical section of the International Code of Signals;
.3     Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods
PART 10

(Regulation 33)

OFFICER IN CHARGE OF NAVIGATIONAL WATCH ON SEAGOING SHIP OF LESS THAN 500 GT ENGAGED ON
NEAR-COASTAL VOYAGES
FUNCTION: NAVIGATION AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Plan and conduct a coastal passage and determine positionNavigationExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Information obtained from navigational charts and publications is relevant, interpreted correctly and properly applied
Ability to determine the ship's position by the use of —
.1     landmarks;.1     approved in-service experience;
Note: Training and assessment in the use of ECDIS is not for those who serve exclusively on ships not fitted with ECDIS. These limitations shall be reflected in the endorsement issued to the seafarer concerned
.2     aids to navigation, including lighthouses, beacons and buoys;.2     approved training ship experience;The primary method of fixing the ship's position is the most appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions
.3     dead reckoning, taking into account winds, tides, currents and estimated speed.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
Thorough knowledge of an ability to use nautical charts and publications, such as sailing directions, tide tables, notices to mariners, radio navigational warnings and ships' routeing information.4 approved laboratory equipment trainingThe position is determined within the limits of acceptable instruments or system errors
Using: chart catalogues, charts, nautical publications, radio navigational warnings, sextant, azimuth mirror, electronic navigation equipment, echo-sounding equipment, compass
The reliability of the information obtained from the primary method of position fixing is checked at appropriate intervals
Reporting in accordance with General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems and with VTS procedures
Note: This item is only required for certification as masterExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:Calculations and measurements of navigational information are accurate
Voyage planning and navigation for all conditions by acceptable methods of plotting coastal tracks, taking into account, e.g. —
.1     approved training ship experienceCharts and publications selected are the largest scale on board suitable for the area of navigation and charts are corrected in accordance with the latest information available
.2     approved ECDIS simulator training
1     restricted waters
.2     meteorological conditionsAssessment of evidence obtained from approved radar simulator
.3     ice
.4     restricted visibility
.5     traffic separation schemes
.6     vessel traffic service (VTS) areas
.7     areas of extensive tidal effectsPerformance checks and tests of navigation systems comply with manufacturer's recommendations, good navigational practice and IMO resolutions on performance standards for navigational equipment
Note: This item is only required for certification as master
Thorough knowledge of and ability to use ECDIS
Navigational aids and equipment
Ability to operate safely and determine the ship's position by use of all navigational aids and equipment commonly fitted on board the ships concerned
Interpretation and analysis of information obtained from radar is in accordance with accepted navigational practice and takes account of the limits and accuracy levels of radar
Compasses
Knowledge of the errors and corrections of magnetic compasses
Ability to determine errors of the compass, using terrestrial means, and to allow for such errors
Errors in magnetic compasses are determined and applied correctly to courses and bearings
Automatic pilot
Knowledge of automatic pilot systems and procedures; change-over from manual to automatic control and vice versa; adjustment of controls for optimum performance
Selection of the mode of steering is the most suitable for prevailing weather, sea and traffic conditions and intended manoeuvres
Meteorology
Ability to use and interpret information obtained from ship borne meteorological instrumentsMeasurements and observations of weather conditions are accurate and appropriate to the passage
Knowledge of the characteristics of the various weather systems, reporting procedures and recording systems
Meteorological information is evaluated and applied to maintain the safe passage of the vessel
Ability to apply the meteorological information available
Maintain a safe navigational watchWatchkeepingExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The conduct, handover and relief of the watch conforms with accepted principles and procedures
Thorough knowledge of content, application and intent of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
.1     approved in-service experience;
Knowledge of content of the Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch.2     approved training ship experience;A proper look-out is maintained at all times and in conformity with accepted principles and procedures
Use of routing in accordance with the General Provisions on Ships' Routing.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.4     approved laboratory equipment trainingLights, shapes and sound signals conform with the requirements contained in the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea and are correctly recognized
The frequency and extent of monitoring of traffic, the ship and the environment conforms with accepted principles and procedures
Action to avoid close encounters and collision with other vessels is in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
Decisions to adjust course or speed are both timely and in accordance with accepted navigation procedures
A proper record is maintained of movements and activities relating to the navigation of the ship
Responsibility for safe navigation is clearly defined at all times, including periods when the master is on the bridge and when under pilotage
Respond to emergencies of accidents or illnesses that are likely to occur on board shipEmergency procedures, including —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The type and scale of the emergency is promptly identified
.1     precautions for the protection and safety of passengers in emergency situations;
Initial actions and, if appropriate, manoeuvring are in accordance with contingency plans and are appropriate to the urgency of the situation and the nature of the emergency
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     initial assessment of following material damage and damage control;
.2     approved training ship experience;
.3     action to be taken following a collision3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.4     action to be taken following a grounding
.4     practical instruction
In addition, the should be included for certification as master —
.1     emergency steering;
.2     arrangements for towing and for being taken in tow
.3     rescuing persons from the sea
.4     assisting a vessel in distress
.5     appreciation of the action to be taken when emergencies arise in port
Respond to a distress signal at seaSearch and rescueExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction or approved simulator training, where appropriateThe distress or emergency is immediately recognized
Knowledge of the contents of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAM SAR) Manual
Contingency plans and instructions in standing orders are implemented and complied with
Manoeuvre the ship and operate small ship power plantsShip manoeuvring and handlingExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:Safe operating limits of ship propulsion, steering and power systems are not exceeded in normal manoeuvres
Knowledge of factors affecting safe manoeuvring and handling
.1     approved in-service experience;
The operation of small ship power plants and auxiliaries
.2     approved training ship experience;Adjustments made to the ship's course and speed maintain safety of navigation
Proper procedures for anchoring and mooring
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Plant, auxiliary machinery and equipment is operated in accordance with technical specifications and within safe operating limits at all times
FUNCTION: CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Monitor the loading, stowage, securing and unloading of cargoes and their care during the voyageCargo handling, stowage and securingExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Cargo operations are carried out in accordance with the cargo plan or other documents and established safety rules or regulations, equipment operating instructions and shipboard stowage limitations
Knowledge of safe handling, stowage and securing of cargoes including dangerous hazardous and harmful cargoes and their effect on the safety of life and of the ship
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;
Use of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
The handling of dangerous, hazardous and harmful cargoes complies with international regulations and recognized standards and codes of safe practice limitations
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP AND CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Ensure compliance with pollution-prevention requirementsPrevention of pollution of the marine environment and anti-pollution proceduresExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:Procedures for monitoring shipboard operations and ensuring compliance with MARPOL requirements are fully observed
Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment and anti-pollution procedures
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training, ship experience
Anti-pollution procedures and all associated equipment
Maintain seaworthiness of the shipShip stabilityExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following:The stability conditions comply with the IMO intact stability criteria under all conditions of loading Actions to ensure and maintain the watertight integrity of the ship are in accordance with accepted practice
Working knowledge and application of stability, trim and stress tables, diagrams and stress-calculating equipment Understanding of fundamental actions to be taken in the event of partial loss of intact buoyancy
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;
Understanding of the fundamentals of watertight integrity.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
Ship construction.4     approved laboratory equipment training
General knowledge of the principal structural members of a ship and the proper names for the various parts
Prevent, control and fight fires on boardFire prevention and firefighting appliancesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved firefighting training and experience as set out in Part 6The type and scale of the problem is promptly identified and initial actions conform with the emergency procedures and contingency plans for the ship
Ability to organize fire drills
Knowledge of classes and chemistry of fire
Knowledge of firefighting systems
Understanding of action to be taken in the event of fire, including fires involving oil systemsEvacuation, emergency shutdown and isolation procedures are appropriate to the nature of the emergency and are implemented promptly
The order of priority, and levels and time-scales of making reports and informing personnel on board, are relevant to the nature of the emergency and reflect the urgency of the problem
Operate life-saving appliancesLife-SavingAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in Part 15, paragraphs 1 to 4Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards
Ability to organize abandon ship drills and knowledge of the operation of survival craft and rescue boats, their launching appliances and arrangements, and their equipment including radio life-saving appliances, satellite EPIRBs, SARTs, immersion suits and thermal protective aids
Apply medical first aid on board shipMedical aidAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training as set out in Part 7, paragraphs 1 to 3The identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or conditions is prompt and treatment minimizes immediate threat to life
Practical application of medical guides and advice by radio, including the ability to take effective action based on such knowledge in the case
Monitor compliance with legislative requirementsBasic working knowledge of the relevant IMO Conventions concerning safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environmentAssessment of evidence obtained from examination or approved trainingLegislative requirements relating to safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment are correctly identified
Contribute to the safety of personnel and shipKnowledge of personal survival techniquesAssessment of evidence obtained and approved training and experiences as set out in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used
Knowledge of fire prevention and ability to fight and extinguish fires
Procedures and safe working practices designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times Procedures designed to safeguard the environment are observed at all times
Knowledge of elementary first aid
knowledge of personal safety and social responsibilities
Initial and follow-up actions on becoming aware of an emergency conform with established emergency response procedures
PART 11

(Regulation 34)

RATINGS FORMING PART OF A NAVIGATIONAL WATCH FUNCTION: NAVIGATION AT THE SUPPORT LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Steer the ship and comply with helm orders in the English languageUse of magnetic and gyro-compassesAssessment of evidence obtained from —A steady course is steered within acceptable limits having regard to the area of navigation and prevailing sea state. Alterations of course are smooth and controlled
Helm orders.1     practical test; or
Change-over from automatic pilot to hand steering and vice versa.2     approved in-service experience, or
.3     approved training ship experience
Communications are clear and concise at all times and orders are acknowledged in a seafarer-like manner
Keep a proper look-out by sight and hearingResponsibilities of a look-out, including reporting the approximate bearing of a sound signal, light or other object in degrees or pointsAssessment of evidence obtained from:Sound signals, lights and other objects are promptly detected and their appropriate bearing in degrees or points, is reported to the officer of the watch
.1     practical test; or
.2     approved in-service experience, or
.3     approved training ship experience
Contribute to monitoring and controlling a safe watchShipboard terms and definitionsAssessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service experience or approved training ship experienceCommunications are clear and concise and advice or clarification is sought from the officer on watch where watch information or instructions are not clearly understood
Use of appropriate internal communication and alarm systems
Ability to understand orders and to communicate with the officer of the watch in matters relevant to watch keeping duties Procedures for the relief, maintenance and handover of a watch
Maintenance, handover and relief of the watch is in conformity with accepted practices and procedures
Information required to maintain a safe watch
Basic environmental protection procedures
Operate emergency equipment and apply emergency proceduresKnowledge of emergency duties and alarm signalsAssessment of evidence obtained from demonstration and approved in-service experience or approved training ship experienceInitial action on becoming aware of an emergency or abnormal situations is in conformity with established practices and procedures
Knowledge of pyrotechnic distress signals; satellite EPIRBs and SARTs
Avoidance of false distress alerts and action to be taken in event of accidental activation
Communications are clear and concise at all times and orders are acknowledged in a seafarer-like manner
The integrity of emergency and distress alerting systems is maintained at all times
PART 12

(Regulation 35)

OFFICER IN CHARGE OF AN ENGINEERING WATCH IN MANNED ENGINE-ROOM OR DESIGNATED DUTY ENGINEER IN A PERIODICALLY UNMANNED ENGINE-ROOM

FUNCTION: MARINE ENGINEERING AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Maintain a safe engineering watchThorough knowledge of Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch, including —Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The conduct, handover and relief of the watch conforms with accepted principles and procedures
.1     duties associated with taking over and accepting a watch;.1     approved in-service experience; of remote or automatic to local control of all systems
.2     routine duties undertaken during a watch;The frequency and extent of monitoring of engineering equipment and systems conforms to manufacturers' recommendations and accepted principles and procedures, including Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch proper record is maintained of the movements and activities relating to the ship's engineering systems
.3     maintenance of the machinery space log-book and the significance of the readings taken;
.4     duties associated with handing over a watch.2     approved training ship experience;
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
Safety and emergency procedures; change-over of remote or automatic to local control of all systems
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Safety precautions to be observed during a watch and immediate actions to be taken in the event of fire or accident, with particular reference to oil systems
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —
Engine-room resource management.1     approved training
.2     approved in-service experience
.3     approved simulator trainingResources are allocated and assigned as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks
Knowledge of engine-room resource management principles, including —
.1     allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resources
Communication is clearly and unambiguously given and received
.2     effective communication
.3     assertiveness and leadershipQuestionable decisions or actions result in appropriate challenge and response
.4     obtaining and maintaining situational awareness
.5     consideration of team experience
Effective leadership behaviours are identified
Team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted engine-room and associated systems state, and external environment
Use English in written and oral formAdequate knowledge of the English language to enable the officer to use engineering publications and to perform engineering dutiesExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instructionEnglish language publications relevant to engineering duties are correctly interpreted
Communications are clear and understood
Use internal communication systemsOperation of all internal communication systems on boardExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Transmission and reception of messages are consistently successful
.1     approved in-service experienceCommunication records are complete, accurate and comply with statutory requirements
.2     approved training ship experience
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Operate main and auxiliary machinery and associated control systemsBasic construction and operation principles of machinery systems, including —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Construction and operating mechanisms can be understood and explained with drawings/instructions
.1     marine diesel engine.1     approved in-service experience:
.2     marine steam turbineOperations are planned and carried out in accordance with operating manuals, established rules and procedures to ensure safety of operations and avoid pollution of the marine environment
.3     marine gas turbine.2     approved training ship experience
.4     marine boiler
.5     shafting installations, including propeller.3     approved laboratory equipment training
.6     other auxiliaries, including various pumps, air compressor, purifier, fresh water generator, heat exchanger, refrigeration, air-conditioning and ventilation systemsExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —
.1     approved engine and associated auxiliariesDeviations from the norm are promptly identified
.2     approved training ship experience
.7     steering gearThe output of plant and engineering systems consistently meets requirements, including bridge orders relating to changes in speed and direction
.8     automatic control systems.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
.9     fluid flow and characteristics of lubricating oil, fuel oil and cooling systems
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
.10     deck machinery
Safety and emergency procedures for operation of propulsion plant machinery, including control systems Preparation, operation, fault detection and necessary measures to prevent damage for the following machinery items and control systems —The causes of machinery malfunctions are promptly identified and actions are designed to ensure the overall safety of the ship and the plant, having regard to the prevailing circumstances and conditions
.1     main engine and associated auxiliaries
.2     steam boiler and associated auxiliaries and steam systems
.3     auxiliary prime movers and associated systems
.4     other auxiliaries, including refrigeration, air-conditioning and ventilation systems
Operate fuel, lubrication, ballast and other pumping systems and associated control systemsOperational characteristics of pumps and piping systemsExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Operations are planned and carried out in accordance with operating manuals, established rules and procedures to ensure safety of operations and avoid pollution of the marine environment
Operation of pumping systems —
.1     routine pumping operations.1     approved in-service experience
.2     operation of bilge, ballast and cargo pumping systems.2     approved training ship experience
Oily-water separators (or similar equipment) requirements and operation.3     approved simulator training, where appropriateDeviations from the norm are promptly identified and appropriate action is taken
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
FUNCTION: ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND CONTROL ENGINEERING AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Operate electrical, electronic and control systemsBasic configuration and operation principles of the following electrical, electronic and control equipment —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Operations are planned and carried out in accordance with operating manuals, established rules and procedures to ensure safety of operations
.1     electrical equipment —.1     approved in-service experience
     .a     generator and distribution systems
.2     approved training ship experience.Electrical, electronic and control systems can be understood and explained with drawing or instructions
     .b     preparing, starting, paralleling and changing over generators
3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
     .c     electrical motors including starting methodologies.4     approved laboratory equipment training
     .d     high-voltage installations
     .e     sequential control circuits and associated system devices
.2     electronic equipment —
     .a     characteristics of basic electronic circuit elements
     .b     flowchart for automatic and control systems
     .c     functions, characteristics and features of control systems for machinery items, including main propulsion plant operation control and steam boiler automatic controls
.3     control systems —
     .a     various automatic control methodologies and characteristics
     .b     Proportional-Integral Derivative (PID) control characteristics and associated system devices for process control
Safety requirements for working on shipboard electrical systems, including the safe isolation of electrical equipment required before personnel are permitted to work on such equipmentExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Safety measures for working are appropriate
Selection and use of hand tools, measuring instruments, and testing equipment are appropriate and interpretation of results is accurate
.1     approved workshop skills training
Maintenance and repair of electrical system equipment, switchboards, electric motors, generator and DC electrical systems and equipment.2     approved practical experience and tests
.3     approved in-service experience
Dismantling, inspection, repairing and reassembling equipment are in accordance with manuals and good practice
Detection of electric malfunction, location of faults and measures to prevent damage.4     approved training ship experience
Construction and operation of electrical testing and measuring equipmentReassembling and performance testing is in accordance with manuals and good practice
Maintenance and repair of electrical and electronic equipmentFunction and performance tests of the following equipment and their configuration —
1     monitoring systems
.2     automatic control devices
.3     protective devices
The interpretation of electrical and simple electronic diagrams
Appropriate use of hand tools, machine tools and measuring instruments for fabrication and repair on boardCharacteristics and limitations of materials used in construction and repair of ships and equipmentAssessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Identification of important parameters for fabrication of typical ship-related components is appropriate
Characteristics and limitations of processes used for fabrication and repair.1     approved workshop skills training;
Selection of materials is appropriate
Properties and parameters considered in the fabrication and repair of systems and components.2     approved practical experience and tests;
Fabrication is to designated tolerances
.3     approved in-service experience
Methods for carrying out safe emergency or temporary repairsUse of equipment and hand tools, machine tools and measuring instruments is appropriate and safe
.4     approved training ship experience
Safety measures to be taken to ensure a safe working environment and for using hand tools, machine tools and measuring instruments
Use of hand tools, machine tools and measuring instruments
Use of various types of sealants and packings
Maintenance and repair of shipboard machinery and equipmentSafety measures to be taken for repair and maintenance, including the safe isolation of shipboard machinery and equipment required before personnel are permitted to work on such machinery of equipmentExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Safety procedures followed are appropriate
Selection of tools and spare gear is appropriate
.1     approved workshop skills training
Maintenance and repair, such as dismantling, adjustment and reassembling, adjustment and resembling of machinery and equipment.2     approved practical experience and tests.
.3     approved in-service experience
.4     approved training ship experience
Dismantling, inspecting, repairing and reassembling equipment is in accordance with manuals and good practice
Re-commissioning and performance with manuals and good practice
Selection of materials and parts is appropriate
The use of appropriate specialized tools and measuring instruments
Design characteristics and selection of materials in construction of equipment
Interpretation of machinery drawings and handbooks
The interpretation of piping, hydraulic and pneumatic diagrams
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP AND CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Ensure compliance with pollution-prevention requirementsPrevention of pollution of the marine environmentExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Procedures for monitoring shipboard operations and ensuring compliance with MARPOL requirements are fully observed
Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment
.1     approved in-service experience;
Anti-pollution procedures and all associated equipment.2     approved training ship experienceActions to ensure that a positive environmental reputation is maintained
.3     approved training
Maintain seaworthiness of the shipShip stabilityExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The stability conditions comply with the IMO intact stability criteria under all conditions of loading
Working knowledge and application of stability, trim and stress tables, diagrams and stress-calculating equipment Understanding of the fundamentals of watertight integrity
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;Actions to ensure and maintain the watertight integrity of the ship are in accordance with accepted practice
Understanding of fundamental actions to be taken in the event of partial loss of intact buoyancy.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate;
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Ship construction
General knowledge of the principal structural members of a ship and the proper names for the various parts
Prevent, control and fight fires on boardFire prevention and firefighting appliancesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved firefighting training and experience as set out in PartThe type and scale of the problem is promptly identified and initial actions conform with the emergency procedure and contingency plans for the ship
Ability to organize fire drills
Knowledge of classes and chemistry of fire
Knowledge of fire-fighting systems
Action to be taken in the event of fire, including fires involving oil systemEvacuation, emergency shutdown and isolation procedures are appropriate to the nature of the emergency and are implemented promptly
The order of priority, and the levels and time-scales of making reports and informing personnel on board, are relevant to the nature of the emergency and reflect the urgency of the problem
Operate life-saving appliancesLife-savingAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in Part 15, paragraphs 1 to 4Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards
Ability to organize abandon ship drills and knowledge of the operation of survival craft, rescue boats, launching appliances, arrangements, and the equipment, including radio life-saving appliances, satellite EPIRBs, SARTs, immersion suits and thermal protective aids
Apply medical first aid on board shipMedical aidAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training as set out in Part 7, paragraphs 1 to 3Identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or conditions is prompt and treatment minimizes immediate threat to life.
Practical application of medical guides and advice by radio, including the ability to take effective action based on such knowledge in the case of accidents or illnesses that are likely to occur on board ship
Monitor compliance with legislative requirementsBasic working knowledge of the relevant IMO conventions concerning safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environmentAssessment of evidence obtained from examination or approved trainingLegislative requirements relating to safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment are correctly identified
Application of leadership and team working skillsWorking knowledge of shipboard personnel management and trainingAssessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The crew are allocated duties and informed of inspected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned
A knowledge of related international maritime conventions and recommendations, and national legislation.1     approved training
.2     approved in-service experience
.3     practical demonstrationTraining objectives and activities are based on assessment of current competence and capabilities and operational requirements.
Ability to apply task and workload management including —
.1     planning and co-ordination
.2     personnel assignmentOperations are demonstrated to be in accordance with applicable rules
.3     time and resource constraints
.4     prioritizationOperations are planned and resources are allocated as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks
Knowledge and ability to apply effective resource management —
.1     allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resources
Communications is clearly and unambiguously given and received
.2     effective communication on board and ashore
.3     decisions reflect consideration of team experiencesEffective leadership behaviours are demonstrated
.4     assertiveness and leadership, including motivationNecessary team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state and operational status and external environment
.5     obtaining and maintaining situational awareness
Knowledge and ability to apply decision-making techniques —
Decisions are most effective for the situation
.1     situation and risk assessment
.2     identify and consider generated options
.3     selecting course of action
.4     evaluation of outcome effectiveness
Contribute to the safety of personnel and shipKnowledge of personal survival techniquesAssessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in Part 2 paragraph 2Appropriate and protective equipment is correctly used
Knowledge of fire prevention and ability to fight and extinguish fires
Procedures and safe working practices designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times
Knowledge of elementary first aid
Knowledge of personal safety and social responsibilities
Procedures designed to safeguard the environment are observed at all times
Initial and follow-up actions on becoming aware of an emergency conform with established emergency response procedures
Manage the operation of propulsion plant machineryDesign features, and operative mechanism of the following machinery and associated auxiliaries:Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Explanation and understanding of design features and operating mechanisms are appropriate
.1     marine diesel engine.1     approved in-service experience
.2     marine steam turbine
.3     marine gas turbine.2     approved training ship experience
.4     marine steam boiler
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
PART 13

(Regulation 36)

CHIEF ENGINEER OFFICERS AND SECOND ENGINEER OFFICERS ON SHIPS POWERED BY MAIN PROPULSION MACHINERY OF 3,000 KW PROPULSION POWER OR MORE
FUNCTION: MARINE ENGINEERING AT THE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Manage the operation of propulsion plant machineryDesign features, and following mechanism of the following machinery and associated auxiliaries —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Explanation and understanding of design features and operating mechanisms are appropriate
.1     marine diesel engine.1     approved in-service experience
.2     marine steam turbine
.3     marine gas turbine.2     approved training ship experience
.4     marine steam boiler
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Plan and schedule operationsTheoretical knowledgeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The planning and preparation of operations is suited to the design parameters of the power installation and to the requirements of the voyage
Thermodynamics and heat transmission
Mechanics and hydromechanics
.1     approved in-service experience
Propulsive characteristics of diesel engines, steam and gas turbines, including speed, output and fuel consumption
.2     approved training ship experience;
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Heat cycle, thermal efficiency and heat balance of the following —
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
.1     marine diesel engine
.2     marine steam turbine
.3     marine gas turbine
.4     marine steam boiler
Refrigerators and refrigeration cycleExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The methods of preparing for the start-up and of making available fuels, lubricants, cooling water and air are the most appropriate
Physical and chemical properties of fuels and lubricants
.1     approved in-service experience
Technology of materials
Operation, surveillance, performanceNaval architecture and ship construction, including damage control.2     approved training ship experienceChecks of pressures, temperatures and revolutions during the start-up and warm-up period are in accordance with technical specifications and agreed work plans
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Practical Knowledge
Start up and shut down assessment and maintaining safety of propulsion plant and auxiliary machinery
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Functions and mechanism of automatic control for auxiliary machinery including but not limited to —Surveillance of main propulsion plant and auxiliary systems is sufficient to maintain safe operating conditions
.1     generator distribution systems
.2     steam boilersThe methods of preparing the shutdown, or supervising the cooling down of the engine are the most appropriate
.3     oil purifier
.4     refrigeration system
.5     pumping and piping systems
.6     steering gear system
.7.     cargo-handling equipment and deck machinery main propulsion and auxiliary machinery, including associated systemsThe methods of measuring the load capacity of the engines are in accordance with technical specifications
Performance is checked against bridge orders
Performance levels are in accordance with technical specifications
Manage fuel lubrication and ballast operationsOperation and maintenance of machinery, including pumps and piping systemsExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Fuel and ballast operations meet operational requirements and are carried out so as to prevent pollution of the marine environment
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Manage operation of electrical and electronic control equipmentTheoretical knowledgeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Operation of equipment and system is in accordance with operating manuals
Marine electro technology, electronics, power electronics, automatic control engineering and safety devices
.1     approved in-service experiencePerformance levels are in accordance with technical specifications
Design features and system configurations of automatic control equipment and safety devices for the following —.2     approved training ship experience
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
.1     main engine
.2     generator and distribution system.4     approved laboratory equipment training
.3     steam boiler
Design features and system configurations of operational control equipment for electrical motors
Design features of high-voltage installations
Features of hydraulic and pneumatic control equipment
Manage trouble-shooting, restoration of electrical and electronic control equipment to operating conditionPractical knowledgeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Maintenance activities are correctly planned in accordance with technical, legislative, safety and procedural specifications
Troubleshooting of electrical and electronic control equipment
Function test of electrical, electronic control equipment and safety devices.1     approved in-service experience
.2     approved training ship experienceInspection, testing and troubleshooting of equipment are appropriate
Troubleshooting of monitoring systems
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Software version control
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Manage safe and effective maintenance and repair proceduresTheoretical KnowledgeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Maintenance activities are correctly planned and carried out in accordance with technical, legislative, safety and procedural specifications
Marine engineering practice
Practical knowledge
Manage safe and effective maintenance and repair procedures
.1     approved in-service ship experience
Planning maintenance, including statutory and class verifications.2     approved training ship experienceAppropriate plans, specifications, materials and equipment are available for maintenance and repair
.3     approved workshop training
Planning repairs
Action taken leads to the restoration of plant by the most suitable method
Detect and identify the cause of machinery malfunctions and correct faultsPractical knowledgeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —The methods of comparing actual operating conditions are in accordance with recommended practices and procedures
Detection of machinery malfunction, location of faults and action to prevent damage
Inspection and adjustment of equipment.1     approved in-service experience
Non-destructive examination.2     approved training ship experienceActions and decisions are in accordance with recommended operating specifications and limitations
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
.4     approved laboratory equipment training
Ensure safe working practicesPractical knowledgeExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Working practices are in accordance with legislative requirements, codes of practice, permits to work and environmental concerns
Safe working practices
.1     approved in-service experience
.2     approved training ship experience
.3     approved laboratory equipment training
FUNCTION: CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP AND CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Control trim, stability and stressUnderstanding of fundamental principles of ship construction and the theories and factors affecting trim and stability and measures necessary to preserve trim and stabilityExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Stability and stress conditions are maintained within safety limits at all times
.1     approved in-service experience;
Knowledge of the effect on trim and stability of a ship in the event of damage to, and consequent flooding of, a compartment and counter measures to be taken.2     approved training ship experience;
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Knowledge of IMO recommendations concerning ship stability
Monitor and control compliance with legislative requirements and measures to ensure safety of life at sea, and protection of the marine environmentKnowledge of relevant international maritime law embodied in international agreements and conventionsExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Procedures for monitoring operations and maintenance comply with legislative requirements
Regard shall be paid especially to the following subjects —.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience;Potential non-compliance is promptly and fully identified
.1     certificates and other documents required to be carried on board ships by international conventions, how they may be obtained and the period of their legal validity;
.3     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Requirements for renewal and extension of certificates ensure continued validity of survey items and equipment
.2     responsibilities under the relevant requirements of the international Convention on Load Lines
.3     responsibilities under the relevant requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
.4     responsibilities under the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
.5     maritime declarations of health and the requirements of the International Health Regulations
.6     responsibilities under international instruments affecting the safety of the ships, passengers, crew or cargo
.7     methods and aids to prevent pollution of the environment by ships
.8     knowledge of national legislation for implementing international agreements and conventions
Maintain safety and security of the vessel, crew and passengers and the operational condition of life-saving, firefighting and other safety systemsA thorough knowledge of life-saving appliance regulations (International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea)Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and approved in-service training and experienceProcedures for monitoring fire-detection and safety systems ensure that all alarms are detected promptly and acted upon in accordance with established emergency procedures
Organization of fire and abandon ship drills
Maintenance of operational condition of life-saving, firefighting and other safety systems
Actions to be taken to protect and safeguard all persons on board in emergencies
Actions to limit damage and salve the ship following fire, explosion, collision or grounding
Develop emergency and damage control plans and handle emergency situationsShip construction, including damage controlExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service training and experienceEmergency procedures are in accordance with the established plans for emergency situations
Methods and aids for fire prevention, detection and extinction
Functions and use of life-saving appliances
Use leadership and managerial skillsA knowledge of shipboard personnel management and training A knowledge of international maritime conventions and recommendations, and related national legislationExamination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service training and experienceThe crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned Training objectives and activities are based on an assessment of current competence and capabilities and operational requirements
Ability to apply task and workload management, including —
.1     planning and coordination
.2     personnel assignment
.3     time and resource constraints
Operations are demonstrated to be in accordance with applicable rules
.4     prioritization
Knowledge and ability to apply effective resource management —
Operations are planned and resources are allocated as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks
.1     allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resources
.2     effective communication on board and ashore
Communication is clearly and unambiguously given and received Effective leadership behaviours are demonstrated
.3     decisions reflect consideration of team experience.
4     assertiveness and leadership, including motivation
Necessary team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state and operational status and external environment
.5     obtaining and maintaining situation awareness
Knowledge and ability to apply decision-making techniques —
.1     situation and risk assessmentDecisions are most effective for the situation
.2     identify and generate options
Operations are demonstrated to be effective and in accordance with applicable rules
.3     select course of action
.4     evaluation of outcome effectiveness
Development, implementation, and oversight of standard operating procedures
PART 14

(Regulation 38)

RATINGS FORMING PART OF AN ENGINEERING WATCH

FUNCTION: MARINE ENGINEERING AT THE SUPPORT LEVEL

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Carry out a watch routine appropriate to the duties of a rating forming part of an engine room watchTerms used in machinery spaces and names of machinery and equipmentAssessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Communications are clear and concise and advice or clarification is sought from the officer of the watch where watch information or instructions are not clearly understood
Engine-room watch keeping procedures
.1     approved in-service experience;
Safe working practices as related to engine-room operations
.2     approved training ship experience;
Understand orders and be understood in matters relevant to watch keeping duties
Basic environmental protection procedures.3     practical testMaintenance, handover and relief of the watch is in conformity with accepted principles and procedures
Use of appropriate internal communication system
Engine-room alarm systems and ability to distinguish between the various alarms, with special reference to fire-extinguishing gas alarms
For keeping a boiler watch:Safe operation of boilersAssessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following —Assessment of boiler condition is accurate and based on relevant information available from local and remote indicators and physical inspection
Maintain the correct water levels and steam pressures
.1     approved in-service experience;
.2     approved training ship experience; or
The sequence and timing of adjustments maintains safety and optimum efficiency
.3     practical test
.4     approved simulator training, where appropriate
Operate emergency equipment and apply emergency proceduresKnowledge of emergency dutiesAssessment of evidence obtained from demonstration and approved in-service experience or approved training ship experienceInitial action on becoming aware of an emergency or abnormal situation conforms with established procedures
Escape routes from machinery spaces
Familiarity with the location and use of firefighting equipment in the machinery spaces
Communications are clear and concise at all times and orders are acknowledged in a seafarer like manner
PART 15

(Regulation 39)

SURVIVAL CRAFT AND RESCUE BOATS OTHER THAN FAST RESCUE BOATS

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Take charge of a survival craft rescue boat during and after launchConstruction and outfit of survival craft and rescue boats and individual items of their equipmentAssessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to —Preparation, boarding, launching and operation of fast rescue boats is within equipment limitations and enable survival craft to clear the ship safety
Particular characteristics and facilities of survival craft and rescue boats.1     right an inverted life raft while wearing a lifejacket;
Various types of devices used for launching survival craft and rescue boats.2     interpret the markings on survival crafts as to the number of persons they are intended to carry;
Initial actions on leaving the ship minimize threat to survival
Methods of launching survival craft into a rough sea
Methods of recovering survival craft.3     give correct commands for launching and boarding survival craft, clearing the ship and handling and disembarking persons from survival craft;Recovery of survival craft and rescue boats is within equipment limitations
Action to be taken after leaving the ship
Methods of launching and recovering rescue boats in a rough seaEquipment in operation in accordance with manufacturers institutions for release and resetting
Dangers associated with use of on-load release devices.4     prepare and safely launch survival craft and clear the ship's side quickly and operate off-load and on-load release devices;
Knowledge of maintenance procedures
.5     Safely recover survival craft and rescue boats including the proper resetting of the off-load and on-load release devices using: inflatable life raft and open or enclosed lifeboat with inboard engine or approved simulator training where appropriate
Operate a survival craft engineMethods of starting and operating a survival craft engine and its accessories together with the fire extinguisher providedAssessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to start and operate an inboard engine fitted in an open or enclosed lifeboatPropulsion is available and maintained as required for manoeuvring
Manage survivors and survival craft after abandoning shipHandling survival craft in rough weatherAssessment evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to —Survival management is appropriate to prevailing circumstances and conditions
Use of painter, sea-anchor and all other equipment
Appointment of food and water in survival craft.1     row and steer a boat and steer by compass;
Action taken to maximize detestability and location of survival craft
.2     use individual items of equipment of survival craft;
Method of helicopter rescue
Effects of hypothermia and its prevention: use of protective covers and garments, including immersion suits and thermal protective aids.3     rig devices to aid location
Use of rescue boats and motor lifeboats for marshalling life rafts and rescue of survivors and persons in the sea
Beach survival craft
Use locating devices, including communication and signalling apparatus and pyrotechnicsRadio life-saving appliances carried in survival craft, including satellite EPIRBs and SARTsAssessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to —Use and choice of communication and signalling apparatus is appropriate to prevailing circumstances and conditions
Pyrotechnic distress signals.1     use portable radio equipment for survival craft;
.2     use signalling equipment, including pyrotechnics
Apply first aid to survivorsUse of the first-aid kit and resuscitation techniquesAssessment of evidence from practical demonstration of ability to deal with injured persons both during and after abandonment, using first-aid kit and resuscitation techniquesIdentification of the probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or condition is prompt and accurate
Management of injured persons, including control of bleeding and shock
Priority and sequence of treatment minimizes any threat to life
PART 16

(Regulation 40)

GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS AND SAFETY SYSTEM RADIO OPERATORS

FUNCTION: RADIO-COMMUNICATIONS AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
CompetenceKnowledge, understanding and proficiencyMethods for demonstrating competenceCriteria for evaluating competence
Transmit and receive information using GMDSS subsystems and equipment and fulfilling the functional requirements of GMDSSIn addition to the requirements of the Radio Regulations, a knowledge of —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of operational procedures using —Transmission and reception of communications comply with international regulations and procedures and are carried out efficiently and effectively
.1     search and rescue radio communications, including procedures in the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;
.2     the means to prevent the transmission of false distress alerts and the procedures to mitigate the effects of such alerts;
.1     approved equipment;
.2     Global maritime distress and safety system communication simulator, where appropriate;
.3     radio communication laboratory equipmentEnglish language messages relevant to the safety of the ship, security and persons on board and protection of the marine environment are correctly handled
.3     Ship reporting systems;
.4     radio medical services;
.5     use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine Communication phases
.6     the English language, both written and spoken, for the communication relevant to safety of life at sea
Note: This requirement may be reduced in the case of the Restricted Radio Operator's Certificate
Provide radio services in emergenciesThe provision of radio services in emergencies such as —Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of operational procedures using —Response is carried out efficiently and effectively
.1     abandon ship
.2     fire on board ship
.3     partial or full breakdown of radio installations1.     approved equipment;
2.     GMDSS communication simulator, where appropriate
Preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection with hazards related to radio equipment, including electrical and non-ionizing radiation hazards
3.     radio communication laboratory equipment
Schedule 2
FORMS
FORM 1

(Regulation 45(2))

(Official Seal)
(COUNTRY)
CERTIFICATE
Photograph of holder of the Certificate
The Governor of      Certifies that     
has been found qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation     
     of the shipping (Manning and Certification) Regulations, and
has been found competent to perform the following functions, at the levels specified, subject to any limitations indicated until      or until the date
of expiry of any extension of the validity of this certificate as may be shown overleaf:
FUNCTIONLEVELLIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)
The lawful holder to this certificate may serve in the following capacity or capacities specified in the applicable safe manning requirements of the Minister or any person authorised by the Minister —
CAPACITYLIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)
Certificate No.      Issued on     
(Official Seal)    
Signature of authorized official
    
Name of authorized official
The original of this certificate must be kept available in accordance with the Shipping (Manning and Certification) Regulations while serving on a ship.
Date of birth of the holder of the certificate     
Signature of the holder of the certificate     
The validity of this certificate is hereby extended until     
    
(Official seal)    
Signature of authorized official
Date of revalidation          
Name of authorized official
The validity of this certificate is hereby extended until     
    
(Official seal)    
Signature of authorized official
Date of revalidation          
Name of authorized official
FORM 2

(Regulation 46(4))

FORM OF ENDORSEMENT ATTESTING THE ISSUE OF A CERTIFICATE
(Official Seal)
(COUNTRY)
CERTIFICATE
Photograph of holder of the certificate
The Government      certifies that certificate No.
     has been issued to     
who has been found qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation      of the
above Convention, as amended, and has been found competent to perform the following functions, at the levels specified, subject to any limitations indicated until    
or until the date of expiry of any extension of the validity of this endorsement as may be shown overleaf:
FUNCTIONLEVELLIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)
The lawful holder of this endorsement may serve in the following capacity or capacities specified in the applicable safe manning requirements of the Minister or any person authorised by the Minister —
CAPACITYLIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)
Endorsement No.      Issued on     
(Official Seal)
    
Signature of authorized official
    
Name of authorized official
The Original of this endorsement must be kept available while serving on a ship.
Date of birth of the holder of the holder of the certificate     
Signature of the holder of the certificate     
The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until    
(Official Seal)
Signature of authorized official     
Date of revalidation
Name of authorized official     
The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until     
(Official Seal)
    
Signature of authorized official
Date of revalidation
    
Name of authorized official
FORM 3

(Regulation 48(3))

ENDORSEMENT ATTESTING THE RECOGNITION OF A CERTIFICATE
(Official Seal)
(COUNTRY)
Photograph of holder of the certificate
The Government      certifies that certificate No.     
has been issued to      who
has been found qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation     
     of the above Convention, as amended, and has been found
competent to perform the following functions, at the levels specified, subject to any limitations indicated until      or until the date of
expiry of any extension of the validity of this endorsement as may be shown overleaf —
FUNCTIONLEVELLIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)
The lawful holder of this endorsement may serve in the following capacity or capacities specified in the applicable safe manning requirements of the Minister or any person authorised by the Minister —
CAPACITYLIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)
Endorsement No.      Issued on     
(Official Seal)    
Signature of authorized official
    
Name of authorized official
The Original of this endorsement must be kept available while serving on a ship.
Date of birth of the holder of the holder of the certificate     
Signature of the holder of the certificate     
The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until     
(Official seal)
Signature of authorized official     
Date of revalidation
Name of duly authorized official     
The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until     
(Official seal)
Signature of duly authorized official     
Date of revalidation
Name of duly authorized official     
FORM 4

(Regulation 52(2))

SAINT LUCIA INTERNATIONAL SHIP REGISTRY
The Saint Lucia Shipping Act Cap. 13.27
Division of Maritime Affairs
APPLICATION FOR SAFE MANNING CERTIFICATE
Vessel Details
Name of vesselIMO or Carib Ship* Number (*where applicable)Official Number (if assigned)
Type of VesselTotal Engine Power (K W)Intended GMDSS Sea Areas in which the ship will sail (for ships over 300GT)
Gross TonnageLength (as per tonnage Certificate) (m)Unattended Machinery Space (UMS)
ITC
National
Trading Area:     UNRESTRICTED     RESTRICTED     (if restricted
give details, including any conditions imposed by Class on the sailing area/sea conditions)
Details of owner
Full Name of owner
IMO Number
PROPOSED MINIMUM COMPLEMENT
DECKENGINE
RankSTCW reg.No.RankSTCW reg.No.
MASTERMASTER
CHIEF OFFICERSECOND ENGINEER
OFFICER IN CHARGE OF WATCH (OoW)OFFICER IN CHARGE OF WATCH (OoW)
WATCH RATINGWATCH RATING
ORDINARY SEAFARER
Signature of ApplicantPrint Name
         
Date of ApplicationTitle
         
Schedule 3

(Regulation 51(8))

DECK DEPARTMENT: VESSELS GREATER THAN 500 GT
500 – 999 GT1000 – 2999 GT 3000 – 9999 GTOver 10000 GTOver 250 passengers
Restri-cted voyagesUnrest-ricted voyagesRestri-cted voyagesUnrest-rict voyages Restri-cted voyagesUnrest-rict voyagesRestri-cted voyagesUnrest-ricted voyagesRestricted voyagesUn-restricted voyages
SSSSSSSSSS
TTTTTTTTTT
CCCCCCCCCC
WWWWWWWWWW
NNNNNNNNNN
bbbbbbbbbb
rrrrrrrrrr
GGGGGGGGGG
rrrrrrrrrr
aaaaaaaaaa
dddddddddd
eeeeeeeeee
Master11111111/11111111111
211111111
1/////////
/222222222
1
Chief Mate01111111111111111111
111111111
/////////
222222222
OOW11/0110/111211121
**1**1*1
11/11
1/1//
/L1L
1
Watch-rating21/12131313121313121
14
111111111
////////4
44444444
Ordin-ary Seaman0000012233
Total444657791910
*     The Minister of a person authorized by the Minister may review vessel's trade and traffic area and vessel type and may request one (1) OOW be added oow-Officer in charge of Watch.
Watch Rating – Ratings forming part of a Navigational Watch certified under STCW reg. A-II/4
Restricted Voyages: These areas may be considered as Restricted Areas:
1.     All voyages which do not exceed 48 hours between ports of call;
2.     Voyages within 100 nm from the nearest shore;
3.     Enclosed areas, which may include, but are not limited to —
     •     Mediterranean Sea
     •     Red Sea
     •     Black Sea
     •     North Sea
     •     Baltic Sea
     •     Caribbean (restricted areas I, II and/or III, as defined in CCSS Code)
     •     Caspian Sea
     •     Azov Sea
     •     Gulf of Aden
     •     Persian Gulf
     NOTE: In the above cases the geographical limits of the above sea areas may be defined in more detail.
4.     The Minister or person authorised by the Minister will take into consideration additional restricted trade areas submitted by the owner or operator.
Unrestricted Voyages: Unrestricted International Voyages
GMDSS: ships over 300GT
Vessels equipped with Radio Installations for the following GMDSS sea areas shall carry the following number of certified Radio Personnel —
     •     Area A1 – at least one officer with Restricted Operator Certificate (ROC)*
     •     Area A2 – at least one officer with General Operator Certificate (GOC)* or one dedicated radio officer with GOC
     •     Areas A3 or A4 – at least 2 officers with GOC* or one dedicated radio officer with GOC
     *     may be the Master or other deck officer.
Passenger ships carrying up to 250 passengers shall follow the tables for cargo ships of the same size.
INTERNATIONAL SHIP & PORT SECURITY (ISPS) CODE – SHIP SECURITY OFFICERS
All ship security officers and deputy security officers on board Saint Lucia flagged vessels to which the ISPS Code applies shall have a certificate issued by a State whose certificates are recognised by Saint Lucia. States are those on the STCW whitelist.
DECK DEPARTMENT: Vessels Less Than 500 GT
1 – 99 GT100 – 499 GT
Up to 100 NM from nearest shoreMore than 100 NM from nearest shoreUp to 100 from NM nearest shoreMore than 100 NM from nearest shore
NbrSTCWNbrSTCWNbrSTCWNbrSTCW
GradeGradeGradeGrade
Master1**II/31II/31II/31II/3
Chief Mate0000
OOW01**II/311 1/42II/3
Watch Rating1II/4011 1/42II/4
Ordinary Seaman0000
TOTAL2234
**     On ships below 24m in length trading in the Caribbean Trading Area this may be a holder of Boat Master Licence, Grade 1 under SCV Code reg. IX/3
Vessels less than 500 GT but more than 300 GT equipped with GMDSS Radio Installations shall carry the number of certified Radio Personnel as indicated previously.
Vessels less than 300 GT operating in the following trading areas shall carry the following number of certified Radio Personnel, who may be the Master or other deck officers:
     •     Up to 20 NM from shore – at least one Radiotelephone Restricted Operator (VHF)
     •     Over 20 NM from shore – at least one Radiotelephone General Operator (VHF/HFMF)
ENGINE DEPARTMENT
Less than 750 KW750 – 2999 KW3000 KW or more
Restricted voyagesUn restricted voyagesRestricted voyagesUn restricted voyagesRestricted voyagesUnrestricted voyages
NbrSTCWNbrSTCWNbrSTCWNbrSTCWNbrSTCWNbrSTCW
GGGGGG
RRRRRR
AAAAAA
DDDDDD
EEEEEE
Chief Engineer1III1III1III1III1III1III
*/*/////
*1*13131212
Second Engineer0001III1III1III
**/*1/
*322
*
OOW1III1III1III001III
*/*/*/***/
111**1
**
Watch Rating001III2III2III2III
^^^/*/*/*/
4^4^4^4
TOTAL223445
*     Manning may be reduced by this rank if vessel is classed with UMS
**     The Chief Engineer position required for vessels < 750 KW may be covered as a minimum by an OOW certified under these Regulations
***     The Minister or a person authorized by the Minister may review the vessel's trade and traffic area and vessel type and may request one additional Second Engineer or OOW ^ Tankers of 1000 GT or more shall add one assitional Watch Rating
Watch Rating – Rating forming part of an Engine Room Watch or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine room and certified under these Regulations.
ENGINE DEPARTMENT: Vessels less than 24 m length trading in the Caribbean Trading Area
Boat Engineer Grade 1Protected WatersCoastal WatersExposed Waters
Boat Engineer Grade001
No Licence1*10
TOTAL122
*     If engine power is 350 kW or more the Minister or a person authorized by the Minister may require that Engineer holds a Boat Engineer Grade 2 licence under these regulations
Protected Waters – an area of sheltered waters presenting no special hazards such as most rivers, harbours and lakes, designated by the Minister or a person authorized by the Minister for the operation of small vessels and, where not so designated, means an area not more than 3 miles from a safe haven.
Coastal Waters – an area designated as such by the administration and where this is not so designated it means an area not more than 20 miles from a safe refuge.
Exposed Water – any waters more than twenty nautical miles from a harbour or safe refuge and which are not designated coastal or protected waters.
Shipping (Accident Reporting and Investigation) Regulations – Section 491

(Statutory Instrument 160/2021)

Statutory Instrument 160/2021 .. in force 11 October 2021

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

1.Citation
2.Interpretation
3.Application
4.Material damage
5.Contents of report
6.Report by senior surviving officer
7.Submission of report or notice to the Minister
8.Report on examination of circumstances
9.Factors causing a safety investigation
10.Preservation of evidence
11.Conduct of inspection by inspector
12.Preliminary inquiry
13.Safety investigation
14.Cooperation with substantially interested country
15.Disclosure of records
16.Publication of preliminary inquiry report
17.Publication of safety investigation report
18.Other duties of the Chief Inspector
19.Safety recommendations
20.Fair treatment
Schedule 1
Schedule 2
SHIPPING (ACCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION) REGULATIONS – SECTION 491

Commencement [11 October 2021]

1.   Citation

These Regulations may be cited as the Shipping (Accident Reporting and Investigation) Regulations.

2.   Interpretation
  1.  

    (1)   In these Regulations —

access” means the process of embarking on or disembarking from a ship, by whatever means employed;

Act” means the Shipping Act;

accident” means a marine incident or occupational accident;

cause” means an action, omission, event, existing or pre-existing condition or a combination which leads to a marine casualty or marine incident;

Chief Inspector” means the senior marine casualty investigator;

grounding” means making involuntary contact with the ground, except for touching the ground briefly so that no damage is caused;

incapacitation” means an inability to undertake the full range of activities normally undertaken;

inspector” means a person who is appointed under section 483 of the Act;

International Maritime Organization Guidelines” means the guidelines adopted by the 91st Session of the Legal Committee of the International Maritime Organization and any changes to the guidelines adopted by the governing body of the International Labour Organization in June 2006;

lead investigating State” means a country responsible for conducting an investigation as agreed between substantially interested countries;

marine casualty” means an event that is directly connected to the operation of a ship that results in —

  1.  

    (a)     the death of or serious injury to a person;

  1.  

    (b)     the loss of a person from a ship;

  1.  

    (c)     the loss, presumed loss or abandonment of a ship;

  1.  

    (d)     material damage to a ship;

  1.  

    (e)     the stranding or disabling of a ship;

  1.  

    (f)     the involvement of a ship in a collision;

  1.  

    (g)     material damage to marine infrastructure external to a ship that may seriously endanger the safety of the ship, another ship, or a person; or

  1.  

    (h)     pollution or potential pollution to the environment;

marine incident” means an event that is caused by or is connected with the operations of a ship by which the ship or any person is imperiled, or as a result of which damage to the ship, the structure of the ship or the environment is caused;

occupational accident” means an unexpected and unplanned occurrence, including acts of violence, that arise out of or in connection with work that results in the personal injury or death of one or more workers;

preliminary inquiry” means a preliminary inquiry under section 437(1) of the Act;

safety investigation” —

  1.  

    (a)     means a process held in public or on camera for preventing a casualty;

  1.  

    (b)     includes —

  1.  

    (i)     gathering and analyzing information,

  1.  

    (ii)     drawing conclusions,

  1.  

    (iii)     identifying the circumstances,

  1.  

    (iv)     determining causes and contributing factors, and

  1.  

    (v)     when appropriate, making safety recommendations;

senior surviving officer” means the senior surviving officer in the deck department, and if there is no senior surviving officer in the deck department, the senior surviving engineer officer;

serious casualty” means a loss that involves a fire explosion, grounding, contact, heavy weather damage, ice damage, hull cracking or suspected hull defect, resulting in —

  1.  

    (a)     a ship that is not seaworthy, such as penetration of the hull underwater, immobilization of main engines, extensive accommodation damage or other structural damage;

  1.  

    (b)     pollution of the sea regardless of quantity; or

  1.  

    (c)     a breakdown that requires towage or shore assistance;

serious injury” means —

  1.  

    (a)     loss of a limb or part of a limb;

  1.  

    (b)     dislocation of the shoulder, hip, knee or spine;

  1.  

    (c)     temporary or permanent loss of sight;

  1.  

    (d)     penetrating injury to the eye;

  1.  

    (e)     injury to a person employed or carried in a ship, if the injury occurs on board or during access and results in incapacitation for more than 3 consecutive days, excluding the day of the accident;

  1.  

    (f)     other injury that —

  1.  

    (i)     leads to hypothermia or unconsciousness,

  1.  

    (ii)     requires resuscitation, or

  1.  

    (iii)     requires admittance to a hospital or other medical facility as an inpatient for more than 24 hours;

  1.  

    (g)     harm that is sustained by a person that incapacitates that person and causes him or her to be unable to function normally for more than 72 hours, commencing within 7 days of the date when the injury was sustained;

ship's boat” includes a life raft, painting punt and any boat normally carried by a ship;

strands” means goes aground and cannot immediately re-float;

substantially interested country” means a State —

  1.  

    (a)     which is the flag State of a ship involved in a marine casualty or marine incident;

  1.  

    (b)     which is the coastal State involved in a marine casualty or marine incident;

  1.  

    (c)     whose environment was severely or significantly damaged by a marine casualty, including the environment of its waters and territories recognized under international law;

  1.  

    (d)     where the consequences of a marine casualty or marine incident caused, or threatened, serious harm to that State or to artificial islands, installations, or structures over which it is entitled to exercise jurisdiction;

  1.  

    (e)     where, as a result of a marine casualty, nationals of that State lost their lives or received serious injuries;

  1.  

    (f)     that has important information at its disposal that the marine safety investigating State consider useful to the investigation; or

  1.  

    (g)     that, for a reason not specified under paragraphs (a) to (f), establishes an interest that is considered significant by the marine safety investigating State;

very serious marine casualty” means a marine casualty involving the total loss of a ship or a death or severe damage to the environment;

Wreck Commissioner” means a person appointed under section 439 of the Act.

  1.  

    (2)   A reference in these Regulations to a master is a reference to a senior surviving officer.

  1.  

    (3)   For the purposes of section 252(1)(a) of the Act, “occasioning loss of life” or “serious injury” includes —

    1.  

      (a)     a very serious marine casualty;

    1.  

      (b)     a marine casualty;

    1.  

      (c)     a serious injury that a seaman suffers as a result of an occupational accident or any other case.

3.   Application

These Regulations apply to an accident sustained or caused on board —

  1.  

    (a)     a Saint Lucian ship; and

  1.  

    (b)     a foreign ship in Saint Lucian waters.

4.   Material damage

For the purposes of section 252(1)(b) of the Act, a ship sustains material damage affecting the seaworthiness or efficiency of the ship where there is —

  1.  

    (a)     a collapse or bursting of any pressure vessel, pipeline or valve;

  1.  

    (b)     a collapse or failure of any lifting equipment, access equipment, hatch-cover, staging or boatswain's chair or any associated load-bearing parts;

  1.  

    (c)     a collapse of cargo, unintended movement of cargo or ballast sufficient to cause a list, or loss of cargo overboard;

  1.  

    (d)     a snagging of fishing gear which results in the vessel heeling to a dangerous angle;

  1.  

    (e)     contact by a person with loose asbestos fibre except when full protective clothing is worn;

  1.  

    (f)     an escape of any harmful substance or agent; or

  1.  

    (g)     a dangerous occurrence of a kind specified under Schedule 1.

5.   Contents of report

Notwithstanding section 252(2) of the Act, a report of a marine incident must include —

  1.  

    (a)     in the case of a marine casualty —

    1.  

      (i)     details of seamen who are killed or injured in an incident,

    1.  

      (ii)     details of an action taken to mitigate the effects of an incident,

    1.  

      (iii)     details of a third party involved,

    1.  

      (iv)     other information that may assist the Director in becoming aware of the situation;

  1.  

    (b)     in the case of an occupational accident or serious injury —

    1.  

      (i)     the name, rank, date of birth, nationality and gender of the seaman,

    1.  

      (ii)     the nature of the injury sustained,

    1.  

      (iii)     the outcome, where this is known, including death, recovery, expected long term effects of the accident or injury,

    1.  

      (iv)     the time of the incident and the conditions of the environment at that time, including lighting, the weather, if applicable, the temperature or other conditions,

    1.  

      (v)     the location on board the ship where the injury occurred,

    1.  

      (vi)     a record of the hours of work and the hours of rest for the seaman, forty-eight hours prior to the accident,

    1.  

      (vii)     details of any other seaman affected by the incident.

6.   Report by senior surviving officer
  1.  

    (1)   Notwithstanding section 252 of the Act, where the master of a ship does not survive, the report under that section must be transmitted to the Director by the senior surviving officer.

  1.  

    (2)   Where there is no senior surviving officer, the report under section 252 of the Act must be submitted by the most senior surviving seaman on board the ship at the time of the accident.

7.   Submission of report or notice to the Minister

On receipt of a report under section 252 of the Act or a notice under section 299 of the Act, the Director shall send a copy of the report to the Minister for an investigation.

8.   Report on examination of circumstances
  1.  

    (1)   The owner or master of a ship shall, so far as is reasonably practicable, ensure that the circumstances of an accident —

    1.  

      (a)     are examined and to provide to the Director a report of the findings of the examination includes the measures taken or proposed to be taken to prevent a recurrence;

    1.  

      (b)     that results in the serious injury of a person, are examined and, within fourteen days, provide to the Director a repor of the findings of that examination that includes the measures taken or proposed to be taken to prevent a recurrence.

  1.  

    (2)   A owner or master of a ship who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.

9.   Factors causing a safety investigation
  1.  

    (1)   In considering whether to cause a safety investigation into an accident under section 437(2) of the Act, the Director may consider the advice of the Chief Inspector.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a report of an accident under section 252 of the Act or a notice of an accident under section 299 of the Act is received by the Minister, he or she shall —

    1.  

      (a)     decide whether a safety investigation, including a preliminary inquiry must be carried out; and

    1.  

      (b)     give written notice of his or her decision, within 28 days of receipt of the report, to the Director and any party to the accident.

  1.  

    (3)   Before causing a preliminary inquiry or safety investigation of an accident to be undertaken, the Director may request information that he or she considers necessary concerning the accident and the remedial action that was taken as a result.

  1.  

    (4)   An owner or a master of a ship or any other person, who is in possession of information that the Director requests under subregulation (3), shall provide the information to the Director to the best of his or her ability and knowledge.

  1.  

    (5)   An owner or a master of a ship or any other person who contravenes subregulation (4), commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.

  1.  

    (6)   In the case of an accident resulting in the loss of life or serious injury of a person on board a ship, or a person is lost or falls overboard from the ship or the boat of the ship, the Director may decide not to cause or discontinue a safety investigation of the accident if he or she is satisfied or it is otherwise established to his or her satisfaction that —

    1.  

      (a)     loss of life resulted from suicide or a natural cause; or

    1.  

      (b)     serious injury resulted from an attempt to commit suicide.

  1.  

    (7)   Where any other maritime incident occurs and a very serious marine casualty occurs, the Director shall ensure that a safety investigation is carried out if a very serious marine casualty —

    1.  

      (a)     involves a Saint Lucian ship, irrespective of the location of the casualty;

    1.  

      (b)     occurs within Saint Lucian waters, irrespective of the flag of the ship involved in the casualty; or

    1.  

      (c)     involves a substantial interest of Saint Lucia, irrespective of the location of the casualty and of the flag of the ship involved.

  1.  

    (8)   The Director shall, in the case of a serious casualty, carry out a preliminary inquiry in order to determine whether a safety investigation must be undertaken and where the Director decides not to undertake a safety investigation, the Director shall record the reasons for his or her decision.

  1.  

    (9)   In the case of any other marine casualty or marine incident the Director shall determine whether a safety investigation must be undertaken.

  1.  

    (10)   In considering whether to investigate a matter under subregulations (8) and (9), the Director shall take into account —

    1.  

      (a)     the seriousness of the marine casualty or marine incident;

    1.  

      (b)     the type of vessel or cargo involved; and

    1.  

      (c)     the potential for the findings of the safety investigation to lead to the prevention of any future marine casualty and marine incident.

  1.  

    (11)   The Director shall ensure that a safety investigation under this regulation commences as promptly as practicable after the marine casualty or marine incident occurs and in any event no later than two months after the occurrence of a marine casualty or marine incident.

10.   Preservation of evidence
  1.  

    (1)   The owner or master of a ship shall, so far as reasonably practicable, ensure that all charts, log books and other records and documents that are important to an accident that is reportable under section 252 of the Act or a notice under section 299 of the Act are kept and that an alteration is not made to an entry, and any equipment which is important to an accident is, so far as is reasonably practicable, preserved, until —

    1.  

      (a)     a notice is received from the Director that a safety investigation must not take place or that the safety investigation is completed;

    1.  

      (b)     three months have passed after the Director received the report or notice and a notice has not been sent by the Director indicating that he or she has decided to investigate the matter; or

    1.  

      (c)     the person holding the preliminary inquiry, the Wreck Commissioner or an inspector gives written notice that he or she does not require the record and document.

  1.  

    (2)   An owner or a master of a ship who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.

11.   Conduct of inspection by inspector
  1.  

    (1)   Where the Chief Inspector decides that an investigation must be carried out, an inspection must be undertaken by one or more inspectors at a time and place and in a manner that appears to be most conducive to improving maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships, and to reduce the risk of a future marine casualty, marine incident or marine accident by —

    1.  

      (a)     facilitating an expeditious safety investigation and proper analysis of a marine casualty and marine incident in order to determine the cause of a marine casualty and marine incident; and

    1.  

      (b)     ensuring the timely and accurate reporting of a safety investigation and proposal for remedial action.

  1.  

    (2)   An inspection may extend to cover events and circumstances preceding the accident together with subsequent events and circumstances which in the opinion of an inspector may be relevant to the cause or outcome of an accident.

  1.  

    (3)   A document, record or information under regulation 10, that is properly required by an inspector to be produced for the purposes of an inspection, whether on board the ship involved or otherwise, may be retained by him or her until the investigation is completed.

12.   Preliminary inquiry
  1.  

    (1)   A person, not being an attorney-at-law acting solely on behalf of the person required to attend a preliminary inquiry, who —

    1.  

      (a)     is allowed by a person holding the preliminary inquiry to be present; or

    1.  

      (b)     is nominated to be present at an oral examination before a person holding the preliminary inquiry, may at any time be excluded from being present —

      1.  

        (i)     by the person holding the preliminary inquiry if he or she has reason to believe that his or her presence may hamper the preliminary inquiry, or

      1.  

        (ii)     by the person holding the preliminary inquiry if he or she is satisfied, having regard to all the circumstances, that it is proper to exclude that person.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a person nominated to be present is excluded under subregulation (1), the person required to attend a preliminary inquiry is entitled to nominate another person to be present at the oral examination in place of the person excluded and subregulation (1) applies to that other person.

13.   Safety investigation
  1.  

    (1)   In the case of a safety investigation —

    1.  

      (a)     where a preliminary inquiry is conducted, the person holding the preliminary inquiry shall advise the Director whether it is appropriate in the circumstances to conduct a safety investigation;

    1.  

      (b)     an inspector may provide advice to the Director for the discontinuance of an investigation at any time, and where an investigation is discontinued, the Director shall make his or her reasons for doing so publicly available.

  1.  

    (2)   A safety investigation or preliminary inquiry into an accident must be conducted with the objective of preventing future accidents.

14.   Cooperation with substantially interested country
  1.  

    (1)   The Director may cooperate with another substantially interested country in a safety investigation.

  1.  

    (2)   A substantially interested country is allowed to participate at any stage of a safety investigation that is led by a Wreck Commissioner, by mutual agreement.

  1.  

    (3)   The cooperation of the Director in a safety investigation conducted by a substantially interested country is without prejudice to the conduct and reporting requirements of a safety investigation under these Regulations.

  1.  

    (4)   Where a substantially interested country is leading a safety investigation involving Saint Lucia, the Director may decide not to carry out a parallel safety investigation if the safety investigation led by the substantially interested country is conducted in accordance with the International Maritime Organization Code for the Investigation of Marine Casualties and Incidents.

15.   Disclosure of records
  1.  

    (1)   The name, address or other detail that reveals the identity of anyone who gives evidence must not be disclosed by an inspector, a person holding the preliminary inquiry or the Wreck Commissioner.

  1.  

    (2)   An inspector, a person holding the preliminary inquiry or the Wreck Commissioner who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.

  1.  

    (3)   The following documents or records must not be made available for purposes other than the safety investigation, unless a court orders otherwise —

    1.  

      (a)     subject to subregulation (4), declarations or statements taken from persons in the course of a safety investigation, and notes or voice recordings of interviews;

    1.  

      (b)     information relating to persons involved in a marine casualty or marine incident that is of a particularly sensitive and confidential nature, including information concerning the health of that person;

    1.  

      (c)     a report made under regulation 8;

    1.  

      (d)     a final report.

  1.  

    (4)   A person who gives a declaration or statement in the course of an investigation may provide a copy of the declaration or statement to another person as he or she sees fit.

  1.  

    (5)   Subject to subregulation (6), a court order must not be made under subregulation (3) unless the court is satisfied that the interests of justice in disclosure outweigh any prejudice, or likely prejudice, to —

    1.  

      (a)     the investigation into the accident to which the document or record relates;

    1.  

      (b)     future safety investigation to be undertaken in Saint Lucia; or

    1.  

      (c)     relations between Saint Lucia and a State, territory or international organization.

  1.  

    (6)   This regulation is without prejudice to any law that authorizes or requires the withholding of a document or record or part of a document or record on the ground that disclosure of it would be injurious to the public interest.

  1.  

    (7)   The Director may provide copies of information obtained from a recording system, important to the accident, including a voice recording, other than a recording under subregulation (3)(a), a video recording and other electronic or magnetic recording and any transcripts made from the information or recording to the police or other official authorities.

  1.  

    (8)   Nothing in this regulation is construed as a derogation from the Data Protection Act.

16.   Publication of preliminary inquiry report
  1.  

    (1)   Where a report is provided to the Director —

    1.  

      (a)     in the case of regulation 13(a), the Director may publish the report in a manner that he or she thinks fit;

    1.  

      (b)     in the case of an accident to which regulation 17 applies, the Director shall publish the report in accordance with regulation 17.

  1.  

    (2)   The Director shall not publish a report under subregulation (1) until he or she —

    1.  

      (a)     serves a notice on a person who, or organization that, may be adversely affected by the report or if the person is deceased, on a person who appears to the Director, at the time the notice is to be to served under this paragraph, is best to represent the interests and reputation of the deceased in the matter; and

    1.  

      (b)     considers the representations relating to the facts or analysis contained in the report that may be made to him or her under subregulation (3) by or on behalf of the persons served with a notice.

  1.  

    (3)   A notice under subregulation (2)(a) must be accompanied by a copy of the preliminary inquiry report.

  1.  

    (4)   The representations under subregulation (2)(b) must be written and served on the Director within 28 days of service of the notice under subregulation (2)(a) or within the period extended under subregulation (5).

  1.  

    (5)   The Director may extend the period of twenty-eight days specified under subregulation (4) for a further period of 28 days, where he or she considers that there is good reason for an extension.

  1.  

    (6)   Subject to a court order under regulation 15, a person shall not disclose information that is furnished to him or her —

    1.  

      (a)     under subregulation (3); or

    1.  

      (b)     by or on behalf of the Director in advance of the publication of a report and whose confidentiality is protected by regulation 15, or permit such information to be disclosed,

  1.  

    except with the prior consent in writing of the Director, to advisers or any other person, as necessary in order to make representations to the Director under subregulation (2)(b), and the advisers shall not disclose the information or permit it to be disclosed.

  1.  

    (7)   A person who contravenes subregulation (6) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years.

  1.  

    (8)   The Director shall, when a copy of the report is published, provide a copy of the report to —

    1.  

      (a)     a person who has been served with a notice under subregulation (2)(a);

    1.  

      (b)     a person to whom or a body to which recommendations were addressed in that report;

    1.  

      (c)     the International Maritime Organization; and

    1.  

      (d)     a person or an organization that the Director considers may find the report useful or interesting.

  1.  

    (9)   Where an inquest or fatal accident inquiry is to be held following an accident that is subject to a safety investigation, a draft report may be made available in confidence to a coroner by the Director.

  1.  

    (10)   Where any part of the report or analysis is based on information obtained under the powers of an inspector under section 484 of the Act, the report is inadmissible in judicial proceedings where the purpose is to attribute or apportion liability or blame unless a court or tribunal, having regard to the factors under regulation 15(5)(b) or (c), determines otherwise.

  1.  

    (11)   In this regulation, “judicial proceedings” includes civil or criminal proceedings before a court, tribunal or person having by law the power to hear, receive and examine evidence on oath.

17.   Publication of safety investigation report
  1.  

    (1)   Where a safety investigation is carried out under these Regulations, the Director shall publish the report in the form set out in Schedule 2.

  1.  

    (2)   Where a safety investigation does not concern a serious marine casualty or a very serious marine casualty and the findings of a safety investigation do not have the potential to lead to the prevention of a future casualty and incident, the Director shall publish a simplified report in place of the report under subregulation (1).

  1.  

    (3)   The Director shall make every effort to ensure that a report under subregulations (1) and (2), including the conclusion and any possible recommendation, is published, especially the maritime sector, within twelve months of the date of the marine casualty and if it is impossible to produce the final report within that time, an interim report must be published within 12 months of the date of the marine casualty.

18.   Other duties of the Chief Inspector
  1.  

    (1)   The Chief Inspector may, to promulgate a lesson learned, publish collective short reports of an accident.

  1.  

    (2)   The Chief Inspector may submit a report on any matter arising from his or her analysis of an investigation of a marine accident to the Director.

19.   Safety recommendations
  1.  

    (1)   The Director may, as a result of one or more investigations, whether completed or not, make recommendations to prevent accidents in the future.

  1.  

    (2)   The recommendations under subregulation (1) must be addressed to a person who or a body which, in the opinion of the Director, is most fit to implement the recommendations.

  1.  

    (3)   The Director shall make the recommendations publicly available if he or she considers that to do so is in the interest of public safety or preventing pollution.

  1.  

    (4)   A person to whom or a body to which a recommendation is addressed to under subregulation (2) shall, without delay —

    1.  

      (a)     consider the recommendation;

    1.  

      (b)     send to the Director —

      1.  

        (i)     details of the measures, if any, he or she has taken or proposes to be taken to implement the recommendation and, in a case where he or she proposes to implement measures, the timetable for securing that implementation, or

      1.  

        (ii)     an explanation that provides the reasons for not having the recommendation as the subject of measures to be taken to implement it, and —

        1.  

          (A)     details or timetable under subparagraph (i); or

        1.  

          (B)     an explanation under this subparagraph must be provided to the Director within 28 days of receiving the recommendation; and

    1.  

      (c)     give notice to the inspector if at any time any information provided to the inspector under paragraph (b)(i) concerning the measures he or she proposes to take or the timetable for securing their implementation is rendered inaccurate by a change of the circumstances.

  1.  

    (5)   Subject to subregulations (6) and (7), the Director shall, annually or at another time that he or she thinks fit, publish information in respect of the matters, including an explanation under subregulation (4)(b) or (c) that is communicated to him or her.

  1.  

    (6)   The Director shall not publish information under subregulation (5) unless he or she first notifies any person referred to in the information and he or she considers any representations relating to the information that may be made to him or her in accordance with subregulation (7) by or on behalf of a person so notified, and amend the information in a manner that he or she thinks fit.

  1.  

    (7)   A representation made under subregulation (6) must be in writing and must be served on the Director within 28 days of receiving of the notice under subregulation (6) or within a further period extended under subregulation (8).

  1.  

    (8)   The Director may further extend the period specified under subregulation (7) where he or she considers it appropriate to do so.

  1.  

    (9)   The Director shall ensure that safety recommendations are taken into account by the addressee and, where appropriate, follow up.

  1.  

    (10)   The Director shall make safety recommendations, where appropriate, on the basis of an abstract data analysis and of the overall results of safety investigations carried out.

  1.  

    (11)   A safety recommendation does not determine liability or apportion blame for a marine casualty.

20.   Fair treatment

In the event of an accident in Saint Lucia, the Government and a person exercising a duty or responsibility under these Regulations shall, in the light of any applicable laws, take into account the provisions of the International Maritime Organization Guidelines on the fair treatment of seamen in the event of a maritime accident.

Schedule 1

(Regulation 4(g))

DANGEROUS OCCURRENCES

1.     Failure of a load bearing part of a lifting machinery, including lifts, hoists, cradles, access platforms.

2.     In the case of pressure systems, the failure of a closed vessel, including a boiler or boiler tube or an associated pipework.

3.     Electrical short circuits or overloads attended by fire or explosion which causes stoppage of plant involved for more than 24 hours, or has the potential to cause the death of a person.

4.     Explosions or fires caused by an explosion.

5.     Escape of dangerous substances, including poisons, flammable and biological substances in a quantity sufficient to cause the death, major injury or other damage to the health of a person.

6.     Malfunctioning of breathing apparatus —

(a)     while in use; or

(b)     during testing immediately prior to use in such a way that had the malfunction occurred while the apparatus was in use it would have posed a danger to the health or safety of the user.

Note: This paragraph does not apply to breathing apparatus that is being maintained or tested as part of a routine maintenance procedure.

7.     Any of the following incidents in relation to a diving operation —

(a)     the failure or the endangering of —

(i)     lifting equipment associated with a diving project, or

(ii)     life support equipment, including control panels, hoses and breathing apparatus, that exposes a diver to a risk;

(b)     damage to, or endangering of the dive platform, or a failure of the dive platform to remain on station, which puts a diver at risk;

(c)     the trapping of a diver;

(d)     an explosion in the vicinity of a diver; or

(e)     an uncontrollable ascent or an omitted decompression which puts a diver at risk;

(f)     the complete or partial collapse of —

(i)     a scaffold that is —

(A)     more than five metres in height which results in a substantial part of the scaffold falling or overturning; or

(B)     erected over or adjacent to water in circumstances that there would be a risk of drowning to a person falling from the scaffold into the water, or

(ii)     the suspension arrangements, including any outrigger, of any slung or suspended scaffold which causes a working platform or cradle to fall.

8.     The following incidents in respect of a pipeline or pipeline works —

(a)     the uncontrollable or accidental escape of anything from, or in-rush of anything into, a pipeline which has the potential to cause death, major injury or damage to the health of a person;

(b)     the unintentional ignition of anything in a pipeline or of anything which, immediately before it was ignited, was in a pipeline;

(c)     damage to a part of a pipeline which has the potential to cause the death, major injury or damage to the health of a person;

(d)     failure of a pipeline isolation device, equipment or system that has the potential to cause the death of a person, major injury of a person or damage to the health of a person; or

(e)     failure of equipment involved with pipeline works which has the potential to cause the death, major injury or damage to the health of a person.

9.     A collision between two vessels or between a vessel and a shore facility or an offshore installation and a standing or grounding, which results in damage to the vessel or the shore facility or offshore installation.

10.     Identifying the potential for a collision to occur between a vessel and an offshore installation that may jeopardize the overall structural integrity of the offshore installation.

11.     The occurrence, with respect to a vessel or offshore installation having the potential to cause death or major injury, of one of the following —

(a)     failure of equipment required to maintain a floating offshore installation on station;

(b)     dropping an object on an offshore installation or on an attendant vessel or into the water adjacent to an offshore installation or vessel; or

(c)     damage to a vessel or on an offshore installation caused by adverse weather conditions.

12.     Loss of stability or buoyancy of a vessel or floating offshore installation.

13.     An evacuation of a vessel or an offshore installation, in whole or part, in the interest of public safety.

14.     Where a person falls more than 2m into the sea.

Schedule 2

(Regulation 17(1))

SAFETY INVESTIGATION REPORT

FOREWORD

This Part identifies the sole objective of the safety investigation and indicates that a safety recommendation does not create a presumption of liability or blame and that a report is not written, in terms of content and style, with the intention of being used in legal proceedings.

The report should make no reference to witness evidence or [link/connect] anyone who is referred to in the report to a person who has given evidence during the course of the safety investigation.

1.     SUMMARY

This Part outlines the basic facts of the marine casualty or incident: what happened, when, where and how it happened; it also states whether a death or injury of a person, damage to the ship, cargo, third party or environment occurred as a result.

2.     FACTUAL INFORMATION

This Part includes a number of discrete paragraphs, providing sufficient factual information that the investigating body uses to interpret the facts, substantiate an analysis and ease understanding.

These paragraphs include, in particular, the following information —

(a)     ship particulars —

(i)     flag or register,

(ii)     identification,

(iii)     main characteristics,

(iv)     ownership and management,

(v)     construction details,

(vi)     minimum safe manning,

(vii)     authorized cargo;

(b)     voyage particulars —

(i)     ports of call,

(ii)     type of voyage,

(iii)     cargo information,

(iv)     manning;

(c)     marine casualty or marine incident information particulars —

(i)     type of marine casualty or marineincident,

(ii)     date and time,

(iii)     position and location of the marine casualty or incident,

(iv)     external and internal environment,

(v)     ship operation and voyage segment,

(vi)     place on board,

(vii)     human factors data,

(viii)     consequences for people, ship, cargo, environment, other;

(d)     shore authority involvement and emergency response particulars —

(i)     persons involved,

(ii)     means used,

(iii)     peed of response,

(iv)     actions taken,

(v)     results achieved.

3.     NARRATIVE

This Part reconstructs the marine casualty or marine incident through a sequence of events, in a chronological order leading up to, during and following themarine casualty or marine incident and the involvement of each actor, that is the person, material, environment, equipment or external agent. The period covered by the narrative depends on the timing of those particular accidental events that directly contributed to the marine casualty or marine incident. This Part also includes any relevant details of the safety investigation conducted, including the results of examinations or tests.

4.     ANALYSIS

This Part includes a number of discrete sections, providing an analysis of each accidental event, with comments relating to the results of a relevant examinations or tests conducted during the course of the safety investigation and to a safety action that may already be taken to prevent a marine casualty.

These paragraphs should cover issues such as —

(a)     accidental event context and environment;

(b)     human erroneous actions and omissions, events involving hazardous material, environmental effects, equipment failures, and external influences;

(c)     contributing factors involving person-related functions, shipboard operations, shore management or regulatory influence.

The analysis and comment enable the report to reach logical conclusions, establishing all of the contributing factors, including those with risks for which existing defences aimed at preventing an accidental event, or those aimed at eliminating or reducing its consequences, are assessed to be either inadequate or missing.

5.     CONCLUSION

This Part consolidates the established contributing factors and missing or inadequate defenses, such as material, functional, symbolic or procedural defenses for which safety actions should be developed to prevent marine casualties.

6.     SAFETY RECOMMENDATION

When appropriate, this Part of the report contains safety recommendations derived from the analysis and conclusions and related to particular subject areas, such as legislation, design, procedures, inspection, management, health and safety at work, training, repair work, maintenance, shore assistance and emergency response.

The safety recommendations are addressed to persons that are best placed to implement the recommendations, such as ship owners, managers, recognized organizations, maritime authorities, vessel traffic services, emergency bodies, international maritime organizations and institutions, with the aim of preventing marine casualties.

This Part also includes interim safety recommendations that were made or any safety actions that were taken during the course of a safety investigation.

7.     APPENDICES

When appropriate, the following non-exhaustive list of information is attached to the report in paper or electronic form —

(a)     photographs, moving images, audio recordings, charts, drawings;

(b)     applicable standards;

(c)     technical terms and abbreviations used;

(d)     special safety studies;

(e)     miscellaneous information.